lees § iad Ah
i BUT eat

3
fh

tte

~ 9 4 gears (8
Sra tevrngs <oirogroereres

Piredhend’ Wateee hates als py heey tes
Pee >. Noes epesedishacesrears ana
. =e +m x

Dansk by todos
*
ioe Petr rte fo Serer
ame eee ee eS

st CM as
bea

Sobtectitettpet ti
a #08 F 51 to pl

Chae

ss

a!
Pen:
Os el g

anpts

re

ee
eer ae

-
-

ee

ehe33t3

os

fh

ae

Stele &

4

Dia

sett, Saleteaete
best sage fr

te
1s

sVecey

ay

ee
Wy :

P+
a ;

ee) ’ ‘| Dp he | .
i ty 1 oy _ > 77

|

i“

-

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILA DELPAUYTA.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.
Josrru Lerpy, M.D., Wo. S. Vaux,
Rozsert BriveGes, M.D., Gro. W. Tryon, JR.,
Epw. J. Nouan, M.D.

PHILADELPHIA:
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,
Corner Broad and Sansom Streets.

1872.

HAuu or tHe ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

PuHILApELpPuiA, March 4, 1873.

T hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings for 1872 have been
presented at the meetings of the Academy, as follows :—

Pages 1to 24 . j : - April 16, 1872.
Of 25to 56 . c j . June 25, 1872.
: 57 to 72.. “ E . duly 9, 1872.
es 73 to 88 . : 5 ark Wt 16, 1872.
ce 89 to 120 . A : Spates 30, 1872.
VT Led to 168 os : ; . September 3, 1872.
coe at69to200 ee ‘3 C . October 15,1872:
#201 to 232 -. 5 : : “s 22, 1872.
| 288 to.264. .. s H . December 17, 1872.
“e265 to 280 . ; : . February 11, 1873.
UG 9 teh (oy PANGS wc : . March 4, 1873.

SAMUEL B. HOWELL, M.D.,
Recording Secretary.

PHILADELPHIA:
COLLINS, PRINTER.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS,

With reference to the several articles contributed by each.

For Verbal Communications see General Index.

Berthoud, E. L. On Prehistoric Human Art from Wyoming and Co-

ARS Sie ale eI alah 2) esi) oi s'6's°s « 3 s'qiage’ Sin a> Nigga wai nS ae 46
Bland, Thos. and W. G. Binney. Notes on Lingual Dentition of Cer-
tain Species or American Land’ Shells... 2.2. oo 2. cece ceecesess 135

Conrad, T. A. Descriptions and Illustrations of Genera of Shells.... 50
Descriptions of a New Recent Species of Glycimeris, from Beaufort,

N. C., and of Miocene Shells of North Carolina................ 216
Cooper, J.G. On New Californian Pulmonata, etc.................. 148
Cope, E. D. List of the Reptilia of the Eocene Formation of New

UIE eettate miolare iaerieiarciam static: © n1s 0 s'es asia eiesre # we aisis'elejsiwiaie Ww erste s 14

Synopsis of the Species of the Chelydrine...............c.eeeeeeee 22
On an Extinct Whale from California...... Slept BRR ode ccnan wane 29
Coues, Elliott. Studies of the Tyrannide. Part I. Revision of the
DAR Si RCN ate Sra sa o's sh 0's 8 ap eae news Rigg w ears wae Hee 56
Material for a Monograph of the Spheniscide...................... 170

Finsch, Dr. O. Remarks on the ‘‘Synopsis of the Genus Chettusia
(Lobivanellus) with a Description of a New Species by J. A.

DMN halos gyda bie «,d asain pied tink gf Calas vmP barnes wa'e 32
Gabb, Wm. M. Notes on the Genus Polorthus, Gabb............... 259
Notice of a Collection of Cretaceous Fossils from Chihuahua, Mexico 263
Description of some new Genera of Mollusca............2.+220000: 270
Lea, Isaac. Descriptions of Twenty-nine Species of Unionid from the
LON a Votiw Misi s vas OeCi rer hehnanahCavipadsvaletces 155
Lewis, James. Shells of Herkimer and adjacent Counties in the State
Me Otte Rt a watd bath rter ena tadenere wae tae ches 97
Eh CLTORE ERIC ING. O).) e/a. a.m asia SEES sie Ek Yn ees ee cess ase 108
Meehan, Thos. On Numerical Order in the Branching of some Coni-
SE MPL te elarete cic ce vitts ecm Ke ae We ees ooh MReREO Nana Ces 38
On the Agency of Insects in Obstructing Evolution..............+5 235

Streets, T. Hale. Notice of some Crustacea from the Island of St.
Martin, W. I., collected by Dr. Van Rijgersma............... 131

iv LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

Tryon, Geo. W., Jr. Catalogue and Synonymy of the Recent Species

of the Family Lucinide..........--ee eee cece eee cece ee eee cere 82
Catalogue of the Family Chamida..............eeseee eee eeeeeee 116
Catalogue of the Family Chametrachwide...........--++++-2++0-- 120
Description of New Species of Marine Bivalve Mollusca........... 130
Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Galeommide.............. 222
Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Leptonide................ 227
Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Lascide.................. 229
Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Astartide.............-.- 245

Catalogue of the Family Solemyida@..............+eseeeeeeeeeeeee 258

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

V3 72.

JANUARY 2.

Mr. Wo. 8. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.

Twenty-three members present.

The following paper was presented for publication: —
“List of the Reptilia of the Eocene Formation of New Jersey.”

By Epw. D. Core.

Ona Mite in the Ear of the Ox.—Prof. Lrerpy remarked that
he had received a letter from Dr. Charles 8. Turnbull, in which

1872.]

he stated that while studying the
anatomy of the ear he had dis-
covered in several heads of steers,
at the bottom of the external
auditory meatus, a number of
small living parasites. They
were found attached to the sur-
face of the membrana tympani.
Specimens of the parasite pre-
served in glycerine, and a petro-
sal bone with the membrana tym-
pani, to which several of the
parasites were clinging, were also
sent for examination. These
prove to be a mite or acarus, ap-
parently of the genus Gamasus.
The body is ovoid, translucent
white, about 2 of a line long, and
2 of aline wide. The limbs, jaws,
and their appendages are brown
and bristled. The body is smooth
or devoid of bristles. The limbs

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

are from 2 to} a linelong. The feet are terminated by a five-
lobed disk and a pair of claws, as represented in figure 3. The
palpi are six-jointed, as represented in figure 1. The mandibles
end in pincers or chele, resembling lobster claws, as represented
in figure 2. The movable joint of the chele has two teeth at the
end. The opposed extremity of the fixed joint of the chelez is
narrow, and ends in a hook.

Whether this mite is a true parasite of the ear of the living
ox, or whether it obtained access to the position in which it was
found after the death of the ox in the slaughter house, has not
yet been determined. Dr. Turnbull observed it only in the posi-
tion indicated.

JANUARY 9.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Twenty-three members present.

JANUARY 16.
‘The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Twenty-one members present.

JANUARY 23.
Dr. Carson, Vice-President, in the chair.
Twenty-six members present.

Mr. Tuomas MeeEnAwN said that among the ranchmen and
miners of California a belief exists that the mammoth Sequozas
will live eight or ten years after being girdled. These trees often
had strips of bark taken off for some distance up, and completely
round, for the purpose of exhibition in other countries.

This belief has been generally discredited by those of us ac-
customed to the prevalent ideas of the effects of girdling. But
experience having taught him how often popular observation was
~ nearly at least correct, notwithstanding our predisposition to be-
lieve implicitly accepted conclusions, he had watched for some
opportunity to test, by some observations of his own, the Cali-
fornian idea.

A few years ago an Austrian pine on his grounds had the main
stem partially girdled by an insect. The opportunity before re-
ferred to suggested itself; and he completed the injury, entirely
girdling the stem. It was then staked securely to prevent the
wind from breaking it off at the injured place. The part above the

[April 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1]

injury was about four years old, and the whole tree perhaps ten
years. It continued to grow both above and below the wound
until the last season, when the upper portion died. The whole of
the section between the horizontal tier of branches above the gird-
ling and the tier below, a space of about eighteen inches, died the
same season with the girdling. He now exhibited a portion of
the trunk with part of the stem, which died the year of girdling;
and part of the piece which had grown above, and died last year.
There were four concentric rings of wood in the former and
eight in the latter, showing that it had made four annual circles
of wood after the complete girdling.

He then observed that we might assume that the vital functions
could scarcely be carried on between the upper portions of the tree
and lower, if the intervening cells were dead. He supposed the
cells forming the annual concentric masses of wood had a longer
period of vitality in some species of trees than in others. In many
trees it was well known that such a girdling as that performed on
the pine would destroy them in one season. A recent examina-
tion of a trunk of Paulownia led him to believe that in that tree
the cells of the annual circles lived but two years. It was probable
that even in the pine family the period of vitality might vary with
different species. In the Rocky Mountains of Colorado he had seen
many hundreds of trees of Pinus ponderosa which had the whole
of the bark for about six feet from the ground stripped from the
trees for the purpose of getting at the inner bark, which was used
as food by the Ute Indians; yet he saw no trees which indicated
that they had been destroyed by this heavy girdling process.
In the case of the Austrian pine, however, though the formation
of wood went on above the girdled portion, growth was not as
vigorous as before. The first season after the young shoots were
about one foot in length; but these annually decreased, until last
year they were but two inches.

Prof. Corr exhibited the cranium of a humped-backed whale
from the Caribbean Sea, obtained by Dr. Goés, of St. Bartholomew’s,
and presented to the Academy through the liberality of Messrs.
Wm. 8. Vaux and Isaac Lea. He pointed out that while the
scapula and cervical vertebrae were of the type of the true J/eg-
aptere, the development of the coronoid process of the mandible
was comparable to that seen in Balznoptera. The orbital plates
of the frontal are rather wider than in JZ. longimana. The species
was named Megaptera bellicosa. Its size was about that of the
M.longimana, but the flippers were shorter. <A full description
appeared in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical
Society for 1871.

Prof. Cope exhibited a portion of the skeleton of a large cro-
codile from the cretaceous green sand of New Jersey, belonging
to the genus Holops. The teeth were smooth, cylindric, acute,
1872.]

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

and much curved, the muzzle gavial-like.

The cervical vertebree

were very large, and of depressed form; the walls of the long
bones unusually thin, and pneumatic foramina large. He called

it Holops pneumaticus.

JANUARY 30.

Mr. Wo. 8S. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.

Twenty members present.

Mr. Wm. Swaim was elected a member.

The following standing committees were elected for 1872:—

ANTHROPOLOGY.
J. Aitken Meigs,
F.V. Hayden,
Henry S. Schell.

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.

Harrison Allen,
J. H. MeQuillan,
Jos. Leidy.

HERPETOLOGY.

Edw. D. Cope,
Harrison Allen,
S. B. Howell.

ARTICULATA.
Geo. H. Horn,
R. 8. Kenderdine,
T. Hale Streets.

Botany.

KE. Durand,
Thos. Meehan,
Rachel Bodley.

INVERTEBRATE PALHONTOLOGY.

T. A. Conrad,
H. C. Wood, Jr.,
Persifer Frazer, Jr.

MAMMALOGY.

Harrison Allen,
Edw. D. Cope,
Henry C. Chapman.

ORNITHOLOGY.

Bernard A. Hoopes,

Edwin Sheppard,

Theodore L. Harrison,

Jas. A. Ogden.
IcHTHYOLOGY.

Edw. D. Cope,

Thaddeus Norris,
J. H. Redfield.

RADIATA.

Geo. H. Horn,
J. G. Hunt,
R. 8S. Kenderdine.

VERTEBRATE PALMONTOLOGY.
Jos. Leidy,
Edw. D. Cope,
Harrison Allen.

MINERALOGY.
Wn. S. Vaux,
'E. Goldsmith,
Jos. Wilcox,
Clarence 8. Bement,
Persifer Frazer, Jr.
[April 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

STRATIGRAPHIC GEOLOGY. PuHysics.
J. P. Lesley, R. E. Rogers,
B. 8. Lyman, John F. Frazer,
F. V. Hayden, John Warner.
Franklin Platt.
CHEMISTRY. INSTRUCTION AND LECTURES.
F. A. Genth, Hector Tyndale,
Robt. Bridges, R. 8. Kenderdine,
E. Goldsmith. Wm. 8. Halsey.
LIBRARY.

Jos. Leidy,
Robt. Bridges,
Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

13

On favorable report of the committee, the following paper was

ordered to be printed :—

1872]

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

LIST OF THE REPTILIA OF THE EOCENE FORMATION OF
NEW JERSEY.

BY EDW. D. COPE.

The Eocene Formation occupies in New Jersey, according to
Cook, a band extending from near the centre of the State, north-
eastward, to the Atlantic coast in Mammouth County, in the
neighborhood of Deal. Lithologically it consists of a light green
glauconite mixed with variable quantities of clay and fine sand.
The character of its fossils is marine, including sharks, rays,
sawfishes, and swordfishes in great abunlance. These forms
especially abound in the southwestern part of its area, for ex-
ample, at Vincenttown, but in the northeastern region reptiles
are more abundant, with cetaceans. It is also in that section,
near to Shark River especially, overlaid by a thin stratum of
loamy sand, which contains fragmentary remains of terrestrial
vertebrates of the Miocene period; e.g., Hlotherium, Dicotyles,
Rhinocerus, etc. Whether the larger mammal described as Hemt-
caulodon (Cope) and Anchippodus (Leidy) were derived from this
or from the Eocene bed remains uncertain.

The reptiles belong to the Ophidia, the Crocodilia, and the
Testudinata, and number only ten species. They are as fol-
lows:—

OPHIDIA.

PALZOPHIS LITTORALIS, Cope.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1868, 234. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., XIV.

990%

Awe
Shark River.
PALZOPHIS HALIDANUS, Cope.
l. c. 1868, 235. Tr. A. P. §., XIV. 22%. Dinophis, Marsh.

Squankum.
PALZHOPHIS GRANDIS Marsh.

(Dinophis.) Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1859, 398; Cope Trans. Amer.
Philos. Soc., XIV. 228.

Shark River.

[April 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

TESTUDINATA.

PUPPIGERUS PARVITECTA, Cope.
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., XIV. 155 (Chelone). P. parviscutum Clapsu
calami) 1. ce. 235.
Squankum.,
LEMBONAX POLEMICUS, Cope.
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., XIV. 168.

Farmingdale.

LEMBONAX PROPYLAEUS, Cope, sp. nov.

Established on an anterior portion of acarapace. This is very
peculiar in all respects, and throws much light on the character
of the genus. The anterior vertebral or nuchal bone is preserved
entire. It is recognized from its combination of a free concave
margin, with a basis of attachment of the first dorsal vertebra,
and from the first marginal bone on each side symmetrically
placed. The sutures thus exposed are very peculiar, and entirely
unlike those of any turtle known to me. It isa kind of com-
pound gomphosis, or mixture of the gomphosial and squamosal
types. The prominences are long, and penetrate deeply; they
are flat, and many grooved on both sides. The suture uniting
the nuchal and first costal consists of a median lamina from the
former, and two from the latter, fitting into grooves, but deeply
grooved, and divided on the edges. That uniting the first mar-
ginal is double squamosal, the former entering a groove of the
latter, which sends its inferior lamina far under the marginal.

The nuchal is crescent shaped, the anterior or free margin
forming the concavity. The horns or external angles are much
more produced than is usual in turtles, extending on the inner
side of the marginals, and gradually tapering to a point. The
middle of the edges of the first marginal takes part in the con-
cavity of the front’of the carapace. This concavity is thus more
extensive, both in respect to its depth and width, than in any
living member of the order, having but a slight representation in
some of them. Its edge is subacute in the middle and thickened
laterally. It is bordered on each side apparently by a prominent
angle for the edge of one (the best preserved) of the marginals
turns posteriorly, and is thinned out.

The texture of the bone is closely spongy, with scarcely any
1872.]

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

dense layer without or within. This point alone distinguishes
the form from any found in the cretaceous strata. The external
surface of the carapace is smooth, and without trace of sutural
grooves of the horny scuta. The carapace is very thick, more so
than in any species of the order known, except the Agomphus
jirmus.

Measurements. : M.
Width of nuchal between antero-external angles (above) 0.225
Length do. three inches to right of middle : : - al
Thickness . : ‘ ° : ¢ : ; : < 02
Thickness first marginal . ; : : ; : : 30

The length of the carapace, if proportioned to the size of the
nuchal bone, as in Chelydra serpentina, would be forty inches,
with the width nearly the same. If the length of head and tail
were relatively less than in that species, and more than in the
species of Chelone, the total length would have been seven and
one-half feet.

Of the affinities of the genus littlecan be said. The characters
of the plastron, as I noted when describing the genus, are more
those of Chelydra than Chelone, and the present specimen adds
to the weight of the conclusion. The extensive union of the first
marginal and nuchal, and of the same with the first costal, are
very different from Chelone. The character of the sutures is
equally distinct from anything seen in Chelydra.

As compared with ZL. polemicus, the present reptile is thicker
and probably considerably larger. The plastron is usually equal
to or thicker than the carapace in tortoises. In the present animal
the carapace is much thicker than the plastron of L. polemicus.
From Farmingdale, Monmouth County, N.J., from the pits of
the Freehold and Squankum Marl Company. Presented by the
attention of A. J. Smith, director.

LEMBONAX INSULARIS, Cope, sp. nov.

Established on marginal and nuchal bones of a specimen from
the Eocene bed of Vincenttown. The first marginal forms a pro-
minent marginal angle, the sutures of the nuchal and second
marginal approaching each other at a strong angle. The margin
of the nuchal is continuous with the transverse edge of the ad-
joining marginal, and has not bordered it on the free side for any
distance, as is striking in LZ. popylaeus. There has evidently

[April 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

been less concavity of this margin than in that turtle. The
suture between the two is also peculiar in not underrunning the
marginal to the same extent, and a portion of it underruns the
nuchal. It is indeed possible that these bones represent the
caudal and adjacent marginals, but the presence of a fragment
bearing the support of a vertebra is more suggestive of the nu-
chal.

A prominent peculiarity of the bone is its great thickness. The
first marginal near its suture with the second, measures an inch
and three-quarters. The free margin is very thick and obtusely
rounded.

M.

Estimated length first marginal (one edge broken) . : 0.15
Thickness near suture of second. : - : ; 045
a of nuchal . - : - 2 : ; -033

Should the size of this turtle be proportioned to the thickness
of the carapace, or to its relation to corresponding parts of the
L. propylaeus, it will have been one of the largest species of the
order, say from ten to twelve feet in length.

The above descriptions leave much to be desired in regard to
the characters of the genus. The peculiarities of the sutures
distinguish the form from Chelydra, and the association with an
especially marine fauna suggests natatory limbs like those of Pro-
pleura or Chelone.

CROCODILIA.

THECACHAMPSA SQUANKENSIS (?Marsh).

Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1869, 391 (no description). Cope, Trans. Amer.
Philos. Soc., 1869, 65.

Squankum.

THECACHAMPSA SERRATA, Cope, sp. nov.

Established on cervical and dorsal vertebra of an adult croco-
dile of about the size of a South American jacare (J. sclerops).
The teeth are not preserved, so that reference to this genus is
only made in consequence of the simple form of the hypapophyses
of the cervical vertebrae, a character belonging also to other
genera. The neural arches and odontoid element are co-ossified.
The axis is compressed concave laterally, and with a very pro-
minent hypapophysial extending on the anterior half keel of the
body. The parapophyses are inferior or on the lower plane, and

.1872.]

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

look backwards. They are separated by a concavity from the
diapophysial projections, which is continuous with the anterior
surface of the odontoid.

In a posterior cervical the cup of the centrum is transverse
oval, and the neural canal ample and transverse. The parapo-
physial articular surfaces are J-shaped, the convexity forwards.
The roof of the canal is deeply excavated on the middle line
above, and from the fossa thus formed the ridge of the neural
spine rises. This ridge is peculiar in the possession of a double
row of teeth or serre separated by pits; on the posterior edge a
median series of teeth is most prominent. The edge of the cup
is thick, of the ball strongly shouldered, the shoulder obsoletely
ridged.

The first dorsal has a similar transverse articular surface and
neural canal, and the serration of the neural spine is strongly
marked. The parapophysial articular- face is an isosceles spheri-
eal triangle with the long angle upwards.

M.

Axis and odontoid, length 2 : : ; 5 ; 0.058

Cervical length (total) . : : : ; : , .042

Diameter of cup, f vertical . : 2 p : : 028
outside measure, | horizontal . ; . 3 < 5 O81
Diameter canal, transverse ¢ 3 ; ; : ; .02

a neural spine at base . a 3 . 0 : .018

The serration of the neural spines constitutes the most striking
peculiarity of this crocodile. The use of the structure cannot
be surmised, as they were in large part at least concealed by
muscles and integument. It is intermediate in size between the
T. minor and T. squankensis.

Presented to the writer by A. J. Smith, the courteous director
of the marl pits of the Farmingdale and Freehold Marl Company.
They were found in the Eocene marl of Farmingdale.

?THECACHAMPSA MINOR, Marsh.
Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1870.

The smallest of our crocodiles, stated by Marsh to belong per-
haps to the same genus as the 7. squankensis.

[April 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

FEBRUARY 6.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-five members present.

The following paper was presented for publication: “ Synopsis
of the Species of Chelydrinz.” By E. D. Cope.

Notice of Corundum.—Prof. Letpy remarked that the speci-
mens of corundum presented this evening were of unusual interest
and beauty. They were from Franklin, Macon County, N. C.,
where the mineral is said to occur in some abundance, contained
in a vein of chlorite. The specimens are fragments of large
crystals, presenting portions of the faces of the latter. They
exhibit in association the three varieties of the mineral. Mainly
composed of gray corundum, with the crystal surfaces of bright
ruby, and the interior with mingled rich blue sapphire. The ruby
and sapphire, though of fine color, have not been found in a con-
dition fit for gems. Some small crystals of gray corundum
exhibit brilliant and translucent summits of ruby.

A large crystal of corundum from the same locality is now in
the city. It is a truncated, six-sided, compressed pyramid, about
two feet in length, and weighs about three hundred pounds. The
summit is one foot by six inches in diameter. It is much fissured,
and has a quantity of chlorite adherent or partially imbedded
towards the base. The surface is ruby; the interior is of gray
corundum with mingled sapphire.

Remarks on Fossils from Wyoming.—Prof. Lretpy made the
following observations: The various fossils from the tertiary for-
mation of Wyoming, which both I and Prof. Marsh have referred
to Lophiodon, 1 suspect to belong to a genus distinct from this, as
represented by the species Lophiodon isselense, of France. In
this, as in the related and living Tapir, there are six molars in
both upper and lower series. In the upper premolars of the Lo-
phiodon isselense a single ridge extends from the outer part of the
crown to the inner lobe, and the last lower molar has a trilobate
crown.

In Hyrachyus agrarius, which I suspect to be the same as the
Lophiodon Bairdianus of Prof. Marsh, there are seven molars to
both upper and lower series. The upper two back premolars have
two well-marked ridges extending between the outer and inner
part of the crown; and the last lower molar has a bilobed crown,
as in the Tapir.

Portions of two lower jaws, which I exhibit, probably belong
to a eae species of Hyrachyus, perhaps to the same animal as
1872.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

that indicated by Prof. Marsh under the name of Lophiodon nanus.
One of the specimens was obtained, by Dr. Joseph K. Corson,
U.S. A., at Grizzly Buttes; the other, by Dr. J. Van A. Carter, at
Lodge-pole Trail, Wyoming. In both these the molar series is
six, and the last molar has a bilobed crown. In the upper jaw
Specimen referred to Lophiodon nanus by Prof. Marsh, there are
seven molars. One less in the lower jaw may be regarded as a
less important character than the others separating Hyrachyus
from Lophiodon, in which view I refer the specimens to the former
under the name of Hyracuyus NANus. Probably also the other
species which have been noticed under the names of Lophiodon
modestus, L. affinis, and L. pumilus, may be viewed as pertaining
to Hyrachyus.

I further exhibit portions of jaws of several individuals of a
small pachyderm allied to Hyopsodus. The specimens were dis-
covered, by Dr. J. Van A. Carter, at Grizzly Buttes and Lodge-pole
Trail, Wyoming.

In Hyopsodus, seven molars, a feeble canine, and the incisors
together form an unbroken row. In the lower jaw specimens,
which I propose to refer to a genus with the name of Microsyops,
six molars, a comparatively large canine, and the incisors form
the corresponding series.

In Hyopsodus, the lower true molars, except the last one, are
of uniform width at the fore and back part of the crown. in
Microsyops the fore part of the crown is decidedly narrower than
the back part. In both genera the crown of these teeth is com-
posed of an outer pair of demiconoidal lobes with crescentoid
summits and an inner pair of conical lobes. In Hyopsodus the
contiguous horns of the crescentoid summits of the outer lobes
conjoin in the antero-internal lobe, and the anterior horn of the
crescentoid summit of the antero-external lobe ends at the base
of the antero-internal lobe. In Microsyops the anterior horn of
the crescentoid summit of the antero-external lobe ends in a tuber-
cle in front of the antero-internal lobe, while its posterior horn
ends in the latter; but the anterior horn of the postero-external
lobe, instead of joining the antero-internal lobe, as in Hyopsodus,
ends at the base of the antero-external lobe. The character of
these teeth leads me to the belief that the jaw specimens referred
to Microsyops belong to the same animal as that named Hyopso-
dus gracilis by Prof. Marsh, and with this view I propose the
name of MIcROSYoPS GRACILIS, which may be used in either case,
whether the animal is or is not the same as Hyopsodus gracilis.

Two additional specimens I suppose belong to an insectivorous
animal, though they may perhaps indicate a small marsupial.
They were obtained, by Dr. Carter, at Lodge-pole Trail, Wyoming.
One of the specimens, an upper jaw fragment, contains a molar
tooth. This resembles the back molars of the Opossum, but with
the outer lobes of the crown proportionately better developed, and

[April 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

the median lobes reduced to a minute condition. A strong basal
ridge bounds the crown externally, a thin one anteriorly, and
a strong festoon-like portion at the bottom of the inner lobe pos-
teriorly. The second specimen, an isolated tooth, is a diminished
representative of the one described. It may be a last tpper or
other premolar of the same animal, or a corresponding true molar of
a smaller species. We have no means of determining the proba-
bility of these specimens belonging either to Omomys or T'riaco-
don, and I propose to name the animal to which they pertained
Palzacodon verus. The larger tooth is 2 lines fore-and-aft, and 24
lines transversely; the smaller one is 1? lines fore-and-aft, and 2
lines transversely.

FEBRUARY 13.

The President, Dr. RUsCHENBERGER, in the chair.
. Twenty-one members present.

FEBRUARY 20.
Mr. Wn. 8. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.
Twenty-four members present.

The following paper was presented for publication: “On an
Extinct Whale from California.” By Edw. D. Cope.

FEBRUARY 27.
Mr. Wo. 8. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.
Nineteen members present.

On favorable report of the committees, the following papers
were ordered to be published:—

1872.]

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF THE CHELYDRINZ.
BY E. D. COPE, A.M.

Tus group of tortoises, so far as their structure is exactly
known, is confined to North and Tropical America. The number
of species is small, though the present list adds several to those
previously known. Their structure is highly interesting, as ex-
pressing relationship to groups which existed during mesozoic
time. JI allude to the family of Proplewride, found in the creta-
ceous greensand of New Jersey, which possessed features of the
sea-turtles, combined with those of the present group, or the
snappers. The latter possess the imperfect and small plastron
of the Propleuride, conjoined with the ambulatory limbs of the
Emydidzx. In other respects they resemble the Hmydide, and
I am inclined, until further discoveries of structural peculiarities
shall have been made, to allow them to remain in that family,
although both Dr. Gray and Prof. Agassiz have referred them to
a distinct one, under the name of Chelydidx. Certain it is, that
they are also related to the Cinosternide, which is peculiar in the
absence of the mesosternal bone. Claudius approaches the latter
family in its short tail and lack of posterior vertebral bones.

The only possible exception to the rule of distribution above
laid down, is the genus Platysternum, Gray, from eastern Asia.
This form has been placed here, but appears to associate them
with more typical Hmydide; until its structure be better known,
its position will remain doubtful.

The vertebrae of Chelydra serpentina present some peculiarities
as compared with Trionyx Testudo and Emys, as follows :—

Testudo polyphemus. Cervical vertebree 2-3 and 4 opisthoccelian, 4th bi-
convex, remainder proceelian. Caudal vertebree all proccelian.

Trionyz ferox. Cervical vertebre all opisthoccelian, caudals all proccelian.

Chelopus guttatus. Cervical vertebree as in Testudo, the balls of the poste-
rior transverse bilobed ; caudals all proccelian.

Chelydra serpentina, Cervicals asin Testudo ; the caudals all opisthoceelian.

There are only three well-ascertained genera of this family, to
which a fourth may perhaps be added. They are distinguished
as follows :—

[April 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

I. Tail elongate, five pairs of scuta of the plastron.
Two rows of marginal scuta ; inguinals separated from ventrals by a long
scute. MACROCHELYS.
One row of marginals; inguinals as last. . CHELYDRA.
II. Tail short, four pairs or fewer scuta of the plastron.

Anterior lobe of plastron fixed. CLAUDIUS.
Anterior lobe of plastron movable on the remainder? STAUREMYs.

MACROCHELYS, Gray.
Gypochelys, Agassiz.

MACROCHELYS LACERTINA, Schweigger.
Chelydra, Schw., Chelydra temminckit, Troost., Chelonura, do., Hol-
brook, Hmysaurus, do., Dum. Bibr.
Mississippi River and rivers of Texas.

CHELYDRA, Schvw.

Chelonura, Flem. Hmysaurus, Dum. Bibr.

CHELYDRA SERPENTINA, L.

From Canada to Equador.

This species presents an extraordinary range, enduring both
arctic cold and tropical heat. I can find no specific difference
between shells from Pennsylvania, Mexico, and Equador. Prof.
Peters has reached the same conclusion respecting Equadorian
specimens.

CHELYDRA ROSSIGNONII, Bocourt.

Miss. Sclentif. Mexique Reptiles et Batrach, 1870, p. 18, Tab. V., fig. 2.

This species differs from the last in having four barbels instead
of two, a larger plastron with a stouter bridge, and in the stronger
and longer dentations of the posterior margin of the carapace.

Mexico and Guatemala (Bocourt).

Some extinct species of this genus have been discovered in the
miocenes of Europe.

CLAUDIUS, Cope.
Proceed. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, 1867. Bocourt, Miss. Sci. Mex.
Rept., p. 19.
This genus has received several accessions through the efforts
of those excellent naturalists, MM. Sumichrast and Bocourt.

The latter has described two species as previously named, but I
1872. ]

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

think the identifications must be reconsidered, and one of the
names originally proposed by himself (C. megalocephalus), be
retained. The species are thus distinguished :—

J. Inguinal scuta two.

Shell depressed, broad, carinee very weak ; one long anal plate ; inguinals

transverse ; tail smooth ; head brown, shielded above to behind the eyes.
C. SEVERUS.

Shell with three elevated keels, the carapace emarginate between the anal
scuta ; one short anal plate ; inguinals longitudinal ; tail with four rows
of tubercles; head white spotted above, brown spotted below.

C. PICTUS.

IJ. Inguinal scuta one or wanting.

Head very wide, smooth above; two anal scuta; lobes of plastron sub-

similar; dorsal keel grooved. C. MEGALOCEPHALUS.

Head narrower, with a horny shield on the top of the nose ; posterior lobe

of plastron narrower and more acute than anterior; dorsal keel simple.
C. ANGUSTATUS.

CLAUDIUS SEVERUS, Cope, sp. nov.

Carapace an elongate oval, with convex sides; the upper sur-
face nearly plane in profile, rising anteriorly, sloping to the an-
terior margin, and descending rather abruptly to the posterior.
General form rather depressed, the middle line including the entire
width of the vertebral scuta below the level of the proximal part
of the costals. The latter present an obtuse longitudinal carina
on the twomedian. The two central vertebral scuta also possess
a weak keel, of which a trace appears anteriorly on the fifth or
last; first and second flat. The scutal sutures bounding the ver-
tebrals, costals, and marginals (except those between the last)
are bounded by flat but marked grooves of the shell. Thus a
continuous band-like groove extends round the carapace above the
marginal bones, and is continuous with a similar one passing
along the anterior margin of each costal, and undulate grooves
along the margins of the vertebrals. The first costal is one-fourth
longer than the second. The vertebrals are hexagonal, longer
than broad, with a rounded notch behind and projection in front.
The first is narrowed urceolate, deeply notched behind, and mar-
gining nearly half the first marginal in front. The nuchal is
broad transversely, and very narrow; the anterior one narrower

than the posterior. The last and penultimate are a little wider,
[April 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

the last joining the last costal by a very short suture. The mar-
gin of the carapace is regular without notch behind or elsewhere.
The plastron is small, rather broad, and rounded in front, and
much contracted and acute behind. The bridge is rather wider
than in C. angustatus, and more as in Chelydra. The anterior
lobe is immovable in the dried specimen. Pectoro-abdominal
suture transverse, length of pectoral on median suture equal
abdominal and two-thirds femoral length, and equal to that of
the anal. Latter much longer than wide. The abdominal plate
is the only one which covers the bridge from within, but does not
extend quite half-way across. Each is met by two large ingui-
nals, which are broadly in contact with each other, and are
‘broader than long.

The color of the carapace is brown, but wherever rubbed of a
wax-yellow. The marginals at the bridge are principally a
strong yellow, which color covers the whole of the plastron.

The soft parts are preserved in alcohol. The head is large for
the size of the carapace, and is remarkably broad, and with rather
short muzzle. This projects, however, much beyond the mouth,
the end of the under jaw visible when closed, being scarcely
beyond the margin of the orbit. Beak short, obtuse, not dentate;
an obtuse festoon of the tomia below the orbit. Two beards.
Head covered with skin above, except from the line of the poste-
rior margin of the orbits to the end of the muzzle, which is pro-
tected by an undivided horny plate.

The skin is but slightly granular. There are five curved scuta
on the inner side of each fore foot, and a single row of scuta
above on each digit. The fore feet are webbed to the bases of the
ungues. The hind feet are well palmate, and with a free outer
web supported by a clawless toe. There are six curved scuta
on the inferior outer face of the base of the lower leg, of which
the first and third reach the external margin, and the others are
more internal except the lowest, which is very small. The tail is
very short, depressed, and incurved, with a terminal compressed
corneous scale. It is smooth, or without tubercles, above and
below, but anterior to the anus above are three pairs of very
small tubercles, one on each side of the median line.

Color of soft parts dirty white below, dark brown above; sides
of head with close yellow reticulations behind. Throat and
lower jaw yellow; a dark spot on each side of the symphysis con-
1872. ] 3

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

tinued towards the angles of the jaws, where yellow reticula-
tions appear above it.

Measurements. M.
Length of carapace (straight) . 5 ' , , ’ ; . 0.18
es Co (Oyat aD) 4 “ 2 : : - 20
cm Asiron ;: : : : s : : 3 : . 26
eT hase es anterior lobe from hyo-hyposternal suture . . .056
SS ies Bs posterior lobe from same point . : : . .069
Widths: re at ano-femoral suture . ‘ ; ; : > e018
OO ere cs anterior lobe at anterior abdominal suture . . .058
(oe. sbridoer@east) eam. ; . c ; c : : -, '.018
cc “head at tympana : : : : : : : Sy (inn!
Length of ‘“ He (straight) : 5 é : : . 053
Sos Sc: staillsfrommamtsy as : : : : : : . .024
Width of palm (greatest) . ; x 5 : : 2 : . .030
ac) <Sesole ie ; : ‘ A 3 < : : - 035

This species was found at Santa Efigenia, on the western side
of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, Mexico, by Francis Sumichrast,
and sent by him to the collections of*the Smithsonian Institu-
tion. (Coll. No. 485.) I am indebted to the secretary, Prof.
Henry, for the opportunity of making an examination of it,
Prof. Sumichrast says of it in his notes, that it is rare, and only
lives in muddy pools. In the young the dorsal crests are more
distinct. During life the anterior lobe of the sternum possesses
a slight mobility, which disappears on drying.

CLAUDIUS PICTUS, Cope, sp. nov.

Staurotypus salvinii, Bocourt, Miss. Sci. Mex. Rept. 22, tab. v., fig. 3,
1870; nec Grayii Proc. Z. S. Lond., 1864.

This fine species has been identified by MM. Duméril and Bo-
court with the species described by Dr. Gray, as above cited; but
it appears to me to be very distinct and perhaps pertinent to
another genus. Dr. Gray describes the anterior lobe of the ster-
num in §. salvinii as narrowed like the posterior, while it is
broadly rounded in this animal. He also states that in his species
the tail has a median crest of compressed tubercles, as in Che-
lydra, with a lateral series on each side. In this species there are
four series of minute warts, as in the other Claudii, and in no
way resembling those of Chelydra. This is evidently not Gray’s
species, and it remains to compare it with the Claudii, and espe-
cially with C. severus. It differs from this tortoise in the cara-

[June 25,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

pace with more nearly parallel sides, with three stronger or more
elevated keels above. It differs in the possession of an emargi-
nation between the analscuta. The plastron differs in the shorter
and less acuminate posterior lobe with shorter bridge. The
femoral scuta extend behind the abdominals on the bridge, while
the latter cover its entire width in C. pictus. The infra-marginal
plates are longer than wide in this species; in C. pictus they are
transverse. The tail of this species exhibits the usual four rows
of tubercles, while in C. severus it is smooth. The head is nar-
rower in C. pictus, and the colors more varied. Thus the top of
the head is pale spotted on a brown ground, the jaws are yellow
with brown cross-bands; a yellowish band extends from their
angle over the tympanum to the side of the neck. Carapace yel-
lowish-brown with a dark brown spot on the posterior part of
each scutum; limbs brown above; plastron yellow with a brown
spot on each scutum. Length of carapace, .136 m.

From Vera Paz.

This species is beautifully figured by Bocourt, as above cited.

CLAUDIUS MEGALOCEPHALVDS, Boe.
Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., 1868, X. p. 122. C. angustatus, ‘* Cope,’’ Bocourt,
Miss. Sci. Mex. Zool. Rept., p. 20, tab. iv.

This species and the C. angustatus constitute the typical and
smaller forms of the genus, distinguished by the very slender
bridge of the plastron and single inguinal or intermarginal. The
present animal, after being described as distinct by Bocourt, was
subsequently referred to the longer described C. angustatus, but I
am disposed to regard his first conclusion as the more correct,
having received from Sumichrast a second specimen of the latter,
which confirm its characters.

In C. megalocephalus, according to Bocourt, the head is very
wide and the muzzle short, with hooked beak. Its upper surface
does not display the oval horny scute seen in C. angustatus, and
though there is a convexity of the edge of the maxilla below the
front of the orbit, it is not an acute tooth as in the type of C.
angustatus. This appearance may perhaps be due to age.

The carapace is three keeled above, the median keel fissured in
its length. The keels traverse all the costal and vertebral scuta,
except perhaps the last vertebral. The plastron is rather wide
with the anterior lobe a little longer; neither lobe is much nar-
1872.]

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

rowed, and there are two anal scuta whose average length equals
that of the femorals. ‘The median suture of the abdominals is
only one-third that of the pectorals (three-fifths in C. angustatus).
Tail very short, with four series of minute tubercles above. Length
of carapace .118 m., width .079.

Color above dark brown; plastron light reddish-brown (Bo-
court), neck yellowish below.

From Mexico.

CLAUDIUS ANGUSTATUS, Cope.

Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 187; Proceed. Amr. Phil. Soc.,
1869, tab. ix.

This species is rather more slender than the last; the head is
narrower, and the posterior lobe of the plastron narrower and
more acute. The horny plate on the nose, and the undivided
dorsal keel, constitute other distinctions, the last of which are
noticed by Bocourt. In one of our specimens there is a single
anal scutum, in another there are two.

STAUREMYS, Gray.

Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1864, p. 127; Supplement to Catal. Shield Rep.,
1870, p. 65, f. 22.

This name was applied by Dr. Gray as a subdivision of Stauro-
typus, Wagl., which belongs to the Kinosternide, a family defined
by the absence of the mesosternal bone. If this arrangement
expresses the true affinities of the species referred to it, it is un-
necessary to introduce it here. Dr. Gray states that the anterior
lobe of the sternum is movable as in Staurotypus triporcatus, but
is more acute than in that species, being in this respect like the
posterior lobe. This difference is only specific, and the supposed
genus Stauremys, as defined by Gray, would not appear to stand
on any foundation. Should, however, it turn out to embrace a
species of Chelydrinz, it will rest on the character given above,
as distinguishing it from Claudius, viz., the movable anterior lobe
of the sternum. M. Bocourt appears to believe it to be one of
this group, from his referring to it a species of Claudius (C.
pictus, Cope), and as he may be correct, I introduce it into the
present synopsis.

Dr. Gray’s descriptions render it plain that the only known
species is quite distinct from those described above.

[June 25,

|

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

STAUREMYS SALVINII, Gray.
Loe. cit.

Shell brown; temple and side of neck pale marbled; below
pale, about the size of Claudius severus.
Haumanchal, Guatemala.

ON AN EXTINCT WHALE FROM CALIFORNIA.

BY PROF. E. D. COPE.

GrorcE Davinson, of the United States Coast Survey, recently
presented the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences, the
proximal portion of the left ramus of the mandible of a whale-
bone whale. The specimen was found in digging a well at San
Diego, on the coast, in the southern part of the State, at a depth
of seventy-four feet below the surface, July 27th, 1871.

The angle and condyle are broken from the specimen, and the
distal extremity was not preserved. It possessed a coronoid pro-
cess, the apex of which has been lost. The inner face is plane,
somewhat convex above, behind the basis of the coronoid process.
Anteriorly it becomes more convex, the surface turning inwards
to the superior and inferior margins. The exterior face is con-
vex, so that at the posterior foramen its diameter above the mid-
dle is greater than that below the middle. The inferior outline,
from below the coronoid process to below the last external fora-
men, is straight, not decurved. It is obtuse most of this distance,
but becomes narrowed at the anterior point. The superior mar-
gin is obtuse anteriorly, narrowed acute for ten inches anterior
to the coronoid process ; it is not truncate anteriorly. The internal
foramina are large, and form a series below the upper margin,
without distinct groove. The external foraminal series termi-
nates much anterior to the interior, that is, the last external is
opposite the sixth from behind of the inner row. There is no in-
ternal Meckelian groove. The Meckelian cavity of the ramus is
large behind the coronoid, but small and in the upper part of the
ramus at the last exterior foramen. The dental foramen is large
and above the base of the Meckelian cavity; to that its inner
wall descends to the floor of the latter. Below the base of the
1872.]

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

coronoid the inferior part of the ramus is rounded, but narrower
than at the dental foramen.

Measurements. M.

Length from middle of base of coronoid to last exterior foramen 0.22

‘* tolastinterior foramen . ‘ é “ A ; ees
Extent measured by four last interior foramina . c : . .064

Depth (inner side) at basis coronoid . A c c : 5, oll
‘¢ at last exterior foramen P : : : C - 5 *30i8
Greatest transverse diameter ramus at last external foramen . .042
Depth Meckelian tube at last external foramen . : : . 024
- *é ‘* atmental foramen . : : : =o aa
Width se ee St es : ; : : . 082

** ramus two inches behind basis of coronoid process (where

broken) . ; : - : : 5 ‘ : Oss,
Depth of do. at do. abou i : : ; : : F 5 AUG

The presence of coronoid process indicates that the present
species was a finner, and allied to Balxnoptera. Though there
are no vertebree or other elements to determine its reference to
this genus or to its ally Hschrichtius, it may be proper to refer it
provisionally to the latter genus, since so many of its allies on
the Atlantic coast formations have been found to be referable to
it. This course is still more appropriate from the fact that the
strata of tertiary age near San Diego are reported to be of mio-
cene age, the same in which the eastern EHschrichtii have been
found. As to its specific characters, these differ entirely from
those of the latter. The ramus lacks the decurvature of most of
them. In size it approaches nearest the Z. polyporus,! Cope, and
£. priscus, Leidy. It is much less convex externally than the
latter. The exterior series of pores does not extend so far poste-
riorly as in /. polyporus, and the dental foramen has a superior
position, besides other differences. Size that of EH. priscus.

The species may bear the name of its discoverer, and be called
EscHRICHITUS DAVIDSONII, in recollection of the efforts of George
Davidson to aid the cause of science in various ways.

This whale, when living, probably attained a length of about
forty feet.

1 Proceed. Amer. Phil. Soc., 1870, p. 285.

[June 25,

_—

a

Ee

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

Marcu 5.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.
Eighteen members present.

The following papers were offered for publication :—

“Remarks on the Synopsis of the Genus Chettusia (Lobiva-
nellus) with a Description of a New Species by J. A. Ogden.”
By Dr. O. Finscu.

“On Numerical Order in the Branching of some Conifere.”’ By
THos. MEEHAN. ,

Marcu 12.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-four members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :—
“On Prehistoric Human Art from Wyoming and Colorado.”
By E. L. Berruovp.

Marcu 19.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Twenty-two members present.

Marcu 26.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Eighteen members present.

On favorable report of the committees, the following papers
were order to be published:—

1872.]

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

REMARKS ON THE ‘‘SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS CHETTUSIA (LOBIVANEL-
LUS), WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES BY J. A. OGDEN.”

BY DR. O. FINSCH.

The newly described Cheltusia nivifrons, Ogden (p. 196), is
without the slightest doubt identical with CurTrusIa cRASSI-
RostrRIS, De Fil. (Defilippia crassirostris, Salvad.), our Limnetes
crassirostris (Vogel, Ost. Africas, p. 641). On the plate (PI. I.)
the back and scapulars are wrongly ‘“ dark-brown” colored, instead
of “light brownish-gray,” as accurately noticed in the description.
A very good and trustworthy representation is given by von
Heugliss: Ornithologie Nordostafricas, t. XX XIII.

To Ch. senegalla, p. 194: “Vanellus albifrons, Bripp.”(!)
noticed as a synonym of this species, has never been published
by Dr. Brippell, at least I could not find the source.

The next ally of Ch. senegalla is Ch. lateralis, Sin. (p. 195, No.
5), which finally will turn out to be only a stage of plumage.
(Vide Ost. Africa, p. 643.)

To Ch. inornata, Schl. p.195. This must stand as Ch. cinerea,
Blyth., which is wrongly used as a synonym of Ch. gregaria (No.
10).

Ch. inornata, Sws. (nec. Schleg.) is by no means identical with
tinornata, Schlegel, but a very different species from Western
Africa, which has been omitted in the Synopsis, as also the fol-
lowing well-marked species :—

Ch. (Hoplopterus) ventralis, Wagl. ex India, by mistake as
synonymous with Ch. gregaria noticed.

Ch. (Hoplopterus) speciosa, Wag]. ex Africa.
Ch. (Hoplopterus) cayana, Sabh. ex America merid.
Ch. coronata, Gil. ex Africa. —
Ch. melanoptera, Bripp. ex Africa.
Ch. (Lobivanellus) biloba, Gm. ex India.
Ch. (Lobivanellus) pectoralis, Cuy. ex Australia.
Ch. (Sarciophorus) pileatus, Gul. ex Africa.

BREMEN, G., February, 1872.

[June 25,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

ON NUMERICAL ORDER IN THE BRANCHING OF SOME CONIFERZ.
BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

In a paper entitled “ Adnation in Conifers,” read at the
Chicago meeting of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, and which was published in the “‘ Proceedings”
for 1868, I pointed out that the true leaves of Coniferze were
mostly adherent to the stem—not merely “decurrent” as is
usually said of some of them; and that the vigor of the axis or
stem was the measure of the adhesion. I now propose to show
that axial vigor also determines the law of branching in some
cases, and that the branching is on a numerical plan.

In the most vigorous growths of Thuja occidentalis, the com-
mon American arbor vite, the leaves are almost wholly united
with the axis, only the delicate sharp awns are free. These are
arranged in pairs, one leaf opposite the other. The upper pair
alternates with the lower (decussate). A branch appears at the
eighth node; and always at the eighth node when the vigor of
the branch remains the same. As the axis weakens the branches
appear at the sixth node. This is the general average. With
greater weakness the fourth node gives birth to the branch; and
finally as the plant takes on its frondose flattened form, a branch
pushes from every alternate node. But in no case does a branch
push at an odd number. They are always from the second, fourth,
sixth, or eighth node.

In Thuja gigantea, Nutt., the same law prevails, the sixth
and eighth being more numerous.

In Libocedrus decurrens all appear to be on the alternate plan.
I have seen no instance, even in vigorous shoots, where the
branches push otherwise than from every second node. This is
also true of Chamecyparis Lawsoniana, Parl.; and of C. obtusa,
Sieb., C. pisifera, and C. retusa—all probably varieties of one
thing.

In Biota orientalis, the branching is mostly from the fourth node,
occasionally from the second or sixth; rarely one will come from
the third and odd number. In the curious variety B. O. pendula,
Parl., where the plant has lost or never achieved the power to

1872.]

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

produce frondose branches, the numerical order is lost: branchlets
push at any indefinite point along the stem.

In Chamecyparis spheroidea, Spach., the American white
cedar, the branching is pretty regular at the fourth node, some-
times from the second, rarely from the fifth.

In Chamecyparis nutpensis, Spach., the yellow cedar of the
Pacific Coast, the course is the same as in the American arbor
vite.

Sometimes in very stout shoots of this plant the leaves will be
in whorls of three. It is curious to note then that the branching
is on the odd numbers; either at three, five, or so on; but yet not
in a regular graded series as in its normal condition and in the
arbor vites. I have counted as many as fifteen nodes without a
branch, and this absence of order in branching also exists in
junipers. In these the leaves are mostly in threes, though still
decussate, and the branching takes place at the odd numbers, and
is irregular.

Callitris quadrivalvis has four leaves in a whorl, and here again
we have the irregular branching of the junipers.

The result of these observations is that in a large number of
cases the frequency of branching is in company with declining
vigor; that presence of leaves in an opposite pair is favorable to
a regularity of branching on even numbers; and that whorls of
three or more are associated with irregular branching on odd
numbers.

It is proper to remark that this branching has reference to the
growth of one season. There are axillary dormant buds at every
node, which may push according to circumstances during any
subsequent year.

In connection with this subject are some observations worthy
of note, though not probably original. As soon as the branching
at alternate nodes begins in Libocedrus, Thuja, Biota, and others,
the frondose character commences. The pair of adated leaves
just above the node which bore a branch, is much contracted.
These are always on the upper and lower faces, and are known as
the dorsal leaves. The next pair of leaves are more developed,
more free from cohesion with the axis, and from one of them a
branchlet usually springs. These are the marginal leaves.
Usually the branchlets, one from a node and from every second
node, are alternate with the ones above and below it; but when

[June 20,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

the branchlet pushes from the main branch, the first series of two
or sometimes three are one above another, and on the upper side.
The flattened frondose form is the result of this plan of develop-
ment. Rarely two branchlets will proceed from each node, one
from the axil of each opposite leaf.

In some species each succeeding pair of cohering leaves are
of equal length and strength. In the Thujas and in Chame-
cyparis Lamsoniana this is characteristic; but in Libocedrus
decurrens, and Chamecyparis obtusa, and allies, every first pair
succeeding a branchlet, and which on the flattened conditions
constitute the dorsal pair, are very much abbreviated and
shortened, so much indeed as to scarcely proceed beyond the line
of the lower pair, and thus some writers have been led to describe
these plants as having 4-verticillate leaves.

The seedling or first year’s growth of Biota orientalis exhibits
this subverticillate character. The first pair of leaves succeeding
the cotyledons is so near as to appear almost two of a series of
four cotyledon lobes. For many successive nodes the leaves
appear to be 4-verticillate.

In regard to the early leaves of coniferous plants, those which
follow the cotyledons are nearly free, having little cohesion with
the stem or “decurrence,” as botanists say. As the axis becomes
thicker, or, as I have termed it in the paper referred to, endowed
with more vitality, there is less of the free portion and more of
the adnated or cohering, until in Pinus there is nothing left but
a thickened bed or pulvinus; and the axial bud which generally
marks the diverging place of the proper leaf has to push and in
a difficult way perform the function ofleaves. If any thing tend
to check the vitality of the tree, so that the axial buds do not
develop, the adnating power is weakened, and the true leaves
again become free from the stem. This is seen in Pinus edulis,
Engl. At any time through its existence, where the branches are
weak by being shaded or starved by other branches, the pulvint
develop into true leaves, and the axial bud, usually producing
two “needles,” does not push. Street trees and osier willows when
annually trimmed, though the subsequent growth is vigorous,
increase their trunks slowly in girth, and die much earlier than
uncut ones. Thus their vitality is impaired. Some pine trees
when cut down push up strong sprouts, and these will often have
the pulvini developed into true leaves as in the weakened Pinus
1872. ]

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

,

edulis. I have shown already, in the paper before referred to,
that Thujopsis borealis (Chamecyparis, Nutkensis, Spach.) also —
throws out free leaves always in the weakened cutting state. In
some garden varieties of Thuja and Biota the weak axis of the
seedling condition remains throughout many succeeding years of
growth. In all these cases the leaves are free. These free leaved
forms are still regarded by some excellent European botanists as
species of unknown introduction, although, as stated in my paper
on * Adnation in Conifera,” their derivation from Thuja and Biota
is founded on direct evidence. I refer to this incidental matter
chiefly to add the new observation, in connection with the leading
points of the present paper, that with their weakened condition,
the regular numerical order of branching, as noted in the fully
developed forms, does not exist.

I do not suppose this law of vital vigor so far as developed will
account for all the phenomena of free or adnated leaves; or for
all the numerical relations of branchlets to the nodes. I have
myself pointed out some apparent exceptions, but I trust I have
made it clear that it performs no mean part in the order of these
things.

[June 25,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

oo
-T

APRIL 2.
Mr.V aux, Vice-President, in the chair.
Twenty-three members present.
The following paper was presented for publication :—

* Descriptions and Illustrations of Genera of Shells.” By T. A.
ConraD.

Remarks on some Eatinct Mammals.—Proft. Lrrpy exhibited
specimens of fossils from the Tertiary of Wyoming. One of these
is an upper jaw fragment with two molars; the other a lower jaw
fragment with a single molar. The upper molars have crowns
composed of four lobes, of which the outer are like the corres-
ponding ones in Anchitherium. Of the inner lobes, the front one
is much the larger, and is prolonged outwardly in advance of the
antero-external lobe. It is homologous with the antero-internal
and antero-median lobes as existing in Anchitherium in a com-
pletely connate condition. The postero-internal lobe is thesmallest
of the crown. It is conical and conjoins that in front. A barely
perceptible trace of a postero-median lobe is seen. <A strong basal
ridge incloses the crown, except externally, where it is feebly
produced.

The three upper molars occupied a space of 8 lines. The first
molar is 24 lines fore and aft and 3} transversely ; the second is
23 lines fore and aft, and the last one 2+ lines.

A question arises as to whether these teeth pertain to any of
the animals previously indicated from lower jaw specimens with
teeth. They are too large for the known species of Hyopsodus or
Microsyops. They nearly accord in size with the lower molars of
Notharctus, and perhaps belong to this genus. Linnotherium
appears not to differ from this, as the number of teeth and their
constitution are the same.

The lower jaw fragment accompanying the upper one may be-
long tothe same animal. The molar it contains, though resembling
those of Notharctus, differs in several points. I propose to refer
the fossils to a species with the name of Hipposyus FORMOSUS.

Prof. Leidy further remarked that he had recently the oppor-
tunity of examining the tooth described by Prof. Marsh under the
name of Palxosyops minor. The tooth evidently belongs to the
curious pachyderm with the beaver-like incisors named T'rogosus
castoridens. On observing the molar tooth, which is not worn away
like those in the jaw specimen upon which the latter was named,
it at once called to mind, the tooth which had been described
under the name of Anchippodus riparius. On comparison, it
would appear as if the specimens referred to Palwosyops minor
1872.]

“

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

and Trogosus castoridens, really belong to the same genus and
species. The tooth of Anchippodus riparius was obtained from
a tertiary formation, miocene or eocene, in Monmouth Co., N. J.
If the determination is correct, it would go to show that the Brid-
ger Tertiary formation of Wyoming was contemporaneous with
the Tertiary deposit of Monmouth Co., N. J.

Prof. Core stated that the largest mammal of the Eocene for-
mations adjoining those of Wyoming, 7. e. of the Wahsatch group
of Hayden, was the Lathmodon radians, Cope, of about the size
of Rhinocerus. It was an odd-toed ungulate, with peculiar dental
characters. The incisors were well developed above and below
as in the Tapir, but the dental series was little interrupted. The
crowns of the upper molars were all wider than long, and presented
mixed characters. On the outer margin one only of the two
usual crescents of Ruminants was present, but a tubercle repre-
sented the anterior one. The one which was present was di-
rected very obliquely inwards. Inner crescents were represented
by two angles, the posterior forming the inner angular margin of a
flat table, the anterior , a mere cingulum at its anterior base. The
arrangement of these parts was stated to be of interest in connee-
tion with the relationships between the types of hoofed animals.
The single outer crescent was a ruminant indication, while the
inner table resembled the interior part of the crown of Titanothe-
rium. It differed, however, in its early union with the outer mar-
gin, its edge being thus possibly homologous with the posterior
transverse crest in Rhinocerus. The premolars had two or three
lobes with crescentic section arranged transversely. He regarded
the genus as allied to Chalicotherium.

He stated that the mammalian fauna of Wyoming and Utah
more nearly resembled that of the Paris Basin than any yet dis-
covered in our country, and that it had been discovered to con-
tain a still greater number of generalized mammalian forms. One
of the most marked of these was the genus just described by Dr.
Leidy.

APRIL 9.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Sixteen members present.

Remarks on some Extinct Vertebrates.—Prof. Lerpy directed at-
tention to some fossils upon which he made the following obser-
vations. Several teeth and jaw fragments from the Loup Fork of
the Niobrara River, Nebraska, obtained by Prof. Hayden, appear
to indicate a large species of Felis, not previously described.
The most characteristic specimen consists of an upper sectorial
molar about as large as that of the Bengal Tiger, and consequently

[June 25,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

much too large for either of the largest existing american cats,
the Panther and the Jaguar. It is as much too small to have
pertained to the American Lion, Felis atrox, for its breadth is but
slightly greater than that contained in the lower jaw from which
the latter was described. Breadth of the crown of the tooth is 154
lines; its thickness in front 8 lines. The measurements in the
corresponding teeth of a Bengal Tiger are, 16 lines in breadth,
and 74 lines in thickness in front. The form of the fossil tooth is
the same as in the other feline species.

The extinct species may be named FELIS AUGUSTUS.

A distal extremity of a humerus, from the Niobrara River, about
the size and construction of the’ corresponding part in the Bengal
Tiger, may belong to this species.

Another fossil, consisting of a detached body of a vertebra, ap-
parently indicates an extinct reptile allied to Plesiosaurus and
Discosaurus. The specimen, recently received from Prof. Hayden,
was obtained in 1870, on Henry’s Fork of Green River, Wyoming.
It is free from attached matrix, and was the only specimen pertain-
ing to the animal which was found. It probably belonged to a for-
mation of earlier date than that of the same locality which has
yielded other fossils previously described.

The vertebra is from the base of the tail, and is much shorter in
relation to its other dimensions than in Plesiosaurus or Discosau-
rus. The extremities are concave, and encircled near the margin
of the articular surfaces with a narrow groove. Posteriorly there
are two large articular facets, as widely separated as the bone
would permit, for the junction of a chevron. Anteriorly there are
no marks of chevron attachment. The roots of strong transverse
processes or diapophyses project from the sides of the body just
above the middle. The neural arch was completely co-ossitied
with the body, leaving no trace of its earlier separation.

The breadth of the body is 23 lines; its depth 19 lines, and its
length i inch.

Viewing the specimen as probably representing a genus different
from those mentioned, I propose to name it with the species as
OLIGOSIMUS GRANDAVUS.

Another fossil is a remarkable specimen, obtained by Prof.
Hayden in the “ Black Foot country” at the head of the Missouri
River. It looks as if it had formed part of the dermal armor of
some huge saurian or perhaps of an armadillo-like animal. It is
imperfect, and looks as if it were half broken away. In its pre-
sent state it is hemiovoid, about two inches in diameter, concave
below, and convex above, where it is covered by about fifteen
large mammillary bosses.

Accompanying this specimen there is a distal phalanx, which
may belong to the sameanimal. It is rather less than two inches
long. The articular surface is transversely elliptical, 1} inch
wide, and 11 lines deep, and feebly depressed, so as to indicate a

1872.]

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

moderate degree of mobility. The upper surface of the bone slopes
to the end and is transver sely conyex. The extremity is expanded
at the borders. Beneath are several vascular perforations.
Though the specimens are not sufficiently characteristic to deter-
mine positively whether they belong to a mammal or a reptile, or
whether they even belong together to the same animal, the former
one is so peculiar that I am disposed to regard it as representing
a genus and species, which may be named TYLOSTEUS ORNATUS.

Curious habit of a Snake.—Mr. Cope made the following re-
marks :—

I had for some time a specimen of Cyclophis xslivus, received
from Fort Macon, N. Ca., through the kindness of Dr. Yarrow,
living in a wardian case. The slender form of this snake, and
its beautiful green and yellow colors, have led to the opinion
that it is of arboreal or bush-loving habits. It never exhibited
such in confinement, however, and instead of climbing over the
Caladia, ferns, etc., lived mostly under ground. It had a curi-
ous habit of projecting its head and two or three inches of its
body above the ground, and holding them for hours rigidly in a
fixed attitude. In this position it resembled very closely a sprout
or shoot of some green succulent plant, and might readily be mis-
taken for such by small animals.

Intelligence in Monkeys.—I have two species of Cebus in my
study, C. capucinus, and a half-grown C. apella. The former
displays the usual traits of monkey ingenuity. He is an admirable
catcher, seldom missing anything, from a large brush to a grain,
using two hands or one. His cage door is fastened by two hooks,
and these are kept in their places by nails driven in behind them.
He generally finds means sooner or later to draw out the nails,
unhook the hooks and get free. He then occupies himself in
breaking up various objects and examining their interior appear-
ances, no doubt in search of food. To prevent his escape I
fastened him by a leather strap to the slats of the cage, but he
soon untied the knot, and then relieved himself of the strap by
cutting and drawing out the threads which held the flap for the
buckle. He then used the strap in a novel way. He was accus-
tomed to catch his food (bread, potatoes, fruit, ete.) with his
hands, when thrown to him. Sometimes the pieces fell short
three or four feet. One day he seized his strap and began to
throw it at the food, retaining his hold of one end. He took
pretty correct aim, and finally drew the pieces to within reach of
his hand. This performance he constantly repeats, hooking and
pulling the articles to him in turns and loops of the strap. Some-
times he loses his hold of the strap. If the poker is handed him,
he uses that with some skill, for the recovery of the strap. When
this is drawn in, he secures his food as before. Here is an act of

rJune 25,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. - Al

intelligence which must have been originated by some monkey,
since no lower or ancestral type of Mammals possess the hands
necessary for its accomplishment. Whether originated by Jack.
or by some ancestor of the forest who used vines for the same
purpose, cannot be readily ascertained.

After a punishment, the animal would only exert himself in
this way when not watched; as soon as an eye was directed to
him, he would cease. In this he displayed distrust. He also
usually exhibited the disposition to accumulate to be quite su-
perior to hunger. Thus he always appropriated all the food with-
in reach before beginning to eat. When different pieces were
offered to him, he transferred the first to his hind feet to make
room for more; then filled his mouth and hands, and concealed
portions behind him. With a large piece in his hands, he would
pick the hand of his master clean before using his own, which he
was sure of.

*

APRIL 16.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.
Twenty-three members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :—

“Studies of the Tyrannide. Part I. Revision of the Species of
Myiarchus.” By Exxtiorr Coves.

APRIL 23.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-one members present.
The following paper was presented for publication:—

“Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Lucinide.”’ By Gero.
W. Tryon, Jr.

Prof. P. Frazer, Jr., noticed a granular sediment at the bottom
of several bottles of water from the Geyser Spring, Saratoga,
and on taking them out they proved to be phanero-crystalline
individuals of peculiar form. This form seemed at first sight to
be that of the sphenoid or wedge-shaped hemi-pyramids of one of
the tetragonal or rhombic systems. On testing the crystals they
proved to be nothing else than carbonate of lime, and the diffi-
culty lay in making their habitus and composition harmonize.
Arragonite crystals they certainly were not, and if they were cal-
cites 1 is evident that they could not be sphenoids.

1872.

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

On a closer examination it turned out that they were acute
rhombohedrons with four planes largely and the other two planes
only very minutely developed, thus giving to the crystal the ap-
pearance of a tetrahedron or sphenoid, two of whose angles were
truncated by small planes.

It suggested itself as a means of obtaining crystals from a
saturated carbonic acid solution of those substances not readily
soluble in pure water, to allow the gas to escape uniformly but
slowly, and thus allow each crystal time to complete its comple-
ment of planes.

APRIL 30.

The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-nine members present.
The death of Wm. W. Greruarp, M.D., was announced.

The following were elected members: Geo. Stiles, M.D., Pass-
more Williamson, Bloomfield H. Moore, Mrs. Bloomfield H. Moore,
Alfred D. Jessup, Wm. F. Miskey, Wm. G. Freedly, F. B. Gowen,
E. Burd Grubb, Thos. R. Dunglison, M.D., and John Thompson.

Permission being granted, Dr. H. ALLEN called attention toa
novel method of studying the appendicular skeleton of vertebrates.
He had found that a radiated arrangement of bones could be de-
tected in the shoulder girdle. The recognition of such a plan sug-
gested the propriety of characterizing rays as divergent from a
hypothetized centre with respect to their positions to the longi-
tudinal axis of the body. The scapula thus becomes the neurad;
the pre-coracoid and coracoid bones the heamad; while the ray of
the arm is the manad. The neurad ray is single and may seg-
ment twice, as in some batrachians, or but once, as in others of
the same class. The heamad rays never segment. They may be
single or double. The manad rays are multiple in fishes, and may
not diverge from a single point. In Gobius some of these rays
appear as actinapophyses to the neurad rays.

The manad rays are single in other vertebrates. They do not
segment in fishes, but may twice segment (‘‘glenoid’’-brachium)
with other forms. It is necessary to remember that the centre of
this radiate arrangement-is not at all times at the shoulder-joint,
but may be at a point at which the ‘glenoid” (Parker) scapular,
pre-coracoid, and coracoid bones converge. This is instanced in
man and the salamander.

The study of the pelvic gitdle yields similar results to those
above stated. The centre here is at the acetabulum. The neurad
ray (ilium), the two heamads (pubis and ischium), as well as the

[June 25,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

pesad (femur) do not segment. The late Y-shaped ossification
(man) is without morphological value.

Dr. A. endeavored to establish a plan for the construction of the
hand and foot, by premising a system of divergent rays project-
ing from the distal extremity of the manad and pedad segments
respectively. He conceived it to present a better principle of
action than does the hypothesis of Gegenbaur, which rests upon
marginal chains of ossicles appended distad to the limb.

In the fish the primal divergence of the rays from the multiple
manad are infinite, and do not permit of subsequent divergences.
In all other vertebrates the primal divergence is finite (single),
and the subsequent divergences vary; they attain their maximum
number (four) in the carpus and tarsus of Ichthyosaurus and
Plesiosaurus.

In taking the limbsof the salamander‘ as illustrations, it is found
that the humerus gives off at the elbow two rays, the ulna and
radius. The ulna at the wrist gives off two rays in the shape of
carpal bones, which are serially homologous with the radius and
ulna. The lateral (7. e. outer) ray segments three times to pro-
duce the outer toe. The median (7.e. inner) ray segments once
and then yields divergents to produce by serial segmentation the
toes placed median to the axis of the carpal quantity. The radius
does not present divergents but segments to project the inner-
most toe. In this arrangement the ulna is seen to be the more
potential of the divergents of the humerus, since its several diver-
gences make up the bulk of the hand and account for the projec-
tion of all the toes excepting the innermost. In the foot the fibula
is the more potential bone, since the area of its related divergen-
ces yields the bulk of the foot, asdoes the ulnain thehand. Again,
of the first ulnar divergence the median is the more potential,
since the lateral passes off to the outer toe, exhibiting axial repe-
tition of segments only. The tendency for the greater potentiality
to be found in the median ray of any given divergence, finds an
apparent exception in the penultimate divergence in [chthyosaurus
and Plesiosaurus, where it would appear as though the lateral ray
yielding the last divergence is the outer instead of the inner side.
Enough is secured, however, to modify the prevalent idea concern-
ing the acquisition of toes. Conceding that the above scheme is
correct, it will follow, that, inasmuch as in the several diver-
gences the median rays are favored, and the toes are the ultimate
projections of such rays, they may be initiated from towards
the centre and not always from the sides. It was observed, for
example, that in the bi-dactylous foot of the Proteus the ulnar
divergent produced an axis composed of five segments to consti-
tute the outer toe. The radial div ergent repe ated segments four
times, the terminal three comprising the inner toe. Now, the hand

' Gegenbaur.

1872.]

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

of the Proteus is tri-dactylous, and it is found that the third toe
is the median ray of a divergence terminating the ulnar projec-
tion.

In this connection reference was made to Buhl’s' account of a case
of congenital defect in the human foot, in which four toes only
were present. The missing toe was the fourth, which is the median
terminal divergent of calcaneal side of foot; the normal arrange-
ment of the human foot being as follows: The potential side
(tibial (7), remembering the twist of the posterior extremity,
caused the speaker to consider the potential side of the foot to be
homologous with the ulnar side of the hand) is segmented twice
(astragalus and scaphoid) to produce three divergents (1st, 2d,
and 3d metatarsals), each of which segments four times in form-
ing the first three toes. The outer weaker side segments serially
twice (caleaneum, cuboid) to yield two divergents (4th and 5th
metatarsals), which thence form the fourth and fifth toes.*

The relations between the term actinapophysis and the term
ray, as used in the above descriptions, were next dwelt upon. It
was proposed to restrict the term actinapophysis to a segment
projected from the side of an axial ray, while such axial rays are
always in themselves projections from a hypothetical non-osseous
centre. It follows that unless a ray can be traced to such centre,
it cannot be considered of primai value, and becomes actinapo-
physal. In the event of the correctness of this hypothesis, many
of the identifications of Parker must fall.

Actinapophyses may behave like primal rays with respect to
the bone from which they spring. The separately ossified tip to
the acromion process is an example. This is an interesting ex-
pression of an actinapophysis projecting in an opposite direc-
tion to the axis of its own ray. Ruge,? in his descriptions of
abnormalities of the acromion, figures two disjuncted actinapo-
physes in the above position. They are, it was judged, the
two centres of ossification of the acromial tip, not co-ossified
axially, as is the rule, but placed as divergents to the primal ray.

Dr. A. felt inclined to claim for such centres the name of ‘ cen-
tres of nutrition,’ and to revert the present application of the
theory to Goodsirt (1845).

1 Congenital absence of femur, etc. Zeit. f. Rat. Med., 1860, p. 128.

2 In the hand the radius (ulna, Gegenbaur) yields the scaphoid for a
segment, and the trapezius and trapezium as divergents (probably). The
ulna gives the semilunar fora segment and magnum unciform and cunei-
form for divergents; the fourth and fifth toe are secondary divergences
from the unciform (probably).

3 Zeit. f. Rat. Med., 1859, p. 258.

‘ Of the forces which exist in connection with centres of nutrition
nothing very definite can yet be stated. When this branch of inquiry
shall have been opened up, we shall expect to have a science of organic
forces bearing direct relations to anatomy, the science of organic forms.’’—
An. and Path. Obs., Art. Centres of Nutrition.

[June 25,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

The speaker was of the opinion that, as a principle, it was capa-
ble of interpreting much of the skeleton. He had reason to be-
lieve, that, the bilaterality of centres of ossification (Serres) so far
as they apply to the neural and heamal axes (vertebral column
and sternum) being assumed, all other arrangements of the
scleral tissues were about * centres of nutrition.” The costal series
(inclusive of the clavicles), with its multiple segmentations and
occasional actinapophyses; and more especially the infra-cranial
arches (the branchial (hyoid), mandibular apparatuses), were held
to be parts of a system similar to the above in kind.

On favorable report of the Committees, the following papers
were ordered to be printed :—

1872.]

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ON PREHISTORIC HUMAN ART FROM WYOMING AND COLORADO,
BY E. L. BERTHOUD, A.M., C.E.

[Journal of a Reconnoissance made along Creek Valley, Colorado, in October and
November, 1871.]

GREELEY, COLORADO.

Oct. 21,1871. We leave Greeley, lat. 40° 25’, long. 104° 367
west, at 24 P.M., cross Cache La Poudre Railroad, half mile east
of town, our course is N. 60° east. Camping in the evening below
the mouth of the Cache La Poudre, and on north bank of South
Platte River, our reconnoissance line takes us to Low Wet Creek,
three miles north of the river, but the total want of water in the
creek compels us to go to Platte River for camp.

Altitude above the sea 45.56. Vegetation is getting more
stunted; the only trees and shrubs found are Populus angulata,
Salix muhlenbergiana? Rhus triloba, and Negundo aceroides;
Cerasus serotina: while a few Cleome integrifolia, and Aster
Nove-Anglix? are yet in flower, and Cactus opuntia, covers the
high prairie everywhere.

Platte River abounds in wild geese, A. canadensis; brant, A.
Bernicla ; some white gulls and sooty terns.

Oct. 22. Leave camp at 7 A.M., course N. 36° east. Travel-
ling to-day to reach Crow Creek for evening camp; soil is sandy
and covered in every direction with prickly pear of most annoying
thickness; our view in every direction except west is bounded by
a dreary, grayish, monotonous prairie, still it is singular to see
what a large amount of animal life exists here.

Three kinds of wolves, the little prairie fox Canis velox, ante-
lopes, badgers, prairie dogs, two kinds of rabbits, black-tailed
deer were seen by us to-day at 3 P.M., in full sight of Crow Creek;
we find in several prairie ridges multitudes of Ostreea or Inocera-
mus shells, forming beds of dark, soft earthy limestone. Reach-
ing Crow Creek we camp in a bend of the stream.

Oct. 23. We follow Crow Creek to-day for nine or ten miles in
a course on average about N. 40° east. Water and grass scarce
and bad. We cross and recross the creek to-day, but it is dry
and sandy, and its banks wofully parched; at 3 P.M. finding a

[June 25,

Wyoming Territory

WON. Lat
@enws = weftewraeve awe wen te = a a a ee ne ia ee ne ee ~_S ee e
‘ é
2. ae ee

), BD,
Mh WAS § waxes £

“a é
Z i PINE BLUFFS a
~——

Colorado Terr.

Give
oe
8
EC /
ae
3
Se
1S
j

an i. ae Vee BED i. = 9
t Rt ee ne “asec K WD
i A bE wie H° Sa
SS :
A = oe) SNe —— >
x SS We ayn MW |
‘=. = VESTS Be
= y Sf iss Ss «x
% Si ays \\ * bess
72 x Ez S SY Locali y- where the 4, BS
me —= s ei: vestiges of Ancient Vul- ZS )
= = J A A lages appeal! Wale GUatat —
= = i(4 tes of rude unplements =e
= =) we Flent chaps ete. elt Zip
= Be tat, A |
'
i
i
’
‘
a
as
N
Jf < STONE IMPLEMENTS a
IN GRAVEL BED GENERAL VIEW OF DEAD PINE BLUFFS
é B b LAT. 40° N LONG.104° w
S i’ By,
q|_ 3” |
ey
A i
id
0,7
che? St “\L Th
er eh | \ >
a fe LE ees ar
ry
ais SHOWING LOCATION
’
A cf TERTIARY SHELLS etd
’
IMPLEMENTS, FIRE-PLACES
CLC; CLC.

SCALE FOUR MILES TO

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 4T

water hole of green slimy liquid, we camp on the west side of the
creek.

While investigating the formation of the bluffs capped with
gravel, we find many beautiful moss agates, and numerous flakes
and rude stone implements, mixed in tertiary gravel and seemingly
coeval with it.

Oct. 24. Crossing Crow Creek at camp our course is N. 23° and
N. 11° east.

On leaving Crow Creek I obtained a complete suite of stone im-
plements and rude fragments which occur mixed in a gravel and
sand deposit that composes the summit and sides of the low bluffs
on the east bank. I found them in the gravel, in the soil, in every
kind of position, and sometimes weather beaten or stained by
weather and rain. The accompanying gravel is composed of smooth
pebbles of quartzite jasper, agate, granite, mica, slate, basalt; with
a few shells and fossil wood, or wood opal; while in the low grounds
at the foot of the bluffs ancient fireplaces, burnt fragments of bone
and wood, with flint and agate, chips and implements, almost uni-
versally distinct from those on the summit of the low hills border-
ing Crow Creek; so much is this the case, that the two seem to
point to a distinct era, the later presenting some progress and re-
finement even in stone implements.

The evidences of the oldest and rudest art do not even show
traces of fire or fireplaces; rough implements, irregular piles of
pebbles, are all that is left us to show and identify to the observer
the obscure seat of a still more obscure barbarism.

Another fact puzzles me, that whenever and wherever on Cache
La Poudre, Big Thompson River, Clear Creek, Crow Creek, and
Platte River, we find evidences of “ Pre-aboriginal’’ occupation,
it is invariably on the low bluffs bordering these valleys, and in a
tertiary gravel deposit; but if we go back in the higher region
of the prairies, they almost disappear or present a difference in
form or material.

The shape, the location, the rude barbarism of these first
attempts of art irresistibly lead us to compare them to the rude
tools of Abbeville in France, or the implements of kerne in Eng-
land. Iam glad to be able to give a few shells from this place,
which will serve to guide us in determining the age of the gravel
beds of Crow Creek.

We are fast nearing the high table-land, between South Platte
1872.]

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

River, Crow Creek, and Pole Creek; this is a dividing ridge capped
by conglomerate in many places, and under this on Low Wet,
Little Crow Creek, etc., miocene beds with Oreodon, Titanothe-
rium and fresh-water turtles. The gravel beds of Crow Creek
may be quaternary? but they seem made up from the decomposed
capping north of us, and at Golden City apparently underly the
newer tertiary beds, capped with basalt ?

Continuing our course about N. 15° east we reach Crow Creek
again in the evening; passing over a bed of lignite or tertiary
coal. Prairie very sandy and dry; formation soft sandstone and
clay beds.

Oct. 25. Course about N. 11° to 17° east, following Crow Creek
three or four miles. I noticed in two places in the steep bluffs
bordering the stream the burnt stones and black carbonaceous
remains of old fireplaces, from four to eight feet below the present
surface.

At 11 A.M. we again leave Crow Creek, and begin to cross
another large bend in that stream. We are in sight of bright,
white bluffs north of us and directly in our course. These are the
white or chalk bluffs, that extend west to near the foot of the
black hills and on the boundary between Colorado and Wyoming
Territories, on the parallel of 41° N. Antelopes abound here,
we saw also to-day sixteen wild horses, which at the first sight of
our men went off at a rattling pace; the patriarch of the flock, a
fine black stallion, driving the rest before him.-

Passing over a flat well-grassed prairie bottom we reach at 1 P.M.
some long low ridges, that insensibly are lost in a low flat bottom,
bordering a small dry affluent of Crow Creek.

Halting here to await the arrival of the party some two miles
back, I strolled over the ridges to pick up specimens of agates
or fossils; while so occupied I found at the foot of the first ridge
the evidences of the deserted site of an ancient village; the stone
heaps and circles, the projecting and polished boulders, the stray
flint tools and weapons, the multitudes of broken flakes or frag-
ments left in the primeval workshop; while all around dispersed
in rude circles, the boulders of quartzite, of jaspery rocks, yellow,
red, or gray, nowhere else “in situ,’ speak of some method or
manner of industry, totally unlike our more modern Indian or
mound builder’s vestiges.

I made a sketch of this locality, marked 4A A on the map, and

[June 25,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

also made a collection of the better formed implements and
weapons. I examined this locality critically, to get some clue to
its antiquity.

North, half a mile farther, another old site was reached, marked
by four large boulders, placed on end in some sort of rude order.
Crossing a small valley I reached another spot indicated by
similar rude monuments, and characterized by heaps of ancient
implements and chiplings of the most primitive kind; these are
strewn in every direction on a grassy ridge sloping down into a
small valley. The boulders here and elsewhere may have been
placed as rallying points for the family circle of the ‘“ Pre-abo-
riginal” man.

Located on points of land and extended promontories, these
ancient sites favor strongly the idea of location near some ancient
estuary or fresh-water lake ; whose vestiges the present topography
of this region favors.

Note on the Shells accompanying the Flints.—These represent four
species, three only determinable. My friend, T. A. Conrad, to whom I
submitted them, states that one of them is a Corbicula, the other a Rangia,
both estuary shells, ‘‘certainly not of later age than older Pliocene, or
possibly Miocene, but there is no trace of Ranga in the Eocene.’’—E.D.
CopPE.

1872.]

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

DESCRIPTIONS AND ILLUSTRATIONS OF GENERA OF SHELLS.
BY T. A. CONRAD.
CRASSATELLA, Lam.
Subgenus PACHYTHZRUS.
C, Pteropsis, Conrad, Pl, I., fig. 1, Cretaceous.
C. Ripleyana, Conrad, fig. 7, Cretaceous.
C. ligeriensis, D’Orb. fig. 10. Cretaceous.

I do not suppose this group of Cretaceous, Eocene, and Oligocene
shells will be recognized as a genus distinct from CRrAssATELLA,
and therefore I propose it as a subgenus to mark the differences
which characterize the species of Cretaceous and older tertiary
formations, and distinguish them from Miocene and recent forms.

For description of the subgenus, see Amer. Journ. of Conch., vol.
v. p. 47.

CRASSATELLA.
Miocene and recent.
C. undulata, Say, Plate I., fig. 9.
PLEUROCONCHA.

Shell radiately ribbed, hinge of right valve with 2 cardinal teeth,
posterior one immediately under the apex, triangular, thick, and
directed obliquely posteriorly, anterior tooth approximately direct,
no cartilage pit as in Crassatella.

Crassatella Gallieni, D’Orbigny.

I originally proposed this genus under the objectionable name
of RaproconcHa, and as it has not been accepted I feel at liberty
to alter the orthography though not the meaning of the name.

In an attempt at a natural classification of bivalves it would be
wrong to include this shell in the genus CRASSATELLA, as the above
diagnosis must render evident to any one who studies the subject.

In indicating the genus an error occurred in quoting the name
of Guerangeri, instead of Gallieni as Tintended. Itseems hardly
possible that any one could suppose that I would quote the As-
TARTE figured on the same plate as the type of the genus. Had
I done so it would have been quoted AsTARTE, not CRASSATELLA.
C. Robinaldini was incorrectly referred to this genus.

PrycHomya, Ag., is described as having 3 diverging cardinal

[June 25,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

teeth in each valve, which with other characters show a wide
generic difference between it and PLEUROCONCHA.

PLIONEMA, Conrad.

Shell subrotund, sculptured with close radiating lines or fine
ribs ; hinge of left valve with 2 robust diverging teeth; lunule
none.

Astarte Guerangeri, D’Orbigny.

The radiating ribs and lunule areI think sufficient to distinguish
this as a subgenus. When it is considered that all the numerous
species, Cretaceous and recent, of the genus ASTARTE or CRASSINA
are characterized by a well-marked and generally profound lunule,
and when ribbed, always concentrically, the Aslfarte Guerangert
forms too marked an exception to place it in the group of typical
species.

SCAMBULA.

Shell triangular, compressed ; in the right valve one direct tooth
under the apex, with a pit on each side of it, and a long lateral
tooth anteriorly, posterior dorsal margin carinated, which promi-
nent line fits into a doubled lateral tooth, in the opposite valve,
left valve with 2 long approximate direct teeth, and a long ante-
rior marginal lateral tooth, pallial line invisible, inner margin finely
crenulated on a raised line.

§. perplana, Conrad, PI. I., fig. 2

The crenulations on the shell closely resemble those of PAcuy-
THARUS (Cretaceous forms of CRASSATELLA), being arranged in a
slightly prominent line. The hinge of this shell is very distinct
from that of CRASSATELLA.

PTEROMERIS.

Shell triangular, compressed, radiately ribbed, not oblique;
hinge of left valve with 2 diverging cardinal teeth, the anterior
one slightly grooved; the posterior one elongated, profoundly
bifid; posterior hinge margin carinated.

P. perplana, Pl. I., fig. 3.

This genus was indicated in the Proceedings of the Academy of
Natural Sciences in 1862. It was not founded on Asfarfe minu-
tissima as stated by Stoliczka, but on Cardita perplana a Mio-
cene shell. Muricromeris was proposed for the former, which from

1872.]

ay, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Lea’s description and figure must be sufficiently distinct in generic
character.

In the Eocene catalogue published in the American Journal of
Conchology, Astarte minutissima was incorrectly referred to PTE-
RoMERIS. This shell, and Cardita atomus, Deshayes, look much
alike externally.

VETERICARDIA.

This genus was improperly printed Vetocardia. and I here re-

store the correct orthography.
V. crenalirata, Pl. I., fig. 4.
Venericardia dupiniana, from D’Orbigny, fig. 11.

Stoliczka has figured a shell under the name of Cardita Jaguenoti
which has more external resemblance to VENERICARDIA than any
cretaceous form known to me, but the hinge is different from that
of CarpITA or VENERICARDIA, and also from that of the present
genus.

PLEUROMERIS.
P. tridentata (Cardita), Say.

May be regarded as the type of this genus, which was described
in the Amer. Journ. of Conch., vol. III., p. 12.

P. decemcostata, Pl. I., fig. 8

This isa Miocene species in which formation most of the species
are found, though the genus first appeared in the Eocene. I
refer to this genus Cardita Kickxii, C. chameformis, Sowerby, C.
scalaris, C. analis, Phil.

EULOXA.

Equivalved; hinge of right valve having a long oblique bifid
tooth immediately under the apex, and one pyramidal thick dis-
tant tooth anteriorly, left valve with 3 distant cardinal teeth, one
under the apex oblique thick entire, posterior tooth slender and
very oblique, anterior tooth small, pallial line with a slight sinus ;
inner margin entire.

E. latisuleata, Pl. I., fig. 5. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sciences, vol. xiv. p. 585.

This genus essentially differs from Crasstna in the thick an-
terior tooth of the right valve; in having 3 teeth in the left valve,
and in having a dental pit in the right valve where CrassinA has

[June 25,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3

or

a prominent tooth, and in having a pallial sinus. I know of one
species only, LZ. latisulcata, a Miocene fossil.

ALVEINUS.

Shell equivalved, smooth; hinge of both valves with a central
pit or emargination; right valve with 2 approximate tuberculiform
minute teeth, the first immediately under the apex and the other
beneath and alittle in advance of it; a lanceolate furrow in front of
it ; left valve with 2 tuberculiform teeth situated in respect to each
other in a line with the anterior hinge margin; a submarginal

channel runs entirely round the valves to the apex; pallial line
entire ?

A. minutus, Conrad, Pl. I., fig.6. Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. i. p. 138, Pl. X.,

fig, 2.

A minute shell of the Oligocene period found at Enterprise,
Miss. The exterior has much resemblance to that of a ventricose
Dosinia. The channel around the submargin of the entire shell
is, I believe, an unique character. The figure is greatly enlarged.
We have but two specimens of this littie bivalve, which is ex-
tremely thin in substance.

P PARASTARTE.

Comparing this minute shell with Goodallia triangularis, the
hinge is found to correspond with that of the latter, and therefore
P. triquetra, Conrad, (Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sciences, 1862) must
be named Goodallia triquetra.

LATIARCA.

Shell triangular, thick, capacious ; hinge line narrow medially,
broad at the ends ; cardinal plates elevated strongly and rugosely
striated transversely, the larger plates descending; medial plates
very irregular; lower margin of posterior cicatrix elevated and
acute, area between the beaks with conspicuous grooves angulated
under the beaks.

Latiarca idonea, Conrad, Pl. II., fig. 1. Amer. Journ. Conch., p. 289. Eocene.
The most essential difference between this genus and /donearca

is the want of the internal plate, very prominent in the latter,

which is also a much shorter shell, with a broader hinge plate.
Cucullza crassatina, Lam., is a fine example of this genus. Des-

hayes, Cog. Foss. pl. XXXL, fig. 8, 9.

1872.]

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

IDONEARCA.

Shell triangular, thick, ventricose, with radiating lines, hinge
broad, medial cardinal plates prominent, linear, transverse, or di-
rect and transversely striated ; anterior and posterior plates elon-
gated, oblique or descending, angular at the inner ends and
strongly striated transversely, inner plate prominent, curved, car-
dinal area subequal, grooved.

I. capax. Pl. II., fig. 2. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., 2d series, vol. III., p. 328, pl.
XXXV., fig. 2.

This genus is one of the most characteristic of the Cretaceous
forms, and has the earliest and most developed form of hinge, now
represented by the recent Cucullea. Stoliczka confounds with
Macropon, the two very distinct genera of IDONEARCA and GRAM-
MATODON. ‘The latter is a Jurassic genus unknown in Cretaceous
strata.

Having obtained the hinge of a New Jersey bivalve belonging
to a group of which Cucullea vulgaris, Morton, is the typical form,
I am enabled to subjoin a list of all the species of Idonearca
known to me.

AMERICAN. EvuroPEAN. SYRIAN.
antrosa, Morton. glabra, Sowerby. brevifrons, Conrad.
capax, Conrad. disparilis, D’ Orbig. induratus, Conrad.
Matthewsoni, Gadd. Gabrielis, D’ Orbig. opiformis, Conrad.
Tippana, Conrad. fibrosa, D’ Orbig. orientalis, Conrad.
truncata, Gabb. Marciana, D, Orbig. subrotunda, Conrad.

sagittata, D’ Orbig. Syriaca, Conrad.

tumida, D’ Orbdig.
INDIAN.

disparilis, D’ Obigny.
TRIGONOARCA.

This genus is eminently characteristic of the Newer Cretaceous
series. It has very marked and distinct generic characters, par-
ticularly in having teeth like Axinza and an internal elevated
plate like IponEARCcA and CuUCULL™/A.

Stoliczka doubts whether this genus should not rather be a sub-
genus of NoETIA, a very strange reference considering that NoETIA
is strongly ribbed, has comparatively fine hinge teeth, no internal
plate and reversed beaks, and above allis no older than the Mio-

[June 25,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

cene, while TRIGONOARCA disappeared at the close of the Chalk
epoch. It combines the characters of AX1nN#A and IDONEARCA
and connects these with CucuLnma.

The American species have a very short posterior hinge area,
which is rather long anteriorly.

Subgenus BREVIARCA.

Shell short; hinge area minutely striated across ; hinge line de-
scending at the ends; cardinal plates minute, crowded.
T. perovalis, Plate II., fig. 4.
T. Saffordii, Gabb, Plate IL., fig. 3.

1872.]

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

STUDIES OF THE TYRANNIDZ.—PART I, REVISION OF THE SPECIES
OF MYIARCHUS.

BY ELLIOTT COUES.

A complete and perfectly satisfactory account of this family
can only be rendered by some one who has access to the principal
European collections as well as those of this country. But if the
large amount of United States material is thoroughly worked up,
it may become an important contribution to the urgently needed
monograph of the future. The present is the first one of a series
of papers in which more or fewer of the genera of Tyrannide
will be considered as time and circumstances may allow. The
basis of these “studies” should be explicitly stated. The investiga-
tion is grounded, first, upon the entire Smithsonian series, which,
in the liberal policy pursued by the authorities of that institution,
is placed in my hands; and probably, in the end, the specimens
will be made up in sets, labelled in accordance with my views, and
distributed to home and foreign societies. Through the friendly
offices of Mr. J. A. Allen, the whole collection of the museum
of Comparative Zoology has been sent to me. The large suite
of the Philadelphia Academy is examined, as well as the Lafres-
naye types and other specimens in the Boston Society’s Museum;
while I have received, through the courtesy of Dr. Brewer and
Prof. Hyatt, such specimens as the rules of the society permit to
leave the building. Mr. Lawrence generously places the fly-
catchers of his private cabinet at my service; they represent all
his types and many other indispensable examples. Prof. Orton
has promptly signified his willingness to transmit, from the ex-
tensive collection of Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, such speci-
mens as I may desire to inspect. Others are derived from my
own cabinet and miscellaneous sources. Since it does not appear
that there is any important material in southern or western cities,
what is just recounted virtually represents the gross amount
available in the country; and what this is may be inferred by the
fact, that the specimens of Myiarchus alone are over two hundred
in number.

[June 25,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5ST

Genus MYIARCHUS Casanis.

Myiarchus, Cab., Fn. Peruy. 1844, 152. Type Muscicapa feror, Gm.
Despotina, Kaup, ? ,1851.! Type ?

Kaupornis, Bp., ? Ateneo Italiano, 1854. Type Myzobus stolidus, Gosse.
Blacicus, Cab., J. f. O. 1855, 480. Type Myzobius tristiz, Gosse.
Myionaz, Cab., Mus. Hein. ii. 1859, 73. Type Muscicapa crinita, L.
Non Myiarchus apud Bp. Consp. Ay. i. 188.

Muscicapa, Tyrannus, Tyrannula, ALIQUORUM.

The genus, so called, rests upon no structural characters, while
its synonyms are among the vagaries of ornithology. But the
term is a convenient des#znation of a group of flycatchers modelled
in the likeness of Musciapa crinita, L. They stand near Tyr-
annus proper, and closely resemble the olivaceous, yellow-bellied
species (“ Laphyctes”) of the latter, such as verticalis; but are
distinguished by not having the outer primaries emarginate, nor
the wings longer than the tail, nor a flame-colored crest. The bill
and feet of the two genera do not differ noticeably; or rather,
these members, in the species of Myiarchus, vary as much inter se
as the difference between Myiarchus and Tyrannus in the same
respects.

But the distinction between Myiarchus and Tyrannus, due to
the tolerably strong features of the latter genus, is considerable,
compared with the differences subsisting between Wyiarchus and
several allied olivaceous flycatchers. Color aside, there are no
substantial characters by which the Myiarchi can be distinguished
generically from “ Empidias” fuscus, “Empidonax”’ acadicus,
* Myiodynastes” audax, and others, among which I am not sure
that some forms with which I am at present unacquainted may
not fall in Myiarchus as defined for the purposes of this paper.

In the matter of external anatomy, or contour, we can only say
that Myiarchi are rather large tyrannulas, with the nearly even
tail so lengthened that when measured inside the coccyx it equals
or rather exceeds the wing in length; with the wing rather short,
and its point formed by the third, or third and fourth quills,
closely supported by the second and fifth, the first being only as
long as the inner primaries; with the bill of the most ordinary
tyrannuline shape, a little more or less than half its own length

1 J quote this and the following name on Gray's authority, having no
means of verifying the references.

1872.] 5

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

broad opposite the nostrils, and a little shorter than the tarsus,
which latter somewhat exceeds the middle toe and claw in length;
and with the occipital and coronal feathers somewhat lanceolate
and lengthened into a slight crest.

Coloration is a good arbitrary clue to the genus. The upper
parts are more or less olive, sometimes clear and bright, sometimes
grayish or brownish; the throat is more or less ashy, variable in
shade; the belly is more or less yellow, from a rich shade to a
mere trace; and the wing and tail feathers are marked with rufous,
sometimes intense, and occupying the whole of certain feathers,
sometimes reduced to a mere trace; but even in those species, in
which it is at a minimum, it may be detected in some specimens.
If one will lay the following birds side by side, one will see this
distinctive brand of coloration running through them all, though
at first sight such a form as antillarum does not particularly re-
semble validus. The Tyranni afford a parallel series between ex-
tremes, from the most olivaceous yellow-bellied species, like vert7-
calis, to the dark ashy white-bellied carolinensis. Still, in a cer-
tain per cent. of specimens of several Myiarchi the rufous is
ordinarily imperceptible.

Judged by the foregoing standard, * Blacicus” ¢risizs is a pure
Myiarchus ; in fact, it is the insular representative of nigriceps, as
stolidus is of lawrencei. “ Blacicus’’ pallidus, however, falls under
“ Contopus,” owing to the smallness of the feet. “Tyrannus”
antillarum, Bryant, referred by Gray to typical Tyrannus, is
certainly a true Myiarchus, being simply an insular variety of M.
stolidus. But this error of Gray’s is a slight matter, compared with
his assignment of sfolidus itself to an entirely different genus of an-
other sub-family; this bird being pure Myiarchus, only specifically
distinguishable from M. lawrencei as its insular representative. I
know nothing of the “Onychopterus tuberculifer Lafr.”’ which
Gray interpolates betwixt the larger and smaller species of typical
Myiarchus; but I suspect it does not belong just here. Likewise
I have not seen four other species ascribed to the genus, viz.:
tricolor, cantans and gracilirostris, Pelzeln, and fasciatus, Landb.;
so I cannot say whether or not they fall in the group as here de-
fined; but there is little, if any doubt, that they belong here.
Excepting these, I have before me, I believe, types or typical spe-
cimens of all the described species of Myiarchus; and these I
purpose to elaborate in this paper. And that I may not be mis-

[July 2,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

understood in my method of treating them, I will state explicitly
that I am governed, on this occasion, by the following arbitrary
rules or definitions :—

I. I predicate “species” upon specimens presenting any defi-
nite, constant, tangible characters whatsoever, that do not, so far
as it appears, grade into the characters of other specimens.

IJ. I predicate “varieties” upon specimens presenting indefinite
and inconstant yet tangible characters that are seen to grade into
the characters of other specimens.

III. I predicate “synonyms” upon specimens presenting in-
definite, inconstant, and intangible characters due to individual
peculiarities, or to age, sex, season, or locality; as well as upon
specimens presenting no special characters at all.

My present belief is, that there are only four' forms of Myi-
archus that do not intergrade, and that are differentiated from
a common original stock to such degree, or in such manner, that
we cannot account for their respective peculiarities according to
highly probable laws of geographical variation depending upon
differences in food, climate, etc.; but I cannot here enter upon
debatable ground. According to the foregoing practically con-
venient if not very scientific rules, I find that the specimens ex-
amined represent nine species, two of which each present three
tangible varieties.*

Before proceeding to handle these species and varieties I will
recount several propositions that should receive due consideration.

a. The normal inherent variability in size, of the whole bird
and of its several members, is at least 12 per cent. of the mean.
(This is independent of all extraneous influences.)

b. Size varies in direct ratio with the latitude of the breeding
place.

c. Size of peripheral parts, as compared with total size, varies

' One is the series comprising crinitus, validus, cinerascens, tyrannulus
and pheocephalus ; the second is lawrencii and nigriceps; the third, sto-
lidus ; fourth, trist7zs.

2 In defining these varieties, as I do beyond, I must not be taken as
meaning that the characters assigned always apply in full force: that
would be prima facie evidence of species. On the contrary, I describe the
extreme phase of variation, which shades by insensible steps into the
‘typical’? condition of the species.

‘

1872.]

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

in inverse ratio with the latitude of the breeding-place.' (Cf.
Allen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. ii. p. 229 )

d. The ? is generally a little smaller than the %.

e. Intensity of coloration varies in direct ratio with the tem-
perature and humidity of the breeding-place. Moisture, however,
intensifies color morethan heat; aridity tones down color more than
cold. Birds from hot dry places, therefore, are paler ceteris
paribus, than birds from wet places of the same or eyen lower
temperature. (Cf. Allen, op. cit. p. 239.)

f. The rufous coloration belongs to the category of what some
call “ embryonic features,” in the sense that it generally decreases
with age. Young birds are suffused with rufous to an extent
rarely if ever seen in the old; this is shown both in the greater
extent of the color on the quills and tail, and in the modification
of the olivaceous by admixture, young birds being ‘“browner”
than the old.

g. In the adult state, the freshest plumage is the most oliva-
ceous, as the feathers wear browner with exposure.

h. The yellow coloration increases with age to a certain extent;
and in the fall is at least as bright as, if not brighter than, in
spring, in equally mature birds.

7. The sexes do not differ in color to a recognizable degree.’

k. Variation unconnected with age, sex, or season, is in inverse
ratio with the migration or changeable geographical distribution
of individuals.

This last important generalization is well illustrated in the cases
of crinitus and stolidus. The former is the most extensively dis-
persed species of the genus, being found at different seasons from
Guatemala to New England. As its individuals are never con-

1 But certain localities produce larger bills, in opposition to this rule, or
show greater variability in the size of the bill, according to influences at
present unknown; ¢. g., the large bills of the Tehuantepec Myiarchi ; the
extremely variable bills of the Jamaican M. stolidus.

2 An unquestionable fact, in its application to er¢nitus and some others.
Authors, however, speak of color-differences in the sexes of the South Ame-
rican species, fervor. I have been unable to verify such statements, and
think that a point of age, not of sex, is involved, younger birds having ru-
fous that afterward disappears. If so be it, that such sexual differences
really subsist in the case of feroz, then my entire characterization of that
species falls to the ground, and the bird cannot be specifically distinguished
from the variety of crindtus that I call irritabilis, beyond.

[July 2,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

tinuously subjected to local modifying influences of a special
kind, it preserves its peculiarities intact; specimens from the ex-
tremes of its range are utterly indistinguishable. But the non-
migratory individuals of Mexico, belonging to the same erini/us
stock, present recognizable local varieties; whilst J. stolidus, a
thoroughly localized bird, stationary in several places, has de-
veloped several sharply distinguished insular races peculiar to the
islands they respectively occupy.’

I can offer no satisfactory explanation of the fact that several
species of the genus are distinguished by the amount of rufous
coloring, though I suspect it may be referable to proposition e,
considering fuscous a “more intense’ coloration than rufous.
Certainly the northernmost bird, crinitus, and the bird of the
New Mexican deserts, have the most rufous of any continental
forms. The extent of rufous decreases even in the Mexican varie
ties of crinitus, is still less in lawrencii, and almost or quite
disappears in the purely tropical nigriceps, ferox, and phexocepha-
lus. But evencontinental specimens of an opposite character occur,
whilst the insular species, validus and stolidus, offer completely
rebutting testimony.

This general question of the production of the rufous aside,
study of these birds makes it evident that large allowance must
be granted for purely individual—commonly called “ accidental” —
differences in amount or intensity of the rufous in specimens of
the same species. Though it is certain that, for example, validus,
cinerascens, and crinitus, with its varieties, may each be recog-
nized with tolerable facility by their respective patterns of the
rufous, whether occupying the whole, or a small part, or a different
part of the inner webs of the rectrices, yet it is equally certain
that no such slight distinctions as its occupying a fourth, a fifth,
or a sixth of the web, fading insensibly or changing abruptly into
the fuscous, ete., can be relied upon at all. Among the varieties
of M. stolidus, indeed, we can trace the restriction of the rufous
by insensible degrees, from its occupying two-thirds of the inner
web to its narrow edging of the feather, and finally to its forming
a mere trace at the end. Moreover, the rufous differs so much in

1 Of. remarks upon the more stationary forms of Aegiothus, as compared
with the most nomadic individuals (/inarius) of the genus. Coues, P. A.
N. 8. P. 1869, p. 182, e¢ seg.

1872.]

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

extent and even in pattern in the same individual at different
stages of plumage, that we can only compare age for age and
season for season with any success in determination of specific
characters. It is most probable that even the wide limits I set for
variability in this respect, due to age, season, and individual pecu-
liarity, will require to be somewhat enlarged.

The foregoing paragraphs must not be construed as any attempt
to undervalue the interesting and sometimes extremely curious
characters distinguishing the several species. Though in the
following pages I may appear to have “unnecessarily,” if not
unwarrantably, reduced the number of species, yet I am persuaded
that no unprejudiced ornithologist could have reached different
conclusions upon study of the same material. It may be well to
remember that two hundred specimens of Myiarchus have never
before been examined by one person at a coup d’wil; and I really
think that with two thousand specimens instead of two hundred,
I should not be able to establish as many species as are here
allowed. Others will judge whether I have placed the species
here discussed upon sure footing; I simply ask for impartial
criticism.

1. My1ARCHUS VALIDUS.
Tyrannus crinitus, Gosse, B. Jam. 186; nec auct.
Myiarchus validus, Cab., Orn. Not. ii. 351, et auct.
Myionaz validus, Cab., M. H. ii. 73.
Pyrocephalus (Myionaz) validus, Gr., H.-L. No. 5520.
Tyrannula gossit, Bp., C. A. i. 189.
Red Petchary, Anglice.

M. inter majores, rostro crasso, tarsum quante; coloribus
intensis ; olivaceo-fuscus, gulé cinereo-plumbea, hine ventre sensim
sordide flavido ; remigibus, rectricibus tectricibusque alarum supe-
rioribus et intus et extus rufomarginatis, tectricibus alarum cau-
deeque inferioribus rufescentibus. Long. tot. 7.50-8.50, ale et
caude 3.80-4.20, tarsi et rostri .80—.90, digiti 3tii cum ungue
.70-.80; rostri latitudo ad nares .35-.40. (Poll. Angl. et dec.)

Hab.—Ins. Jamaica. (Mus. S. I. et G. N. L.)

Obs.—A stationary localized form’which by isolation from its
allies and continuous subjection to special modifying influences,
has become so far differentiated as to be recognizable on sight,
and which is not now known to intergrade with its nearest ally,
erinitus.

[July 2,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

The bill is nearly at the maximum size for the genus, is largely
light-colored at base below, and not perfectly black elsewhere, as in
var. cooperi, another subtropical form. The rufous coloration is
at the maximum both of intensity and extent; it occupies a part
or the whole of every single feather of the wings and tail and their
coverts ; it is intense on the outer edges of the primaries, paler on
the inner edges of these and other remiges, paler still (yet not
whitish) on the outer edges of the inner remiges; it tips and
edges all the upper coverts, and suffuses all the under coverts,
both of wings and tail; it usually occupies the whole outer rectrix,
and whole inner web of the other rectrices (saving the middle pair),
excepting a narrowest possible shaft line; moreover, it narrowly
edges the outer webs of the rectrices. In fact, the tail might be
described as rufous, with the central rectrices and a narrow
shaft line on the others, fuscous. Nothing like this is known to
occur in any continental form. Likewise the bird has a peculiar
sordid aspect below, arising from impurity both of the ash and the
yellow; which colors have no definite line of separation.

Jamaica the only recorded locality.

No synonymical questions involved.

Specimens examined, five.

2. MYIARCHUS CRINITUS.

a. VAR. crinitus.
Muscicapa crinita, L., 8. N. i. 325.
Tyrannus crinitus, Sws., Quart. J. xx. 1826, 271.
Myiobius crinitus, Gr., G. B. i. 248.
Tyrannula crinita, Bp., C. A. i. 189.
Myiarchus crinitus, Cab., J. f. O. iii. 1855, 479, et auct.
Myionaz crinitus, Cab., M. H. ii. 73.
Myiarchus (Myionaz) crinitus, Scl., C. A. B. 232.
Pyrocephalus (Myionaz) erinitus, Gr., H.-L. No. 5518.
Musecicapa ludoviciana, Gm., 8. N. i. 934.
Tyrannus ludovicianus V.,O. A. 5. i. pl. 45.
Muscicapa virginea, Mill. (G. R. Gr.)
M. virginea cristata, Briss. Orn. ii. 412. P. E. 569, f. 1. (G. R. Gr.)
Crested Flycatcher, Anglicé.

M. inter majores, rostro modico, tarso breviore, coloribus claris ;
olivaceus, gulé cinerea, hine ventre, crisso tectricibusque alarum
inferioribus flavis ; remigibus primariis et extus et intus, rectricibus
(mediis exceptis) intus nec extus rufomarginatis; rectrice exteriore,
remigibus secondariis, tectricibusque alarum superioribus flavidal-
1872.]

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

bido marginatis, in pogoniis rectricum interioribus colore rufo
latissimo, fusco angustissimo, linea recta segregatis ; rostro fusco,
infra ad basin pallido. Long. 7.50-8.00, alee et caudze 3.80-4.20,
tarsi .75-.85 (nunquam .907), digiti 3tii .65-.75, rostri .70-.80,
rostri lat. .83-.40.

Habitat sstiv. partibus orient. Reip. Amer. Sept., hyeme Amer.
Centrali, presertim Guatemala. (Costa Rica, Lawr., Ann. Lye.
1868, 115.) Cuba? (Gundl., 239.) An Amer. Merid.?

Obs.—These references and diagnosis apply exclusively to the
bird that breeds in the United States, entirely withdrawing in the
fall to winter in Central America. This is pure crinitus; the birds
that summer in Mexico and elsewhere south of the United States
have developed other varieties (infra). During the extensive
migrations, its passage seems rapid and its path narrow; for we
have no Antillean (except as above) nor West Mexican quotations
of the bona fide erinitus, and few Mexican skins are certainly re-
ferable to it. In passing from its winter headquarters, either it flies
across the Gulf, or else it hugs the eastern coast of Mexico. I have
yet to see typical crinitus from South America.

Diagnostic points to be remembered are these: bill never quite
black; stout and comparatively short, hardly or not equalling
the tarsus, which latter never (7) touches .90; back pure olive,
throat pure ash, belly, etc., pure yellow; inner secondaries and
upper wing coverts and outer rectrix edged with yellowish-white
(never rufous—c/. validus), in marked contrast with rufous edgings
of primaries and inner webs of rectrices; all rectrices but the
middle pair so nearly completely rufous on the inner webs that a
mere line of fuscous persists next the shaft (cf. trritabilis et
cooper’); this runs of equal breadth the whole length of the
feathers (cf. cinerascens); it is sometimes inappreciable on some
feathers (then about as in validus); none of the rectrices ever with
more than a trace of rufous on the outer web.

About sixty specimens examined. (Mus.8.L., etc. etc.) Nearly
all these not of the United States are Guatemalan, are positive
duplicates of Pennsylvania skins, for instance, and were doubtless
hatched in the United States. Other Guatemalan examples and
many Mexican skins of birds that never saw the United States,
represent different varieties, as follows.

[July 2,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

b. VAR. trritabilis.
Tyrannus irritabilis, Vieillot, Ency. Meth. 1823, ii. 847, ex Suiriri pardoy-
rojo, Azara, Apunt. ii. 143, No. 195. Paraguay.
Tyrannula irritabilis, Bp., C. A. i. 189. ‘* Amer. Merid. Parag.”’
Myiarchus erythrocercus, Scl. et Salv., P. Z. S. 1868, 631, 632. Venezuela.
Myiarchus mexicanus, Lawr., A. L. N. Y. ix. 1869, 202. Yucatan.
Myiarchus yucatanensis, Lawr., P. A. N.S. P. 1871, 235. Yucatan.
Pyrocephalus (Myionaz) erythrocercus, Gr., H-L., No. 5522 (‘‘erinitus p.
Hartl.; irrztabilis p. Bp. ; ferox %, Burm.’’)
Num Myiarchus mexicanus, Kaup, P. Z. 8. 1851, 51 ?

M. Myiarcho crinito ipsissimo simillimus, sed noteo aliquantu-
lum obscuriore, gastreeo aliquantulum dilutiore, rectricibus rufo
et fusco fere dimidiatis ! rostro modico, nec crassitie Jf. cooperi pari.

Habitat in America Centrali et Meridionali. Paraguay (Page ;
avis Azarana-Vieillotiana ipsissima! Mus. 8. I, No. 16,349).
Parana (Page; Mus. 8. I., No. 16,348). Bahia (Mus. G. N. L.;
spec. cum typo erythrocerci, Scl., comparatum et identicum esse
probatum). Venezuela (unde erythrocercus ipsiss.). Yucatan
(Mus. 8. [. et G. N. L. specimina typica yucatanensis, Lawr.,
1871 = mexicanus Lawr., 1869). Guatemala (Mus. G. N. L).
Costa Rica (Mus. 8. I., No. 29,423).

Obs.—This bird, so far from being specifically distinct from the
ordinary North American form, is so extremely similar as to be
with difficulty recognizable as a variety of typical crinitus. The
size is the same; there are no evident nor constant differences in
the relative proportions of bill, feet, tail, and wings, and the general
colors only differ by a shade. The bill is exactly as in crinitus ;
having neither the elongate, constricted shape of cinerascens, nor
the general bulkiness of var. cooperi and of validus. In most of
my specimens it happens that the plumage is old and worn, so
that these look browner or grayer on the back than is usual for
true crinitus; but the Paraguay and Parana skins in better
feather are not to my-eye an appreciable shade different from
several United States skins; the yellow below, however, is recog-
nizably paler, and the gular ash seems to have a little more pectoral
extension. There is, however, one obvious and nearly constant
discrepancy in the pictura of the tail feathers, enabling me to
predicate a variety. On on average the rufous and the fuscous on
the inner webs of the rectrices are dimidiate—half-and-half in
amount; this never occurs to my knowledge in United States
crinitus (cf. deser.). The relative breadth varies as follows: The
1872.]

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

fuscous occupies from 3 to 2 in the type of “ yucatanensis” and
other skins of the same, shot at the same time by the same person;
from 2 to } on different feathers of the tail of the Bahia specimen
“compared with type of ‘erythrocercus’ in Mus. P. L. S.;” from 4
to zin the Parana and Paraguay skins; from 4 to +in some Central
American skins; and then we have }-¢ to nil in a Nicaraguan
(S. I., No. 41,789) and in various North American skins. Com-
ment is unnecessary.

As the foregoing synonymy may be regarded with mistrustful
surprise, it becomes me to state my case explicitly. “ Tyrannus
irritabilis Vieill.” is generally enumerated amongst the synonyms
of crinitus—correctly so, leaving out of consideration the varieties
of the latter. But Vieillot’s bird, being based on Azara, is of
course South American, and I have yet to see pure crinitus from
that portion of the continent, ali my South American specimens
being characterizable as above. So we have ‘a local habitation
and a name,” as firm ground for further investigation.

I take the Nos. 16,349, 16,348 (Paraguay and Parana) as
being unquestionably the Azara-Vieillot bird; they are both dis-
tinguishable from United States crinitus by the characters above
detailed; but one of them has the fuscous stripe along the inner
web much broader than the other.

Next, the Bahia skin (Mus. G. N. L.), as I see by the label, has
been compared with the type of erythrocercus, in Mus. P. L. S.,
and found identical. It is in poor plumage, quite brownish above,
and “ streaky” below, and has the fuscous rather broader still, but
there is less difference in the breadth of the fuseous in this speci-
men, and in No. 16,348, than there is between 16,348 and 16,349.
All three are unquestionably identical. This fixes the status of
“ erythrocercus.”

Then, the type of “ yucatanensis” Lawr. 1871 (=“‘mexicanus”’
Lawr. 1869), now in my hands, has the rufous and fuscous exactly
as in typical “ erythrocercus,” and is in other respects a duplicate
of the latter. That Mr. Lawrence did not recognize this identity is
doubtless due to the fact that his example of “erythrocercus”
was not in his hands at the time. When he published “yuca-
tanensis (based on the same Yucatan specimen he called ‘ mexi-
canus” in 1869) he did so simply upon Dr. Sclater’s announcement
that mexicanus Kaup was the bird called * cooperi” by Baird—
quite a different variety, and usually held to be a different species.

[July 2,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

Thus we arrive at the above synonymy. I should add, in
justice to an excellent young ornithologist, noted for discrimi-
native abilities, that I am not the first to perceive the identity of
the specimens here discussed. They are all labelled “*mexicanus”’
in Robert Ridgway’s handwriting—he having accurately distin-
guished them from the following larger, heavier-billed form from
Southern Mexico. But Kaup’s name, even if it belongs here, is
clearly anticipated by Vieillot’s.

Specimens examined, ten.

¢. VAR. coopert.
“Tyrannula mexicana, Kaup, P. Z. §., 1851, 51,’’ auctoritate Sclat-
eriana, fide Lawr., P. A. N. 8. P. 1871, 235. Non auctorum!
Tyrannula coopert, Kaup, P. Z. 8. 1851, 51. Non Muscicapa coopert

Nuttall, que Contopus borealis.

Myiarchus cooperi, Baird, B. N. A. 180.—Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, 884; C. A. B,

233.—S. and §., Ibis, 1859, 122, 440.

M. Myiarcho crinito similis; maximus inter majores; rostro
enormi, nigro; notzo obscuriore, gastrao dilutiore; fusco et rufo
in pogoniis interioribus rectricum fere dimidiatis. Long. rostri a
fronte in apicem .80-1.00; ale et caudee 3.90-4.25; tarsi .85-.95 ;
long tot. (exuviarum) 7.50—9.00.

Habitat.—Mexico, preesertim partibus merid.-occid. ‘ Mexico”
(Verreaux, Sallé, Mus. S. I.). Tehuantepec (Sumichrast, Mus. 8S.
J. et G. N. L.). Mazatlan, Guadalaxara (Grayson, Mus. 8. I.)
*“ Gautemala” (Mus. P. L. S., fide ejusd. Cat.).

Obs.—This variety is distinguished, in its extreme of develop-
ment, from crinitus by the larger size, skins running up to nine
inches; by the larger bill, which sometimes attains a length of an
inch, and equals, or even slightly exceeds, the tarsi, which are
themselves usually a tenth of an inch longer than in ecrinitus;
by the olivaceous being not so clear as in erini/us, nor the under
parts (usually) so bright yellow; and especially by the presence
of a band of fuscous on the inner webs of the rectrices, varying
from } or } to nearly 4 the width of the vanes. In its strongest
differentiation, the variety looks very different from typical erini-
tus, but with only a dozen specimens on hand, I can trace it
directly into crinitus, of which it is unquestionably a mere local
race. It seems nearly confined to southern and southwestern
Mexico; Sclater, however, quotes it from Guatemala.

1872.]

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The Mazatlan and Guadalaxara skins are the two biggest
Myiarchi I ever saw; one of them is marked “length (fresh) 94;”
their bills are enormous, comparing with ordinary crinitus almost
as Tyrannus magnirostris or crassirostris do with carolinensis.
They are scarcely different from crinitus in color, except in the
definite fuscous stripe, about 4 the width of the inner web, on
the tail feathers. The several Tehuantepec skins are essentially
similar, but grade towards crinitus, or rather towards irritabilis,
and in other skins the boundary line is too shadowy to be seen
at all.

Of my own knowledge, of course I have no idea what the
“'Tyrannula mexicana” of Kaup is—for no one who has not seen
the type can tell anything about it. But, according to Mr. Law-
rence (/. ¢.), Dr. Sclater has recently examined the type, and
announces it is what Prof. Baird called “cooperi” in 1858. Now
I have in my hand the specimen (No. 9100, Mus. S. I., ‘* Mexique,”
Verreaux) that furnished the account in the Birds of North
America, and it is one of the large heavy-billed examples of true
var. coopert as characterized in this paper; that is to say, ** mexi-
canus” Kaup, and “cooperi’”’ Kaup, are one and the same thing,
if Dr. Sclater has correctly apprehended Prof. Baird’s article. I
hardly see, however, how this can be, for Kaup must have meant
to indicate two species or varieties, and it is reasonable to suppose
his specimens showed some differences. My own surmise is, that
the type of ‘*mexicanus” is one of those intermediate specimens
that Dr. Sclater could hardly help identifying with Baird’s de-
scription of “cooperi,” the latter’s No. 9100 being by no means
one of the largest-billed specimens; and it seems to be also Mr.
Ridgway’s opinion, to judge by his labelling, that “ mexicanus” is
rather referable to the smaller-billed variety above characterized
under the name of irritabilis. However, the game is not worth
the candle, since fortunately it proves that the name need not be
used at all; and the sooner “ mexicanus” is forgotten the better.
It has caused vexatious mistakes enough already, four different
authors having used it in as many different senses, in the vain
attempt to identify something not identifiable.

Turning to a more inviting point,it is interesting to observe
how many Myiarchi come to a focus, as it were, on and near the
Isthmus, and thence radiate in all directions. First we have in
winter the birds that breed in the United States, constituting true

[July 2,
'

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

erinitus ; another, non-migratory, set spreading for a short dis-
tance northwestward to form the local race cooperi, and yet
anotber, chiefly spreading southward throughout the greater part
of South America, forming the variety irrifabilis. It is little, if
any, beyond the southern terminus of cinerascens, forms the
southern limit of Jawrencez, and constitutes the northern boundary
of nigriceps and tyrannulus (feror). In fact, every continental
species treated of in this paper, excepting pheocephalus, occurs
between Tehuantepec and Panama; this is the very centre of the
genus.
Specimens examined, twelve.

3. MyIARCHUS CINERASCENS.

Tyrannula cinerascens, Lawr., A. L. N. Y. v, 1851, 109 (descr. orig.).

Myiarchus cinerascens, Scl., Ibis, 1859, 121, 440; P. Z. 5. 1859, 384;
C. A. B. 233 (excl. syn. Tyr. mexicana, Kaup).

Myarchus mexicanus, Bd., B. N. A. 179 (sed non Tyr. mex., Kaup) ;
Coues, P. A. N.S. P., 1866, 59; Coop., B. Cal. i., 316, cum fig.

Myionax mexicanus, Cab., M. H. ii., 74 (non Kaup).

M. mexicanus var. pertinaz, Bd., P. A. N. 8. P., 1859, 303 (Cap. St.
Lucas).

M. inter majores, rostro angusto, nigro; coloribus dilutis; oliva-
ceo-cinereus, pileo brunnescentiore, gulé ex albida cinerea, ventre
sensim ex albido flavo; remigibus secondariis tectricibusque ala-
rum superioribus albido marginatis; remigibus primariis rectri-
cibusque rufo-indutis+ut in M. crinito, sed rufo vix in apicem
rectricum porrecto, et ab fusco linea curvataé segregato. Statura
M. crinito. par, tarsis longioribus (.80-.90), rostro angustiore
(.27-.33).

Habitat partibus Reip. Amer. 8. merid.-occid., et Mexico.—
Utah (McCarthy). Nevada (Ridgway). N. Mexico, Arizona
(Coues). California (Cooper). Cap. St. Lucas (Xantus, “ var.
pertinax”). Texas (Couch). Mazatlan (Grayson). Mirador
(Sartorius). Tehauntepec (Sumichrast). Orizava (Botter’). Mus.
S. I., G. N. L., E. C., ete.

Obs.—One of the better marked species of this difficult group.
I have seen no indeterminable specimens, though I suspect that
questionable ones will yet appear from southwestern Mexico.
But the fact that the bird occurs there associated with varieties
of crinitus without losing its distinctive features, favors the sup-
position of its integrity.

1872. ]

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The most reliable peculiarity of cinerascens is the contour of
the rufous on the rectrices. In all other Myiarchi examined the
rufous, no matter how broad or how narrow, is straight-edged
against the fuscous from base to tip; but in cinerascens it occu-
pies the whole inner web for about 3 or 2 the length of the
feather, and then bends inward to give way to fuscous that conse-
quently possesses most or all of the tip of the feather. It is a
curiously slight matter to be so constant as it appears; and it is
not absolutely invariable. Thus, in U.S. specimens, constituting
the best-marked examples, the rufous is commonly altogether shut
off from the end of the feathers, while in Tehuantepec skins the
rufous gains the very tip, being but little encroached upon by the
fuscous. However, even in these specimens, which barely escape
being troublesome, the peculiar pattern 7s exhibited. But in no
case do other than adult birds show the peculiarity; e. g., in No.
1595, Mus. E. C., shot from the nest in Arizona, the wings and
tail are nearly as rufous as in validus! the margins of all the
remiges and upper wing coverts, and all the tail feathers are
rufous, the rectrices having each merely a narrow shaft-line of
fuscous; the upper parts are grayish-brown, without olive; the
cap warm pure brown, the belly white, slashed with yellow.

But cinerascens has other marks, none of them infallible, all of
them nevertheless useful. It is the palest Myiarchus of all. The
upper parts are gray, merely suffused with olive, and browner on
the head; the gular ash is gray and hoary; the belly very pale
yellow, or yellowish-white, without sharp demarcation from the
hoary on the breast; the margining of the inner secondaries and
wing coverts is grayish-white (not yellowish nor ochrey-white) ;
the bill is almost perfectly black. My palest birds come from the
United States deserts and from Cape St. Lucas; here the olive

above and yellow below are barely appreciable. Tehuantepec and

Mazatlan birds are the brightest; here the yellow is almost as
pure as in erinitus (and these, it will be remembered, are the ones
with rather dubious tail-coloration).

There is nothing diagnostic in the size or shape of this bird,
but several tangible characters are usually exhibited. Compared
with crinitus, the bill has a constricted, somewhat more terete
shape; probably it is rarely if ever quite half as wide as long op-
posite the nostrils. The tarsi average longer, frequently touching
.90. The wings average a little shorter relatively, and the tail a

[July 2,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

trifle longer, the latter exceeding the former, on an average, .10
to .25, instead of equalling the wings.

Var. “ pertinax” not distinguishable even as a local race; the
specimens vary infer se, and some of them are perfect duplicates
of my Arizona skins. The yellow-bellied Tehuantepec bird comes
much nearer the requirements of a geographical variety.

Baird’s erroneous identification of Kaup’s ‘* mexicana” is per-
fectly excusable, and, indeed, was well nigh unavoidable under the
circumstances. Kaup’s careless notice is worthless for all practi-
cal purposes, and we have to thank Dr. Sclater for telling us.
what his bird really is. (Cf. Lawr., P. A. N.S. P., 1871, 235.)
Other American writers copied Baird’s mistake. This point
settled, the synonymy of the bird is plain, Mr. Lawrence’s origi-
nal description being perfectly satisfactory.

Specimens examined, thirty-five, from the above-mentioned and
intermediate localities.

4, MyIJARCHUS TYRANNULUS.

Muscicapa tyrannulus, Mill. (G. R. Gr., H.-L. No. 5527.)

Muscicapa aurora, Bodd., P. E. 571, f. 1. (G. R. Gr.)

Muscicapa flaviventris, Steph. (G. R. Gr.)

Muscicapa feror, Gm., 8. N. i. 934, e Buff. 1. c. Max. Beitr. iii. 285.

Tyrannus ferox, Vieill., Enc. Met. ii. 848; Sws., Quart. J. xx. 1826,
276; D’Orb., Voy. Ois. 306.

Myiarchus ferox, Cab., Orn. Not. i. 248; Schomb. Guiana, iii. 700 ;
M. H. ii. 73; Burm., Syst. Uebers. ii. 470; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1855, 150;
C. A. B. 233.

Myiarchus swainsoni, Cab., M. H. ii. 72. (Specim. Braziliana.)
Myiarchus panamensis, Lawr., A. L. N. Y vii. 1860, 284, 295. (Spec.
e Panamaet N. Grenada). Id., ibid. ix. 1868, 115. (Costa Rica.)
Mytarchus venezuelensis, Lawr., P. A. N.S. P., 1865, 38. (Sp. junior.

e Venez.)

M. inter majores, rostro modico; olivaceo-fuscus, gulé cinerea,
ventre flavo, alis caudaque fuscis, hand rufo indutis, rectricibus
concoloribus, remigibus primariis intus, secondariis ex intus et
extus, flavido marginatis. Long tot. 7-7.75; ale 3.30-3.70, caudve
3.50-3.90, tarsi .80-.90, rostri .65-.75.

Habitat.—Amer. Cent. et Merid. Panama (/ichks, MceLeannan,
Galbraith, Mus. G.N.L.). Venezuela (Nash, Mus. G.N.L.). New
Granada (Schott, Mus. 8. I.). Costa Rica (Arcé, Mus. O.8., fide
Lawr.1.c.). Para, Bogota, Trinidad, Tobago, Bolivia (Mus. P.L.8..

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

fide ejusd. Cat.). Bahia (Bryant, Mus. 8.1.). Brazil (Mus. L.
Agassiz).

Obs.—The ordinary South American Myiarchus is distinguished
at a glance from all the foregoing by the reduction of the rufous
edging of the rectrices and primaries to a mere trace, or its entire
absence.

This bird averages a little smaller than erinitus; the bill is
shaped and colored exactly as in that species, but is rather
smaller; the wings are shorter, both absolutely and relatively, not
often quite equalling the tail; the tarsi, on the contrary, are a
little longer. In these respects the bird tallies to a nicety with
cinerascens.

The colors are rarely if ever as bright and clear as in erinitus.
There is generally a mere trace of rufous on the outer edges of the
primaries and rectrices, and in younger birds is quite noticeable;
but I have never seen a touch of it on the inner webs of the rec-
trices. The outer edges of the wing coverts and inner remiges,
and the outer edges of the outer rectrices, and the inner edges of
the remiges, are whitish or pale yellowish; otherwise the wings
and tail are concolor and unicolor.

With both Mr. Lawrence’s types, a typical Brazilian swainsoni
labelled in Dr. Sclater’s handwriting, and various unquestionable
ferox before me, I cannot distinguish even a geographical variety
among them all. They are indisputably identical.

Swainsoni is one of those constantly recurring cases of the
attempt to distinguish Brazilian individuals from specimens of the
same species from northern South America. Sometimes, I know,
local influences have produced modifications recognizable as geo-
graphical varieties, and I am willing to admit in this case that
swainsont may run a shade darker, and possibly average a trifle
larger than ordinary ferox ; but the difference is not even tangible,
much less reasonably constant. Birds from either locality differ
as much among themselves as they do from each other; and some
specimens of swainsont are more like ferox than they are like
other specimens of swainsont.

Panamensis, as originally described, was compared with crinitus
and cinerascens, and its striking differences correctly indicated.
But Iam persuaded that if Mr. Lawrence had compared it with
ferox, he would have been satisfied of its identity with the latter.

Venezuelensis is based upon a youngish bird, which, as usual

[July 2,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

in this genus (see above), shows more rufous than is retained in
adult life. ‘The outer webs of the rectrices show quite a rufous
edging ; but there is none at all on the inner webs; and in all
other respects the specimen is a perfect duplicate of some skins
of ferox.

The older names above quoted, including the one it seems ne-
cessary to adopt for the species, are given upon Gray’s authority.
I have not been able to look up the references, but I presume there
is no doubt of their pertinence.

Specimens examined, thirteen.

5. MyIARCHUS PH HOCEPHALUS.
Myiarchus pheocephalus, Scl., P. Z. 8. 1860, 481; C. A. B. 238.
(Babahoyo, Ecuador.) Lawr., A. L. N. Y.ix. 1869, 237. (Guayaquil. )

M. inter majores, rostro modico; olivaceus, caput versus cine-
rascens, gula cinerea, ventre flavo, pileo alis caudaque fuscis, his
non rufo notatis, remigibus interioribus rectricibusque exterioribus
extus albido marginatis; statura I. crinito par?

Hab.—Ecuador (Frazer, Mus. P. L. 8., fide Cat. A. B.). Ins.
Puna, Guayaquil (Reeve, Mus. S. I., No. 54,083).

Obs.—My material is insufficient for a satisfactory determina-
tion in this case, but the species is different from any other, so
far as I can judge from the single imperfect specimen before me,
labelled phzocephalus in Lawrence’s handwriting, which is the basis
of his citation, /.c. It is apparently an old bird moulting, the quills
and tail feathers being ungrown. The wings and tail are blackish
with the whitish edgings above mentioned, and are without a trace
of rufous; in these respects the bird is like ferox, but there the
resemblance ends, phxocephalus being clear olive, much like
crinitus on the back, shading on the head and neck into olivaceous
ash, not very different from that of the throat. The pileum shows
quite dusky in contrast. The whitish edgings of the remiges and
outer tail feathers are strong. The dimensions cannot be given
exactly, but the bird seems to have been nearly 8 inches long,
with the wing and tail each about 32; the bill measures .75 from
the front, the tarsus .90.

Additional information respecting the bird is desirable, since
there is room for suspicion that it is a local race of the preceding.

1872.] 6

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

6. MyIARCHUS LAWRENCII.

Tyrannula lawrencii, Gir., 16 Sp. Tex. B. pl. 2.

Myiarchus lawrencii, Baird, B. N. A. 181, pl. 47, f. 3. Sel., P. Z. 8S.
1859, 366, 384. Id. et Salv., Ibis, 1859, 121, 440. Taylor, ibid. 114.
Lawr., A. L. N. Y. ix. 1868, 113. Id., ibid. ix. 1869, 204.

Blacicus lawrencti, Bd., B. N. A. 182.

Pyrocephalus (Myiarchus) lawrenctt, Gr., H.-L. No. 5525, (cum 5529).

Myiarchus mexicanus, Scl., P. Z. S. 1856, 296.

Myiarchus rufomarginatus, Cab., M. H. ii. 73.

Myiarchus nigricapillus, ‘* Cab. MSS.” (e specim. costaricensibus ; cf.
J. f. O. 1861, 249), apud Scl., C. A. B. 2338. Lawr., A. L: N. Y. ix.
1868, 113; recte haesitat !

M. inter minores, rostro lato depresso; fusco-olivaceus, pileo
statim fuscescente, ould cinerea, ventre statim flavissimo; remigibus
tectricibusque et extus et intus rufomarginatis, rectricibus omnibus
semper extus, crebrissime necnon intus rufomarginatis. Long.
tot. 6-6.75; alz et caudze 3.00-3.33, rostri .62—-.70, tarsi .65-.75.

Habitat.—Mexico et Amer. Cent. Texas? (auct. Giraud.) N.
Leone (Couch, apud Baird). Colima (Xantus). Mazatlan
(Grayson). Orizava, Tehuantepec (Sumichrast). Guatemala
(Salvin et al.). Merida (Schott). Grecia, Barranca, Angostura
(Carmiol, Frantzius).

Obs.—With much the same strong olive, clear ash, and rich
yellow that characterize crinitus, lawrencit is distinguished on
sight by its smaller size; pileum generally dark, in strong contrast
to the back; wing coverts and inner secondaries edged with much
the same rufous as the primaries are (as in validus), and very
narrow rufous edging of the tail feathers, often wanting altogether
on the inner webs, and almost always stronger on the outer webs
than on the inner ones. In young birds the edging of the inner
webs is usually very noticeable, but it is never, so far as I have
seen, so broad as is usually the case with the associated continental
species and varieties ; never half the breadth of the vane. Further-
more, the bill of Jawrencii departs from the thick, deep, heavy style
of the larger Myiarchi, and is broad and flat nearly as in the smaller
olivaceous flycatchers, such as Contopus and Empidonazx. It varies
much, as usual, in precise shape, but is generally just about half
its own length broad at the nostrils.

Mr. Lawrence has already very properly called attention to the
fact, that the supposed MW. nigricapillus of Dr. Cabanis offers no
tangible specific characters ; while for myself I cannot make out

[July 16,

-+"e%n

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

that it is even a recognizable variety. It is true that in Costarica
lawrencii tends to be a little darker on the pileum, with the yellow
a little more extensive; but it is also true that these characters
will not decide the status of ten per cent. of current specimens.
Nigricapillus is simply a slight tendency towards nigriceps. _

The normal variations in size and color are precisely parallel
with those already discussed under head of J. cinerascens.
Northern and western specimens average a trifle paler than
usual; the southernmost are the brightest. Sometimes the
edgings of the inner remiges and the coverts are whitish. Tehu-
antepec skins show the stoutest bill; this is likewise the case in
crinitus var. and cinerascens, showing the uniform operation of
some unknown local influences. One example (34,810, Mus. S. L.,
Costarica) has exceptionally short wings and tail, these members
measuring only 2.80 and 2.90 respectively.

Specimens examined, thirty-three. The bird seems to range
throughout Mexico and Central America. I have never seen a
United States skin, and though the species may overstep the
Mexican boundary, this remains to be shown. Probably Giraud’s
bird came from Northeastern Mexico, as some others of his sixteen
** Texas” birds certainly did.

7. MyIARCHUS NIGRICEPS.
Myiarchus nigriceps, Scl., P. Z. 8. 1860, 68, 295; Cat. A. B. 234
(Ecuador). Lawr. Ann. Lyc. 1861, 327 (New Grenada).
Myiarchus brunneiceps, Lawr., 1. c. (nomen pro temp.).

M. inter minores, rostro lato depresso; clare olivaceus, pileo
statim nigricante, gulaé restricta clare cinerea, pectore et ventre
flavissimis ; alis caudaque fusco-nigris, hac innotatis, illis minime
rufalbida marginatis. Long. tot. 5.60—6. 25; alis et caude 2.90-3.10,
rostri .60-.65, tarsi .65-.70, rostri lat. ad basin .30.

Habitat.—Ecuador (Pallatanga, Esmeraldas, Fraser, fide Scl.,
l. c.; Quito, Backalew, Mus. 8. I.). Panama (McLeannan and
Galbraith, Lawr.,1.c.). Mus. G. N. L. and 8. I.

Obs.—Distinguishable on sight from lawrencii by the black or
blackish cap, in marked contrast with the clear olive back, exten-
sion of the rich yellow high up the breast, and particularly by the
absence of rufous on the tail; in this respect comparing with
lawrencit just as ferox does with crinitus. The wings, as usual
in the genus, share the extinction of rufous on the tail; a mere
rufous trace can only be detected in some specimens on the outer
1872. ]

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

edges of a few primaries, the inner edges of which, however, show
it a little more plainly. For the rest, the secondaries and coverts
are evidently ochrey-whitish margined. The bird will average
smaller than lawrencii, but the difference in size is not marked.

The three specimens examined, one of them the basis of Mr.
Lawrence’s remarks upon the proposed ‘ brunneiceps,” which he
has since abandoned, are absolutely identical. Having no doubt
that nigriceps is simply a geographical representative of lawrencit,
I fear that troublesome specimens will yet occur from intermediate
localities. But the differentiation has become perfectly tangible,
and I have seen no connecting links, so that I can indorse the
species, upon the principles already laid down for my guidance in
this paper.

8. MyYIARCHUS STOLIDUS.

Notandum: species flexibilis, per insulas Antillarum singulatim
diffusa, in stirpes locorum varios secreta, characteres tamen com-
muniter proebentes, ut sequuntur. Statura maxima inter species
minores generis; long. tot. 6.50-7.50, ale et caude 3.00-3.50,
rostri .65-.75, tarsi .70-80. Rostrum elongatulum, quodammodo
eoarctatum. Noteum fusco-olivaceum, in pileo statim aut sensim
fuscescens. Gula ex albido cinerascens. Venter ex albido flaves-
cens aut flavus, rariore albidus. Remiges primarii et rectrices
fusci, et extus et intus rufo-marginati, rarissime innotati. Tectrices
alarum superiores et remiges secondarii flavidalbido-marginati.

I admit none of the many nominal species established upon
this elastic type; for they all run into each other. But I can
distinguish three local races, the extremes of which are readily
characterized, though their mutual intergradation—as perfect as
we ever see in stationary insular birds—renders it impossible to
put them on substantial specific bases. '

Compared with the only large insular species (validus), these:
birds of the sfolidus pattern fill the same position that lawrencit
holds in relation to the larger continental species and varieties
with which it is associated, though they are perfectly distinct
from lawrenci. In the lengthened and constricted bill stolidus
differs from the flatter-billed lawrencii, and copies a noticeable
feature of cinerascens.

[July 16,

-T
-T

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

a. VAR. stolidus.

Myiobius stolidus, Gosse, B. Jam. 168.

Tyrannula stolida, Kaup, P. Z. $8. 1851, 51.

Myiarchus stolidus, Cab., J. f. O. 1855, 479, et auct. March, P. A. N.S. P.
1863, 288.

Tyrannula (Myiarchus) stolida var. dominicensis, Bry., P. B. 8. N. H.
xi. 1866, 90. St. Domingo.

Pitangus (Kaupornis) stolidus, Gray, H.-L. No. 5438.

Myiarchus (‘*common tom fool’’) March, 1. c. 289.

Myiarchus ———-——— (“greater tom fool’’), March, ibid.

Myiarchus —————— (‘‘ curiously feathered bird’’), March, ibid. Al-
bino.

M. fusco-olivaceus, pileo statim fusco, gula pallidé cinerea, ventre
flavo, pogoniis rectricum interioribus fusco et rufo fere dimidiatis.

Habitat.—Ins. Jamaica. St. Domingo. Hayti.

Obs.—To take this variety as a standard for comparison of the
others (though of course it is no more “typical of the species”
than either of the others is), I find its particular character in the
combination of decidedly yellow belly with tail feathers so broadly
edged on the inner web with rufous that this color and the fuscous
occupy nearly equal areas. Either color may be restricted to one-
third of the width of the web, but neither is ever wanting. The
primaries are lightly touched with rufous on their outer webs; the
secondaries and upper coverts are edged with soiled whitish,
always evident, generally yellowish, in young birds tinged with
rufous. The dark olive of the back is generally pretty pure, con-
trasting with the blackish cap; but in weather-worn plumages the
upper parts are grayish-brown, including the pileum, and in such
ragged state the wings show little edging, and the yellow of the
belly looks pale and dirty.

This bird is best known by Jamaican material, but specimens
from some of the other islands are indistinguishable. I have
before me all the specimens upon which Mr. March (/. c.) based
his remarks upon the smaller Jamaican “petcharies” or “tom
fools ;” there is certainly nothing but pure sfolidus among them,
though their individual variations are unusually great. Some of
the skins appear to somewhat exceed the normal limits above
given in size, and the differences in the size and shape of the bill
are remarkable. One has a twisted bill; several others are albi-
notic, a condition to which the species seems singularly liable in
this locality.

1872. |

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Examining Dr. Bryant’s typical examples of var. dominicensis
(Port-au-Prince; Younglove), I can see that, as he says, the remiges
and rectrices are a little more rufous than in most Jamaican skins ;
but I also find that they can be precisely matched by some of the
latter, and consequently I am unable to recognize a variety in
this case. Dr. Bryant’s other varieties (lucaysiensis and antil-
larum), however, are quite different.

b. var. phabe.

Tyrannus phabe, D’Orb., Sagra’s Cuba, Ois. p. 84. Excl. syn.

ge sagre,”’ Gundl., Av. Cuba.

Tyrannula (Myiarchus) stolida var. lucaysiensis, Bry., P. B. 8. N. H. xi.
1866, 66. Inagua and Nassau.

Tyrannula bahamensis, Bryant, ibid. p. 90 Gin text). (Not Hmpidonax
bahamensis, Bry.).

M. olivaceo-fuscus, pileo sensim obscuriore, gula et pectore
cinereo-albis, ventre albo vix flavo-tincto, remigibus vix rufomar-
ginatis, pogoniis rectricum interioribus rufo et fusco fere dimi-
diatis.

Hab.—Cuba. Bahamas.

Obs.—The Cuban and Bahaman birds (which are precisely
alike) ordinarily have the inner webs of the rectrices, as in
Jamaican stolidus, nearly half rufous, half fuscous; but the rufous
tends to be a little restricted, half the breadth of the vane seeming
to be its maximum width, while it is frequently reduced to a mere
edging, especially in Cuban skins. Variety phebe, however, is
well distinguished from variety sfolidus by other characters, the
chief of which is the almost entire absence of yellow on the under
parts. These, in fact, are “white,” shaded in front with ashy,
and just tinged behind with yellow—the latter, however, is some-
times inappreciable. The rufous edging of the primaries is at a
minimum; the whitish edging of the secondaries and upper
coverts is at a maximum. There is not so much olive in the
color of the upper parts as in var. stolidus, while the cap is much
less abruptly darker.

Dr. Bryant says that his variety (lucaysiensis) is “larger than
either the Jamaican s/olidus or the Cuban sagre,’’ and probably
this is so, on an average, but any difference there may be in this
respect eludes me in comparing any except the largest lucaysiensis
with the smallest of the others. I can only distinguish lucayst-

[July 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

ensis from true sfolidus by the nearly white belly, and find it
absolutely inseparable from the Cuban sagre.

I cannot find where (if anywhere) Dr. Bryant has characterized
the Bahaman bird as “ bahamensis ;” but on p. 90, in text under
“dominicensis” he says that the latter “ differs from sagre and
bahamensis in the distinct yellow of the abdomen,” etc., showing
that his “ bahamensis” is a white-bellied bird, and being from the
Bahamas, it must be the same as lucaysiensis.

ec. VAR. antillarum.
? Myiarchus sp., Taylor, Ibis, 1864. Porto Rico.
Tyrannus (Myiarchus) antillarum, Bry., P. B. 8. N. H. 1866, p. 2.

Porto Rico.

Myiarchus antillarum, Sund., Of. Vet. Ak. Forh. 1869, 599.
Tyrannus (Tyrannus) antillarum, Gray, H. L. No, 5544.

M. olivaceo-fuscus, pileo sensim obscuriore, gulé et pectore
cinereo-albidis, ventre albo vix aut non flavo-tincto, remigibus
primariis minimé rufo-marginatis, rectricibus omnino immarginatis,
sed crebrissime macula rufa in apice pogonii interioris notatis.

Hab.—Porto Rico (Bryant, Swift, Latimer, Mus. 8. I1.). An
Tobago (Jardine)?

Obs.—The Porto Rican form is almost a species. Local differen-
tiation is here at an extreme, the better marked examples looking
very little like the Jamaican sfolidus, and not particularly resem-
bling even the whitish-bellied Cuban phewbe. In extreme cases the
tail feathers have no rufous edging at all, and the belly is pure
white. But we have already seen, in the Cuban and Bahaman
bird, that the belly fades away from the yellow that is found in
the Jamaican, through every shade, till it is sometimes white ;
and we have likewise observed the reduction of the rufous toa
mere edging of the rectrices; thence into antillarum is but a
step. Some specimens of antillarum have the inner webs mar-
gined with rufous part way down; and the difference in this
respect between these and some Cuban phoebe is not so great as
may be found among different individuals of either of the other
varieties. These examples of antillarum also show the most
yellowish on the belly, this often exceeding the amount exhibited
by Cuban or Bahaman skins. In the purest anéillarum, however,
the rufous is usually restricted to a mere trace at the end of the
inner webs, and it may disappear altogether.

I could easily and plausibly describe antillarum as a species, but
1872. ]

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

I am confident that my mode of treating it is a better way. In
fact, my view is simply an amplification of the judicious query
that Dr. Bryant inserted after the word “species” in the first
sentence of his original description.

Avoiding all qualified expressions, and ignoring details, I may
finally recapitulate and discriminate the three insular varieties of
stolidus, thus :—

Var. stolidus: Belly yellow, tail feathers edged with rufous.

Var. phebe: Belly white, tail feathers edged with rufous.

Var. antillarum: Belly white, tail feathers not edged with rufous,

Twenty-nine specimens examined of the several varieties, from
the localities above quoted.

9. MyYIARCHUS TRISTIS.
Myiobius tristis, Gosse, B. Jam. 167, pl. 41.
Blacicus tristis, Cab., J. f. O. 1855, 480, et auct.
Pyrocephatlus (Blacicus) tristis, Gray, Hand-List. i. 363, No. 5536.

Minimus inter minores, rostro lato depresso; olivaceo-fuscus,
pileo nigrescente, gula e cinerea albida, ventre flavo, remigibus
rectricibusque minimé rufo marginatis, illis extus et intus, his
extus nec intus. Long. tot. 5.50-6.00, alee et caudze 2.75-3.00,
rostri .60, tarsi .68, rostri lat. ad nares .33.

Hab.—Jamaica. Mus.S8. I. and G. N. L.

Obs.—The smallest species of the group, and the one showing
the least rufous on the tail and primaries of any of the smaller
ones, unless it be antillarum. There is no rufous at all on the
inner webs of the rectrices, but close inspection will show rufous
traces on the outer webs of these feathers near the base, at any
rate; rufous edging is evident on the outer webs of the primaries,
and a very pale cast of rufous is more conspicuous on their inner
webs. The upper wing and tail coverts show the same thing, but
the edging of the inner secondaries is whitish.

This species does not particularly resemble any of the foregoing.
It shows perhaps the broadest and flattest bill of any; the width
of the bill, at or just behind the nostrils, exceeding half its length.
In this respect it departs notably from JZ. stolidus, its geographical
associate, and repeats lawrencii and nigriceps. Its affinities are
really closest with the last named. Although nigriceps and tristis
do not sufficiently resemble each other to render special com-
parison necessary, they are still evident geographical representa-
tives—tristis holding the same relation to the insular forms with

[July 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

which it is associated, that nigriceps does to the continental form
lawrencii, which it replaces in Northern South America.

Of the five following birds, referred by their respective authors
and others to the genus Myiarchus, I have no information :—

Tig
2

1872.]

Myiarchus fasciatus, Landb., Leybold, J. f. O. 1865, 402. Mendoza.

. Myiarchus cantans, Pelz., op. cit. 182. Brazil. Probably=tyran-

nulus.

Myiarchus tricolor, Natt., Pelz. Orn. Bras. ii. 182. Brazil. Pro-
bably=nigriceps.

Myiarchus gracilirostris, Pelz., op. cit. 183. Brazil. Probably=
nigriceps.

Tyrannus tuberculifer, D’Orb, and Lafr., Syn. No. 6. D’Orb., Voy.
Ois. p. 307, pl. 82, f. 1, 2. Bolivia. Myzobius tuberculifer, Gray.
Mylarchus tuberculifer, Cab. Tyrannulatuberculifer, Bp. Pyro.
cephalus (Onychopterus) tuberculifer, Gray, H.-L. No. 5528. An
Myiarchinus verus? The description indicates a bird of the
Myiarchus pattern of coloration, and D’Orbigny says that it is
allied to M. feroz.

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

CATALOGUE AND SYNONYMY OF THE RECENT SPECIES OF THE
FAMILY LUCINIDE.

BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.
OrnveR LUCINACEA, H. & A. ADAmMs.
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 466. 1857.

Family LUCINIDA, H. & A. Adams.
Genera, ii. 466. 1857.

Genus LUCINA, Bruguiere.
Encyc. Meth. t. 284. 1792.

1. L. ARGENTEA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 6. 1850.

Moluccas.
2. L. ARTEMIDIS, Carpenter, Zool. Proc. 201. 1856.
Acapulco.
3. L. BIcoRNIS, Reeve, Icon. sp. 8. 1850.
Philippines.

4, L. BOREALIS, Linn. Syst. Nat. Edit. xii.,1134. 1767. Reeve,
Icon. sp. 13. 1850.
Tellina radula, Mont. Test. Brit. 68. 1803.
Lucina alba, Turton, Dith.. Brit. 114, t. 7, f. 6, 7. 1822.
Venus spuria, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. xiii. Ed. 3284. 1790.
Venus circinnata, Brocchi, Coq. Foss. Sub-app. ii. 552, t.
14, f. 6.
Lucina lactea, Macgillivray. Moll. Aberd. 255. 1843.
Lucina leucoma, Macgillivray. Moll. Aberd. 256. 1848.
Northern Europe.
5. L. Canirornica, Conrad, Jour. Philad. Acad. vii. 255, t. 20, f.
IS) 183%.
L. annulata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 17. 1850.
California.
6. L. concenTRIca, Ad. & Ang. Zool. Proc. 426, t.37,f.19. 1863.
South Australia.
7. L. COLUMBELLA, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 543. 1818. Reeve,
Icon. sp. 30. 1850.
LL. Adansoni, Orb. Moll. Isl. Canaries, 107, t. 8, f. 26-28.
1839.
Canary and Cape Verde Is. Senegal.
| July 16,

22. L.

1872.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

. CARNOSA, Dunker, Novit. Conch. t. 26, f. 4-6. 1865.

Port Natal.

- ORISTATA, Recluz. Mag. Zool. 270, 1842, t. 60. 1843.

Campeche.

. CANDEANA, Orb. Moll. Cuba, ii. 299, t. 27, f. 43-45.

Cuba.

. CRYPTELLA, Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. 587, t. 84, f. 18-20.

Pernambuco.

. DENTIFERA, Jonas. Philippi Neue Conch. ii. 206, Lucina,

t. 1, f. 3. Reeve, Icon. sp.10. 1850.
Red Sea.

- DUNKERI, Menke, Zeit. Mal. 41. 1845.

Northwest Africa.

. FENESTRATA, Hinds. Voy. Sulphur, 66, t. 19, f. 2. 1844.

Monte Christi.

. FILosA, Stimpson, Shells, N. Engl. 17. 1851. Gould,

Invert. Mass. Ed. 2. f. 404. 1870.
L. radula, Gould (not of Mont.), ib. Edit. 1,69. 1841.
New England.

. GEMMA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 64. 1850.

Philippines.

. GIBBIA, Desh. Guerin’s Mag. t. 107. 1844.

Sumatra.

. JAMAICENSIS, Chemn. Conch. Cab. vii. 24, t. 38, f. 408, 409.

1784. Reeve, Icon. sp. 7. 1850.

L. funiculata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 40. 1850.
West Indies.

. LACTEA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 225. 1855.

Australia, New Zealand.

- MAZATLANICA, Carp. Mazat. Cat. 99. 1857.

Panama, Mazatlan.

. PENNSYLVANICA, Linn. Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1134. 1767.

Reeve, Icon. sp. 29. 1850.
ZL. aurantia, Desh. Anim. s. Vert. vi. 236. 1835. Reeve,
Icon. sp. 81. 1850.
LL: speciosa, Reeve, Icon. sp. 32. 1850. (Red Sea, Err. Loc.)
LL. trisinuata, Orb. Moll. Cuba, ii. 300, t. 27, f 46-49. 1853.
LL. virgo, Reeve, Icon. sp. 28. 1850.
West Indies.
Pisip1umM, Dunker, Mal. Blatt, 227. 1860.
Japan.

36.

G2

tr
.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

. PISUM, Reeve, (not Phil.) Incon. sp. 66. 1850.

Singapore, Port Essington.

. Portesrtana, Orb. Voy. Amer. Merid. 586, t. 84, f. 10, 11.

Rio Janeiro.

. PUSILLA, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 282.

North Carolina.

. PECTINATA, Carp. Mazat. Cat. 100. 1857.

Mazatlan.

- PROLONGATA, Carp. Mazat. Cat. 100. 1857.

Mazatlan.

. SEMPERIANA, Issel. Mal. Mar. Ross. 82. 1870.

Red Sea.

. SIMPLEX, Reeve, Icon. sp. 11. 1850.

North Australia.

. SULCATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 20. 1850.

Hab.—?

. TENUISCULPTA, Carp. Philad. Proc. 57. 1865.

Mazatlan, California.

- UNDATA, Carp. Zool. Proc. 279. 1865.

Gulf of California.

- VITREA, Desh. Guerin’s, Mag. t. 106. 1844.

Sumatra.
. Voorua@vet, Desh. Journ. de Conch. 2d ser. ii. 106, t. 11,
foots VIS ie
L. mirabilis, Dunker, Novit. 77 t. 26, f. 7-9. 1865.

Mozambique.

Subgenus HERE, Gabb.
Pal. Calif. ii. 28,100. 1869.

- EXCAVATA, Carp. Mazat. Cat. 98, 1857.

Panama, Mazatlan.

. LINGUALIS, Carp. Ann. Mag. N. Hist. 3d ser. xiii. 313.

1864.
Cape St. Lucas.

Subgenus Woop, Deshayes.
Anim. s. Vert. bass. Paris, 1, 790.

. DIGITARIA, Linn. Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1120. 1767.

L. digitalis, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 544. 1818. Reeve,
Icon. sp. 65. 1850.
Mediterranean.
[July 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

Subgenus Cycuas, Klein.
(not Brug.) Meth. Ostracol. 129. 1753.

38. L. pENTATA, Wood. Gen. Conch. 195, t. 46, f. 7. 1817.

L. strigilla, Stimpson, shells, N. E. 17. 1851.

I. Americana, C.B. Ad. Contrib. Conch. 243. 1852.

I. Chemnitzii, Phil. Zeit. Mal. 1848.

DL. divaricata, Lam. (not Linn.) Anim.s. Vert. v. 541. 1818.

LL. divaricata, (part) Chemn. Conch. Cab. vi. 134, t. 13, f.
129. 1782.

L. quadrisulcata, Orb. Voy. Amer. Merid. 584. Moll. Cuba,
ii. 294, t. 27, f. 34, 36.

L. Lamarckii, Dunker, Weinkauff, Journ. Conch. x. 315.
1862.

LI. eburnea, Reeve, Icon. sp. 49. 1850.

L. pilula, C. B. Ad. Contrib. Conch. 244. 1852.

L. Sechellensis, Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. 384.

L. Cumingti, Ad. and Ang. Zool. Proc. 426, t. 37, f. 20.
1863.

L. serrata, Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. 384. Moll. Cuba, ii. 295,
t. 27, f. 37, 39. 1853.

LI. ornata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 48. 1850.

L. ornatissima, Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. 384.

New England to Brazil, W. Coast N. and S. America, E. Coast
of Asia, Seychelles, Isl. Bourbon, Australia.’
39. L. prvaricaTa, Linn. (not of Lam. etc.) Syst. Nat. Ed. xii.

1120. 1767.

L. digitaria, Poli (not Linn.) Test. Utr. Sicil. t. 15, f. 25.
1791.

'Itis very curious to observe that most of the above distinguished authors,
finding that the West Indian divaricata of Lamarck, Gmelin, and Chemnitz
is distinct from the European divaricata of Linn., have each immediately
rechristened the former without troubling themselves to ascertain whether
any one else had previously made the same discovery. To this carelessness,
and to the insane desire to describe species, are to be ascribed the terrors of
the science to the novitiate, who in nine cases out of ten is frightened at
the very threshold by an heterogeneous mass of a hundred thousand names,
representing probably not more than one-fifth that number of species. Long
and familiarly known to Conchologists as this species is, they have per-
mitted nearly all of the above synonyms to stand as distinct species. The
geographical range is great, but well established by numerous authorities.

1872.]

86

40.

4].

44,

L.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Cardium discors, Mont. Test. Brit. 37. 1803.
L. undularia, 8. Wood. Crag. Foss. 844.
L. commutata, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. 32,-t. 3, f. 15
1836. ;
ZL. arcuata, Mont. Test. Brit. 85, t. 3, f. 2. 1803. Reeve,
Icon. sp. 61. 1850.
. Hurope.
GIBBA, Gray, Ann. Philos. 136. 1825. Reeve, Icon. sp. 54.
1850.
L. spheroides, Conrad, Jour. Phil. Acad. vi. 262, t. 9, f.
10. 1831.
LI. divaricata (part.), Chemn. Conch. Cab. vi. t. 13, f. 130.
1782.
Senegal.
Subgenus CoDARIA, Scopoli.
Introd. Hist. Nat. 1777.

Lentillaria, Schum. Essai Nov. Syst. 147. 1817.

. ANTILLARUM, Reeve, Icon. sp. 37. 1850.

West Indies.

. BELLA, Conrad, Jour. Acad. Phil. vii. 254, t.19,f11. 1837.

L. fibula, Reeve, Icon. sp. 4. 1850.
I. munda, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 225. 1855.
L. ramulosa, Gould, Bost. Proce. ili. 276. 1850. Moll. U.S.
Expl. Exped. 415, f. 523. 1852.
California, Sandwich Isles, Australia?

. CANCELLARIS, Phil. Zeit. Mal. 21. 1846.

Mazatlan.

. IMBRICATULA, C. B. Adams, Bost. Proce. ii. 9. 1845.

L. occidentalis, Reeve, Icon. sp. 38. 1850.

LL. pecten, Reeve (not Lam.), Icon. sp. 34. 1850.

LL. pectinata, C. B. Adams, Contrib. Conch. 243. 1852.

L. pectinella, C. B. Adams, Contrib. Conch. 244. 1852.
West Indies.

2 INTERRUPTA, Lam. (Cytherea), Anim.s. Vert. v. 574. 1818.

Reeve, Icon. sp.5. 1850.
Fiji, Torres Straits.

. LINTEA, Conrad, (MSS. ?”)

Tampa Bay.

. MInuTA, Desh. Isl..Reun. 20, t. 3, f. 4-7. 1853.

Isl. Bourbon.
[July 16,

54. L.

55. L.

56. L.

57. L.

1. M.

1872.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

. NASSULA, Conr. Proc. Philad. Acad. 24. 1846.

Tampa Bay, Fla.

. OBLIQUA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 42. 1850.

Chusan.

L. PARVULA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 36. 1861.

Bonin I. Loo Choo, Hakodadi, Australia.

- PuNcTATA, Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xii. 1134. 1767. Reeve,

Icon. sp. 2. 1850.
Mazatlan, Panama.

- RETICULATA, Poli (Tellina), Test. Utr. Sicil. 1, t. 20, f. 14.

iy St.
LI. pecten, Lam. (not Linn.) Anim. s. Vert. v. 543. 1818.
Reeve, Icon. sp. 38. 1850.
LI. squamosa, Desh. Expl. Sci. Mor. 95.
Mediterranean, W. Coast Africa.

. REEVEI, Desh. Conch. Ins. Reun. 19, t. 3, f. 8,9. 1863.

Isle Bourbon.
RUGIFERA, Reeve, Zool. Proc.68. 1835. Reeve, Icon. sp. 1.

1850.
Australia.

SCOBINATA, Recluz, Journ. de Conch. III. 252, t. 10, f. 6,

1852.
Guadaloupe.

TIGERINA, Linn, Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1133. 1767. Reeve,
Icon. sp. 38. 1850.
L. exasperata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 4. 1850.
L. costata, Orb. Moll. Cuba. ii. 296, t. 27, f. 40,42. 1853.
So. Coast U. S., West Indies, Brazil, Amboyna
(Rumph.), Nicobar Is. (Chemn.)

Subgenus Miura, H. & A. Ad.
Genera, ii. 466. 1857.

CuILDRENI, Gray, Zool. Jour. i. 221. 1825. Reeve, Icon.
sp. 12. 1850.
Brazil.
Genus MYRTEA, Turton.
Conch, dith. 138. 1822.
Cyracheza, Leach. Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. xx. 272. 1847.
orrcInNATA, A. ADAMS, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. iii., ix. 226.

1862.
Japan.

88

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

2. M. pecussatTa, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. iii., ix. 226.
1862.
Japan.
3. M. DELIcCATULA, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. iii., ix. 226.
1862.
Japan.
4. M. FABULA, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 69. 1850.
Philippines.
5. M. rFiImBriaTuLa, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. iii., ix. 225.
1862.
Japan.
6. M. gippa, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. iii., ix. 225. 1862.
Japan.
7. M. LAMELLATA, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. iii., ix. 226.
1862.
Japan.
8. M. Layarpi, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 225. 1855.
Ceylon.
9. M. muricaTa, Chemnitz (Tellina), Conch. Cab. xi. t. 199, f.

10.

Lbs

14.

1945-6. 1799.
LL. ochracea, Reeve, Icon. sp. 44. 1850.
ZL. scabra, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v.542. 1818. Reeve, Icon.
sp. 45. 1850.
L. Nuttallii, Conrad, Jour. A. N.S. Philad. vii. 255, t. 20,
fe Je Sane
Tumbez, Peru, to California.
MyrrEA OBESULA, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. 3d ser. ix. 226.
1862.
Japan.
MyrrEA PLICATULA, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. 3d ser. ix.
226. 1862.
Japan.

. MygrEA RETICULATA, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. 3d ser. ix.

225. 1862.
Japan.

. MyrTEA SEMINULA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 36. 1861.

Hong Kong.
M. spINIFERA, Mont. (Venus), Test. Brit. 577, t. 17, f. 1. 1803.
Reeve, Icon. Lucina sp. 39. 1850.
[July 16,

15: M.

16. M.

o Es

1872.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89

Lucina Hiatelloides, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. 32.
1836.
Astarte ornata, Goldfuss, Petr. Germ. ii. 195, t. 135, f. 9.
Europe.
SrraNnGeEI, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 225. 1855.
Moreton Bay.
veNustTA, Phil. Abbild. und Beschreib. ii. 206, Lucina, t.
1, f.2. Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 15. 1850.
Bay of Manilla.

Genus PHILIS, Fischer.
Jour. Conch. ix. 345. 1861.

. CuminetI, Fischer, Jour. Conch. ix. 346. 1861.

Moluceas.

Genus LORIPES, Poli.
Test. Utr. Sicil. i. 31. 1791.

Anodontia, Link, Samml. iii. 156. 1807.

. ANATELLOIDES, Reeve, Icon. sp. 19. 1850.

West Indies.

. ASSIMILIS, Angas, Zool. Proc. 910, t. 44, f. 8. 1867.

New South Wales.

. BARBATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 15. 1850.

Hab.—?

. BULLATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 35. 1850.

Hab.—?

. EDENTULA, Linn, Mus. Ulric, 74. Reeve, Icon. sp. 9. 1850.

L. chrysostoma, Phil. Zeit. Malak. ii. 181. 1845.
West Indies.

. EDENTULOIDES, Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci. xlix. 226. 1870.

Gulf of California.

. Frormpana, Conrad, Am. Jour. Sci. Ist ser. xxiii. 344.

1833.
Pensacola, Fla.

. GLOBULARIS, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. v. 544. 1818. Reeve,

Icon. sp. 53. 1850.
L. ovulum, Reeve, Icon. sp. 58. 1
L. tumida, Reeve, Icon. sp. 52. 1852.
New Caledonia.
GLOBULOSA, A. Adams.
7

90

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

10. L. GuARANIANA, Orb. Voy. Amer. Merid. 586, t. 84, f. 10, 11.

it

16.

Mie

Rio Janeiro.

. L. 1crERIcA, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 60. 1850. Angas, Zool.

Proc. 651. 1865.
So. Australia.

. L. LAOTEA, Linn, Syst. Nat. 1119) 17/67.

L. gibbosa (not Gmel.), Costa, Cat. 21. 1829.

LL. leucoma, Turton, Reeve, Icon. sp. 41. 1850.

Amphidesma lucinalis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. v. 491. 1818.

L. fragilis, Phil. Zeit. Mal. ii. 181, 1845; Moll. Sicil. ii. 25,
1844.

Var. L. Desmarestii, Payr. Cat. Moll. Corse. 44, t. 1, f. 19, 20.

1826.
England, Canary Islands, Mediterranean.

. MALUM, Reeve, Icon. sp. 26. 1850.

Philippines.
- ovUM, Reeve, Icon. sp.21. 1850.
Philippines.
. Paraaonica, Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. 587, t. 84, f. 16, 77.
Patagonia.
. PHILIPPIANA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 23. 1850.
L. edentula, Philippi (not Lamarck).
Hab.—?

. PHILIpprnARUM, Hanley, sp. Shells. 1840. Reeve, Icon.

sp.18. 1850.
L. corrugata, Desh. Guerin’s Mag. t. 82. 1843.
Singapore, Bay of Manilla.

. PILA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 24, 1850.

Hab.—?

. PLICIFERA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 225. 1855.

Borneo, Loo Choo.

. RoTATA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 32. 1861.

Loo Choo.

. VESICULA, Gould, Bost. Proc. ili. 256. 1850. Expl. Exped.

414, f. 525.
Tonga Islands.

. VILARDEBOANA, Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. 587, t. 84, f. 14, 15.

La Plata.

[July 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9]

Genus CRYPTODON, Turton.
Brit. Bivalves, 121. 1822.

Thyatira, Leach, Jeffreys, Mal.et Conch. Mag. ii. 42. 1829.
Axinus, J. Sowerby, Mineral Conch. t. 314. 1823.
Ptychina, Phil. Moll. Sicil.15. 1836.

Clausina, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.xx.18. 1847.

1. C. Crouttnensis, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xx. 19. 1847.
Ibid. 3d ser. ii. 122, t. 5, f. 2.
Skye and Shetland Islands.
2. C. rERRUGINOSUS, Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll. ii. 60, t. 34, f. 1.
1853. Reeve, Icon.-Lucina, sp. 63. 1850.
Kellia abyssicola, Forbes, Aigean Invert. 192.
Mediterranean to England.
3. C. FLEXUosUS, Mont. Test. Brit. 72 (Tellina). 1803. Reeve,
Icon. Lucina, sp. 62. 1850.
Azinus angulatus, Nyst. (not Sowb.) Coq. Foss. Belg. 141, t.
6, f. 13.
Venus sinuosa, Donov. Brit. Shells ii. t. 42, f 2.
Lucina sinuata, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v.543. 1818.
Cryptodon bisinuatus, 8. Wood, Crag. Moll.
Ptychina biplicata, Phil. Moll. Sicil.i.15,t.2,f4. 1836.
European Seas.
4. C. Gouxnpr, Phil. Zeit. ftir Malak. 74. 1845. Gould, Invert.
Mass. 2d edit. 100, f.406. 1870.
Lucina flexuosa, Gould (not Mont.) Invert. Mass. Ist edit.
T1,£.52. 1841.
Thyasira Gouldi, Stimpson, Shells. N. Eng.17. 1851.
Massachusetts— Connecticut.
. C. JApontcus, Adams, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 227. 1862.
N. Japan.

qn

6. C. MAncuuricus, Adams, Ibid. 227. 1862.
- Manchuria.
7. C. optonaus, Adams, Ibid. 227. 1862.
N. Japan.
8. C. pLicatus, Adams, Ibid. 227. 1862.
N. Japan.
9. C. potyaonus, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 35. 1861.
Cape Good Hope

1872. ]

to

eis

ALOE,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

. Sars, Loven, Index Moll. Scand. 1846. Reeve, Icon.

Lucina, sp. 52. 1850.
Norway— Sweden.

. SERRICATUS, Carpenter, Philad. Proc. 57. 1865.

Sts. of Fuca to Catalina Isld.

. SUBORBICULARIS, Adams, Ann. and Mag. N. H. ix. 227.

1862.
North Japan.

. SUBQUADRATUS, Adams, Ibid. 227. 1862.

North Japan.

. SUBRADIATUS, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 35. 1861.

Simon’s Bay.

. SULCATUS, Adams, Ann. and Mag. N. H. ix. 227. 1862.

Manchuria.

. TRANSVERSUS (Lucina), Bronn. Weinkauff Conchyl. 168.

1867.
Mediterranean.
Genus GAFRARIUM, Bolten.
Icon. Museum Bolten. 1798.
Fimbria, Muhlf. Entwurf. 52. 1811.
Idothea, Schum. Essai Noy. Gen. 160. 1817.
Corbis, Cuvier, Regne Anim. ii. 408. 1817.

. CeLATUM, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 62. 1853.

Isld. Luzon.

. ELEGANS, Deshayes.
. FIMBRIATUM, Linn. (Venus.) Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1113.

1767. Reeve, Conch. Syst. t. 57.
Fiji Islands, ete.

. scITULUM, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 70. 1853.

Puerto Gallaro.

. SoWERBYI, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 45. 1841. Conch. Syst. t.

58.

Genus UNGULINA, Daudin.
Bosc. Hist. Coq. iii. 76. 1802.

ALBA, Rang. Hist. Moll. t. 44,f 1,2. 1802.
Senegal.

. OBLONGA, Bosc. Hist. Coq. iii. t. 20, f. 1, 2. 1802.

U. rubra, Roissy, Buff. de. Sonn. Moll: t. vi. f. 20, f. 1, 2-
H. & A. Adams, Genera, iii. t. 114, f. 4, 4a.

[July 16,

6. M.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93

U. transversa, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 487. 1818
Western Coast of Africa.

Genus SCACCHIA, Philippi.
Moll. Sicil. ii. 27. 1844,

. ELLIPTICA, Scacchi (Tellina). Ossery. Zool. ii. 14. 1833.

H. & A. Adams, Genera iii. t. 814, f. 5. 5a.
Mediterranean.
ovaATA, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil. ii.17. t. 14, f. 9. 1844.
Kellia cycladia? Wood, Crag. Moll, ii. 122, t. 11. f. 4.
Mediterranean.
Genus MYSIA, Leach.
Menke, Synopsis, Method. Edit. 2. 112. 1830

Diplodonta, Bronn, Ital. Tertiiir geb. 9. 1831.
Spherella, Conrad, 'Tert. Foss. 17. 1838.

. ABBREVIATA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 32. 1861.

Hong Kong.

. ALATA, Adams & Reeve (Cyrenoida) Voy. Sam. 80, t. 24,

f.12. 1850.
Corea.

. AMERICANA, Morelet.

BRASILIENSIS, Mittre, Jour. de Conch. 1. 240. 1850. H.
& A. Adams, Genera iii. t. 114, f. 6.
Rio Janeiro.

. BULLATA, Dunker, Novitates Conch. 76, t. 26 f. 1-3. 1865.

Ceylon.
CALCULUS, Reeve, Icon. Lucina sp. 68, 1850.
Gulf of Nicoya.

. CorEEnsts, Adams & Reeve (Cyrenoida). Voy. Sam.

80, t. 22,f.14. 1850
M. obliqua, Gould (not Philippi) Otia. Conch. 171.
Loo Choo, Corea.

. Cuminar, Sowerby.
. DOLABRATA, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 32, 1861.

Cape Good Hope.

. FIGLINA, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 32. 1861.

Japan.

. GLOBULOSA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 226. 1855.

Moreton Bay.

yoo.

= MM.

aM.

. M.

Ses

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Goutpr, Tryon.
M. obliqua, Gould (not Phil.), Bost. Proc. viii. 32. 1861.
Loo Choo.
GRANULOSA, Dunker, Zeit. Mal. iii. 1853.
Peurto Cabello.
GruNERI, Dunker, Ind. Tams. 55. 1853.
Guinea.
JANEIRENSIS, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 48. 1850.
Rio Janeiro.

. INCONSPICUA, Phil.
. InpicA, Desh.
. LEUCOPH HOTA, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 59. 1850.

Hab.—?

. LUCINZFORMIS, Val. Voy. Hombr. et Jacq. 116, t. 3, f. 3.

1856.
Philippines.

. Moretonensts, Desh.
. Novo-ZELANDICcA, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 14. 1850.

New Zealand.

. OBLIQUA, Phil. Zeit. Mal. 20. 1846.

Mazatlan.

. OBLONGA, Sowb.
. Pacirica, Fischer, Jour. de Conch: vii. 376, t. 13; 12:

1860.
Pacific Ocean.

. Puoiuiprit, Gay, Hist. Nat. Chili, vii. 354, t.8,f.5. 1854.

Chili.

. PHILIPPINARUM, Sowb.
. PISIFORMIS, Deshaves.
, PUNCTATA, Say (Amphidesma), Jour. Phil. Acad. ii. 308.

1822.
Southern Coast United States.
ROTUNDATA, Montagu (Tellina), Test. Brit. 71, t. 2, f. 3.
1803.
Lucina rotundata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 38, 1850. 1803.
Venus lupinus, Brocchi, Cat. Foss. Subapp.
Diplodonta dilatata, Phil. Moll. Sicil. i. 31, t.4,f 7. 1836.
Diplodonta Barleet, Jeffreys, Ann. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1858.
Glaucomene Montaguana, Leach. Synopsis, 313.
Southern Coast of England to Mediterranean ,
Sea, Canary Is.
[July 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

30. M. Savienyr, Vaillant, Jour. Conch. xiii. 124 1865.
Red Sea.
31. M. semrAsPERA, Phil. Abbild. Tellina 25. 1846.
Lucina orbella, Gould, Bost. Proc. iv. 90. 1851.
Lucina celata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 27. 1850.
VAR. DISCREPANS, Carp. Mazat. Cat. 108. 1857.
Guayaquil, Mazatlan to San Diego, Cal.
32. M. SEMIRETICULATA, Orb. Moll. Cuba, 41.
Cuba to Patagonia.
33. M. SENEGALENSE, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, Hrrata. 1850.
M. Adansoni, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 51. 1850.

Senegal.
34. M. spHzrRicuLA, Deshayes.
Australia.
35. M. supetoposa, C. B. Adams.

36. M. supquaprRata, Carp. Zool. Proc. 230. 1855.
Mazatlan to Panama.
37. M. suprucosA, Dunker, Zeit. Mal. 183. 1848. Novitates
Conch. 15, t. 4, f. 10-12.
Hab.—?
38. M. TRIGONULA, Brown, Ital. Tert. Geb. 96 t. 3, f. 2.
Diplodonta apicalis, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. 31, t. 4, f. 6.
1836. .
Lucina astartea, Nyst. Coq. Foss. Belg. 121, t. 6, f. 4.
Mediterranean—Canary Islands.
39. M. VeNezvuELENsIs, Dunker, Zeit fiir Malak. 184. 1848. No-
vitates Conch. 15, t. 4, f. 7,8, 9.

s

Porto Cabello.

Subgenus FELANIA, Recluz.
Jour. de Conch. ii. 60. 1851.

40. M. Anansi, Angas, Zool. Proc. 910, t. 44, f. 9. 1867.
Port Jackson.
41. M. CANDEANA, Orb. Moll. Cuba, ii. 299, t. 27, f. 43, 45.
Cuba.
42. M. cornEA, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 25. 1850.
M. sericata, Reeve, ibid. sp. 55. 1850.
Gulf of Nicoya, Mazatlan.
43. M. pIAPHANA, Gmel., Syst. Nat. edit. 13, vi. 3292. 1790.
Le Felan, Adanson, Moll. Senegal, 227, t. 16,f. 8. 1757.
Senegal.

1872.]

96

44,

45.

46.

47.

48.

49.

. NITENS, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 57. 1850.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

- FRIABILIS, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 57. 1850.

Hab.—?

. JACKSONIENSIS, Angas, Zool. Proc. 910, t. 44, f.10. 1867.

Port Jackson.

Ins. Muerte.

- ROSEA, Recluz, Jour. de Conch. ii. 72 t. 2, f. 10-12. 1851.

W. Coast Africa.

. TELLINOIDES, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 56. 1850.

West Indies.

. usTA, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 32. 1862.

Hakodadi Bay.

UNIDENTIFIED LUCINID®.

? L. Antarctica, Phil. Mal. Blatt. 1.166. 1857.
Sis. Magellan.
L. lenticula, Gould, Bost. Proce. iii. 252. 1850.
Patagonia.
L. granulosa, C. B. Ad. Bost. Proe. ii. 9. 1845.
West Indies.

[July 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

SHELLS OF HERKIMER AND ADJACENT COUNTIES IN THE STATE OF
NEW YORK.

BY JAMES LEWIS.

AT various times I have prepared catalogues and other papers
relating to the shells of this region. The latest catalogues of
shell-bearing mollusca of Herkimer and adjacent counties was
printed in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences
in 1860. Since that date several species have been found which
previously had not been noticed. Corrections have also been
made of species wrongly named.

A few rare land-shells have been detected in obscure retreats,
where the progress of civilization has not reached them. For con-
venience of reference I arrange the species alphabetically, without
following the most recent classification, my object being geogra-
phical distribution rather than classification.

Amnicola Cincinnatiensis ? Anthony.

Erie Canal and Mohawk River. In the rivers, this shell some-
times attains remarkable size. Specimens submitted to Mr. Tryon
were pronounced to be Cincinnatiensis or new. I do not feel dis-
posed to quote this as a new species on account of its size, for the
reason that other shells not recognized as new species sometimes
attain remarkable size in this region.

A. lustrica, Say.

Schuyler’s Lake, Otsego County; Little Lakes, Herkimer
County ; Smith’s Pond, Litchfield, Herkimer County ; Erie Canal.

The shells found in Erie Canal are doubtlessly introduced.
Have been seen there only on one occasion (1869).

A. pallida, Hald.

Lakes, rivers, and canal. I can distinguish these shells from
those shells of Massachusetts called A. porata, Say, by Gould,
only by their color, due to locality.

Ancylus fuscus, Adams.

Schuyler’s Lake and Little Lakes, New York.
Ancylus parallelus, Hald.

Schuyler’s Lake and Little Lakes, New York.
1872. ]

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Ancylus tardus, Say. .

Mohawk River. Found under stones along the margin of the
stream at low water. I have found them only during the fall
months. None could be found in 1871.

Anodonta edentula, Say. ’
Mohawk River and Erie Canal; also streams running south to
the Susquehanna River.

Anodonta fluviatilis, Lea.
In ponds and streams near Schuyler’s Lake.

Anodonta imbecilis, Say.
Erie Canal. Very scarce and small.

Anodonta lacustris, Lea.

Schuyler’s Lake, Little Lakes, Smith’s Pond, and a small pond
at Herkimer. A small variety occurs in a marshy creek on the
hills eight miles south of Mohawk.

Anodonta Lewisii, Lea.

Hrie Canal and Mohawk River. During the last ten years this
species has been very nearly exterminated in the canal, affected, no
doubt, by chemicals introduced in the armory sewage at Ilion.

Anodonta subcylindracea, Lea.

Krie Canal, Mohawk River, and ponds at Herkimer. Not
abundant.
Anodonta undulata.

{rie Canal and Mohawk River. Scarce.
Bythinella obtusa, Lea.

Erie Canal and Mohawk River. In the rivers this species some-
times grows very large; it is usually much larger here than spe-
cimens I have seen from other localities.

Carychium exiguum, Say.
On moist land in the Valley of the Mohawk. I have not found
it abundant elsewhere.

Goniobasis livescens, Menke.

Krie Canal and Mohawk River. The shells vary, exceedingly,
under the influences of station. The shells are characterized
here as elsewhere by a weak epidermis, easily worn off. The
species has, no doubt, been introduced from western waters by
way of the canal. It is extremely abundant on rocks and hard-

[July 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

clay banks in the Mohawk River, preferring swift water. I have
no doubt a variety of this species furnished the type of Mr. Tryon’s
Gon. Haldemani.

Goniobasis virginica, Gmelin.

Common enough in the canal at long intervals. Has no doubt
been introduced since 1856. Is said to abound in the Hudson
River, and in streams near Buffalo. Is very seldom found in the
Mohawk River.

In 1871 I found specimens which attain nearly the size of adults
of this species, but which exhibit colors and forms somewhat
unlike it. They seem to blend the colors of Trypanostoma sub-
ulare and Goniobasis livescens, and approximate the form and
size of Gon. virginica. I am persuaded by the circumstances
attending them that they are hybrids, and probably derived from
Gon. virginica, and perhaps both the other two mollusca just
named. ‘The supposed hybrids are not found apart from virginica.
Feeling unwilling to assume the responsibility of suggesting /y-
bridity in a case which others might have settled by proposing a
new species, I submitted specimens to Mr. Charles M. Wheatley
for his opinion. I feel privileged to say that Mr. Wheatley assents
to my view respecting the shells.

Helix albolabris, Say.

A common species. A variety with a tooth is found in the
town of Litchfield. A single reversed specimen was found near
Mohawk in June, 1871.

Helix alternata, Say.

This is the most abundant Helix of this region. It does not
offer any notable varieties.
Helix arborea, Say.

Formerly somewhat abundant, but now extremely rare in the
valley of the Mohawk.
Helix chersina, Say.

Damp grounds along the valley of the Mohawk. This species
is rare, and very few have been seen for many years.
Helix concava, Say.

Somewhat abundant in damp ravines.

Helix dentifera, Binney.

Found in ravines in the town of Litchfield (1871). Only a very
1872.]

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

few specimens have been found. Some of these have the reflected
margin of the aperture of a beautiful rose color.

Helix electrina, Gould.
Formerly abundant, but now quite scarce.

Helix fallax, Say.

Two specimens from Litchfield (1871), appear to belong to this
species. They differ essentially from the variety of tridentata
found here—heretofore regarded as fallax.

Helix fuliginosa, Griffith.
Abundant in some of the ravines in Litchfield.

Helix hirsuta, Say.
I have never found this species. Col. E. Jewett, of Utica, in-
forms me he had found it several years ago near New Hartford.

Helix indentata, Say.
Always rare. It has not been found for several years.

Helix intertexta, Binney.

Found in ravines and on hillsides shaded by poplars. It is not
a very abundant species, but may usually be obtained in the
months of July and August.

Helix ligera, Say.

I have found a single specimen only. Dr. William Brown, of
Litchfield, has half a dozen specimens taken from under an old
fence on a hill in Litchfield. The shells are smaller than typical
ligera and the apex is less pointed. It may be placed between
typical ligera-and demissa, and seems to identify these forms as
varieties of one type.

Helix lineata, Say.

A rare species. Scarcely twenty living specimens have been
found since 1854. [Since the above was written, Dr. Brown has
presented numerous specimens found in Litchfield. ]

Helix inornata, Say.

Common inravines. Apparently more abundant than in former
years.

Helix minuscula, Binney.

A rare species. Wet land in the Mohawk Valley.

[July 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

Helix minutissima, Lea.

A few specimens have been found in Litchfield by Dr. Brown
(1871).
Helix nitida, Mull.

Usually found abundantly on wet ground, near streams, ponds,
and lakes. More common in the valley of the Mohawk.
Helix palliata, Say.

Not abundant. Occurs somewhat more plentifully in the Litch-
field ravines than elsewhere.
Helix perspectiva, Say.

Litchfield; very scarce. (1871.)
Helix pulchella, Meill.

Common on damp soil in many localities.
Helix Sayii, Binney.

Common in ravines, but not so abundant as to be found with-
out laborious search.

Helix striatella, Anthony.

Sometimes very numerous in the valley; usually not abundant

elsewhere.
Helix tridentata, Say.

A small variety. Common in ravines.
Helix thyroides, Say.

Seen only in the Mohawk Valley. Col. Jewett, of Utica, finds
this species abundant and associated with albolabris by the side
of the railroad embankment, seven miles east of Utica. The few
specimens I have found occurred in an alder swamp west of the
Mohawk.

Lymnea catascopium, Say.

Erie Canal and Mohawk River. I have seen a few shells, evi-
dently referable to this species, in a small lake in the south part
of Herkimer County.

Lymnea columella, Say.
Lakes. Not abundant.

Lymnea desidiosa, Say.
Common.

Lymnea elodes, Say.

Stagnant water in various localities.
1872.]

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Lymnea gracilis, Say.

Schuyler’s Lake. At times very abundant. Usually scarce.
Lymnea humilis, Say.

Less abundant than desidiosa.

Lymnea pallida, Adams.
Little lakes. Very scarce.

Lymnea stagnalis, Say.

Traces of this species have been found in the lakes elsewhere
named. <A single dried specimen (with the soft parts) was found
in the Erie Canal, spring of 18 ime Probably introduced from
Cayuga Lake.?

Lymnea umbilicata, Adams.

None have been seen for many years. All that have been found
inhabited a pool of stagnant water in a wood lot that has long
since been cleared, and the pool dried up.

Margaritana marginata, Say.
Erie Canal and Mohawk River; not abundant.

Margaritana rugosa, Barnes.
More abundant than the preceding, in the same localities.

Margaritana undulata, Say.

Single specimens have been found in the Erié Canal and Mo-
hawk River. The species abounds in streams emptying into
Schuyler’s Lake.

Melantho decisus, Say.

Inhabits Schuyler’s Lake and Little Lakes without any asso-
ciate species. Found also in the Erie Canal and Mohawk River
with the two species next named. <A few reversed specimens have
been found.

Melantho integer, Say.

The opercle of the adult has the form of that of JZ BAneR OSUS
Say. Iam inclined to regard these shells as varieties of ponde,
rosus. Weversed and malformed specimens occur sometimes in
considerable numbers in the Erie Canal. Largest shell found is
over two inches long.

Melantho rufus, Haldeman.

This species, as well as integer, has evidently been introduced
[July 16,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

here, but at a more recent date. No shells of this species have
been found here earlier than 1855, since which time they have
gradually increased in size and numbers. The largest shell yet
found is 1.83 inches long. It is in the collection of Mr. Charles
M. Wheatley, of Phoenixville, Pa.

Physa heterostropha, Say.

Common in rivers and streams; also in stagnant water. Some
of the varieties simulate the forms of gyrina, ancillaria, and inte-
gra, but I do not think, from all I have seen, that either of those
species can be entered here
Physa hypnorum, Drap.

A small variety. Not common.

Planorbis armigerus, Say.

Sometimes very abundant instagnant water. It is not constant
in the stations where found.
Planorbis bicarinatus, Say.

Erie Canal, Mohawk River, Schuyler’s Lake, Little Lakes, and
Smith’s Pond. Shells found in Smith’s Pond are very white, like
ivory. Those found in Little Lakes are small and pale, but not so
white as those of Smith’s Pond.

Planorbis campanulatus, Say.

Lakes and ponds. The few found in Smith’s Pond are white,
like bicarinatus in the same pond.
Planorbis deflectus, Say.

Lakes. Not abundant.
Planorbis exacutus, Say.

Lakes. Not abundant.
Planorbis parvus, Say.

Stagnant water. Sometimes (rarely) abundant.
Planorbis trivolvis, Say.

Canal, rivers, lakes, and stagnant water.
Planorbis hirsutus, Say.

Schuyler’s Lake. Rare.

Pisidium abditum, Haldeman.

I think P. variabile, Prime, may be included under this species

asasynonym. The shells occur in a great variety of stations.

1872.]

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Pisidium equilaterale, Prime.
Ditches and Erie Canal. Sometimes plenty.

Pisidium compressum, Prime.
Erie Canal and Mohawk River; also lakes and ponds.

Pisidium ventricosum, Prime.

The shells of this region are between ventricosum and subrotun-
datum, Prime. I am inclined to believe subrotundatum is a small
variety of ventricosum. My local specimens were obtained from
a stagnant pool near Mohawk, and from Little Lakes.

Pisidium virginicum, Bst.
Erie Canal and Mohawk River.

Pupa coutracta, Say.

Damp flat lands, Mohawk Valley.

Pupa pentodon, Say.
Damp flat lands, Mohawk Valley.

Somatogyrus subglobosus, Say.

Erie Canal. Introduced since 1860. This species comes from
the west, and in a very few years has become numerically more
abundant than any other mollusc in the canal.

Spherium croceum, Lewis.

I described this species many years ago. Mr. Prime puts it in
the synonyms of one of his species (S. secure). Since the publi-
cation of Mr. Prime’s papers I have had opportunity to study S.
croceum, and find it in very different circumstances from those
which determine the habits of S. secure, typical specimens of which
I have collected in Massachusetts. My shells are found usually
in coarse angular gravel anchored by a byssus. They are more
abundant in a small stream that connects the two “ Little Lakes”
in the south part of this county than elsewhere.

Spherium fabale, Prime.

Small stream in the town of Litchfield, Herkimer County (head-
waters of the Unadilla River). Found in the fall of 1871. Brought
to notice by Dr. Litchfield.

Spherium occidentale, Prime.
Stagnant waters, subject to drying. Not unusually found alive
in the soil of dried stations.

[July 16,

EO

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

Spherium rosaceum, Prime.

This shell I proposed as “ Cyclas errans,”’ a number of years
ago. Mr. Prime puts it in his synonymy of S.rosaceum. It seems
to me, however, that the habits of this molluse are more like those
of S. partumeium, Say, which species is usually found in stagnant
water, while Mr. Prime’s rosaceum is a river shell. My shells are
the most fragile of their class that Ihave seen. From my present
knowledge of species and their habits, I am induced now to reclaim
my species. I have found these shells usually adhering to the
trunks of the “dwarf button-ball” growing in a stagnant pool; a
more solid variety sometimes occurs in ditches.

Spherium simile, Say.

Lakes... Abundant.

Spherium solidulum, Prime.

Mohawk River. Not plenty.
Spherium striatinum, Lamarck.

Mr. Say’s description of Cyclas edentula, if read with the un-
derstanding that his idea of the anterior and posterior of bivalves
was the reverse of the present usage, will be found to accord to
the shells here referred to. This species occurs in the outlet of
Schuyler’s Lake, in swift water among gravel, while S. simile
occurs in still water in mud in the same stream. A recent writer
supposes striatinum to be the young of simile. This is an error.
S. striatinum occurs as far east as the Connecticut River at Spring-
field, Massachusetts, and is found in many of the larger streams
in New York, Ohio, and States westward. Is very abundant in
the Erie Canal, less so in the Mohawk River. It has been found
in Oneida Lake. (F. E. Spinner.)

Spherium transversum, Say.

Sometimes abundant in the canal. A few may be found in late
summer months in the Mohawk River. Evidently a western spe-
cies, introduced, though known since 1853 to inhabit the canal.

Succinea aurea? Lea.

A small, orange-colored species found sometimes: in the month
of June around the “ Little Lakes’ may be aurea. The species
has not been authoritatively determined.

Succinea avara, Say.
A large variety, sometimes 11-20 inch long, is found on the moist
muddy banks of the Mohawk River, sometimes very plenty, some-
8

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

times rare. Smaller shells abound along water-margins on the
hill regions south, at Little Lakes, and at *Schuyler’s Lake. Dr.
Brown finds it in Litchfield.

Succinea obliqua, Say.

Damp, shaded grounds along the Mohawk. ‘This species is
sometimes found on vegetation and trees, several feet from the
ground. SS. Totteniana, Lea, has similar habits, and has been found
on apple-trees or hill-sides near woods.

Succinea ovalis, Gould.

Margins of ditches, river banks, lake-shores, &c. Sometimes
very abundant.
Succinea Totteniana, Lea.

Inhabits ravines and hill-sides, wooded. Is nearly as large as
obliqua, and has similar arborial habits.

Trypanostoma subulare, Lea.

Erie Canal and Mohawk River. Prefers still water and a muddy
slope. Very abundant.
Unio cariosus, Say.

Mohawk River and Erie Canal. Scarce.
Unio complanatus, Lea. ;

Canal, rivers, muddy streams, &c., but not in lakes. Our most
abundant species.

Unio lutiolus, Lam.

Mohawk River. Erie Canal,rarely. It is probably more abun-
dant in the river a few miles below Little Falls.

Unio radiatus, Lam.

Lakes. The only Unio found in Little Lakes and Schuyler’s
Lake, though complanatus occurs in the oullet of Schuyler’s Lake,
and in streams emptying into the lake.

Unio Tappanianus, Lea.

Mohawk River. Abundant only at times. Some cause not un-
derstood makes them scarce only in exceptional seasons, as is the
case with many other molluscs.

Valvata tricarinata, Say.

Erie Canal, Mohawk River, Schuyler’s Lake, and Little Lakes.
In “ Little Lakes” the shells are varied; bicarinata and simples,
occurring as prevailing forms in the upper lake ; along the marshy
borders V. sincera, Say, occurs. I am disposed to believe sincera

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

is only a variety of tricarinata; and it owes its deviation from
the usual forms to the influence of station. “ V. sincera” is found
in marshes in Michigan.

Vertigo Bollesiana, Morse.
On vegetation by roadside, margin of a swamp in Litchfield,
1871. Those I have are from Dr. Brown.

Vertigo milium ? Gould.

A small species is sometimes found among the drift floated by
the rivers at high water in the spring, near Mohawk.
Vertigo ovata, Say.

Litchfield, with V. Bollesiana, 1871. It may possibly also
occur in the valley; but specimens heretofore regarded as this
species were referred by Morse to the following species.

Vertigo ventricosa, Morse.

Sometimes found alive in bogs. Oftener found dead in the high-

water drift floated into windrows by the river.

Vitrina limpida, Gould.

In November and December, 1864, I found immense numbers
of large, fine specimens of this Vitrina along the shaded slopes of
a ditch on the flats near Mohawk. The soft parts were very dark.
Since that time no specimens of Vitrina have been seen near Mo-
hawk though repeated search has been made for them. Dr. Brown,
of Litchfield, finds Vitrina in his yard. His residence is on a rich
soil, the eastern slope of a hill, at an elevation supposed to be
about 1260 feet above the sea-level. His specimens are not nu-
merous, but are apparently perennial.'

Vivipara contectoides, W. C. Binney.

A colony (from Illinois) planted in the Erie Canal, fall of 1867,
is now thriving. A few specimens were found there in the spring
of 1871, remarkable for their beauty and perfect development.

Zua lubrica, Leach.
Stations are numerous, but shells not abundant.

Monawk, N. Y., Jan. 15, 1872.

' Since the preceding notes were written, Dr. Brown has presented nu-
merous large adult specimens taken late in the fall of 1871. The shells are
apparently identical with those of the colony of 1864, but are not so pale—
being slightly tinged with green. The soft parts of Dr. Brown's speci-
mens are not so dark as those found in 1864. Similar variations in color
have been observed in the soft parts of well-known species of Succinea.

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

SHELLS OF TENNESSEE. (No. 2.)
BY JAMES LEWIS, M.D.

Stnce the publication of my papers on the Shells of the Holston
River, and on the Land Shells of Tennessee,’ a few supplementary
species have come to my notice, and conclusions have been reached
respecting some of the operculate univalves that occur in the small |
streams and springs of Knox, Blount, Monroe, and adjoining
counties in Tennessee. In this paper conclusions are presented
as to what seem to be, with only one or two exceptions, known
species. For the identification of species and varieties in several
instances thanks are due to Mr. Lea, Mr. Wheatley, Dr. Hartman,
and others. Too much credit cannot be awarded to the enterprise
and interest with which Miss Law has extended her explorations.

UNIONIDZ.

Unio argenteus, Lea.

Conasauga Creek.

Unio Cumberlandianus, Lea.
Conasauga Creek and other streams. Scarce.
Unio Conradicus, Lea.
Conasauga Creek.
Unio Jonesii, Lea.
Conasauga Creek. A single specimen.
Unio pilaris, Lea.
Holston and Clinch Rivers.
Unio Pybasii, Lea.
Various creeks and streams. Somewhat common.

Unio sparus, Lea.

Various creeks and streams. Scarce.
Unio tumescens, Lea.

Holston and Clinch Rivers. Not abundant.
Margaritana minor, Lea.

Conasauga Creek. Not abundant.

' American Journal of Conchology.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

Anodonta edentula, Say.
Holston River. Scarce.

CORBICULAD &.
Spherium fabale, Prime.
Turkey Creek, near Concord. Scarce.
Spherium occidentale, Prime.
Lyon’s Bend, Knox County.
Pisidium abditum, Haldeman.
Pond Spring, Monroe County ; Haskell’s Spring, Knox County.

Pisidium compressum, Prime.

Pond Spring. Rare.
Pisidium virginicum, Bet.

Turkey Creek, a few large single valves; Tellico River, more
abundant, not large.

AQUATIC PULMONATES.

Lymnea columella, Say.
Sinking Creek. Abundant.
Lymnea desidiosa, Say.

Pond Spring. Abundant. Other localities, a few.
Lymneza humilis? Say.

A single specimen was taken alive from a rock high up ona
bluff facing the Tennessee River in Roane County. It may have
strayed from a little spring of water trickling down the cliff a few
feet away.

Physa heterostropha, Say.

Specimens are usually found in the various parcels of shells taken

from small streams and springs.
Physa hypnorum, Drap.
A single specimen. Station unknown.

Planorbis bicarinatus, Say.
A few small specimens from a lagoon near Chilhower Mountain
in Blount County. Larger specimens in Tellico River.

Planorbis parvus, Say.

A few dead shells were sent for identification, taken from some
spring. Two specimens, evidently alive when taken, have been

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

found among other shells. This class of shells is apparently scarce
in the regions explored.

Ancylus Haldemani, Bourgy. ?

Holston River. No specific name was suggested for this shell
in my previous paper. It may possibly be A. obscurus, Hald.; if
so, the two names are probably synonyms.

LAND SHELLS.
Helix arborea, Say.

Blount and Monroe Counties. Very scarce.
Helix clausa, Say.

Blount County. Among forty specimens was one having all
the features of H. Mitchelliana, Lea.

Helix demissa, Binney.

The typical form is scarce. The few I have secured are small
and pale. The larger shell of this group, which in my previous
paper I treated as a variety of ligera, is proportionally a little
more elevated and decidedly yellow. Mr. W.G. Binney, I am in-
formed, regards it as a variety of demissa. It is apparently as
distinct from the typical demissa as sculptilis, Bland, is from in-
dentata Say. ‘This consideration induces me to reclaim for the
larger shell the name acerra, hesitatingly suggested in my previous
paper. I have a single specimen in no respect distinguishable
from the typical demissa except by two teeth, within, as in
gularis.

Helix gularis, Say.

In my endeavors to find young specimens of this species among
the numerous shells sent by Miss Law, I am constrained to regard
as such the small depressed shells which in my former paper I re-
ferred to suppressa. The shells hitherto regarded as suppressa
differ so essentially from undoubted specimens of that species from
Pennsylvania that I cannot unite them. Among the shells of this
type from Miss Law appear to be three varieties of gularis differ-
ing in size, form, and elevation. A fourth form is more polished
and subglobose, with the umbilicus entirely closed. It may be
hereafter separated as a distinct species.

Helix hirsuta, Say.

A common species accidentally omitted in former papers.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 111

Helix indentata, Say.
Blount, Knox, and Monroe Counties. Very rare.
Helix inflecta, Say.
A common species accidentally omitted in previous papers.
Helix lasmodon, Phillips.
Besides the usual depressed form, Miss Law reports a single
specimen, elevated like some of the varieties of gularis.
Helix ligera, Say.
A few well characterized specimens from Monroe County, larger
and paler than Ohio shells.
Helix Mitchelliana, Lea.
A single shell. (See H. clausa.)
Helix profunda, Say.
A single dead shell found on a bluff in Roane County.
Helix sculptilis, Bland.
Monroe County. Very scarce.
Helicina orbiculata, Say.
Byrd’s Bluff, Roane County. Somewhat abundant.
Succina avara, Say.

Single specimen only. Monroe County.

OPERCULATED AQUATIC UNIVALVES.
Trypanostoma aratum ? Lea, or bicinctum, Tryon.
Holston River. Scarce.

Trypanostoma glandulum, Anth. Mel. glans, Anth.

Holston River. This will, I think, prove to be a young Stre-
phobasis.
Trypanostoma robustum, Lea.

Holston River.

Trypanostoma Troostii, Lea.
Holston River.

The species that follow are mostly from small streams and
springs, to which frequent references will be made; and to save
space the various stations are here tabulated, and references made
to them (in remarks on species), by numbers.

[Numbers on the right refer to species associated, locally. ]

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Knox County.

1. Sinking Creek. [6, 8, 10,12.] 3. Lea’s Spring. [6, 8, 10, 12.]
2. Turkey Creek. [7,8,9,11,12.] 4. Campbell’s Sta-
tion. ufenGag select sa]
Blount County.
5. Abram’s Creek. eee alate 9. Cox’s Spring. [8, 12.]
6. Cox’s Creek. Spel 10. Brook running into
7. Six Mile Creek. [4, 12.4 Little Tennessee River. [8.]
8. Pistol Creek. [6, ‘7, 8, 11, 12.]
Monroe County.

11. Bat Creek. [9.] 22. Cardin’s Spring. OS ate 7
12. Conasauga Creek. ES 23. Cannon’s Spring, [8.]
18. Fork Creek. [8, 9.] 24. Carmichael’s Spring. [9, 12.]
14. High Falls (Conasauga 25. Dougherty’s Spring. [8, 11.]

Creek). jpabals alas 713351 26. Elliott’s Spring. [12.]
15. Ghormley’s Branch. 27. Honeysuckle Spring. [8, 11.]

(Creek. ) [9.] 28. Marshall’s Spring. [8.]
16. Henderson’s Branch. [7, 12.] 29. Pond Spring. [8.]
17. Powdermill Branch. [6, 8.] 30. Rausin’s Spring. pie]
18. Brook running into Bat 31. Rausin’s Spring outlet. [11, 12.]

Creek. [4, 7 8, 9, 12.] 382. Sink Hole Creek. [6, 9=]
19. Shady Grove. (Brook or 30. Williams’ Spring. fells

creek?) — [8 11.7

20. Tellico River. [1, 8, 14, 15.] 34. Wilson’s Spring. [8.]
21. Clark’s Spring. [8, 12.] 30. Wilson’s Spring outlet. [8.]

McMinn County.

36. Athens. [Sli 37. Middle Creek. (8, 12.]
Roane County.

388. Byrd’s Bluff. [16.] 41. Periwinkle Branch. foie

39. Bowman’s Spring. pits] 42. Shanty Branch. [d.]

40. Cave Spring. (ela 43. Brown’s Spring. [8.]

Rhea County. >
44, Piney River. fly alle

Loudon County.
45. Thurston’s Creek. [12.]

Trypanostoma Lyonii, Lea.
Localities, 12, 20, 44.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

Trypanostoma validum ? Anthony.*
Loe. 5.

Trypanostoma fastigiatum ? Anthony.’

Loc. 20. The three supposed species above named seem to form
a natural group with 7. parvum, Lea, and like that species they
are found associated with shells which seem to be a variety of An-
culosa subglobosa, Say. It is possible some future writer may
unite them as one species.

Trypanostoma, (N. S.) Lea.
Localities, 7, 18.

Trypanostoma attenuatum, Lea.
Localities, 41, 32. A variable species, which some of my cor-
respondents call 7’. strigosum, Lea.

Trypanostoma unciale, Hald.

Localities, 1, 3, 5, 8, 17,32. The species is defined as striate or
carinate above. I have separated from it all plicate-striate shells
that have been referred to this species by my correspondents.
The largest shells occur in loc. 8; they are also variable, some of
them passing through phases referable to the next species to forms
entirely free from striations and carine. The most perfect forms
occur in loc. LT.

Trypanostoma Estabrookii, Lea.

Localities, 2, 4,8, 16,18. The shells of loc. 18 are very fine,
perfect, and slender; and have been referred by a correspondent
to T. unciale. The shells of loc. 16 are small and imperfect.

Goniobasis arachnoidea, Anthony.

Localities, 1, 2,3, 4, 6,9, 10, 18, 17, 18, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 28, 29,
35, 36, 37, 43. The local varieties are very perplexing, and some
of them could not have been identified but for the aid derived from
shells of other localities. Some of the various forms have been
referred to Try. unciale ; others to Gon. baculum; some of the
more slender varieties have been referred to Gon. carinifera, Lam.
The shells of one locality (23) have been called an undescribed
species of Trypanosioma. Of two other localities (28, 43) the
shells have been supposed to be another undescribed species of
Trypanostoma. These shells bear a strong resemblance to Mr.

' According to Mr. Wheatley.

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Lea’s figure of Melania perstriata, and I have specimens of loc.
28 that were returned to me as perstriata. :

Shells of loc. 10 bear a strong resemblance to Mr. Lea’s figure
of 7’. Sycamorense, from which they are (by implication) supposed
to be distinct.

Some of the least plicate specimens of loc. 2 are very like Mr.
Lea’s figure of Melania oblita, and, of course, have been referred
to Try. unciale by my correspondents. I unhesitatingly refer
Mr. Anthony’s Mel. baculum as a synonym to Gon. arachnoidea ;
baculum being the adult form, arachnoidea the immature form ;
arachnoidea has priority; but at the same time I think a careful
study of the various shells which may yet be identified with arach-
noidea will result in assigning priority to some other name.

Goniobasis parruta, Lea.

Localities, 2,4, 11,138, 15,18, 22, 24,32. This is also a variable
species. The inreodt specimens occur in loc. 2; the most perfect
shells occur in loc. 18.

Goniobasis acuto-carinata, Lea.
Localities, 1, 3.

Goniobasis aterina, Lea.

Localities, oe Dd, 6, 8, 14,19, 22, 25, 27, 30, 31, 33, 36, 39, 40, 41)
44. Localities 2, 4, produce remarkably perfect shells which my
correspondents have differently named as graminea, Hald.; Saf-
fordii, Lea, and alerina, Lea. Usually this species is much
eroded.

Goniobasis castanea, Lea.

Localities, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 14, 16, 18, 21, 24, 26, 31,37, 45. lLe-
calities 2, 4 produce shells, ie upper w Mone of which are smooth;
all the other localities produce shells which, when perfect, are
slightly but variably carinate above. Some of the varieties have
been referred to Gon. difficilis, Lea; but as that species is “obso-
letely plicate” on the upper whorls, the reference does not seem to
have been well considered. Localities 30, 31 produce decallate
shells that bear a strong resemblance to figures of Gon. pulla,
Lea, but possibly not identical. Some of the varieties have been
referred to “ Mel. simplex, Say.” I'am not able to say the iden-
tification is conclusive.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

Goniobasis instabilis, Lea.

Locality 14. I have the name from Mr. Lea. The shells are
all smooth, which may account for their diflicult identification.
Melantho rufus, Hald.

Locality 20. Common.

Melantho decisus, Say.

Locality 20. Less common.
Pomatiopsis lapidaria, Say.

Locality 38. Not abundant.

Monawk, N. Y., Jan. 10, 1872.

116

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

CATALOGUE OF THE FAMILY CHAMIDZE.

BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.

Family CHAMID A, Swainson.
Man. Malacol, 874. 1840.
Genus CHAMA, Linn.

Syst. Nat. Edit. x. 1758.

THE subgenus ARCINELLA, of Schumacher, adopted by H. & A.
Adams, has no systematic value, the peculiarities on which it is
founded, recognizable at once in the type species, so fade away
through the series of species that no distinct line of demarcation
remains. The species of Chama are very difficult, owing to irre-
gularity of growth, sculpture, and coloring, and I am convinced
that the comparison of large suites of specimens would result in
a wholesale reduction of the species. Some of the earlier species,
described by Linneeus and Lamarck, cannot be identified with
any certainty at this day.

1. C. #ruainosa, Lamarck.
(not identified.)
2. C. ARCINELLA, Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xii., 1139. Reeve, Icon.
sp. 26. 1846.
Arcinella spinosa, Schum. Essai, Nov. Gen. 142. 1817.
West Indies.
3. C. ASPERSA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 24. 1846.
Philippines.
4. C. BRAsSICA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 31. 1847.
Searcely distinct from C. Pacifica.
Philippines.
5. C. Bupprana, C. B. Adams, Panama Shells, 253. 1852.
Panama.
6. C. CARDITHFoRMIs, Reeve, Icon. sp. 33. 1847.
Hab.— ?
7. C. cistuta, Reeve, Icon. sp. 51. 1847.

C’. appressa, Reeve, Icon. sp. 55. 1847.
Honduras.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. aly,

. CorBIEREI, Jonas, Menke Zeitsch. 126. 1846. Savigny,

Desc. Egypte, t. 14, f. 8.
Red Sea.

. CORRUGATA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 305, t. 31, f.7. Reeve,

Icon. sp. 9. 1846.
Real Llejos, Central America.

. CRENULATA, Lamarck.

(not identified.)

. CORNUCOPIA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 22. 1846.

Red Sea.

. CRISTELLA, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. Reeve, icon. sp. 42.

1847.
Batavia—South Australia.

. crocATA, Lamarck.

(not identified.)

‘ CLAASSENI, Jonas, Zeit. Malak. 127. 1846.

Red Sea.

. DECUSSATA, Lamarck.

(not identified.)

. DIVARICATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 20. 1846.

Philippines.

. EXIGUA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 47. 1847..

Singapore.

. ECHINATA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 305, t. 39, f.5. Reeve,

Icon. sp. 35. 1847.
Porto Portrero, Central America.

. ExoGyRA, Conrad, Journ. Philad. Acad. vii. Reeve, Icon.

sp. 38. 1847.
California, Mexico.

. FIBULA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 27. 1846.

Philippines.
. FLonIDA, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. Reeve, Icon. sp. 49.
1847.
Honduras.
- FOLIACEA, Quoy, Voy. Astrol. Reeve, Icon. sp. 8. 1846.

Philippines.

1. FRONDOSA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 302, t. 38, f. 1,2. Reeve,

Icon. sp. 1. 1846.
C. purpurascens, Conrad.
W. Columbia to Mazatlan.

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

24. C. GRYPHOIDES, Linn. Syst. Nat. Edit. xii.11389. Reeve, Icor. .
sp. 438. 1847.
C. unicornis, Phil. (not of Lam.) Moll. Sicil. i. 68.
C. asperella, Deshayes, Lamarck, vi. 581.

=

Mediterranean.
. lostomaA, Conrad, Jour. Philad. Acad. vii. Reeve, Icon.
sp. 7,13. 1846.
C. producta, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 305, t. 39, f. 4.
CU. coralloides, Reeve, Icon. sp. 18. 1846.
C. echinata, Brod. (partim.) Zool. Trans. i. 306, t. 39, f.
Osi

bo
or
©)

Sandwich Islands.
26. C. Japonica, Lam.

(not identified.)
27. C. LactnraTA, Adams & Reeve, Voy. Samarang.
‘ »China.

28. C. Lazarus, Linn. Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1139. Reeve, Icon.
sp. 4. 1850.
C. damecornis, Lam.
Mauritius, Philippines.
29. C. LImBULA, Lam.
(not identified.)
30. C. LINGUA-FELIS, Reeve, Icon. sp. 53. 1847.

Philippines.
31. C. topata, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 303, t. 38, f. 4,5. Reeve,
Icon. sp. 29. 1847. '

West Indies.*
32. C. Meyer, Jonas, Zeit. fiir Malak. iii. 127. 1846.
Red Sea.

|
|

33. C. MULTISQUAMOSA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 12. 1846.
Philippines.
34. C. MACROPHYLLA, Chemn. Conch. Cab. vii. 149, t. 52, f. 514,
515. Reeve, Icon. sp.6. 1846.
C. Lazarus, Lam. (not Linn.) Anim. s. Vert.
West Indies.
35. C. NIVALIS, Reeve, Icon. sp.12. 1846.

ee

Philippines.

* Mr. Reeve says that this locality is erroneous, and that well-authenti-
cated specimens from China are in the British Museum; but Mr. Broderip
is correct, as it is a common West Indian species. The Chinese specimens
must have made a long voyage before they were collected there.

a ———

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

50.

51.

. RUBEA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 37. 1847.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119

. OBLIQUATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 28. 1846.

Philippines.

. Pacirica, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 303, t. 39, f. 1. Reeve,

Icon. sp. 15. 1846.
C. Broderipti, Reeve, Icon. sp. 2. 1846.
C. imbricata, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 304, t. 39, f. 2. Reeve,
Icon. sp. 3. 1846.
Lord Hood’s Islands.

. PANAMENSIS, Reeve, Icon. sp. 45. 1847.

Panama.

!. PELLUCIDA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 302, t. 38, f.3. Reeve,

Icon. sp. 32. 1847.
Peru to San Diego, California.

. PRETEXTA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 46. 1847.

Hab.—?
Perhaps = C. frondosa, Brod.

. PLANATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 25. 1846.

Philippines.

. PULCHELLA, Reeve, Icon. sp.10. 1846.

C. fimbriata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 41. 1847.

Australia.

. RADIANS, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. Reeve, Icon. sp. 19. 1846

Hab.—?

'. RerLexa, Reese, Icon. sp. 16. 1846.

N. Australia,

Philippines.

. RUDERALIS, Lam.

(not identified.)

. Rupre.it, Reeve, Icon. sp. 30. 1847.

Red Sea.

. SARDA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 40. 1847.

Honduras.

. SENEGALENSIS, Reeve, Icon. sp. 5. 1846.

Senegal.

. SULPHUREA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 14. 1846.

Philippines.

. sorDIDA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 309, t. 39, f. 8, 9. Reeve,

Icon. sp. 238. 1846.
Tsle of Cuna, Central America.
Doubtfully distinct from venosa, Reeve.

54,

56.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

- sINuoSA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 303, t. 39, f. 11. Reeve, Icon.

sp.1ll. 1846.
C. ferruginea, Reeve, Icon. sp. 21. 1846.
West Indies to Brazil.

. SPINOSA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 306, t. 38, f. 8,9. Reeve,

Icon, sp. 44. 1847.
C. fragum, Reeve, Icon. sp. 48. 1847.
C. Jukesii, Reeve, Icon. sp. 39. 1847.
C. pellisphoce, Reeve, Icon. sp. 54. 1847.
Lord Hood’s I. to California, Philippines, Australia.

. TUMULOSA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 52. 1847.

Honduras.

. VARIEGATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 50. 1847.

Honduras.

}, VENOSA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 34. 1847.

C. Janus, Reeve, Icon. sp. 36. 1847.
Perhaps = C. sordida, Brod.
Gallapagos Is.

CATALOGUE OF THE FAMILY CHAMETRACHEIDZ.
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.
Family CHAMETRACH AIDA, H. & A. Adams.
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 464. 1857.

Genus CHAMETRACHZA, Klein.
Ostracol. 149. 1758.

Hippopus, Martini, Verzeichn, e. auserl. Samml. 1773.
Tridacna, Da Costa, Elem. Conch. 274. 1776.
Chama, sp. Linn. Syst. Nat.

1. C. ELoNGATA, Lam. Anim.s. Vert. Reeve, Icon. sp.2. 1862.

(Var.) C. COMPRESSA, Reeve, Icon. sp.5. 1862.
(Var.) C. ELONGATISSIMA, Bianconi, Mem. Acad. Bologna, vii.

t. 25, f. 2.
Mozambique, Philippines.

a i a

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

2. C. crocEA, Lam. Anim.s. Vert. Reeve, Icon.sp.9. 1862.
(Var.) C. Cuminetrr, Reeve, Icon. sp. 7. 1862.
(Var.) C. FERRUGINEA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 8. 1862.
Philippines.
3. C. aiaas, Linn. Syst. Nat. Reeve, Icon. sp.1. 1862.
C. mutica, Lam. Anim. s. Vert.
C. rudis, Reeve, Icon. sp. 4. 1862.
Indian and Pacific Oceans.
4. C. SERRIFERA, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. Reeve, Icon. sp. 6.

1862.
Moluccas.
5. C. sqguamosa, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. Reeve, Icon. sp. 3.
1862.
Moluccas.

Doubtfully distinct from C. gigas, Linn.

Genus HIPPOPUS, Meuschen.
Mus. Gevers, 488. 1787.
Pelvis, Muhlf. Entwurf. 67. 1811.
Cerceis, Gistel, Naturg. 172. 1848.

1. H. Hrpporvs, Linn. ( Chama.) Linn, Syst. Nat. Ed. xii. 1137.
H, equinus, Meuschen, Entwurf. 67. 1811.
H. maculatus, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. Reeve, Icon. sp. 1.
1862.

Eastern Seas.

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

May 7.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.
Twelve members present.

Mr. THomas G. Gentry called the attention of the Academy to
what he regarded as a rare and remarkable case of hybridism,
which occurred between Macacus nemestrinus, male, and Macacus
cynomolgus, female. After exhibiting an alcoholic specimen of
the young, and a stuffed specimen of the mother which was clearly
identified as Macacus cynomolgus, he detailed the leading charac-
ters of the two parents.

He stated that the male differed from the female in being more
robust and of greater dimensions; in the almost perfect smoothness
of the face, which is of a pale flesh color, while in the female it is
black and invested with a close growth of short black hairs; in the
absence of a crest upon the head of the male, which is a prevailing
characteristic of the species (JZ. nemestrinus), and its presence in
the female, which is a prominent feature of the species to which she
belongs; in color; and, lastly, in the unequal development of the
caudal appendage, which in the male is about seven inches in
length, and densely clothed with long hairs, while in the female
it is more than twice the length, and nearly naked for more than
two-thirds of its extent.

He further said that there could be no doubt of the genuineness
of the case, as the two had been isolated from all other monkeys
during the past two years.

He also called the attention of the Academy to a fact which he
believed not to be generally known, and which goes far to show
the close relationship between the Bimana and Quadrumana. In
this instance, the menstrual flow, as sometimes occurs in the
human species, continued at the regular periods up to the time of
birth.

May 14.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

‘Twenty-seven members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :—

“ Notice of some Crustacea from the Island of St. Martin, W. I.
Collected by Dr. Van Rijgersma.” By T. Hale Streets, U.S. N.

Mr. Tuomas Mzrnan observed that on several occasions, before

the Academy and other scientific bodies, he had offered some facts
and suggestions tending to prove that what are popularly termed

eee Ce

eS

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

Pine needles are not properly leaves, but rather branchlets, which,
through the real leaves becoming attached for nearly their whole
length to the axis or stem, had of necessity taken on themselves
the offices of leaves. He believed that many botanists had coin-
cided with his views; but some very distinguished ones, among
others he believed his esteemed friend Prof. Asa Gray, did not feel
warranted in fully agreeing with him. He was rather glad of this
hesitation, because it was an incentive to him to continue his
observations and searches for new facts which might either
weaken or confirm his original views.

He now wished to offer to the Academy two additional obser-
vations in favor of the axial origin of these so-called leaves.

In plants in general the leaves unfolded contemporaneously ’
with the branches or axes. He could not call to mind an instance
where the axis first extended to its full length before the leaves
ventured to push forth from the nodes. The axial buds usually
remained dormant until this final length was approached. When
this occurred, or if anything happened to destroy the apex of the
growing shoot, then the axial buds pushed into growth, and never
to any great extent before. Inthe Pine family we had the follow-
ing axial experience. The buds which bore the needles were axial
buds, situated at the base of the scale—the adnated leaf as he
maintained. These buds remained nearly at rest until the axis
had reached its full length, and in this respect coincided with the
axial buds of trees in general. A pine tree in the spring season
presented the appearance of an immense chandelier, with its long
axial shoots as the naked burners. In this respect it is apparent
that, regarding the fascicles of pine needles as branchlets, the
law of folial development coincidental with axial growth finds no
exception in the Pine family.

The next striking consideration was one derived from the
nature of the inflorescence. In vegetable morphology, the floral
system of plants was made up of neither leaf nor axis separately,
but conjointly of both. In the inflorescence of the pine, the male
catkins each took the place of a fascicle. The axial bud at the
base of the leaf scale, instead of a bunch of needles, developed as
a spike of flowers. This spike or catkin is metamorphosed nee-
dles. If these needles were leaves merely, we could hardly ex-
pect inflorescence to be formed from them. It would be an excep-
tion to regular rule. But regarding the needles of the pine as
rather axis than leaf, their development to flowers accords with
general law; and he held that it was more philosophical to accept
conclusions based on general law, than to hunt for new laws to
account for apparent exceptions to general rule.

For his own part he felt there needed no further reasoning than
he had offered at previous times; but he thought perhaps these
additional suggestions might have weight with other minds that
had not yet decided as fully as he had done.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

May 21.
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.

Thirty members present.

The following papers were presented for. publication :—

* Notes on Lingual Dentition of certain species of North Ameri-
can Land Shells.” By Thos. Bland and Wm. G. Binney.

“On anew California Pulmonata.” By John G. Cooper, M. D.

Prof. Corr called attention to the anterior curvature of the
horn in the common deer Cariacus virginianus, and said it was a
point of interest to determine whether the true axis or beam was
curved forwards or not. On comparison with the Cariacus ma-
crotis of the plains, it was found that the true beam was partly
erect and was branched (as already shown by Baird) while an
anterior snag was directed forward, marking exactly the curved
line of the axis of the C. virginianus. The curvature of the latter
was then shown to be due to the predominant development of
this large anterior snag, and the partial suppression of the true
beam.

He then exhibited a spike or second year’s horn of the C. vir-
ginianus, and alluded to the oceasional occurrence of permanent
spike-horned deer in the Adirondack region of New York. He
said Alexander B. Lamberton, a gentleman who had spent much
time in that region, confirmed the statements that had been made
as to their existence, but said that they were rare. He then ex-
hibited a pair of simple beams or spikes of three feet in length,
which had been taken from a black-tailed deer (C. macrotis) shot
within three miles of the Kansas Pacific R. R. in Kansas. They
had evidently belonged to an adult animal, and were the first ex-
amples of spike-horned deer of that species which had been re-
corded.

Prof. Cope further remarked that observation on varieties and
variation was at the basis of a true system of creation, and that
while it was often necessary for the sake of systematic clearness to
unite many varieties under one specific head, we did not in this
way escape their recognition and study. He said that the neces-
sary exactness of systems had concealed from many the fact as
well as the meaning of variation.

There were and had been for years two schools of naturalists,
whose modes of treating natural history subjects were quite
different. In reference to these modes, they might be called
the technical and natural schools. As, howeyer, the claim of the
latter to better appreciation of natural affinities and classifica-
tions appeared to him to be doubtful, he thought they had
better be called the pseudo-natural school, while the so-called

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

technical naturalists were such on account of their pursuing an
analytic method. The pseudo-natural school decided on the
affinities of organic types by their “physiognomy” or their facies
habit and the like, reading nature with an artist’s eye, and at-
taining opinions of systems without the trouble of much ana-
tomical study. They protested against the strict adhesion to
“technical” (or structural) characters, saying that they violate
“natural affinities” oftener than support or express them. Thus
their systems become physiognomical, and please the eye by
their appearance, rather than the mind by their expression of ex-
act structural relations; in accordance with this system, species
were always well distinguished, and could not have been derived
from common parents, but that nevertheless everything “ runs
together,” and that the higher groupings are mainly “ opiniona-
tive,”’—in fact, that, although nature has a beautiful system, we
do not yet understand it, and that it is ‘‘too soon to generalize.”
Perhaps this obscurity has its advantages, as it certainly shelters
in its profundities any theory of creation its supporters may
choose to adopt. Hence they might be called the Anesthetic
school, or the Anzsthesiasts (ov aic9yts).

The unnatural school think that the way of determining the
origin and relations of an object is to ascertain of what it is com-
posed. This was to be accomplished by analysis of all its ap-
pearances, and an account taken of every character. In this way
the structure is learned, and a system based on anatomy is estab-
lished. As anatomical systems are unnatural, and anatomical
characters very difficult to discover by the anzsthesiasts, they
regard such systems with disfavor, although they admit that they
constitute the only correct classification of bones, teeth, brains, ete.
The analysts even find that species having very close specific
relationships occasionally present different generic characters.
This was proof positive to the Anzesthesiasts of the errors of the
technical school. But it was still less to their credit that they laid
stress on variations and monstrosities, which were mere accidents.
The fact that the analyzers believed in the development of species,
showed their systems to be unnatural.

The speaker did not take sides, but observed: that, in order to
ascertain the relations of a species, he usually examined it first.

Mr. ToomAs MEEHAN said he had recently read, in the published
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, the report of
a discussion between Professor Cope and Mr. Eli K. Price in re-
gard to the Hypothesis of Evolution. Mr. Price appeared to lay
much stress on the assumed fact that variations were rather the
result of interference by art with the regular flow of natural laws,
and that it was therefore unphilosophical to attempt to found any
theory of evolution on the facts of variation.

For himself he might say, that no theory of development, so far

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

as he had been able to understand them, had satisfied his mind ;
but that there was a continual growth of form, wholly unaided by
man or any external agency, he thought fully warranted by nume-
rous facts. He believed that this natural and inherent growth
force in relation to form, was greater than even some who believed
they understood the laws governing evolution were disposed to
admit. Not only intelligent minds like that of Mr. Price, but even
evolutionists, like Professor Gray and Dr. Engleman—judging
from the last edition of the Manual of Botany, seemed indisposed
to allow great power to inherent change; for whenever a marked
change occurred, and there happened to be distinct forms at each
end of the line, we find the fact assumed that such change could
only occur by outside influences. Thus we find in a recent notice
of Rubus neglectus of Peck, the expression “ hybrid?” Also in
relation to the oaks Quercus tridentata, Q. quinqueloba, Q. Leana,
(). heterophylla, “probably some or all of them hybrid ;”’ and so on
in other instances.

He wished to claim no credit for any particular original dis-
coveries, but thought it had fallen to his fortune perhaps as much
as to that of any one, to remark that art both in the animal and
vegetable world had had more credit awarded to it in the matter of
change than it was entitled to. He had shown long ago in the
American Nat uralist, that even in the production of double flowers,
usually deemed peculiarly the privilege of the florist, nature herself
was the peer of the gardener. He had shown by direct evidence that
some things had been found double in a wild state, and the great
probability that the double forms of so many species of such a
common thing as the Butter-cup (Ranunculus), and other weeds
never cultivated, originated naturally in the same way; and in
numerous papers and remarks before this institution, and in other
places, he had shown that there was as great variation in those
genera which had only one species in a given locality, as there are
in the cases of the Oaks and Blackberries before referred to. At
the present moment he remembered especially a short paper in the
American Naturalist on the Ox-eye daisy (Chrysanthemum leucan-
themum) and in the Proceedings of the Academy on “ Variations
in Epigza repens,” There are no “allied species” here to hybri-
dize with. They are far out of the way of cultivation. Neither
gardening nor hybridization can by any possibility have anything
to do with the great variations we see.

But he would now offer another contribution to this class of
facts. He had journeyed last summer several hundred miles
through the Rocky Mountains of Colorado, and had noted re-
markable variations in the only species of Oak in that region,
Quercus Douglassii, or @. Neo-mexicana of some authors. The
first plants he found of this occupied large clumps in flat open
spaces, and grew only about three feet high. He felt sure he had
several species, and collected specimens accordingly. One form

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

had the leaves so much like the Quercus Cerris of Europe, that
branches of the two mixed together could scarcely be separated ;
others came near in their resemblance the European Quercus
robur ; and again some near Q. alba of our own country. Did these
species grow there, we should assuredly have the remark by the
esteemed author of the “ Mannal.” ‘* Probably a hybrid between
Q. cerris and Q. alba.” It was only after many successive days
of acquaintance with it, during which it had ranged from a low
bush to a small tree—from leaves deeply lobed to leaves almost
entire—from leaves of a deep shining grecn to leaves of a glau-
cous gray—trees with fruit pretty well matured, to others only
just commencing to set their fruit—from long to short peduncu-
lated, elongated to sub-rounded fruit—and so on through other
changes—that he was forced to the conclusion that he had but
one species to deal with, and such he believed would be the con-
clusion of any careful botanist.

Whatever may be ultimately accepted as the correct theory of
evolution, the fact of evolution so great as to produce forms equal
to the most decided species could scarcely be disputed ; and this,
too, as such cases as this of Quercus Douglassii proved, entirely
removed from the hand of art, or the agency of hybridization.

May 28.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Thirty-six members present.

The following gentlemen were elected members of the academy:
Jos. H. Ogden, Jos. E. Gillingham, D. 8S. Holman, J. W. Miller, P.
P. Morris, and T. M. Drown, M.D.

Mons. E. Riviere, of Menton, France, was elected a correspon-
dent.

On favorable report of the committees, the following papers
were ordered to be printed.

Permission having been granted, Prof. Cope exhibited some
vertebre of 2 Plesiosauroid reptile and thosé of a smaller species,
probably a Clidastes, which were found in close proximity near
Sheridan, Kansas, by Joseph Savage, of Leavenworth. According
to this gentleman, the vertebral column of the Clidastes was found
immediately below that of the Plesiosauroid and in a reversed
position, as though it had been swallowed by the latter or larger
reptile. The largest vertebree of the Clidastes were about three-
quarters the length and one-fourth the diameter of those of the
Plesiosauroid, and the animal must have furnished a large, or at
least a long, mouthful for its captor. The bones of the Clidastes

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

were not in good condition, but resembled those of C. cineriarum,
Cope, though smaller.

The Plesiosauroid was new to science, being the third species
discovered in the Cretaceous of the Niobrara group. Specifically
it was nearest to the Hlasmosaurus platyurus, Cope, but was
readily distinguished by the relatively shorter cervical vertebra,
and the regular acute ridges on the exterior surfaces near the
margin of the articular faces, as well as the less contracted form
of all the vertebral centra. As the neural arches and the cervical
parapophyses were not coossified with the centra, the species
was referred to the genus Plesiosaurus, with the name P. gulo,
Cope, and the following description :—

Specimen represented by eleven cervical, thirteen dorsal, and
seven or eight other vertebrae, with portions of scapular and
pelvic arch and ribs.

The cervicals are longer than wide, and considerably com-
pressed in form anteriorly, but depressed posteriorly; this is
partly due to pressure, but not wholly, and it is likely that the
posterior centra are about as transverse as in Cimoliasaurus
magnus, Leidy, while the anterior are relatively several times as
long. In the length the latter resemble the English Plesiosaurt,
in which the centra are also compressed. The compressed ante-
rior centra exhibit a ridge on the side above the middle. A more
massive ridge extends between the articular extremities at the
lower part of the side, and presents a pit for the parapophysis.
The pit for the neural spine is of nearly similar size. Where the
cervicals begin to be depressed, two foramina appear near together
on the inferior face, and the articular extremities display an open
obtuse emargination below. They are also emarginate for the
neural canal above, so as to have a form approaching a transverse
figure 8. In the large posterior cervicals the sides are contracted
both below and at the sides. In all the cervicals the articular
faces are a little concave, in the larger with some median con-
vexities.

In none of the dorsals preserved are the diaphopyses seen to
issue from the centra, hence they are probably not posterior in
position. ‘The centra soon become smaller than those of the
posterior cervicals, and are subround in section, with a well-
marked emargination for the neural canal. The sides are gently
concave, and are without angulation, but are marked near the
articular extremity with short, sharp, and regular undivided ridges,
eight ina half inch. The articular faces are slightly concave and
without ridges. There are the two inferior foramina, and one on
the lower part of each side. The articular face for the neural arch
is an oval pit extending the length of the centrum and inter-
rupted by some transverse ridges near the middle. The vertebrz
diminish in size posteriorly. ‘Two centra, probably sacral, resem-
ble the dorsals, but present an extensive vertical articular surface

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

on each side. This has raised edges and terminates above in the
longitudinal surface for the neural arch, having thus a T-shape.
It narrows below to an obtuse point, and no doubt supported a
free diapophysis.

The fragments of the pelvic and scapular arches indicate that
they were capacious. The clavicle inclosed a large foramen, was
rather narrow, and thickened on the inner edge. Its glenoid
surface was wide and sub-rhomboid. Some of the other bones
were quite thin.

MEASUREMENTS,

M.
Length of anterior cervical : : : : : 0.062
Depth articular face do. . : , P : : .050
Width of articular face do. : ; < : F .050
Length of posterior cervical. ; : ; : 07
Depth articular face do... : : ‘ ; ; 052
Width ee cs 5 : : : : : .090
Distance between parapophysi . 2 ‘ : : .048
Length anterior dorsal : : : : ; ‘ .059
Depth articular face do. . Ns F 2 , 3 .062
Width = “ - re i ae oe .072°
‘* neural canal on centrum : * ; p O17
Long diameter proximal end clavicle : : : 114

Associated with these remains were those of a turtle of the
size of some of the large Cheloniidz of recent seas. The only por-
tions were the scapulo-procoracoid, the coracoid, and the mandible
nearly complete. The two former were like those of Chelydra;
the procoracoid issuing nearly at the articular extremity, and the
coracoid being of moderate elongation and much expanded dis-
tally, and with nearly straight axis. The mandibular rami were
remarkably slender and with correspondingly short symphysis.
The tomia obtuse and directed outwards, the apex flat and obtuse.
Coronoid process slightly elevated; articular bone osseous.
Length coracoid .250 m.; diameter distally .080; distal width of
scapula .058; length ramus of mandible .150; length symphysis
030.

The general characters of this form were thought to agree with
Cynocercus, Cope, though the individual was larger than that
on which the C. incisus was established.

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF MARINE BIVALVE MOLLUSCA.
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.
1. CRASSATELLA ADELINZ, Tryon. Plate 6, fig. 1.

Shell ovate, triangular, anteriorly rounded, posteriorly pro-
duced; umbones depressed, slightly undulated. Surface white
with brown rays, occasionally marked with cuneiform characters
of darker color under a thin dark brown epidermis; within choco-
late color, margins white without crenulations.

Length 3, alt. 2.25, diam. 1.13 inches.

Habitat. unknown. Museum of the Academy.

This species is nearly allied to C. Antillarum, Reeve, but is
not so gibbous, and is more narrowly produced behind; it is also
readily distinguished by its peculiar colored markings.

2. LucrnA (CopaxrA) DistrnGvENDA, Tryon. Plate 6, fig. 3.

Shell orbicular, depressed, disk-like, covered with flattened
radiating ridges which are crossed by numerous close-set, raised,
concentric striz. White with a faint tinge of pink: interior with
a broad marginal band of deep pink.

Long. 3, alt. 2.65, diam. 1 inches.

Habitat., Gulf of California. W.M. Gabb. Museum of the
Academy.

This fine large species has been confounded, by Mr. P. P.
Carpenter and others, with an analogous West Indian species—
Lucina tigrina, Linn. It is readily distinguished, however, by
its flattened form and border, and more depressed ribs.

3. CIRCE (CRISTA) BIDIVAVICATA, Tryon. Plate 6, fig. 2.

Shell oblong-oval, thick, somewhat ventricose, sides declining
convexly and ventral margin slightly rounded, covered by radiating
rounded ribs which are finally bifurcate and nodose; ribs poste-
riorly bi-divaricate, forming a series of M’s. Rust colored with
brown splotches, white within.

Long. 1.65, alt. 1, diam. .65 inch.

Habitat.—Red Sea. Museum of the Academy.

This species resembles Crista divaricata, Chemn., its charac-
teristic difference being the doubly divaricate disposition of its
ribs.

pO A eee EEE ee Ee

Trvon-New Marine Bivalve Mollis ca

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

NOTICE OF SOME CRUSTACEA FROM THE ISLAND OF ST. MARTIN, W. I.,
COLLECTED BY DR. VAN RIJGERSMA.

BY T. HALE STREETS, U.S.N.

BRACHYURA.

MAIOIDEA.

PERICERA CORNUTA, H. Milne-Edwards. Hist. Nat. des Crust., Vol. I. p.
335; Pl. XIV. bis. Fig. 5.

OCYPODOIDEA.
GELASIMUS AFFINIS, Noy. sp.

Male. This species is very closely allied to G. mordax, Smith.
The carapax is convex longitudinally and slightly so transversely.
The dorsal surface of the carapax is very similar to that of G.
mordax. Like that species it is punctate, and the space between
the puncta is perfectly smooth. The regions are but faintly
marked out on the dorsum; a prominent sulcus separates the gas-
tric and cardiac regions. The front is broad and deflexed. Its
dorsal surface is grooved in the medial line; the tip is curved back-
ward and downward so as to be completely hidden when looked
at from above; it is bifid. The front is marginate above at the
point where it is curved backward. The upper edge of the supe-
rior orbital border is straight, but directed a little backward. The
ascent of the outer portion of the curved lower edge is much more
gradual and is longer than the inner portion of the same edge,
which is curved rapidly downward. The raised margin of the
lower edge is finely denticulated. The antero-lateral angle is some-
what projecting, and the anterior portion of the lateral border is
thin and straight. The margin is raised, and in some cases finely
denticulated. The posterior portion of it is curved inward and
terminates opposite the cardiac region. From the point where
the postero-lateral border turns inward, a line runs downward and
backward in a curved manner to join the posterior border. In the
space left by the divergence of these two lines there is one, and in
some cases two, short plications.

In the larger cheliped, the merus is triangular in form, the ante-
rior surface is smooth, the borders are granular or tuberculose,
and the superior surface is arcuate and crossed by short pecteni-

‘

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

form lines, as is also the external surface. The superior and
external surface of the carpus is obscurely tuberculose, and the
inner surface is crossed by an oblique, smooth ridge. The basal
portion of the propodus is shorter than the digital. The superior
and external surface is covered thickly with small depressed tuber-
cles. On the superior surface these tubercles are distinct and are
separated by distinct intervals, but they become gradually smaller,
more numerous, and are thickly crowded together towards the in-
ferior border. A raised tuberculose margin extends from the
base of the propodal finger along the whole length of the inferior
border to the carpus. The inferior part of the inner surface is
minutely granulose, and is crossed by an oblique tuberculose ridge
which extends to the evacuation for the reception of the carpus.
The space between this ridge and the base of the dactylus is
covered with tubercles. The superior edge is carinated; from its
posterior part a tuberculate line curves downward around the
upper part of the depression into which the carpus folds. The
fingers are long and slender, smooth and punctate. The row of
tubercles along the inner margin of the prehensile edge of the
propodal finger curves upward behind the base of the dactylus.
The prehensile edge is armed with tubercles; there is a large one
near the middle and another at the tip. The dactylus is tubercu-
lose at its base; its prehensile edge is also armed with tubercles ;
those in the median line are the largest. The tips are hooked.
In the ambulatory feet the merus is broad and compressed, and
the upper part of the superior surface is marked by pectiniform
lines; the fourth and fifth segments are hairy.

The abdomen is similar to that of G. pugnax. The second and
third segments are broadest. The terminal segment is narrower
than the penultimate, and is arcuate in form.

The female is distinguished from the male by being minutely
eranvlose on the dorsal surface of the carapax, and the carapax
is nearly plane transversely.

Dimensions of the male. Length of the carapax .56-.65 in.;
breadth .37—.44 in. Length of the hand .74-1 inch. Length of
the carapax of the female .50-.53 in.; breadth .31-.37 in.

This species can be distinguished from G. pugnax by having the
anterior surface of the merus smooth, and a smooth oblique ridge
on the inner surface of the carpus. It differs from G. mordax in
not having the superior surface and the upper part of the external

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

surface obscurely tuberculose, nor is the inferior portion smooth.
The carapax in the female is nearly plane, and the lateral margins
of the branchial region are not tuberculose.

LEUCOSOIDEA.

CALAPPA GALLOIDES, Stimpson. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York. Vol.
Vils sp. 7h
ANOMOURA,

Dromra LATOR, H. Milne-Edwards. Hist. Nat. des Crust., Vol. II. p. 174.

PETROLISTHES NODOsuUs, Nov. sp.

The carapax is broadly ovate, about as broad as long. It is
nearly plane from side to side, and convex from behind forward.
The anterior portion is nodulated ; the nodules are arranged in a
semicircular manner transversely across the dorsum from one
hepatic region to the other. There are two nodules, larger than
the others, placed in the centre behind and between the orbits.
The posterior portion of the carapax is indistinctly imbricated.
The front is prominent and deeply tridentated. The middle tooth
is the largest and triangular in shape, and very slightly more
prominent than the lateral ones. The lateral teeth are broad;
their outer margin is convex and the inner is concave; their apices
are directed inward. A shallow groove is in the middle of the front;
and there is also a groove on each side running down into the
lateral teeth. The superior margin of the orbit is inflated and
everted. The external angle is acute, but not prominent. The
eyes are large. The peduncles of the antenne are knobby; the
first article presents an obtuse tooth on its anterior margin.

The right cheliped was missing. The left is large, compressed,
imbricated on the superior surface, and smooth on the inferior.
The hand is as long as the carapax; the width is greater at its
junction with the dactylus than where it joins the carpus. The
posterior margin is covered with a dense pubescence. The dac-
tylus and propodus closely approximate, and their approximated
borders are finely denticulated. Their extremities are hooked.
The dactylus presents a slight groove on its superior surface. The
carpus is shorter than the hand. The anterior margin is armed
with four large, serrated, and imbricated teeth; the two middle
ones are the largest, and are united at their bases; the external
tooth is smallest. The superior edge of the distal extremity of
the carpus is dilated. There isa small tooth at the external angle ;

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

and between the two angles are two rounded prominences. The
superior surface presents a well-marked ridge with a sulcus on
each side of it.

The ambulatory feet are hairy: the third article is broad, com-
pressed, and imbricated. The color of the carapax and cheliped
is reddish. The length of the carapax is .025 of an inch.

PETROLISTHES JuGosus, Noy. sp.

The carapax is rotundo-ovate in outline, about as broad as long,
depressed, and smooth, or very lightly granular under the micro-
scope. The front is deflexed and trilobate. The lobes are rounded;
the middle one is more prominent than the lateral ones. There is
a well-marked median furrow extending to the tip of the middle
lobe; and a furrow on each side which terminates at the anterior
border of the lateral lobes. The anterior border of the front pre-
sents a well-defined raised margin. The superior border of the
orbits is not inflated. The external angle is obtuse and not pro-
minent. The eyes are large; the first article of the antennary
peduncle has a projection on its anterior border.

The chelipeds are large, compressed, and granular; the left is
larger than the right. The hand is as long as the carapax. Its
width is greater at its junction with the dactylus than where it
articulates with the carpus. The posterior border is pubescent.
The posterior part of the superior surface is broadly grooved, and
this groove is continued on the propodus. The anterior part of
the upper surface presents another slighter groove; and a broad
ridge runs longitudinally along the centre of the same surface.
The carpus is shorter than the hand, and its anterior margin is
armed with five small teeth. Its upper surface is marked by three
longitudinal ridges. The posterior and external borders are di-
lated. The anterior angle of the merus is armed with a tooth.

The ambulatory feet are pubescent, and minutely granulated
under the microscope. The third article is compressed; the fourth
and fifth articles are ridged on their upper surfaces, in their long
direction. The color is a reddish shade; the chelipeds are more
deeply colored than the carapax. The length of the carapax is
-019 of an inch.

MACROURA.

PALEMON JAMAICENSIS, Olivier. H. Milne-Edwards. Hist. Nat. des Crust.,
Vol. Il. p. 398:

ne ee ee

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

NOTES ON LINGUAL DENTITION OF CERTAIN SPECIES OF NORTH
AMERICAN LAND SHELLS.

BY THOMAS BLAND AND W. G. BINNEY,

We are indebted to Miss Annie E. Law, of Jalapa, Tennessee,
and to Mr. Henry Hemphill, of Oakland, California, for the
specimens from which we extracted the jaws and lingual mem-
branes here described.

ZONITES LZVIGATUS, Pf.
Jaw as usual in the genus.

ZONITES INTERTEXTUS, Binney.
The jaw and lingual membrane are as usual in the genus.

ZONITES DEMIssus, Binney.
Jaw arched, ends attenuated, pointed; anterior surface smooth,
cutting edge with well developed sharp median projection.
Lingual membrane as usual in the genus. Laterals above
eight in number on either side of central line.

ZONITES LASMODON, Phillips.

Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the genus.
ZONITES INTERNUS, Say.

The jaw and lingual membrane are those of Zonites (or Hya-
lina), and not of Helix, thus showing the generic position of the
species, which is not so well marked by the shell.

The jaw is slightly arcuate, ends attenuated, pointed; median
beak-like prominence to the cutting edge.

The lingual membrane is long and narrow. Central teeth
large, with a long median cusp. Laterals like the centrals, but
bifid, four in number, marginals aculeate.

PATULA sTRIGOSA, Gould.

Jaw long, low, slightly arcuate; anterior surface smooth except-
ing near the lower margin, where there are numerous, crowded,
subobsolete ribs, or coarse striw, crenellating the cutting edge.
There is a very strong muscular attachment to the upper margin.

The lingual membrane is as usual in the genus. (See fig. 129 of
L. and Fr. W. Shells, I.) The marginal teeth are wide and low,
with one inner, long, obtuse, oblique denticle, and several short
side blunt denticles, obtusely rounded.

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

PaTULA cooPERI, W. G. Binn.
Lingual membrane as in Patula strigosa.

PATULA IDAHOENSIS, Newc.

The jaw very much resembles in form and in its crenellated
cutting edge that of Patula striatella. (See fig. 141 of L. and
Fr. W. Shells, part I.) Its anterior surface has coarse perpendicu-
lar striz: or obsolete wrinkles, not well formed ribs. There is a
stout membranous attachment to the upper margin. Lingual
membrane as in Patula Hemphilli. (See Am. Journ. of Conch.,
VI. 247.)

PATULA PERSPECTIVA, Say.

The jaw and lingual membrane are quite like those of P. stria-
tella. The ends of the jaw, however, are more squarely truncated,
and the striz are not converging. °

HELIX POLYGYRELLA, Bland.

Jaw slightly arcuate, ends but little attenuated, blunt; anterior
surface with fifteen broad ribs, denticulating either margin.

Lingual membrane as in H. auriculata.

We are indebted to Mr. Harford for the living specimens from
which the notes on this species are drawn.

HELIX PALLIATA, Say.

Jaw short, high; anterior surface with more than fifteen ribs,

denticulating either margin.
HELIX OBSTRICTA, Say.

Jaw with ten ribs. Lingual membrane as in #. palliata.
HELIX DEVIA, Gld. var.

This small, doubtful form from Salmon River, Idaho, has the
jaw arcuate, ends blunt, with about seven stout ribs denticulating
either margin. The lingual membrane is broad, teeth as usual in
the genus, the marginals low, wide, with one oblique, bluntly
bifid, inner denticle, and several short, blunt, outer denticles.

HELIX FIDELIS, Gray.

In Amer. Journ. Conch., VI. p. 207, pl. ix. fig. 1, we described
and figured the jaw as short, high, thick, rough, strongly arcuate,
ends attenuated, blunt, cutting edge with a well developed, blunt,
median projection, marked with decided longitudinal striae, which
crenellate its margin. We have lately had an opportunity of
examining numerous other adult specimens, and find them decid-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

edly costate, usually with about six ribs, denticulating either
margin.
PALLIFERA DORSALIS, Binney.

An opportunity has lately been given us by Mr. H. Prime of
examining living specimens from Westchester Co., New York.
We find Mr. Morse’s description and figure of the jaw to be quite
correct, and have no doubt of the genus being distinct from
Tebennophorus. The species appears to us well marked also,
especially by the great activity of the animal’s motions.

Mr. Prime noticed it climbing on trees, a habit often observed
by us in several of our land shells. Thus Helix thyroides in
the garden of one of us at Burlington, N. J., constantly climbs
the fruit trees, to eat the gum which exudes from the branches.

Our figure 535, of L. and Fr. W. Shells, part I., is defective.
The head does not extend beyond the mantle. See the upper
figure in Terrestrial Mollusks, III., pl. lxiii.

10

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

JUNE 4.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-two members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :—

*“ Descriptions of Twenty-nine species of Unionide from the
United States.” By Isaac Lea.

“A Contribution to the Ichthyology of Alaska.” By Edw. D.
Cope.

Note on Gamasus of the Ox.—Prof. Lripy read an extract from
a letter from Dr. C. 8. Turnbull, in which it was stated that the
writer had been misunderstood in relation to the Acarus of the
Ox, described in the Proceedings for January 2d. He had seen
the cattle killed, and was positive that the mites occupied the
position in the ear of the steers while these were alive. Such
being the case, the acarus may be viewed as a parasite of the Ox,
and may be specifically named GAMASUS AURIS.

Mr. TuoMAs MEEHAN presented some specimens of the common
asparagus, and remarked that in consequence of observing last
year so many plants that had evidently flowered, producing no
seeds, he had this year examined them in a flowering condition
and found them perfectly dicecious. Imperfect stamens existed
in the female flowers, but they were never polleniferous. An occa-
sional gyneecium in the male flower would make a weak attempt
to produce a pistil, but no polleniferous flower ever produces a
fruit. There was a great difference in the form of the male and
female flowers. The former were double the length of the latter,
and nearly cylindrical, while the female flowgr was rather cam-
panulate. Other observers had nearly made the discovery of
division in this plant. The old * English Botany” of Smith gave
it the character of being occasionally imperfect, and the authors
of “ Deutchland Flora” considered it as occasionally Polygamous.
But Mr. M. was satisfied from a half day’s investigation among
many plants that in this region at least the asparagus is never
perfect, but truly dicecious.

He had observed another matter, small, but which might be of
importance to systematic botanists, as well as to those engaged in
evolutionary studies. One flower had a quadrifid stigma, and a
four-celled ovary. The trinate type, or its multiple, is so closely
associated with the endogenous structure, that he considered this
circumstance particularly worthy of note.

The male flowers seem very attractive to insects, various kinds

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

of which seem to feed on the pollen. The honey bee was a fre-
quent visitor. None seemed to be attracted to the female flowers.
In the division into separate sexes the plant had gained nothing
in the way of aid by insect fertilization. Fertilization seemed
wholly accomplished by the wind. The male flowers are produced
in much greater abundance than the female ones.

Mr. M. added that this discovery had a more than usual practi-
cal importance. Many attempts had been made to improve the
asparagus, as garden vegetables and the farm cereals had been im-
proved ; but it had ‘often been questioned whether these improved
forms would reproduce themselves from seed as other garden
varieties did. The tendency of thought the few past years had
been in the direction of the belief that permanent varieties could
be raised, and several improved kinds had been sent out by seeds-
men, and were popular to a considerable extent. He said he had
himself inclined to this opinion; but this discovery of complete
dieecism in asparagus, whereby two distinct individual forms were
required to produce seed, rendered a true reproduction of one
original parent impossible, as the progeny must necessarily par-
take of both forms.

Mr. Meehan further said he had been requested by one of the
members, Professor Frazer, to call the attention of the Academy
to an orange on the table, which had produced a second smaller
fruit under the rind of the larger one. The orange externally
presented nothing unusual, but on being peeled the second one
was found of about one-fifth the size of the principal one, of a tur-
binate shape, and fitting into the lower larger one as into a cup.
This upper secondary orange had the regular colored skin with
its endopleura, and the whole inclosed by the regular skin of the
primary fruit. He explained that a fruit was formed by the sud-
den arrestation of growth in a branch, and what would be under
ordinary circumstances an elongated branch, with its several nodes
and axillary leaves and buds, is to form a fruit compressed and con-
densed, so to speak, into the organized mass we call a fruit. In
the orange before us, the central axis, after having had its elon-
gating direction arrested, made another feeble departure onward,
and the small orange was the result. These sudden accelerations
of a nearly arrested growth are, though not common, sometimes
seen in fruits. They have been most frequently seen in the pear.
Here the renewed growth of the central axis bursts through the
primary cuticle as seen by the manner in which it is drawn up
with the secondary growth. He believed he had seen an instance
of a pear making three series of growths in one fruit. In the
larch it was quite common to find a branch arrested in its de-
velopment to form a cone, push out again into vigorous growth
at the apex, after resting as it were for nearly a month, while the
cone was forming. These larch cones, with branches growing as
it were completely through them, are very often seen. Aurantia-

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

‘
ceous plants seem addicted to these irregularities. It was not
unusual to find several young seedling plants spring from one
orange seed.

JUNE 11.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-five members present.

Prof. Cope offered some remarks on the discoveries recently
made by Prof. Marsh as to the structure and characters of the
Pythonomorpha, based especially on material recently obtained
by him in Kansas. As the writer had recently passed in review
much similar material, he was much interested in Prof. Marsh’s
conclusions. These, he said, were of importance. In the first
place, he had ascertained that what was formerly supposed to be
the inner side of the quadrate bone was the outer side, a conclu-
sion Prof. Cope thought entirely consistent with the other known
relations of the parts.

Secondly. He had discovered the stapes, and had entirely con-
firmed the opinion of the speaker, which Prof. Marsh had appa-
rently overlooked. This was stated as follows:' the quadrate
‘‘is characterized by the presence of an oval pit. . . . Its use
is uncertain, but there is some probability that it received the
extremity of an osseous or cartilaginous styloid stapes. A groove
on the under side of the suspensorium would accommodate such
a rod, and in a position nearly similar to that which it occupies
in many of the Ophidia.” It is in precisely this position that
Prof. Marsh is so fortunate as to have discovered it.

Thirdly. Prof. Marsh believes that he has found the columella.
I have supposed it to be wanting, from the absence of its usual
points of attachment on the parietal and pterygoid bones. It
remains to compare the bone found by Prof. Marsh with ali- and
orbito-sphenoid and ethmoid ossifications found in many sau-
rians.

Fourthly. Prof. Marsh has observed the parieto-quadrate arch
described by the speaker, and makes the interesting observation
that it is formed of three elements, the median connecting the
parietal with the opisthotic. This piece, he says, is ‘ apparently
the squamosal;” as the latter bone completes the zygomatic arch,
it cannot occupy a position in the parieto-squamosal, unless it
sends a branch in that direction.

Fifthly. He discovers the malar arch, proving it to be incom-
plete and supported by the postfrontal bone. Prof. Marsh also
observes an ossification in the glenoid cavity of the opisthotic,
which he regards as the pterotic (of “ Huxley,” which should be

' Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1869, p. 180.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

Parker), an identification which cannot probably be maintained.
The connections of the pterotic, where present, are very different.
The bone in question is present in Hdestosaurus tortor, Cope.

Sixthly. Prof. Marsh completes almost entirely our knowledge
of the anterior limbs. The previous descriptions of these mem-
bers in Clidastes propython, Cope, Holcodus ictericus, Cope,
and other species, had left the number of phalanges and their
relative positions, as well as those of the carpals, uncertain; these
points are now happily supplied by Prof. Marsh’s important re-
searches.

Seventhly. He has done much for the pelvic arch and hind
limbs. He was the first to announce the existence of both, and
actually described the pelvis of Hdestosaurus dispar ; the speaker,
however, first described the hind limb in Liodon crassartus and
I. dyspelor, Cope. Prof. Marsh is in error when he says the
“absence of these extremities in the Pythonomorpha was consid-
ered satisfactorily established.” I had never stated that they
were certainly absent, and the last time I wrote observed that this
order * possessed an anterior pair only, or with the posterior pair
so reduced as to have been insignificant.”* They appear, ac-
cording to Marsh, to have been relatively small in some of the genera.
In Liodon dyspelor, Cope, the anterior are the smaller. Prof.
Marsh lays students under especial obligation for his determina-
tions of the pelvic elements and the excellent figures of all the
parts connected with the support of the hind limb. His figure of
the fore limb is also highly important, as it will be difficult soon
to duplicate his beautifully complete specimen.

In subsequent pages there are six additional species described,
bringing up the number from the Kansas Cretaceous to twenty-
three. Two new genera are proposed, viz., Lesfosaurus for those
previously referred by myself to Holcodus, Gibbes, and Rhino-
saurus for species allied or belonging to Liodon. As to the for-
mer, it is no doubt a well-marked genus, and I am willing to
believe Prof. Marsh’s opinion, that it will not include Gibbes’ Hol-
codus acutidens, will turn out to be well founded; but there is,
on the other hand, insufficient evidence to show that it is not
Platecarpus, Cope. If Liodon curtirostris be referred to it, it
will very probably prove to be Platecarpus, as that species pre-
sents palatine teeth, much as in P. tympaniticus, and the pleuro-
dont character is not wanting in some of the other species. hi-
nosaurus includes such species as Liodon proriger, Cope. As
the name has been used two or three times before, it may be al-
tered to Rhamphosaurus, but I have always had doubts that the
conic projecting snout would distinguish the species generically
from the true Liodon, with which it agrees in dentition. The
type of Liodon, L. anceps ord., is, however, very little known.

1 Hayden, Geol. Survey of Wyoming, etc., 1870, p. 885,

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Remarks on Mastodon from New Mexico.—Proft. LEipy directed
attention to portions of a lower jaw of Mastodon recently received
for examination from the Smithsonian Institution. The speci-
mens were from New Mexico, and were presented to the latter by
the Hon. W. F.M. Arny. One of the specimens contains a molar
resembling that from California, described before the Academy,
and supposed to belong to Mastodon obscurus, which was origin-
ally named from a tooth said to have been deawen from the mio-

cene formation of Maryland. The other fragment is part of the
symphysial prolongation of the jaw containing portions of tusks.
This resembles in its form and proportions the corresponding part
of the European Mastodon angustidens. These and other speci-
mens, including the portion of an upper tusk, having a band of
enamel, from California, described before the Academy under the
name of Mastodon Sheppardi, lead to the inference, that a species
resembling Mastodon angustidens, inhabited North America during
the middle tertiary period. The late Dr. Falconer states that he
saw at Genoa the cast of a lower jaw of a Mastodon from Mexico,
with an enormous beak containing a large lower incisor. The
animal to which it belonged was named Lthynchotherium. This
perhaps may be the same as the species named Mastodon obscurus.
A full description of the New Mexican and Californian fossils,
with plates, will shortly be given.

JUNE 18.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-three members present.

The death of Dr. Wm. Stimpson was announced.

JUNE 25.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Sixteen members present.

The death of John Farnum, Maj. Sydney S. Lyon, John G.
Moore, and T. Clarkson Taylor, was announced.

On favorable report of Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be printed :—

NO
=]

LEE

1
ys

—
&

%

Cooper On.New California Mollusce.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143

ON NEW CALIFORNIAN PULMONATA, ETC.

e BY J. G. COOPER, M.D.

ALEXIA SETIFER. Cp. n.s. Pl. 3, fig. A. 1 to 6.

Sp. cu. Alexia ‘‘ A. myosotis’’ persimilis, sed test& juniore etis bre-
vissimis deciduis munita, linea spirali ante sutura sitis. Var. tenwis,
elongata, pallida.

Lat. 0.08 ad 0.14, alt. 0.30 ad 0. 40 partes cent. pollici.

‘Shell very similar to A. myosotis (of the northern Atlantic
States), but the young provided with short deciduous bristles,
arranged in a spiral line just in front of the suture.

Form varying from ovate to lanceolate, translucent, smooth,
pale to dark corneous, with a purple tinge, often marked with nu-
merous longitudinal paler stripes; apex short, or rather length-
ened and subacute; suture usually distinct, whorls six or seven,
the nuclear three or four, very narrow, and nearly alike, with the
apex inverted or planorvoid; the last elliptic-ovate, and forming
nearly three-fourths of the total length; aperture nearly two-
thirds of total length; peristome iiekened and projecting hori-
zontally, especially in front, appressed to columella, leaving a
slight umbilical fissure open, then blending with a strong plait
which winds obliquely inward; parietal wall with a white trans-
verse flat denticle near its middle, and usually a small tubercle
above it, making the mouth three-toothed on the inner side.

Young shell showing the bristles on about three whorls, the
first two or three being without them, and losing them by wearing
off after attaining half its growth.

The variety fenuis is’ slender, elongated, shell usually thinner
and paler, sometimes amber-yellow. Many of the more robust
form are, however, fully as thin and pale.

Animal yellowish-white, translucent; eyes black; tentacles trans-
parent, faintly wrinkled, muzzle strongly wrinkled transversely.

This species seems chiefly characterized by the bristles of the
young shell, but these may exist in some other species, being easily
overlooked, or rubbed off in cleaning the shell, which is often
covered with adhesive mud.

The usual form of the adult differs much from the figure given
by Binney of “A. myosotis,’ more resembling other European

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

species. The variety tenuis, however, is very similar to that of
Binney and Tryon. The figures show the varieties of form and
color met with here, but scarcely two specimens are exactly alike,
and some adult shells are as ventricose as the young one figured.

I found this species exceedingly numerous on the stony shore
of a tide-water creek within the limits of San Francisco, but only
for a distance of about ten rods, where a rocky point comes to the
shore, though a few can be found for half a mile on loose stones
and timbers, crawling under the stones in great numbers when
the tide is out long. They look so similar to the buds of the
Salicornia which grows about the spot that they may easily be
overlooked by enemies when crawling among it. They creep
rather rapidly by a steady gliding motion, like the other pulmo-
nates, and live for a week or more in a damp vial, though killed |
quickly by immersion in fresh water.

Though so numerous that several hundred may be scraped off
from the bottom of a small stone, it is strange that this shell has
escaped the notice of a host of collectors for more than twenty
years, though many of them must have passed within a few yards
of the spot, as it is close to the old southern entrance to the city
by land. This suggests that it may have been introduced from
China on the bottoms of fishing-boats, or as ova in damp nets or
otherwise, especially as the Chinese have always made the creek
a fishing station, and cultivate the low land along its shores. It
is, however, just as likely to be native, and to have been over-
looked on account of the limited and rather inaccessible locality
it inhabits. Until it is proved that these delicate aquatic mol-
lusca can be transported from one country to another by the ways
of commerce, it is better to consider them indigenous. I may be
able to find them in other similar localities out of the way of
foreign vessels.

It is almost as probable that the Assiminea, which is equally
numerous in the same spot, was introduced in the same way, though
that is probably the same as found in other similar creeks about
the bay.!

1 Note on ‘*A. myosotis”’ of U. S. Atlantic Coast. The variations of the
Pacific shell suggest that the form figured by Binney is only the northern
attenuated form of what may occur farther south more fully developed as
‘* Leuconia’ Sayit (Kuster sp.), which, according to Jay’s catalogue, is
found in New Jersey. Conrad’s and De Kay’s descriptions of * borealis”

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145

I will probably be able to make explorations sufficient to deter-
mine most of these doubtful points relating to this and many
other species, before the publication of the Conchology of Cali-
fornia by the Geological Survey.

LIMAX (AMALIA) HEWSTONI. Cp.n.s. PI. 3, Fig. B. 1 to 5,

Sp. cu. Limax ‘ Z. Sowerbdii’’ similis, dorso postice valde carinato ct
altiore ; clypeo granulatim rugoso, et sulco subelliptico super spiraculo
submediano ; colore ex brunneo nigrescens vel supra nigerrima, later-
ibus pallidioribus, disco motivo infra albescens.

Long. circa duo polliceo, alt. corporis bis major quam lat. disci motivi.
Testa oblongo-ovalis, + poll.

Similar to LZ. Sowerbii (of England), the back being strongly
carinate even when fully extended, and higher than the front of
body; shield granulate-rugose, and with a groove, sub-elliptic in
outline, above the level of the spiracle, which is just behind the
middle; color blackish-brown, or deep black above, the sides paler,
the locomotive disk beneath whitish.

Length about two inches or less, height of body twice the width
of foot. Shell oblong-oval, } inch long. Its other characters
agree with those common to most of the subgenera Amalia and
Eulimax. The figures best show the comparative points.

I have named this species in compliment to Dr. George Hew-
ston, of this city, who has made many interesting observations on
the habits of the species in his garden.

It is, I believe, the first “‘ Amalia” found in the United States,
native or naturalized. In the remarkable groove on the shield it
differs from any I find described, but, as this is not apparently
connected with any organic difference, it seems merely a specific

indicate varieties like ours but not described by Binney, while Say’s ‘‘ ¢wr-
ritus’’ is like the young.

Binney’s figure of the animal of ‘' Tralia,’’ from Charleston, is so much
like ours, that it seems probable that it may also be a more southern deyelop-
ment of the Alexia, while his ‘‘ 7. pusilla,” from Florida, looks very like
some forms of our A. setifer, the revolving lines and labial denticles being,
perhaps, more perfect characteristics not found far north. Melampus biden-
tatus presents similar variations with a like geographical range. Eastern
conchologists may decide whether it is not more likely that the southern
shell extends north under a less perfect form, than that the northern shell
has come from Europe, and also which of the names quoted is prior, if it is
distinguished from the latter.

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

character. It does not even coincide with the outline of the at-
tached portion, or with the shell, and, though general, is in some
so faint as to be scarcely visible.

The L. fuliginosus, Gld., seems very similar, and might pass
for the same, though described as from “ New Zealand,” but has
ferruginous tentacles.

It is barely possible that this species was introduced from China
or elsewhere, as I have not met with it beyond the vicinity of San
Francisco, but it is so exceedingly numerous in every garden here
that it seems indigenous. It is found in drier places than our
others, and is active all summer in moist shady places. I find
none like it described from Asia or Europe.

LIMAX (EULIMAX) CAMPESTRIS, Binney.
Var. OccipENTALIS. PI. 3, fig. C. 1 to 5.

This, the only indigenous eastern species, has not been before
announced from west of the Rocky Mountains, and I, therefore,
give a figure of the California form which appears rather more
robust than the eastern. It presents the same range of colors,
from amber-brown to black, being paler when it first emerges from
its retreat in the dry season. I have found it numerous at San
Francisco and Santa Cruz, at Clear Lake, Alta, 3625 ft. elev. on
west slope of the Sierra Nevada, and Truckee, 5866 ft. high on the
east slope, besides observing probably the same at points near
lats. 37° and 39° in the valleys. It has not been noticed in
Oregon.

ARIOLIMAX CALIFORNICUS. Cp. n.s.? Pl. 3, fig. D. 1, 2, 3.

Sp. cu. A. forma, colore, ete. ‘'A. Columbiano”’ similis, sed sulcis
dorsalibus multo frequentioribus; seepe bis numero, et transyersé reti-
culatis.

Resembling A. Columbianus in form and color, but with the
dorsal grooves much more numerous (26 to 36), often twice as
many, and the connecting reticulations transverse.

The figures given of portions of this form, taken from life, show
the remarkable dissimilarity in the reticulations of the dorsal
region, and, did I not find considerable variation among them, I
would consider it certainly a different species.

The black form next mentioned agrees with the Oregon animal
in this character as shown in E. Young and adult of the yellow
form, from one to six inches long, all show the same peculiarity,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

and it may be only an adaptation to a drier climate. It is quite
well shown even in alcoholi¢e specimens, and I am surprised that
it has not before been mentioned. Some parts of Mr. W. G. Bin-
ney’s description may, however, be taken from this variety. The
following notes have not before been published, and are all taken
from the southern form. Mr. Voy has brought it from the Sierra
Nevada, lat. 39°, alt. about 3500 feet, but I have not heard of it
elsewhere out of the coast range.

The locomotive disk, anal and generative orifices are like those
of Limax. Fig. D, 3, shows the latter as preserved in alcohol in
a specimen taken in copulo. I may be able to describe them more
fully from fresh ones. The mantle is minutely granulated, which
may have led Mr. Tryon to place it in Amalia. The dorsal-
grooves are unicolor with the rest of body, but those of the upper
margin of foot are colored brown (sometimes very pale), the color
permanent in alcohol, and the stripes wider at every fourth or
fifth, like the grooves. The longitudinal division of the foot be-
neath is very faintly perceptible.

The young, just hatched, is pale-yellowish, with pellucid whitish
spots, and when an inch and a half long is colored like adult,
while the shell is perceptible through the thin shield. This can
also be seen by looking into the grisacle of the adult when fully
expanded.

Eggs are laid from April lst to June, and vary in size from 0.44
xX 0.36 to 0.35 x 0.26 inch. (probably laid by slugs of various
ages). They have a shelly but tough envelope, and, after they are
laid, the shell is often entirely wanting in the animal, having ap-
parently been absorbed to form the egg-shells!) This may explain
the absence or fragmentary state of the shell in some species re-
ferred to Arion.

ARIOLIMAX NIGER. Cp.n.s. PI.3, fig. E.1, 2, 3, 4.

Sp. cu. A. forma, testa, et maxilla ‘‘ A. Columbiano’’ per similio, sed
minor, robustior, colore nigro, tentaculis et disco motivo infra pallidi-
oribus, maxilla costulis cirea xx, dorso non carinato.,

Long. ii. et dim. poll. (65 millimetres. )

In form, shell and jaw, it resembles A. Columbianus, but is
smaller, back rounder, more robust, black, with tentacles and loco-
motive disk beneath paler, its jaw with only about 20 riblets.
Length 2} inches.

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Dr. Gould mentions a **small specimen uniformly slate color”
(probably from alcohol), which indicates that this is also found in
Oregon. <A very young one from east of S. F. Bay has the shield
and back brownish with small irregular black spots, and no cari-
nation perceptible as it is in the yellow species, which shows it
stronger in the young than the adult. The dorsal grooves agree-
ing with those of the Oregon form suggested that it was only a
southern dwarfed variety of that, which is often mottled with
blackish; but Dr. Gould’s specimen was also small, and may in-
deed have been collected in California. Here I find none inter-
mediate between this and the yellow variety. The color and dorsal
grooves agreeing with Limax Hewstoni also suggested hybridity,
but I have never found this in the same localities with that species.
We thus have three very distinct species often equally black, but
the only common cause I can guess for this similarity is possibly
more nocturnal habits than in the others. The comparative
rarity of this form may be a consequence of more thorough con-
cealment in the daytime. I found them copulating in December,
and the young was found in February probably recently hatched.

ARION? ANDERSONII. Cp.n.s. Pl. 3, fig. F. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

Sp. cu. A, *' Ariont foliato”’ similis, sed multo minor, spiraculo prope
medio clypei forte granulato rugosi, testa interna valida; cauda acuta.
Foramen generativum ut in Ariolimaz et Limax Hewstoni situm.

Long. ii. et dim. poll. ; lat. dioci motivi plus quam dimidium alt. cor-
poris.

Similar to “ Arion foliolatus,” but much smaller, the spiracle close
to middle of shield, which is strongly granule-rugose ; a strong
internal shell; tail acute. Length two and a half inches; breadth
of locomotive disk more than half the height of body. Form
slender, gradually tapering from the shield backwards to an acute
point ; shield large, covering one-third of back, distinctly granular,
the spiracle not perceptibly anterior to middle, except when the
animal is fully extended; upper tentacles little over one-fifth of
the length of mantle, which is free in front nearly as far back as
the spiracle, and a narrow edge free behind; dorsal furrows about
18, distinetly darker colored; foot slightly projecting at sides, the
lateral bands distinctly separated beneath and marked by muscu-
lar fibres running obliquely backward and outward on the under
surface.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149

Color. Reddish-gray, the body somewhat clouded with black,
the shield paler, clouded, or more usually with a dark band on
each side above the spiracle, converging in an elliptic form; a pale
dorsal streak. Head uniform pale-brown, tentacles darker. Foot
and often the mantle tinged with olive.

Shell large and thick, the nucleus near posterior left corner ob-
tusely rhomboidal, concave beneath. Length about 0.14, breadth
0.06 inch.! Jaw arcuate, wider near. middle, with 20 to 30 riblets
denticulating the lower margin.

Hab. Near south and east sides of San Francisco Bay north-
ward to Santa Cruz. It is confined to well wooded hills or damp
river-banks, being less able to bear heat and dryness than our
other slugs. I have named it for Dr. C. L. Anderson of the latter
place, a zealous naturalist, who has much aided me by collecting
this and other species of mollusca.

This species combines the form and spiracle of Arion with the
shell and jaw of Ariolimax, making the generic distinctness of the
two forms doubtful, and consequently connecting Arion still more
closely with Zimaz. The minute caudal mucous gland and acute
tail of this species also approach the character of Limaz, and
make the modern separation of these genera into separate families
still more unnatural.

The rule adopted by Agassiz of founding family divisions on
modifications of the general forms, and genera only on those of
special organs, will apply well in the case of these animals. But
a difficulty arises here in the disagreement of this species in several
points from the latest definition of the genus Arion, in those cha-
racters above indicated as connecting it with Ariolimar. Still, as
Arion is the older genus, it would seem more proper to extend its
generic limits to include a more developed shell and jaw than
usual, than to make Avzolimasx include a species as different from
the type in form, position of spiracle, and structure of locomotive
disk. The form of the caudal termination seems like that of
Arion hortensis. Orifice of generative organs about half-way be-
tween tentacle and shield as in Limawz, ete.

In colors, this species is so similar to “A. foliolatus,” Gld., that

! The shell represented in the figures is from a larger specimen than the
animal figure.

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

it might be considered identical if not for the important differ-
ences indicated in the diagnosis.

Mr. Binney places that species without hesitation in subgenus
Lochea, which has the shell represented by calcareous granules
only, but remarks that he had not examined the jaw or granules,
and, as the types are probably still preserved in the Smithsonian
Institution, this important omission may yet be attended to.

Dr. Gould says, in Binney’s Terr. Moll. ii. p. 31, “¢ That this
animal belongs to the genus Arion there can be little doubt, from
the peculiar structure of the tail, as represented in Mr. Drayton’s
figure, and from the anterior position of the respiratory orifice.”
He did not examine any specimens with reference to the shell, but
figures the dorsal areolee as peculiarly granulated and indented, an
appearance apparently caused, as in our species, when in alcohol,
by minute reticular subdivisions. The figure represents the tail
as acute, though Dr. Gould describes it as “somewhat truncated
at tips exhibiting a conspicuous pit which was probably occupied
by a mucous gland.” As he was not aware of the existence of
this gland in his “ Limax” Columbianus, he may have examined
specimens of the latter when partly or wholly destitute of the
shell (as described by me), and confounded them with Drayton’s
figure, as alcoholic specimens do not retain all the specific charac-
ters. The great similarity of the figure published as of the Arion
to that of LZ. Columbianus makes it probable that some such con-
fusion has occurred, the only essential difference being the posi-
tion of the spiracle.

Mr. Tryon places this species in Ariolimax, but on what grounds
is not stated. This would be justified by the discovery of the
shell and generative orifice in alcoholic specimens, but is rendered
doubtful by other considerations above pointed out.

Mr. Drayton’s original figure probably represented A. Ander-
sonii, though Dr. Gould’s description does not agree wholly
with if.

LISINOE DIABLOENSIS. Cp. n.s. , Pl. 3, fig. G. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Helix (indet., near Traskii), Cp., Proc. Cal. Acad. Sc. III. 260, 1866 ;
332, 1867 (as perhaps a hybrid).
H. Diabloensis, Cp., Amer. Journ. Conch. IV. 221, 1868.
Arionta? Diabloensis, Cp., ibid. V. 205, 207, 1870.
Sp. cH. Testa depresso-turbinata, infra paullo concayva, anfr. vi et dim.
ad vii. umbilico amplo, peristomate albo, expanso, satis incrassato, su-
perne declino ; colore ex Juteo brunnea, intus purpurascens, zona fusco-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15}

brunnea supra peripheriam, luteo, infra marginata, aufr. tribus visa,
regio inferior pallidior ; epidermide nitente, tenuissime malleata rugosa,
lineze incrementi sulcis tenuibus szepe obliqué insculptis ; rugse obscure
circum umbilicum volventes. Testa junior non subangulata.

Diam. maj. 0.75 ad 0.95 ; min. 0.65 ad 0.80; alt. 0.40 ad 0.55; axis spire
0.30 ad 0.45 cent. poll.

Animal pallide griseo-purpurascens, corpore semicylindrico, bis
lat. testee eequans longitudine, tota superficies tuberculis parvis
ellipticis induta; tentacule oculifers tertiam partum long. cor-
poris zequantes; pes postice brevis, cuneatus, alt. corporis latior,
margine crenato-incisa. Per testa visiente, partes molles nigre
perspicuee sunt.

Hab. Montibus “ Diablo” Californiz prope San Francisco, alti-
tudine circum 2500 ped. supra mare, inter sylvis quercinis et cu-
pressinis, et prope ** San Luis Obispo.”

Shell depressed-turbinate, below a little concave, whorls 64 to 7,
umbilicus large, peristome white, expanded, somewhat thickened,
above descending; color yellowish-brown, paler beneath, with a
dark-brown zone above the periphery, margined below by yellow-
ish, visible on three whorls; epidermis shining, finely rugose-
malleate, lines of growth often obliquely cut by delicate grooves,
obscure revolving ridges around umbilical region. Young shell
not subangled.

Animal pale purplish-gray, semicylindrical, its length twice the
breadth of shell, its whole surface covered with small elliptic
tubercles ; eye-bearing tentacles one-third the length of body ; foot
short behind, wedge-shaped, broader than height of body, its
margin crenately incised. Intestines seen through upper whorls.

Hab. ** Cedar Mountain,” 25 miles southeast of Mount Diablo,
California, among oaks and cypresses, thence south to San Luis
Obispo, 200 miles.

The first specimen obtained by Prof. Brewer, “east of Mount
Diablo,” was too imperfect for me to decide on its characteristics,
and the sculpture, somewhat resembling that of the Arion/a group,
led me to refer it doubtfully to that, while the form and color sug-
gested hybridity between A. ramentosa and the nearest of the
Lysinoé groups, either LZ. mormonum or Traskii, neither of which
were known, however, to exist within 90 miles of ramen(osa.
Fresh specimens, lately discovered by the industrious Dr. Yates,
among the cypresses of Cedar Mountain, though much smaller,

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

indicate its near alliance with L. Traskii, differing as much, how-
ever, as several others of the allied species.

Specimens said to come from San Luis Obispo appear to be the
same, and are the ones referred to by me in the Cal. Acad. Proce.
III.332, as combining characters of ramentosa and Dupetithouarsi.
I am, however, becoming more and more of the opinion that
natural hybrids are so very scarce that shells presenting interme-
diate characters are to be considered rather varieties in which
local proximity and exposure to the same influences produce
changes simulating those of neighboring geographical groups, as
before remarked, concerning some of our most northern and
southern forms. Thus we have in this the nearest approach to the
sculpture of the Ariontas to be found in our Lysinoes, as it exists
on a belt next adjoining the centre of development of the sculp-
tured group. L. Dupetithouarsi often shows a little of the same
sculpture.

This form probably occupies the whole of the gap of 160 miles
south of Mount Diablo, mentioned previously by me as destitute
of any known species, but at an elevation seldom visited by col-
lectors, though the young specimens, also found by Dr. Yates, ‘ at
the crossing of the Salinas River above Soledad,” indicate that it,
like others, may follow down the river banks into the valleys.
These have a smaller umbilicus and flatter apex. About two hur-
dred miles southward, the Mount Diablo range combines with the
coast range near San Luis Obispo, the Salinas Valley lying be-
tween them.

GENUS ASSIMINEA,.LEaAcu.

Although not a pulmonate mollusc, the species to be described
forms a link between these and the branchiate shells, in its power
of existing for several days, and even of crawling actively about
in a slightly damp bottle, showing nearly as much vitality out of
water as the Alexia with which it lives, while it cannot exist in
fresh water. It is probable that, like Ampullaria, etc., it possesses
a reservoir for moistening its gills, or a sort of imperfect lung.
Its subterminal tentacular eyes are also similar to those of the
Pupille, with only one pair of tentacles.

It will be lucky if some hair-splitting microscopist, ambitious
of affixing his name to the species of others, does not find a slight
difference in the lingual asperities on which to found a “new

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. - 153

genus,” although the genus is now admitted to extend from Eng-
land to India.

ASSIMINEA CALIFORNICA. n.s.? Pl. 3, Fig. H. 1, 2, 3.
? Hydrobia Californica, Tryon, Amer. Journ. of Conch. I. 221, pl. 22, f. 11.

Sp. cu. A. testi parva, imperforata, nitente, sutura bene impressa anfr.
vi. convexis, cito crescentibus, ult. tumido; peristomate acuto, non
continuo, callo tenui parietali; colore corneo, ex nigro-brunnescente,
operculo pertenui, translucente, aufr. ii. et dim.

Long. 0.14, lat. 0.07, long. spire 0.025, aperture 0.06, div. 50°.

Animal albescens, tentaculis et caput antice nigro tincto, regio
inter tentaculis rufus. Longitudo bis major quam long. teste.

Habitat. In ripas aquarum salinarum extrinsii San Francisco.
Californiz, inter lapidas, Salicornia, ete.

Shell very small, imperforate, shining, whorls 6, rapidly in-
creasing, rather convex, suture well impressed, body-whorl swol-
len, peristome not continuous, acute, with a slight parietal callus.
Color dark horn-brown. Operculum very thin, colorless, its whorls
24. Animal whitish, tentacles and muzzle tinged with black, a
‘rufous patch on top of head. When extended it is about twice as
long as shell, the foot ovate.

Inhabits brackish creeks near mouth of San Francisco Bay, and
found in great numbers within the city limits under small stones
with Alexia. The animal crawls actively by a jerking motion,
alternately projecting the foot in front of the muzzle and then
drawing the shell forward, so as to show the two positions repre-
sented in the plate.

The shell closely resembles Hydrobia Californica, which is found
in similar places at Oakland and Martinez, but, it being rather
scarce there, I have not been able to obtain living specimens yet
for comparison. Mr. Tryon’s description and the dimensions
given agree exactly, but Oakland specimens of the shell are thicker,
the whorls a little shouldered, and the umbilical region pitted,
perhaps from stronger growth. Mr. Tryon’s figure, however, does
not agree with the dimensions.

It differs from A.? subrotundata, Carpenter, of the Str. of Fuca,
in all its dimensions and in size. (See Ann. and Mag. Nat. Ilist.,
1865, p. 28.) Several of our fresh-water Hydrobrine haye been
confounded with ZZ. Californica.

I believe this is the first of the genus delermined to inhabit the

11

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

United States, as Carpenter’s was without the animal, and the ~
genus is only mentioned in one Atlantic coast list, as probably
found on Long Island, N. Y., by Sanderson Smith, in the Annals
N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist. 1870, though it is suspected that some of
the New England “ Rissoids” are congeneric."

I have used the specific name Californica as not likely to lead
to any confusion, even if Mr. Tryon’s species proves to be a true
Hydrobid, and thus of another family.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

A. Alezia setifer. 1,2. The animals crawling, with shells of different
forms and color. 3. Most usual form of the shell, showing the stripes often
observed. 4. Var. tenuis, an extreme form. 5. Young, without upper
tooth, a form of the shell occasionally found in the adult. 6. Young of
very thin variety, showing revolving line of sete.

B. Limazx Hewstoni. Natural size. 2. Caudal extremity. 38. Shell. 4.
Jaw magnified. 5. Shield from above showing groove, and generative
organ anterior to it.

C. Limazx campestris, var. 2, 3, 4, asin B.

D. Ariolimaz var. Californicus. Natural size of parts. 1. Lateral view
of furrows behind shield. 2. Caudal extremity, showing furrows, mucous
pore and color of foot. 38. Anterior parts from alcohol, showing generative
organs.

E. Aritolimaz niger. Natural size. 2, 3, 4, asin B.

F. Arion Andersonti. Natural size. 2,38, 4,asin B. 5. Lower sur-
face of locomotive disk, from life.

G. Lysinoe Diabloensis. 2. Style of sculpture above. 3. Shell from
beneath. 4. Front view of shell. 5. Lower surface of locomotive disk,
showing crenations.

H. Assiminea Californica, magnified. 2, 3, asin A.

! Mr. Smith’s name ‘‘ Caecum Cooperi,’’ being pre-occupied for a differ-
ent Californian species, I may here return the compliment he offers to the
memory of my father by naming it Cascum Smiruir, Cooper.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWENTY-NINE SPECIES OF UNIONIDZ FROM THE
UNITED STATES.

BY ISAAC LEA.
Unio Tellicoensis.

Testa levi, subtrangulari, subinflata, ineequilaterali, postice
obtuse angulari, antice rotunda; valvulis crassiusculis, antice
parum crassioribus; natibus subprominentibus; epidermide cro-
cata, polita; parum radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, cre-
nulatis, conicis; lateralibus curtis, subcrassis subrectisque ; mar-
garita salmonis colore tincta et valde iridescente.

Hab. Tellico River, Monroe Co., E. Tenn. Miss A. E. Law.

Unio Conasaugaensis.

Testa levi, suboblonga, subinflata, inequilaterali, postice sub-
biangulari, antice rotundata; valvulis percrassis, antice crassiori-
bus; natibus subprominentibus; epidermide rufo-fusca, eradiata ;
dentibus cardiualibus parviusculis, subcompressis crenulatisque ;
lateralibus curtis, crassis, obliquis rectisque; margarita alba et
aliquanto iridescente.

Hab. Conasauga Creek, Monroe Co., E. Tenn. Miss A. E.
Law.

Unio lenticularis.

Testa levi, subrotunda, compressa, lenticulari; subsquilaterali,
postice obtuse biangulari, antice rotunda; valvulis subtenuibus,
antice crassioribus; natibus prominulis; epidermide vel tenebroso-
fusca vel luteo-fusca, obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus
parvis, compressis crenulatisque; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis,
corrugatis subcurvatisque; margarita albida et iridescente.

Hab. Tellico River, Monroe Co., E. Tenn. Miss A. E. Law.

Unio Andersonensis,

Testa levi, triangulari, inflata, ad latere planulata, valde
inequilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice oblique rotundata;
valvulis percrassis, antice crassioribus; natibus valde elevatis,
tumidis recurvatisque; epidermide vel luteola vel fusca, obsolete
radiata; dentibus cardinalibus crassis, crenulatis, conicis; late-
ralibus crassis, curtis subcurvisque; margarita argentea et irides-
cente.

Hab. Holston River and Clinch River, Anderson Co., E. Tenn.
Miss A. E. Law.

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Unio flavidus.

Testa levi, triangulari, subinflata, ad latere planulata, ineequi-
laterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis
subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominentibus, recurvatis,
ad apices minute undulatis ; epidermide flavida, radiis interruptis ;
dentibus cardinalibus parvis corrugatisque; lateralibus curtis,
subcrassis subcurvisque; margarita argentea et iridescente.

Hab. Clinch River, Anderson Co., E. Tenn. Miss A. E. Law.

Unio pauciplicatus.

Testa plicata, subrotunda, ventricosa, valde ineequilaterali,
postice carinata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis, antice crassi-
oribus; natibus prominentibus, tumidis, recurvatis, ad apices
minute undulatis; epidermide rufo-fusca, eradiata; dentibus
cardinalibus crassis, elevatis, sulcatis crenulatisque; lateralibus
longis, lamellatis, corrugatis curvisque; margarita argentea et
valde iridescente.

Hab. Austin, Texas. Prof. C. G. Forshey, Civil Engineer.

Unio vesicularis.

Testa leevi, elliptica, inflata, valde inzequilaterali, postice et
antice rotundata, valvulis crassiusculis, antice crassioribus; na-
tibus prominulis; epidermide tenebroso oliva, obsolete radiata ;
dentibus cardinalibus parvis, sulcatis, in utroque valvulo duplici-
bus; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita
albida et valde iridescente.

Hab. lake Ocheechobee, Florida. Dr. Budd and C. M.
Wheatley.

Unio conspicuus.

Testa levi, elliptica, subinflata, ineequilaterali, postice obtuse
angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ;
natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide rufo-fusca,
perradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, crenulatis, com-
presso-conicis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus preelon-
gis, lamellatis, parum curvatis ; margarita conspicua, persalmonia
et formoso-iridicente.

Hab. Yadkin River, near Salisburg, N. C. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio Yadkinensis.

Testa levi, oblonga, compressa, valde ineequilaterali, postice
subbiangulata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis; natibus pro-
minulis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, eradiata; dentibus cardina-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

libus parviusculis, compressis, corrugatis, in utroque valvulo
duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis, corrugatis subcurvisque ;
margarita vel salmonea vel purpurea et valde iridescente.

Hab. Yadkin River, near Salisbury, N. C. OC. M. Wheatley.

Unio brevis

Testa levi, subtriangulari, subcompressa, ad latere subplanulata,
inzequilaterali, postice obtuse biangulata, antice rotundata; valvu-
lis crassiusculis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis; epider-
mide flavida, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, sub-
compressis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus lamellatis,
parviusculis obliquisque; margarita vel alba vel salmonis colore
tincta et valde iridescente.

Hab. Conasauga Creek, Monroe Co., E. Tenn. Miss A. E.
Law.

Unio amplus.

Testa levi, oblonga, fere alata, inflata, inequilaterali, postice
obtuse biangulata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis, antice
crassioribus; natibus subprominentibus; epidermide rufo-fusca,
nitida, obsolete radiata, transverse vittata; dentibus cardinalibus
parviusculis, rugosis, compressis; lateralibus prelongis, lamellatis
sublongisque; margarita vel alba vel purpurea vel salmonis colore
tincta et valde iridescente.

Hab. Irwin’s Creek, Micklenberg Co., N.C. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio ligatus.

Testa levi, ovato-oblonga, subcompressa, ineequilaterali, postice
obscure biangulari, antice rotundata; valvulis subcrassis; natibus
prominulis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, polita, obsolete radiata,
transverse vittata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, corrugatis
et in utrdque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis, lamellatis,
corrugatis subcurvisque; margarita vel alba vel salmonis colore
tincta et valde iridescente.

Hab. Irwin’s Creek, Mecklenberg Co.; and Long Creek, Gas-
ton Co., N.C. ©. M. Wheatley.

Unio attenuatus.

Testa levi, lata, attenuata, ad latere subcompressa, valde
inequilaterali, postice subbiangulari, antice oblique rotundata;
valvulis crassiusculis, antice parum crassioribus; natibus promi-
nulis, fere terminalibus ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, aliquando
nigra, radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compressis, crenu-

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

latis, obliquis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus pre-
longis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita alba et valde irides-
cente.

Hab. Savannah River, Geo., Dr. Barratt; and Beaver Creek,
Houston Co., Georgia, Dr. J. Lewis.

Unio differtus.

Testa levi, elliptica, ventricosa, subsequilaterali, postice obtuse
biangulari fere rotunda, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis, antice
crassioribus ; natibus vix prominulis; epidermide subpolita, luteo-
la et obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, corru-
gatis, compressis et in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus
longis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita vel albida vel salmonis
colore tincta et valde iridescente.

Hab. Georgia? Major J. LeConte.

Unio strumosus.

Testa levi, rotundata, inflata ineequilaterali, postice obtuse
angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis ; natibus prominulis ;
epidermide tenebroso-fusca vel nigra, eradiata; dentibus cardi-
nalibus subgrandibus, rugosis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ;
lateralibus, longis, rugosis et curvatis; margarita alba et irides-
cente.

Hab. Yadkin River, N.C. C.M. Wheatley.

Unio subparallelus.

Testa levi, oblonga, subcompressa, ad latere planulata, inzequi-
laterali, postice subangulari, antice rotundata ; valvulis crassius-
culis, antice parum crassioribus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices
concentrico-rugoso-undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, nitida,
radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, conicis, rugosis, in
utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus prelongis, lamellatis
subcurvisque; margarita salmonis colore tincta.

Hab. Irwin’s Creek and Fox River, N.C. C.M. Wheatley.

Unio oblongus.

Testa levi, oblonga, compressa, ad latere planulata; valde
insequilaterali; valvulis parum crassioribus; natibus prominulis ;
epidermide luteola, micanti, radiata vel eradiata ; dentibus cardi-
nalibus parvis, lobatis, corrugatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ;
lateralibus preelongis subrectisque; margarita alba vel purpura-
scenti vel salmonis colore tincta et iridescente.

Hab. Irwin’s Creek, N.C. C. M. Wheatley.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 159

Unio Irwinensis.

Testa levi, suboblonga, parum compressa, ad latere parum
planulata, valde inzequilaterali, postice obtuse biangulata, antice
rotundata; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus; natibus pro-
minulis, ad apices undulatis; epidermide olivacea vel fusca, obso-
lete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, parum com-
pressis, sulcosis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis,
sublamellatus subcurvisque; margarita alba vel purpurea vel
salmonis colore tincta et valde iridescente.

Hab. Irwin’s Creek, N.C. C.M. Wheatley.

Unio curvatus.

Testa levi, late oblonga, subinflata, ad latere planulata, valde
inequilaterali, postice angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis parum
crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis; epidermide tene-
broso-fusca, aliquanto polita, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus
parvis, sulcatis, compressis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; late-
ralibus longis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita pallido-salmonia

vel purpurascente et valde irridescente.
Hab. Pfeiffer’s Pond, Mecklenberg Co., N.C. C.M. Wheatley.

Unio insolidus.

Testa levi, oblonga, parum compressa, ad latere parum planu-
lata, ineequilaterali, postice biangulata, antice rotundata; valvulis
subtenuibus, antice parum crassioribus; natibus subprominenti-
bus, ad apices undulatis; epidermide pallido-viridi, obsolete
radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compressis; lateralibus
longis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita alba et’ iridescente.

Hab. Abbeville Dist., N.C. Dr. Barratt; and Irwin’s Creek,
N.C. OC. M. Wheatley.

Unio cuspidatus.

Testa levi, lata, subinflata, ad latere parum curvata, valde
ineequilaterali, postice cuspidata, subbiangulari, antice rotundata ;
valvulis crassiusculis; natibus prominulis, fere terminalibus, epi-
dermide tenebroso-olivacea, eradiata, transverse vittata; dentibus
cardinalibus parvis, subeompressis, corrugatis, in utroque valvulo
duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subeurvisque ; margarita
alba et valde iridescente.

Hab. Buckhead Creek, Burke Co., Geo. Bishop Elliott.

Unio exacutus.
Testa levi, prelata, subcompressa, ad latere planulata, valde

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ineequilaterali, postice exacuta, subbiangulari, antice oblique
rotundata; valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus prominulis, fere termi-
nalibus, ad apices minute undulatis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca
perradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis sulcatisque; lateralibus
longis, rectis lamellatisque; margarita vel alba vel purpurea et
valde iridescente.

Hab. Savannah River at Governor Hamilton’s, Geo. Dr.
Barratt.

Unio subsquamosus.

Testa levi, oblongo-elliptica, compressa, ad latere planulata,
valde inquilaterali, postice obtuse biangulari, antice oblique
rotundata; valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus parvis, prominulis, ad
apices rugoso-undulatis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, subsqua-
mosa, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, sulcatis, in utroque
valvulo duplicibus; Jateralibus preelongis, lamellatis subrectisque;
margarita alba et valde iridescente.

Hab. Yadkin River, N.C. C.M. Wheatley.

Unio rostellum.

Testa levi, lata, compressa, ad latere planulata, valde inzequi-
laterali, postice obtuse biangulari, antice rotunda; valvulis tenui-
bus; natibus parvis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, obsolete radiata ;
dentibus cardinalibus compressis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo
duplicibus; lateralibus prelongis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita
vel albida vel purpurea et valde iridescente.

Hab. Macon, Georgia. I. C. Plant.

Unio infuscus.

Testa levi, elliptica, subinflata, insequilaterali, postice obtuse
biangulari, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ;
natibus prominulis, ad apices parum undulatis; epidermide tene-
broso-fusca, submicanti, obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus
subcrassis, compressis corrugatisque; lateralibus longis, lamella-
tis, rugosis subcurvisque; margarita vel salmonia vel purpura-
scente et valde iridescente.

Hab. Fox River and Irwin’s Creek, N. C. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio ratus.

Testa levi, quadrata, subcompressa, ad latere subplanulata,
valde inzequilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotunda ;
valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus; natibus prominulis; epi-
dermide tenebroso-olivacea, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus par- |

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

vis, subconicis, sulcosis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; laterali-
bus sublongis, lamellatis subcurvisque; margarita purpurescente
et valde iridescente.

Hab. Neuse River, N. C. Prof. E. Emmons.

Unio dissimilis.

-Testa levi, sublata, compressa, ad latere planulata, valde
ineequilaterali, postice obtuse angulari, antice rotunda; valvulis
subtenuibus; natibus prominulis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca,
micanti, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, subcom-
pressis, sulcosis, in utroque valvyulo duplicibus; lateralibus
prelongis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita alba et valde iri-
descente.

Hab. Wong Creek, Gaston Co., and Pfeiffer’s Pond, Mecklen-
berg Co., N.C. CC. M. Wheatley.

Unio bellulus.

Testa levi, oblique, tumida, ad latere parum planulata, valde
ineequilaterali, postice obtuse angulari, antice oblique rotundata ;
valvulis percrassis, antice crassioribus natibus pyramidatis, fere
terminalibus; epidermide luteola, valde radiata; dentibus cardi-
nalibus subcrassis, rugosis; lateralibus curtis, crassis rugosisque;
margarita argentea et valde iridescente.

Hab. Holston River. Dr. Edgar. Tenn. River. Rey. G. White.
Mussel Shoals, Tenn. River, Alabama. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio basalis.

Testa levi, oblonga, subinflata, ad latere subplanulata, ineequi-
laterali, postice obtuse biangulari, antice rotundata, ad basim
recta; valvulis crassiusculis; natibus prominulis; epidermide
luteola, radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, subcom-
pressis, sulcatis; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis subcurvisque ;
margarita vel albida vel purpurascente et iridescente.

Hab. Carter’s Creek, near Columbus, Georgia. G. Hallenbeck.

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

JULY 2.
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.
Sixteen members present.

On a new Genus of Extinct Turtles.—Prof. Ley stated that
in a more careful study of the fossil turtles of Wyoming, he had
determined that the one he had named Bena undata belonged to
a different genus. Besides other well marked distinctive charac-
ters, like the genus Platemys, it possessed an additional pair of
plates to the usual number found in the sternum of the emydoids.
These plates are intercalated between the hyo- and hyposternals.
In Platemys Bullockii they are quadrate. In the new genus they
are triangular, and the sutures defining them cross the plastron
like a prostrated letter X, from which character it was proposed
to name the genus CHISTERNON.

On some remains of Cretaceous Fishes.—Prof. Lerpy called
attention to some teeth of fishes from the cretaceous formation,
_ which he described as follows :—

OTODUS DIVARICATUS.

The species is indicated by an entire tooth of peculiar character,
submitted to my examination by Dr. William Spillman, of Colum-
bus, Mississippi. It was sent to him from Texas, but its exact
locality is unknown. It was probably derived from a cretaceous
formation. Of known species it resembles most the Otodus semit-
plicatus, Miinster, of the chalk of Europe, and has likewise consider-
able likeness to a tooth from the chalk of France, represented in
fig. ii. pl. 76, of Gervais’ Paleontologie Francaise.

The crown forms an elongated demicone with the apex slightly
bent forward. The enamel at the base is plicated in front and
behind. The lateral denticles are conical and divergent outward
and anteriorly. The root is thick, strong and notched, and rises
posteriorly above the middle of the length of the tooth. Length
of crown in front 13 lines; base of same external to denticles of the
same width. Breadth of root 154 lines; thickness 6 lines.

OXYRHINA EXTENTA.

A species founded on a number of teeth obtained from the
eretaceous formation of Kansas, by Dr. George M. Sternberg,
U.S. A., and from near Columbus, Mississippi, by Dr. William
Spillman.

The teeth resemble most those of Oxyrhina Mantelli of the
English chalk, and differ mainly in the proportionately greater
lateral extension of the base of the crown.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

Measurements of two Mississippi specimens are as follows :—

Length of crowninternally . . . . . Illines. 8 lines.

Breadth “ es Sh FR |) oe ee 1:
Length of tooth at middle <td aces wld eo) ol Dake
Breadth of root ude, coves tin Ath pee re
Measurement of two Kansas specimens are as follows :—
Length of crown internally . . . . . §8Slines. 6 lines.
Breadth ss ots oe te ie ge ee ae
Length of tooth at middle at apts oe te Ae Sas”
Breadth of root + Fede, ety aay et Re eee et

ACRODUS HUMILIS.

Founded on a tooth adherent to a portion of limestone from
the New Jersey cretaceous formation. It resembles most nearly
the Acrodus rugosus, Ag., of the chalk of Maestricht, and the A.
polydictyos, Reuss, of the Bohemian chalk. The tooth is 8 lines
wide, 23 lines fore and aft. The anterior and posterior borders are
not quite straight; and the extremities are angular. The upper
surface is moderately convex. A nearly obsolete ridge crosses the
tooth transversely, and from this ridge minute folds are directed
forward and backward ‘to end in a reticulation.

This is I believe the first time the genus Acrodus has been
noticed in the American cretaceous formation. Prof. Emmons
represents the tooth of a species in his report of the North Caro-
lina Geological Survey, p. 244, fig. 97, which he attributes to the
miocene. If really an Acrodus tooth, it would be the latest spe-
cies yet discovered. It might be named Acropus EMMONSI in
honor of its discoverer.

PYCNODUS FABA.

This species is named from a specimen from the cretaceous for-
mation of Mississippi, discovered by Dr. William Spillman. The
fossil consists of a jaw fragment with four large teeth obliquely
parallel with each other., They are elongated elliptical, and
smooth; and they measure three-fourths of an inch wide, and one-
fourth of an inch in the short diameter. On both sides the larger
teeth, there are two rows of small teeth.

Mr. Norris spoke at some length on his effort now in progress
to stock the Delaware with the true salmon (Salmo salar). Having
procured 12,000 ova from Mr. Wilmot, New Castle, Canada, he
placed then on gravel in wooden troughs of running spring water
near the town of Easton, Pa. These eggs was taken in November,
1871, by manipulation of the parent fish and fecundated in the
usual way, and placed in water almost down to the freezing point.
The young fish were, however, plainly visible in the egg when
received on the first of April, and struggling to break the shell.

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

On being placed in water at 52° the ova immediately commenced
hatching, and in a week the fry were all out. In seven weeks the
yolk sac was absorbed, and they commenced feeding off small
particles of curdled milk fed to them daily for a week longer.
They were then transported in large tin vessels to the Buskill,
which runs through the outskirts of Easton, where a third of
them were liberated at the mouth of a cold spring branch, and the
remaining two-thirds placed in a small natural pond fed by a
copious spring in a meadow above and discharging by a narrow
outlet into the creek. Hither here or at the mouth of the spring
branch mentioned the fry will get such natural food as their in-
stinct will lead them to seek, and thrive far better than if kept in
artificial ponds and fed on prepared food.

The law of the salmon, as with the shad and other anadromous
fishes, is that it will inevitably seek its native stream in its return
from sea impelled by the instinct of reproduction, and although
the Delaware is south of the limit of the geographical range of the
salmon, it is on the law of nature that reliance is placed for its
return to this river. It has been ascertained beyond doubt that
one-half of a brood of salmon go to sea when a little over a year
old, and the remaining half the following summer. The males of

salmon as with shad are fecund a year earlier than the females, and
it is not improbable therefore that those that migrate when a year
old are males, and those that go to sea the next year are females.
Mr. Norris thought the Delaware, on account of its béing unob-
structed by impassable dams and having a bold current, was a
favorable river for trying to acclimatize salmon south of their
present habitat. He is sanguine of success, and, even if the solu-
tion of this problem should not be favorable, he considers it im-
portant that the question should be definitely settled.

Mr. Norris also made some remarks on the effect of food on the
external appearance of trout (S. fontinalis), as well as on the
quality of their flesh—that, when fed in crowded artificial ponds
on prepared food, the vermilion spots disappear, and the flesh
deteriorates, but that the spots are restored, as well as the flavor of
the fish, when placed in large ponds where they can find natural
food. He also spoke of the malformation of young trout and
salmon on being hatched, the body being curved around the yolk-
sac, causing their death in a few weeks.

JULY 9.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Thirteen members present.

On Artemia from Salt Lake, Utah.—Prof. Lerpy directed atten-
tion to a bottle containing numerous specimens of a minute crus-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

tacean from Salt Lake, Utah, caught on the 22d of June by Mr.
C. Carrington, a member of Prof. Hayden’s exploring party now
in the field. They were received from Prof. Hayden with the
remark ‘ that Salt Lake has been supposed, like the Dead Sea, to
be devoid of life, but its saltest water contains the most of these
little creatures.”

The crustacean is the Artemia salina which has long been
known in Europe, and has been previously found in other localities
of thiscountry. The animal has always been viewed with especial
interest, in its order, from the fact that it lives and thrives best in
a concentrated solution of salt, which would destroy most marine
animals. It has not, I believe, been noticed in the ocean, but is
found in salt lakes, and salt vats, in which by evaporation the
brine has become more concentrated than sea water.

Artemia is furnished with eleven pairs of limbs, which serve
both for progression and respiration. The limbs are four jointed,
and the joints have leaf-like expansions fringed with long feather-
like bristles. The narrow abdomen or tail-like prolongation of
the body is six-jointed, and traversed by the intestine. The last
joint ends in a pair of processes furnished each with a bunch of
bristles like those of the limbs. The head exhibits a median,
quadrate, black eye-spot, and in addition is provided with a pair
of pedunculate, globular compound eyes. A short narrow pair of
inarticulate antennz project in advance of the eyes.

The head of the male is furnished with a pair of singular organs
for seizing the female. These claspers are large double-jointed
hooks. Inthe female they are replaced by a pair of comparatively
small horn-like processes. ‘The first abdominal segment bears the
ovarian sac in the female; and two cylindroid appendages in the
male.

The female of the Salt Lake Artemia ranges from 4 to7 lines in
length; the male from 3 to 4 lines in length. The color is trans-
lucent-white and ochreous-yellow, with three black eye-spots, and
a longitudinal line varying in hue with the contents of the intes-
tine. The ovarian sac appears orange-colored from the eggs
within.

The antenn end in three or four minute sete, and are consider-
ably longer in the male than the female. The first joint of the
claspers is provided on its inner side just below the middle with
a spheroidal knob. The last joint forms a-rectangular hook, the
angle having an elhow-like prominence. When the clasper is
thrown forward, the outer border of the hook is convex; the
anterior border straight, slightly, or deeply concave, and the inner
or posterior border is sigmoid. The antenn are longer than in
the female, and longer than the first joint of the claspers; and in
the female are longer than their homologues. The ovarian sac is
inverted flask-shaped, and has a pair of lateral conical or mam-
millary, finely tuberculated processes. The caudal sete are longer
than in the male, and are eight to each process.

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

This description is taken from alcoholic specimens. They ex-
hibit considerable variation in size, and to some extent in detail.

Prof. Verrill has described what he views as two species of
Artemia distinct from the well-known A. salina. One he names
A. gracilis from near New Haven, Conn.; the other A. Monico from
Lake Mono, Cal. That from Salt Lake differs from either of them
as much as they do from A. salina, and with the same propriety
may be regarded as a distinct species. I am disposed to view
them all as varieties merely of A. salina.

Measurements of two specimens of the Salt Lake Artemia are
as follows :—

Females. Males.
Totallength . ; : > 2 7 lines. 4 lines.
Length of body : : : ; a 21“
Breadth of body with limbs . : oy ee :
Breadth of head at eyes . : : 1} mm. 1i mm.
Breadth of thorax where widest $s 5
Length of first joint of abdomen ere g *
Breadth," 9¢¢ 9 sé a ae ms
Length of sixth ‘ is : : Emits aaa
Breadth ‘c 6c 66 : i 4 66 4 66
Length of caudle sete aes eis:
Length of antenne . : : xe St $e
Length of claspers of male . ye ey
Breadth sf we : < : 1i “
Breadth of ovarian sac. : : 1
Diameter ofeggs . : : t

Remarks on Fossil Shark Teeth.—Prof. Lrtpy stated that from
time to time he had observed specimens of teeth from various
cretaceous formations which were identical in character with those
of Lamna elegans and L. cuspidata of tertiary deposits except
that they were devoid of the lateral denticles. He had now in his
possession well-preserved specimens of such teeth, unabraded, but
exhibiting no trace of the existence of lateral denticles. There
were teeth of the ZL. elegans variety found with the skeleton of
Hadrosaurus Foulku in New Jersey, and others from the creta-
ceous of Mississippi and Kansas. There were also teeth of the
L. cuspidata variety from the cretaceous of Kansas, and one in a
block of chalk from Sussex, England. The absence of the lateral
denticles in all the cretaceous specimens he thought could hardly
be accidental, and suspected that these teeth represented the oxy-
rhina ancestors, of the tertiary Zamna elegans and L. cuspidata,
who lived during the cretaceous era.

\

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

JULY 16.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.
Eight members present.
The following paper was presented for publication :—

‘Descriptions of a new recent species of Glycimeris from Beau-
fort, N. C., and of Miocene Shells of North Carolina.” By T. A.
Conrad.

JULY 30.
Mr. B. A. Hoopes in the chair.
Six members present.

On leave being granted, Mr. Tryon read the following commu-
nication received by him from Dr. Jos. Lerpy.

ON SOME NEW SPECIES OF FOSSIL MAMMALIA FROM WYOMING.

Fort BripGer, Urnta Co., Wyomine,
July 24th, 1872.

I arrived at this place on the 15th inst. The country is the
most remarkable that I have ever seen. It is an immense basin,
the bed of an ancient lake, bounded on the south by the Uinta
Mountains, and extending far north to the Wind River Mountains.
The deposits of the lake, of the tertiary period, are estimated to
be about 8000 feet in thickness. They present the appearance of
a succession of terraces or table-lands extending southerly from
Green River to the base of the Uintas. The country for the most
part is treeless, and, except along the watercourses, nearly a
desert. The tertiary deposits consist of strata so little inclined
that they appear to be horizontal to the eye. The strata are
composed mainly of clays, soft and crumbling or more or less
indurated, often mixed with sand. Friable sandstones and in-
durated marls, often with abundance of fresh-water shells, also
frequently occur. The lands are often isolated by broad plains or
narrower valleys. These isolated lands are named buttes, and
resemble great earthworks or huge railway embankments. Fre-
quently their eroded sides give them the appearance of a vast
assemblage of Egyptian pyramids flanking the plains above.
Such assemblages of earthworks, pyramids, mounds, piles of trun-
cated cones, &c., rising from a plain, constitute what are named,
in various parts of our great West, “bad lands” or “*mauvaises
terres.”

As the buttes crumble away under the effect of the weather, the
fossils of their strata become exposed to view.

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

On the 17th, in company with Dr. J. Van A. Carter and Dr.
Joseph K. Corson, U.S. A., I made a trip to the valley of Dry
Creek, forty miles from Fort Bridger. Here we encamped and
spent three days in exploring the neighboring buttes for fossils.
In ascending the buttes bounding the valley I was astonished at
the appearance of the country extending from the horizon in the
north to the snowy-peaked Uintas on the south. An utter desert,
a vast succession of treeless plains and buttes, with scarcely any
vegetation and no signs of animal life. Hverything parched,
abundance of river courses without water, the stones at my feet
baked in the soil. An overwhelming silence reigned undisturbed
even by the hum of an insect. Truly, I said, this is the wreck of
another world which was once luxuriant with vegetation and
teemed with animals.

We were successful in finding many interesting fossils. The
most abundant vertebrate remains are those of turtles, the shells
of which are frequently met with in little heaps of frayments into
which they have been reduced after exposure from the wearing of
the buttes. Of mammalian remains the most abundant are those
of the tapir-like animal I named Palzosyops paludosus. We also
found a number of more characteristic specimens than I had before
seen of the larger species of Palxosyops major. Dr. Corson further
discovered the remains of a small species which may be named
PALOSYOPS HUMILIS. An upper molar tooth of this animal mea-
sures three-fourths of an inch in diameter. We have likewise
found some additional remains of Hyrachyus agrarius, and better
specimens than I before had of the larger Hyrachyus eximius. A
well-preserved last lower molar of this species measures an inch
fore and aft.

We were fortunate in obtaining the remains of two of the largest
and most extraordinary mammals yet discovered in the Bridger
tertiary deposits. One of these was a tapiroid animal exceeding
in bulk of body and limb the living Rhinoceroses, though the head
appears to have been proportionally small. Dr. Carter discovered
many fragments of a skeleton of the animal, including a whole
humerus, portions of jaws, and a much crushed and distorted
cranium.

The upper molar teeth have the crown composed of a pair of
transverse lobes, with sloping sides and acute summits, separated
externally and united internally in a V-like manner. A thick
basal ridge bounds the crown in front and behind. A last upper
molar measures an inch and a half in the median line fore and aft.
The molars in advance are smaller.

The lower molars have a trilobed crown. The anterior lobe,
larger than the others, extends across the crown and rises in a
prominent peak internally. The acute summit is worn away
posteriorly. The middle lobe extends about two-thirds across
the crown from the outer side, and is less prominent than the

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

others. The back lobe, second in size, is thickest internally. The
fore and aft diameter of the last lower molar is equal to the cor-
responding upper tooth.

The depth of the lower jaw at the last molar is three and a
quarter inches.

The humerus is nearly a foot and three-fourths in length and
seven and a half inches in breadth at the condyles.

I propose to name the great pachyderm of the Uinta country,
the UINTATHERIUM ROBUSTUM. .

If not the most interesting, the most exciting incident of our
exploration of Dry Creek buttes was Dr. Corson’s discovery of the
upper canine teeth, apparently of the most formidable of Carnivores,
the enemy of the Uintatherium, Palxosyops, and other peaceful
pachyderms. The teeth resemble in their form those of the Sabre-
toothed Tiger. The more perfect specimen consists of nearly nine
inches of the enameled crown. In its perfect condition the tooth
measured upwards of a foot in length, so that it exceeded the
canines of the great Brazilian Machairodus. The tooth is sabre-
like, curved, and compressed conical. Its most remarkable cha-
racter consists in the lance-head-like form of the terminal three
inches. It is thickened at the axis, and impressed and expanded
towards the edges, so as to be actually broader in one portion
than immediately above. The antero-posterior diameter of the
crown near its base is two inches; the thickness over an inch.

These canine teeth terminating in lance-like points must have
proved most terrific instruments of slaughter. Their possessor
was no doubt the scourge of Uinta, and may therefore be appro-
priately named UINTAMASTIX ATROX.

On favorable report of the committee, the following paper was
ordered to be printed :—

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

MATERIAL FOR A MONCGRAPH OF THE SPHENISCIDE.
BY DR. ELLIOTT COUES, U. 8S. ARMY.

This paper is based chiefly upon the specimens contained in the
Philadelphia Academy and Smithsonian Institution, one portion
of it representing a descriptive catalogue thereof. The Academy’s
collection is the largest and most nearly perfect in this country,
and has not heretofore been worked up; while that of the Smith-
sonian is particularly valuable because it contains the types of all
the species described as new by Mr. T. R. Peale, in 1848. With
this material is collated that in the Museum of the Boston Society,
as recently elaborated by the custodian, Prof. Hyatt. Extensive
lists of synonyms have been prepared, representing, it is believed,
every name, generic or specific, that has been proposed for these
birds, with numerous additional references. Some anatomical
investigations have been made in an attempt to determine the
genera. An annotated list, in chronological order, of the prin-
cipal authorities upon the subject, from the Linnean starting-
point to the present day, is likewise given.

I. ON THE LITERATURE OF THE SUBJECT.

1766. Linnaus, Syst. Nat. i. pp. 214,219. Gives two species,
under different genera. One, Diomedea demersa, based on Wil-
loughby, 242, Edwards, 94 (black-footed penguin), Clusius, 101
(Anser magellanicus), and Brisson, vi. pp. 97, 99, pl. 9 (Sphe-
niscus! nevius) is now the SPHENICUS DEMERSUS auct. It is
quoted from the Cape of Good Hope. The other, Phaeton demer-
sus,is based upon Edwards, 49 (red-footed penguin), and the
Catarractes' of Brisson, vi. 102; it is the Hudyptes catarractes of
this paper. In strict interpretation, the species should be called

1 These names, Spheniscws and Catarractes, conflict with no Linnean
genera, and so far are tenable. Spheniseus holds; but the other is ante-
dated by Catarractes of Mohring, and therefore falls, since Mohring’s
name does not conflict with a Linnean one. If the very strict rules that
some contend for should go in force among the penguins, I hardly know
what would become of our nomenclature of the group. The bouleversement
of the familiar names would certainly be complete.

ae
*
a ip
— Z
ae ——.! ~ ‘
i
Joa AS 1

Cones, On Spheniscrdae:

HMnoe A lh 5 18

Cones, On Spheniscidac

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ibgl

ELudyptes demersa; but the liability to confusion renders this
inexpedient.

1768. PENNANT, Phil. Trans. lviii. p. 91, pl. 5. Gives an “Ac-
count of the different species of the Birds called Penguins,” and
among other things characterizes the smaller of the two species
of Aptenodytes, subsequently called longirostris by Scopoli, and
later named pennantii by Gray.

1777. Scorort. I have not the work at hand, but, as well as
I can gather from other sources, Sonnerat’s penguins are named
as follows: Manchot de la Nouvelle Guinée, Sonn. Voy. 180, pl.
113 = Aptenodytes longirostris, Scop. (a name that appears to hold
good, antedating pennantii of Gray). Manchot papou, Sonn. 181,
pl. 115 = Aptenodytes papua, Scop. Manchot 4 collier de la Nou-
velle Guinée, Sonn. 181, pl. 114 = Aptenodytes platyrhyncha, Scop.
The last is Spheniscus demersus, var. magellanicus; the others
are valid new species.

1781. Forster, Comm. Soc. Reg. Se. Gotting. iii. 121. * His-
toria Aptenodyte generis avium orbi australi proprii.” This
article stands facile princeps among the writings upon this
subject of the last century. It not only marks a great advance
upon previous knowledge of the family, but is more satisfac-
tory in every respect than anything that followed for a long
period; in fact, it is the real beginning of the exact literature.
Placing all the species in the genus Aplenodytes, the author
divides them into the Cristatz, containing one species, and the
Alophe, with eight species. His crested species is chrysocome,
n.s.; and I agree with Dr. Schlegel that this is not the same bird
as Forster’s catarractes. However his figure may strike us, and
however we may interpret his language, Forster certainly meant
to indicate two different species; and aecordingly we cannot rele-
gate chrysocome to catarractes,as Gray has done. Forster’s
crestless species are: A. patachonica, n. s., the first recognizable
description of the species Gray subsequently called forsleri; A.
papua, Scorv.; A. antarctica, n. s.; A. magellanicus, n. s., but the
collared variety of demersus, and the same as the Manchot du
Cap de Bonne Espérance, Buff, Pl. Eulum, 382; A. demersus
(= Diomedea demersa, L.); A. catarractes (= Phaéton demersus,
L.); A. torquata, n.s., but a variety of demersus, the same as 4.
platyrhyncha, Scor.; and A. minor, n.s. Thus, of Forster's nine
species, six are here named for the first time; seven are valid; and

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

four are valid new species. Most of the species are also figured.
Forster does not give longirostris, Scop.; this, added to his seven
good species, gives us the following list of eight valid and well-
determined species, up to date.

1. DIOMEDEA DEMERSA, Linn. 1766.

2. PHAETON DEMERSUS, Linn. 1766. [=CATARRACTES, Auct. ]

3. APTENODYTES LONGIROSTRIS, Scop. 1777. [= PENNANTH, Gray. |
4, APTENOTYDES PAPUA, Scop. 1777. [nomen ineptum. |

5. APTENODYTES CHRYSOCOME, Forst. 1781.

6. APTENODYTES PATACHONICA, Forst. 1781.

7. APTENODYTES ANTARCTICA, Forst. 1781.

8. APTENODYTES MINOR, Forst. 1781.

1782. Bonnaverre, Hncy. Method. i. p. 67,68. Figures Apt.
papua (pl. 17). Names Apt. gorfua; it is the same as Phaéton de-
mersus, L.

1788. Gmein, Syst. Naf. i. pp. 555-9. This author gathers
eleven species, as follows. None of those given additional to
Forster’s are valid: —

1. A. cHRYSOCOME, p. 555. This is based primarily upon Forster,
133, pl. 1, aithough the author also quotes the Manchot sauteur,
Buff. ix., 409, and Manchot huppé de Siberie, P. E. 984, which is
catarractes. But as the description is applicable to either species,
and the prior reference is to Forster, I do not see why Gmelin’s
bird should not be considered the same as Forster’s.

2. A. PATACHONIOA, p.556. This is compounded of equal parts
of the two species of Aptenodytes; for neither Gmelin nor any
of the earlier authors seem to have made the discrimination,
although we can, in certain cases, as those of Scopoli and Forster,
determine which species they had in view. Thus, Gmelin quotes
Forster, 137, pl. 2, and Mill. Ill. pl. 20, both of which are true
patachonica, Forst. (forsteri, Gray); and also quotes Buff., ix. 399;
P. E. 975; Sonnerat, Voy. 179, pl. 113; Pennant, Phil. Trans. lviii.
p- 91; Pennant. G. of B. 66, pl. 14; and Latham, Syn. vi. 563, No.
2; most of which, when not including both species, are unmis-
takably the smaller species (pennantii, Gray).

3. A. PAPUA, p. 556. Based on Sonnerat and Forster.

4, A. ANTARCTICA, p. 557. Forster’s species.

5. A. MAGELLANICUS, p. 557. Forster’s species. Mill., pl. 34,
Lath., Syn. vi. 569, are also quoted. It is a variety of demersus.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1T3e

6. A. DEMERSUS, p. 557, is the Linnzan bird. Gmelin makes a
variety, 8, on Brisson’s nevius coupled with the Manchot a bee
tronqué of Buffon, ix. 411; P. E. 1005.

7. A. CATARRACTES, p. 558, stands on the same footing as the
Linnean Phaéton demersus.

8. A. TORQUATUS, p. 558, is the same as Forster’s bird; the
collared variety of demersus. Sonnerat, pl. 114, ete.

9. A. MINOR, p. 558 = A. minor, Forst.

10. A. CHTLENSIS and 11, A. CHILOENSIS, p. 559, are based on
Molina’s descriptions of a young S. demersus in downy plumage,
and one of the same species in imperfect feathering.

1790. Laraam, Index. Ornithologicus, ii. 878 et seq. In this
work binomial names are given to the species described under
English names in the General Synopsis, vol. vi. of the same
author. We may also conveniently consider, in this connection,
Latham’s General History, vol. x. p. 381 et seg., which brings the
subject, so far as this author is concerned, down to 1824. As ex-
pressing the author’s mature views, we take up the species as
given in the latter work, referring also to the earlier ones. There
are fifteen of them, as follows :—

1. CAPE PINGUIN, p. 381; Gen. Syn. vi. 566; Apt. demersus, Ind.
Orn. ii. 879. This is the original Linnean Diomedea demersa.
Latham makes a var. A. out of Brisson’s S. nevius, and a var. B.
of the Pinguin a lunettes of Pernet, Voy. ii. 17, pl. 7, f. 3.
Neither variety stands good.

2. MAGELLANIC PINGUIN,p.383; Syn. 569; Apt. magellanicus,
Ind. 880. This is the collared variety of demersus.

3. CRESTED PINGUIN, p. 385; Syn. 561; A. chrysocome, Ind. 878.
This is essentially the same as Forster’s and Gmelin’s chrysocome,
bat Latham also makes some other quotations (as Pinguinaria
cristata, Shaw, Nat. Mise. pl. 437, and Planch. Enl. 984), which
are probably catarractes.

4. RED-FOOTED PINGUIN, p. 386; Syn. 572; Apt. catarractes, Ind.
881. The original Phaeton demersus of Linnzus.

5. LItTLE PINGUIN, p. 387, pl. clxxx = A. minor, Forst.

6. New HoLianpD PINGurn, p. 388. Indeterminable with certainty ;
no references are given, but the description points to a young 8.
demersus. (Bill black, upper mandible hooked near the tip,
under truncated, legs flesh-colored brown, webs black.”’)

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

1. CHILOE PINGUIN, p. 388; Syn., Suppl. ii. 361; A. chiloensis,
Ind. 881. Same basis as Gmelin’s chiloensis.

8. PAPUAN PINGUIN, p. 888; Syn. 565; A. papua, Ind. 879 = A.
papua, Scop.

9. ANTARCTIC PINGUIN, p. 389; Syn. 565; A. antarctica, Ind.
879 = A. antarctica, Forst.

10. PATAGONIAN PINGUIN, p. 390; Syn. 563; A. patagonica, Ind.
878. Here, as in Gmelin’s case, the quotations of both the species
of Aptenodytes are brought together, Buffon, Sonnerat, Forster,
Miller, Shaw, Pennant, and others being indiscriminately cited.

11. CoLLARED PINGUIN, p. 391; Syn. 571; A. torquata, Ind. 880.
Same as Forster’s bird of that name; the collared variety of S.
demersus.

12. Harry pinaurn, p. 392. No citations. Indeterminable.
The bird is unquestionably the young of one of the well-known
species, probably Aptenodytes longirostris, to judge from the
dimensions assigned.

13. WOOLLY PINGUIN, p. 392, pl. clxxxi. ‘No citations. Appa-
rently a “new species,” like the hairy penguin, and evidently the
young of Aptenodytes longirostris. :

14. THREE-TOED PINGUIN, p. 393; Syn. Suppl. ii. 361; Apteno-
dytes moline, Ind. 881. This is the same as Gmelin’s bird, both
being based on Diomedea chilensis of Molina. It is Spheniscus
demersus.

Latham’s fifteenth species, the ‘* Apterous Pinguin,” is the Ap-
teryx australis.

1797. Georr. St. Hiniare. Mill. Mag. Eney. iii. vi. p. 11.
* Sur les Manchots.”

1789-1813. Suaw, Naturalist’s Miscell. A genus Pinguinaria
is proposed; it isa synonym of Aptenodytes. A species cristata
is described and figured (pl. 487); it is Phaéton demersus, Linn.
The smaller of the two species of Aptenodytes is indicated under
the name of patachonica, and figured (pl. 409).

? 1811. Itriaer. Both Gray and Schlegel quote a certain
Aptenodytes fuscirostris, Ill. among the synonyms of Spheniscus
demersus. I have not been able to verify the reference, and do
not know whether or not it is in the Prodromus, 1811.

1816. VuirtLLot, Analyse, etc. A genus, Hudyptes, is insti-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

tuted; the name holds for the crested group, if these are con-
sidered worthy of generic rank.

1820-26. VuretLLor, Galerie, etc. Aptenodytes papua, Scop. is
figured (pl. 299).

1825. SrepHens, Cont. of Shaw’s Gen. Zool. Genus Chryso-
coma, a synonym of Ludyptes, V., 1816, is instituted.

1825. WEDDELL, Froriep’s Notizen, xii. 198. On species of Ap-
tenodytes, ete., from the South Georgians.

1832. Waatuer, Jsis. A genus, Pygoscelis, is based upon Apfe-
nodytes papua, Scop.

1833. Yarrewt, P. Z.S.i. 33,65. On the hairy and woolly
penguins of Latham.

1834. Bennett, P. Z.S. ii. 34. Habits of Aptenodytes.

1834. Meryren, Nova Acta Acad. Cxs. Leop.-Carol. xvi. supp.
i. 110, pl. 21. A species is named Spheniscus humboldtii, from
Peru; it is a synonym of S. demersus. The author, indeed,
remarks upon the likelihood of its being the same as P. E. 382.
I have seen specimens precisely like the plate here given.

1835. Ret, P. Z. S.iii. 132. Anatomy of Apt. patagonica.

1837. Branpt, Bull. Acad. Sc. St. Petersb. ii. 305. A very
important and valuable contribution, like the rest of this emi-
nent naturalist’s publications. A new species, Catarractes chry-
solophus (the first valid new one for half a century!) is described.

1841. Homsron and Jacquinot, Ann. Sec. Nat. xii. p. 320. A
notable article. Two valid new species are described, viz., Catar-
ractes adelie and C. antipodes, raising the number of known
species to eleven. A few years subsequently (1846), these species
are figured by the same authors (Voy. Péle Sud, pl. 33), and one
of them (adelizx) is made the type of a new genus, Dasyrhamphus.
(See also Comptes Rendus, 1841, xiii. 360, on the same species.)

1842. GLoGER, Institutes the genus Dypsicles, type de-
mersus. (According to Gray; I have no means of verifying the
citation.)

184-. Gray, Voyage of the Erebus and Terror, Birds. In
this very acceptable contribution, Mr. Gray figures three of the
previously known species, viz., papua, antarctica, and antipodes,
in pls. 25, 26,27 respectively, and describes and figures a new
species, Pygoscelis brevirostris, pl. 28 ; this last, however, is identi-
cal with adeliz, as the author soon discovered. He also describes
another new species, Ludyptes pachyrhyncha, p. 17; and the

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

name will stand, if,as Mr. Gray holds, chrysocome and catarractes
Forst., Gm. and Lath., are the same bird; but I cannot agree
with him here. I think that these older authors had two species
in view, and that their chrysocome is what Gray here names
pachyrhyncha.

1844. LicurenstEIn, Edit. Forster’s Descr. Anim. In this re-
presentation of Forster’s labors, among other things, two new
names are proposed, but neither of them stands. <Aptenodytes
palpebrata, from the Cape of Good Hope, is the original Linnean
Diomedea demersa, whilst A. brasiliensis is a variety of the same
species, equivalent to the old torquata or magellanicus of Forster.

1844. Gray, Am. Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii. 315. The author care-
fully distinguishes the two species of Aptenodytes, calling one of
them forsteri, a name anticipated by patachonica, Forst.; and the
other pennantii, which is antedated by longirostris of Scopoli.

1844. Gounp, P.Z.S. xii. 87. Description of a new species, -
Apt. undina ; it is the same as Apt. minor, Forst.

1848. Prawn, Ornith. of the U. 8S. Expl. Exped. As ornitho-
logists are aware, the Ornithology of the Wilkes’s Expedition was
“officially” cancelled by the United States Government, and the
edition was recalled as far as possible, on account of the unsatis-
factory manner in which the author of the work was considered to
have performed his task. But the attempted suppression proved
impossible; the work is extant, and must be recognized. In his
treatment of the penguins, Mr. Peale shows his familiarity with
the birds themselves, but unfortunately some ignorance of orni-
thological literature. With a copy of his work before us, and
all his original specimens, now in the Smithsonian, we find that
he has discriminated the species with perfect accuracy; and he
gives many new and interesting biographical data. His short-
comings are solely in the matter of nomenclature. We are enabled
to make the following determinations :—

A. MAGNIROSTRIS, Peale, = Sph. demersus, var. magellanicus.

‘* A. CHRYSOCOME, GM.?” Peale,= Hudyptes catarractes.

A. FLAVILARVATA, Peale,= Pygoscelis antipodes (H. and J.)

A. LONGICAUDATA, Peale,= Pygoscelis adeliz (H. and J.)

A. TAHNIATA, Peale,= Aptenodytes papua of Scopoli, but the
name must stand, since Scopoli’s is geographically inapplicable.
Peale’s other names are correct; his patagonica is Forster’s bird,
the true “ emperor penguin.”

-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177

1849. Gray, Genera of Birds, iii. Since the Spheniscide, like
the Psittacide, the Picide and some others, form a remarkably
definite and somewhat isolated group of birds, it is particularly
surprising that such an accomplished ornithologist as Mr. Gray
should here and elsewhere dismember the Alcide for the purpose
of wedging the penguins bodily in between different genera of
auks. We have already had occasion to speak of this as “a great
blemish” upon Mr. Gray’s treatment of these two families, and
our former opinion is strengthened with the increase of our know-
ledge upon the subject. In the “ Genera,” Mr. Gray adopts three
genera for the Spheniscidx, giving good characters and faithful
illustrations. We believe the division to be a very close approxi-
mation to the natural order—in fact, we are not sure that these
three genera are not a more truthful expression of fact than the
four we are led to adopt in the present paper. Mr. Gray cata-
logues the species known at that date, but we do not think he is
in this matter nearly so successful as in his generic divisions.
(See 1871, Gray, below.) A beautiful colored plate (pl. 176) illus-
trates Hudyptes pachyrhyncha, Gray. The article is one of the
few that the student can confidently consult to gain a clear gene-
ral idea of the subject.

1850-56. BoNAPARTE, ? Ido not know where this author
has treated of the penguins, and none of the authorities consulted
give any reference. According to quotations, he has instituted a
genus Hudyplila upon Aptenodytes minor, Forst., and has renamed
the two species of Aptenodytes that Gray named /forstleri and pen-
nantii, calling them imperator and rex respectively. There is no
excuse whatever for this.

1858. Cassin, U. S. Exploring Expedition, Birds. Uniting
Peale’s field studies with an accurate determination of the species,
Mr. Cassin’s article on the penguins is one of special importance.
After examination of the original specimens themselves, we find
Mr. Cassin’s identifications correct throughout; but, for some
reason, Ludyptes catarractes does not appear, although several
specimens were brought home by the Expedition, as shown in the
body of this paper.

1859. Gounp, P. Z. S. 98. Mentions several penguins in a
list of birds from the Falkland Islands.

1860. Axssorr, Jbis. 336. The demersa of this author, accord-
ing to Gray and Sclater, is of the variety magellanicus. Gray

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

puts Abbot’s chrysocome as a synonym of nigrivestis, Gould ;
but as this last is a synonym of chrysocome, Forst., the affair
seems to odd itself even.

1860. Scrater, P. Z. 8.382. Ina catalogue of the Falkland
Islands’ Avifauna, the author gives (p. 392) five species of pen-
guins (pennantii, magellanicus, chrysolopha, chrysocome, Forst.
and wagleri, Scl.). He is, we think, perfectly justified in cancelling
Seopoli’s name “ papua” on the score of geographical inapplica-
bility, but in proposing to call the species after Wagler, has he
not overlooked Peale’s prior designation? (For additions and
corrections, cf. Ip. ¢bid., 1861, 45.)

1860. Gounp, P. Z. p. 418. Two new species of Hudyptes
are described. One of them, 2. nigrivestis, is a synonym of
chrysocome, Forst. The other, #.diademata, is a valid species.
Both are from the Falklands.

1861. GouLp, Ann. Mag. N. H. 218. Notices of his crested
species.

1865. Owen, P. Z. S. xxxiii. 488. Results of a post-mortem
examination of Aptenodytes ‘* patachonica.”

1865. Prnzeun, Reise Novara, pl. 5. Hudyptes “ chrysocome”
with young, figured.

1867 (originally 1840). Nuirzscu, Pterylography (Ray Soc.,
ed. Sclater). An important contribution of original and new
matter on the pterylosis of the family.

1867. ScuirGEenL, Mus. Pays-Bas, Urinatores. All the known
species of the family being represented in the Leyden Museum,
this article is, in effect, a monograph of the Spheniscidx; and it
is, in every respect, the most satisfactory treatise upon the subject
that has appeared, being as much superior to the contemporaneous
literature as Forster’s was in its day and generation. As far as
the determination of the species is concerned, our own studies
bear out Dr. Schlegel’s in every single instance; indeed, it seems
to us impossible to reach any other conclusion, when any con-
siderable and sufficient amount of material is examined. The
present article of ours is so completely an indorsement of Dr.
Schlegel’s, that the only points of difference are one or two unim-
portant synonymical determinations among the crested species,
which, after all, will probably remain matters of opinion. Dr.
Schlegel’s analysis of the species is an excellent clue to their
determination. He presents five primary sections, the first repre-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

senting Aptenodytes, the fourth and fifth containing, respectively,
S. minor, and S. demersus with its variety magellanicus. The
third contains the four crested species (divided into that one with
the short tail, catarractes, and the three with longer tail, chryso-
come, chrysolopha, and diademata) in one sub-group, to which
antipodes is added as a second sub-group. The second includes
the three longest-tailed species, adelizw, papua, and antarctica.
The article is open to criticism on the score of the generic deter-
mination, we think, for we show, in another place, that there cer-
tainly are several well-marked modifications of cranial structure,
warranting, if not enforcing, as many generic divisions. But
even here the difference between Dr. Schlegel’s results and our
own is rather apparent than real, for the divisions he makes seem
to correspond, in the main, with the genera we find it necessary to
adopt. (Cf. Newton, Zool. Rec. 1867, 124. Ibis, 1868, 110.)

1867. Huxury, P. Z. 8., 458. The penguins form the fourth
of the several third-rate groups into which the author proposes
to divide birds, in his celebrated “ Classification,” and are called
“ Spheniscomorphe’—a name anticipated by Squamipennes,
Nullipennes, Impennes, Ptilopteri, and some other designations.
Of the nine sets of characters assigned, the fifth, sixth, seventh,
and eighth are more or less perfectly diagnostic; the ninth is
shared by nearly all swimming and some wading birds; the fourth
and first are no more applicable to penguins than to a great many
other birds; the third is not likewise particularly pertinent, and
the second is untrue, so far as relates to the basipterygoid pro-
cesses—these being present in some species of the family. The
group, it is said, “‘contains” the single family Aplerodytide, and
comprises three genera, Ludyptes, Spheniscus, and Aplerodytes
[lege Aptenodytes]. It is probable that final determinations will
‘show that Prof. Huxley’s views are perfectly sound in this last
particular. (V. cranial characters, in/rd.)

1868. Lercomre, P. Z. 8.527. Biographical.

1869. Layarp, Jbis, 378. On destruction of 2. chrysocome
in the Crozette Islands.

1869. Bunter, Trans. N. Zealand Jnst., 112. Occurrence of
S. undinas (so. minor) in New Zealand.

1870. Fuinson, P. Z. S. p. 332, pl. 25. A new species, Dasy-
rhamphus herculis, is described and figured; it is the young of
adeliz, with the throat white, as indeed Mr. Gray had already de-

180. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

termined in the case of the British Museum specimen. A speci-
men in the Philadelphia Academy represents the same thing.

1871. Gray, Hand-list, iii. pp. 98, 99. Mr. Gray retains the
Spheniscide in the unnatural association with the Alcidx that we
have already been forced to criticize adversely. The three genera
he adopts appear to be well founded, the author here showing the
same admirable conservatism that guides his recognition of full
genera throughout the work; but we think that some of the species
retained under subdivisions of his most extensive genus, Hudyptes,
are more different from each other than they are from species of
the other genera; and in this respect some change seems to be
desirable. But in the determination of the species Mr. Gray is
certainly wide of the mark; assuredly, there are not nineteen of
them, as he gives. The list is much more useful as a guide to
one’s own research than as a model to be copied. At the same
time, the synonymical discriminations are so accurately made that
little or no confusion results from the redundancy of species.
The only point concerning which we are at issue in the matter is
that Mr. Gray relegates chrysocome, Forst., to catarractes, leav-
ing his pachyrhyncha as the tenable name of a certain species,
whereas we agree with Dr. Schlegel, that chrysocome, Forst., is
different from catarractes, and is the prior name of what Gray
calls pachyrhyncha. The following reductions in the list appear
to be required :—

No. 10,806 to be united with No. 10,805.

No. 10,804 to be united with No. 10,803.

Nos. 10,802, 10,800, 10,799, 10,797 to be united with 10,790.

No. 10,794 to be united with 10,793, and one of the synonyms
of 10,791 to be the name of 10,793. The valid numbers are there-
fore 10,790, 10,791, 10,792, 10,793, 10,795, 10,796, 10,798, 10,801,
10,803, 10,805, 10,807, 10,808.

1871. Hyarr, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. This is, we believe,
the author’s first appearance as an ornithologist; but he shows
the trained naturalist here as elsewhere, bringing to bear upon the
subject the same qualities that have distinguished him in another
department of zoology. There is a certain freshness and origi-
nality in his treatment of the family that contrast by no means
unfavorably with more conventional writings of practised ornitho-
logists, and, in looking from a new stand-point, he has caught
sight of some things that persons accustomed to the birds have

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

looked at without seeing. This more than compensates for some
slight deficiencies that, under the circumstances, we could not
reasonably expect to find supplied. The article modestly pro-
fesses to be simply a museum catalogue, but it possesses scien-
tific claims of a very high order. The pterylographic data repre-
sent a valuable supplement to Nitzsch’s earlier notice. So far
as we know, Prof. Hyatt is the first naturalist who has attempted
any critical discrimination of the various types of the Spheniscide
with a view of determining their precise relationship, and espe-
cially their genetic relations to each other and to a probable an-
cestral stock; and this, we need not add, is work upon a higher
plane than the mere identification of species, or preparation of
descriptions and synonymy. We must refer to the paper itself
for the details that we cannot here enter upon. It will suflice to
say here, in heartily indorsing the author’s plan of study and
concurring in his general conclusions, that he shows better reasons
for the genera he adopts than any one has hitherto given, and that
our own studies of osteological structure, as far as these go, are
emphatic evidence in favor of his views.

1872. GriEBEL, Thesaurus Ornithologix, erster Halbband, 390.
In this work, an alphabetical catalogue of the nominal species,
thirty-one in number, that were originally described under *“ Ap-
tenodytes,” is given, with the reference of each to its proper
place. The determinations seem to be correct, with few excep-
tions. As the work has not progressed beyond the letter * A,”
the remaining names are not accounted for.

II. ON CERTAIN POINTS OF CRANIAL STRUCTURE
BEARING UPON THE DETERMINATION OF THE
GENERA.

Some authors have rested content with referring all the penguins
to a single genus, adopting either the name Aptenodytes or Sphe-
niscus; and there is some show of reason for this, in the fact that
all the representative species are singularly interrelated in various
points of form. But this is simply defining a genus upon the
identical grounds that indicate the family. Others, going to the
opposite extreme, have instituted or adopted a genus for every
leading species, though in so doing they have been of course un-
able to assign characters of more than specific value. To recon-

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

cile these conflicting views, and, if possible, to fix this question of
the genera with reasonable certitude, has been one object of the
present investigation. I found that any division of the species
according to the details of external form, as the size, shape, and
extent of feathering of the bill, length of tail, presence of peculiar
ptilosis, etc., would be, for the reason just alluded to, an elevation
of various characters, properly to be regarded as specific, to
generic rank; while the ignoring of these would force me to the
other extreme of recognizing a single genus virtually equivalent
to the family itself. It seemed to me that, if there were true
genera among the penguins, the fact would appear from examina-
tion of internal structure; and, having a number of skulls at com-
mand, I directed my attention to these. As far as my material
goes, the results of this investigation are to me highly satisfactory.
At the same time, having examined the skulls of only a limited
number of species, I cannot fix the generic status of all of them,
nor even say how far, if at all, the skulls of the species not ex-
amined may show intergradation between the types of structure
herewith detailed.

The skulls examined show three positively different patterns.

A. The first is that presented by Aptenodytes pennantii. The
rostrum is much longer than the rest of the skull, attenuate,
particularly narrow and acuminate. The nasal opening is cor-
respondingly long and narrow. The upper prong of the nasal
bone is anchylosed with the nasal prong of the premaxillary. The
palatines are anchylosed with the maxille. The zygomata dip
downward moderately from the maxillo-jugal suture. The man-
dible is not abruptly deepened in any part of its length, and shows
a long narrow vacuity at the juncture of its symphyseal with the
succeeding elements. The angle of the mandible lies directly
below a perpendicular let fall from the mastoid. The interorbital
space on the top of the skull is broad and smooth, since the rough
depressions for the lodgment of the glands are narrow, and ter-
minate before reaching the anteorbital prominences. The tem-
poral fossz are very shallow, widely apart, and merely separated
by a slight bony ridge from the slight depression between them-
selves and the cerebellar protuberance. The greatest width of the
skull is one-third, or less, of its entire length.

B. The second modification is afforded by the crested species
(Eudyptes proper). (PI. 4, fig. 1.) The rostrum is shorter or no

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

longer than the rest of the skull, very stout, in particular extremely
broad and obtuse. The nasal opening is correspondingly short.
The upper prong of the nasal bone is partly or wholly free from
the premaxillary. (Fig. 2.) The palatines are imperfectly anchy-
losed with the maxilla. The zygomata are extremely curved,
looping downward from the maxillo-jugal suture. The mandible
is abruptly deepened at its middle into a broad plate, and shows
no vacuity between the symphyseal and following elements. The
angle of the mandible lies in front of the mastoid plane. The
smooth interorbital space is narrow on top of the skull, since the
glandular depressions reach the anteorbital prominences. The
temporal fosse are very shallow, widely apart, and merely sepa-
rated from the depression between themselves and the cerebellar
protuberance by a slight bony ridge. The greatest width of the
skull is nearly half its length.

C. Spheniscus demersus shows a third modification. (Figs. 3, 4.)
The rostrum is longer or no shorter than the rest of the skull,
very stout, in particular extremely deep, with the apex hooked
above, truncate below. The nasal opening is correspondingly
short. The upper prong of the nasal bone is almost completely
anchylosed with the premaxillary. The palatines are extensively
anchylosed with the maxille. The zygomata are curved but
slightly downward. The mandible is deepened very slightly and
gradually, and shows no vacuity between the symphyseal and
succeeding elements. The angle of the mandible is below, if not
behind the mastoid plane. The smooth interorbital space on top
is narrow or reduced to a ridge. The temporal fosse are ex-
tremely deep, meet each other on the median line on top of the skull,
and are completely isolated from the depressions on either side of
the cerebellar protuberance by a strong flange-like plate of bone.
Phe greatest width of the skull is about two-fifths of its length.

It will be observed that each of these types has its own pecu-
liarities. Thus A stands alone in characters of the rostrum; C is
isolated in the singularity of its temporal fossz; B is peculiar in
the dip of the jugal and depth of mandible; and the other charac-
ters vary in intensity of expression with each one. But there are
in each case other characters that are shared with one other, but
not with both the others; and it is these combinations that render
the three distinct. I propose to establish genera upon them.

.

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

One skull of type B, of an undetermined species,* shows, among
some peculiarities that I regard as simply specific, the presence
of small and slender but perfectly plain basipterygoid processes,
of which I see no trace in any other specimen.

As already intimated, I cannot say whether or not these cranial
types shade into each other, or whether species not examined do
not show something different from either of these three patterns,
nor, finally, with which one of the three the unexamined species may
agree. It seems to me that the species minor agrees so closely in
external characters with C that its reference to the genus Sphe-
niscus is warranted. For the same reasons, the species antipodes
seems allied to B. In the uncertainty at present attaching to
papua, adelix, and antarctica, it may be best to leave these to
stand on their own merits in the genus “* Pygoscelis,” which, how-
ever, can then only be characterized by the extreme length of the
tail and the feathering of the bill, since the form of the bill differs
greatly in each of the three. These genera would correspond
very nearly with the sections Dr. Schlegel has indicated, and are
exactly those of Prof. Hyatt. The latter has shown how difficult
it is to define the genera, seeing that they vary with whatever
character we take as our guide. On the whole, I think it most
probable that no more than three genera will be finally deter-
minable, namely, Aptenodytes, Hudyptes, and Spheniscus, though
the second of these may contain subgenera, based upon shape
and feathering of the bill, presence or absence of crests, and
length of tail.

The cranial characters just described will be readily appreciated
by reference to the accompanying figures (Fig. 4), kindly drawn for
this paper by my friend, Prof. Morse. It was not thought neces-
sary to give a figure of Aptenodytes, as a beautiful engraving has
already been presented in Prof. Brandt’s invaluable article. These
figures are all of two-thirds size; those representing vertical views
show the skull from above, on the one side,,and from below
(with the mandible removed) on the other side, of the median
lengthwise line.

In its general characters the skull conforms to the ordinary
pygopodous type. The palate is schizognathous. The inter-

1 It seems to be not one of the crested species, and I suspect that it is ‘* Da-
syrhamphus”’ adelée@, but there is no certainty about this. °

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 185

orbital septum has a large vacuity; its thickened lower border
curves gently forward and upward. The vomer is slight and
readily detached. The optic foramina are merged in a large
vacuity ; the foramina in front of the ear are large and distinct.
The mastoid and postorbital are both prominent ; the depressions
for lodgment of the gland are well marked. The pterygoids are
remarkable for their breadth anteriorly, forming somewhat tri-
angular lamine, instead of irregular cylinders of bone. The
palatines are large, very broad posteriorly, and thin. The max-
illo-palatines, on the other hand, are very small and simple. The
very large and irregular lachrymals are permanently free from
surrounding bones, and seem to be usually (but not always) fenes-
trated with a large foramen. <A prominent peculiarity of the
skull is the loose connection of the bones of both jaws. The
nasals are never entirely confluent with either maxillaries or pre-
maxillaries, and they are sometimes distinct throughout. The
posterior ends of the median prongs of the premaxillaries commonly
remain distinct from the nasals embracing them, and frequently
are not even anchylosed with each other. Traces of the mavxillo-
premaxillary, maxillo-palatal,and maxillo-jugal sutures are usually
very plain; and in the lower jaw, most of the original elements
remain more or less distinct throughout life. None of the cranial
bones appear to be pneumatic.

An incomplete skeleton of Aptenodytes pennantii furnishes the
following additional osteological data (Pl. 5; figs. all of nat
size) :—

All the bones of the wiug are flat and solid.

The humerus (Fig. 5), about 44 inches long, has an average
width of an inch, and a thickness of about } of an inch. It is
perfectly laminar, except the globular expansion at its head. This
portion lies oblique to the general axis of the bone, the general
convexity of the articular surface presenting inward and back-
ward. The whole of this expanded surface is, in effect, the dome
roofing over an immense antrum, into which the whole end of
one’s finger may be thrust. The articular surface is somewhat
crescentic in general outline; anteriorly it slopes to the promi-
nence representing the “greater tuberosity,’ which is directly
continuous with the front edge of the bone. Inside this ridge
there is a deep groove, and along the inner border of the articular
surface lie two fossx separated by a ridge. But the distal extrem-

13

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ity of the bone is still more peculiar—showing a characteristic of
the family only shared, to a certain extent, by Alcaimpennis. (Fig.
6). The bone is cut off obliquely, at an angle of about 45°, with
a straight edge. The anterior three-fifths of this is occupied with
the two facets for articulation with the bones of the forearm.
These facets are continuous, and the radial one scarcely shows
the particular elliptical shape common among birds. The pos-
terior extremity of this oblique end of the humerus is prolonged
far beyond the true elbow joint, furnishing a resting place for the
two large anconal sesamoids. The very end is deeply grooved,
and another similar groove is impressed upon the bone on the
outside, a little higher up. The sesamoids are in these grooves.
The structure of the elbow is such as to allow but very restricted
motion; the forearm can be flexed out slightly from its usual posi-
tion of nearly complete extension.

The larger, outer one of the two sesamoids is an irregularly
discoidal bone, with a smooth, flat, external face, and curved outer
border; its sharpened edge fits in the upper of the two grooves
at the extremity of the humerus; the prominence of the hu-
merus that defines this groove abuts against a slight excavation on
the outer surface of the sesamoids. The smaller sesamoid lies a
little behind and inside the other; it has one flat face applied
against the surface of the other, an irregular surface with a cen-
tral ridge fitting into the extreme groove of the humerus, and a
long, curved, postero-external free border. These sesamoids,
borne upon the most projecting point of the humerus, afford an
extremely powerful leverage for extension of the forearm.

The ulna and radius are similar to each other in general appear-
ance, both being laminar, like the humerus, with a sudden thick-
ening and constriction at the proximal extremity, so that the
articular facets are irregularly circular. The distal extremity of
the ulna is pretty effectually divided into two facets, a posterior
excavation in which the head of the ulnare articulates, and a
superior prominence abutting against a surface of the radiale. The
distal extremity of the radius shows a single convex articular sur-
face fitting the concavity of the radiale. The outer surface is
obliquely impressed for a long distance with a distinct groove for
a tendon; the anterior margin of the radius is a straight, sharp
crest, more prominent than the opposite edge of the ulna. The
two bones of the forearm have very intimate relations to each

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

other only at their proximal extremity, being barely in mutual
contact at the wrist; but in consequence of their straightness,
their edges lie parallel in the continuity—not presenting the ellip-
tical interspace commonly seen in birds’ forearms.

The radiale is not specially noteworthy (Fig. 7), being a simple,
somewhat cubical nodule with distal and proximal articular con-
cavity for the metacarpus and radius respectively, another articu-
lar face for the protuberance of the ulna, two free faces, and an
anterior extremity for tendinous attachment. The ulnare, on the
other hand, is of extraordinary, if not unique, shape and size. It
develops an immense lamellar expansion of the curious shape
shown in the figure, the real body of the bone appearing as a mere
process wedged in betwixt the ends of the ulna and metacarpus.
If, as I presume, the flexor carpi ulnaris has its customary inser-
tion into this bone, the increase of leverage must be enormous.

The single metacarpal bone is peculiar in several respects. It
bears no pollical phalanx, and the crest that ordinarily indicates,
in the composition of this bone, the originally distinct radial met-
acarpal is here obscure, not being differentiated to any consider-
able degree from the general laminar expansion. ‘The ulnar
metacarpal has no convexity; its fusion with the main metacarpal
is perfect for nearly its proximate half, and again at the distal
extremity—a narrow linear fenestration separating it in the rest
of its extent. The head of the bone represents one continuous
articular surface for the radiale and ulnare, flat sideways, strongly
convex fore and aft. At the distal extremity, however, there are
two perfectly distinct articular facets—an oval one for the radial
phalanx, and a small circular one for the ulnar phalanx. The bone
is nearly three inches long, and rather less than one-third as broad.

The proximal radial phalanx is a straight, flattened, rectangu-
lar blade of bone, with four sharp corners, a sharp anterior and
posterior border, and an oval articular surface at either end. It
is two inches long and half an inch broad. The distal phalanx is
simply a flattened spur, with sharp edges, tapering to an obtuse
point; it is about halfan inch long. The ulnar digit, however, is
of unusual size, reaching beyond the end of the proximal radial
phalanx. It has a stout head, whence a process is developed, and
then tapers regularly to the end. It is less obviously flattened
than the other bones of the hand.

The bones of the leg conform closely to the general pygopodous

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

type. The patella, however, is of immense size, and of an indes-
cribable, irregular shape. According to Owen, it develops from
two centres—a matter interesting in connection with the presence
of two sesamoids in the elbow. The tibia is a bone about eight
inches long, and nearly cylindrical in its continuity. It closely
corresponds, in general, with the same bone of a loon, for example,
except that it does not develop the long apophysis above the
knee-joint. There is a considerable protuberance, however, above
the plane of the articulation, formed by the extension of two sharp
cnemial ridges that meet above, defining a long deep fossa that lies
between them. The distal extremity offers nothing peculiar; the
osseous bridge for confinement of the flexor tendons is perfect,
and the trochlear surface has the usual configuration. The fibula
is six inches long, and extremely slender from above the middle
downwards. It abuts against the tibia at both ends, and also
for about an inch of its length at a place nearly half-way down.
Elsewhere, the interspace between the two bones is considerable.

The ankle-joint has a peculiar free, persistent ossicle, about the
size and shape ofa split pea. It appears to be a sesamoid, and it
lies on the posterior aspect of the joint; but owing to an unfor-
tunate inadvertence in the preparation of the specimen, its exact
position and relations were not made out.

The tarso-metatarsus (Fig. 8) is the most remarkable bone of
the skeleton in several respects, and the one more particularly
diagnostic of the family. Penguins afford probably the only in-
stances, among recent birds, of width crosswise being decidedly
greater than thickness antero-posteriorly, and more than half the
length; and the only case of persistence throughout life of fenes-
tre marking the composition of the bone of three originally dis-
tinct metatarsals. In the present species, the bone is rather under
two inches long, from an inch to one inch and a third wide at
different points. he front shows two deep grooves lengthwise
from one end to the other, and in each of these grooves there is
an oval perforation, that would about admit the passage of a
goose-quill. Behind, the corresponding grooves are nearly obso-
lete. The proximal extremity is an uninterrupted articular sur-
face for the tibial condyles, the inner impression being much the
more strongly marked. The distal extremity is deeply cleft in
two places, the three metacarpal prongs being completely isolated.
The central one of these projects beyond the lateral ones. The

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

articular faces have the usual contour; all being grooved perpen-
dicularly, and’ the lateral ones showing that ordinary but highly
interesting kind of obliquity, by means of which the toes, when
flexed, are brought side by side, and made to diverge from each
other when extended.

In the dried bone, no special surface for attachment of the ac-
cessory metatarsal can be recognized. The first digit is extremely
small, completely lateral, closely joined with the base of the sec-
ond toe, and appears in its usual position during life to be turned
more or less completely forward. Technically, it may be consid-
ered “elevated,” though the disparity in size between these and
the other toes is so great that it is difficult to say how much, if
any, above the plane of the rest it is really situated. It appears
to have little or no functional importance, although all its bones
are present and morphically perfect. The accessory metatarsal is
a straight, slender bone, about half an inch long, irregularly flat-
tened ; the proximal phalanx is similar but still smaller, while the
distal phalanx is a mere spiculum about a fourth of an inch long.

The other three toes are of ordinary size; the middle one exceeds
the outer a little, while the inner is considerably the shortest; all
show the normal number of phalanges (3-4-5, from 2d to 4th).
The phalanges of each toe, as usual, decrease in length and bulk
from first to last, and the corresponding ones of different toes
bear to each other the usual relative size. The distal phalanges
have enlarged processes for the support of the heavy, blunt claws,
and these processes are deeply grooved on each side.

III. ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE
FAMILY.

It is well known that the penguins are entirely confined to the
southern hemisphere, and their northern limit of dispersion is
probably ascertained with approximate accuracy. Their nearest
approach to the equator seems to be on the coast of South
America. According to Meyen, the S. “humboldtii” (demersus)
is abundant in the harbor of Callao, Peru, lat. 10° S.; while this
Spheniscus reaches on the other side of this continent to Southern
Brazil, and Ascension Island, lat. 8° 8. (Lich/.). Dr. Schlegel
places the African limit at 25°, and the Australian at 35° 5.,
properly ignoring the accounts of Sonnerat, whose representations

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

of the occurrence of penguins, as given in his ‘ Voyage,” are in
all probability erroneous. On the other hand, some species of
penguins have been found apparently as far as voyagers have
penetrated toward the pole. Such highly antarctic species are
the Pygoscelis adeliz, and antarctica, named from their habitat,
and the Aptenodytes patachonica, seen by Peale in lat. 66° 527.

The Falkland Islands appear to be a centre of the family, no
less than half of the known species occurring there.

A number of the species are very extensively dispersed, having,
as it were, a circumpolar mode of distribution. Such are some
of the crested species, the ‘ papuan” penguin, and especially the
Spheniscus demersus. This last appears to have the most exten-
sive distribution, both in latitude and in longitude, of any; and
since it varies, like other birds, with a change of habitat, this may
account for the exceptional number of nominal species that have
been established at its expense. As far as is known, two species
constitute an exception to the general rule, being confined to a
comparatively limited area; these are the Spheniscus minor and
Eudyptes antipodes, inhabiting the Australian region. ‘

As Dr. Schlegel remarks, the precise habitat of each species
cannot be given as yet; and this will not be possible without
much more information than we now possess, respecting the
places where the different species propagate, and especially in
regard to their movements, whether irregular and contingent, or
periodical, according to season of the year.

191

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

‘AVITAAV “J * sirysouuin,d—

‘SASUMNA "G * s1iqso.upnu—sacnjnhowhru—

"MONIWN “GS : vyenbsoja—

*VOILOUVINY “J : eyenbs10y— saivlnsoq,e—ar jp u0.10900Lh.U—

*VLVINGIVE *d : : : : F : > vyeuoLoooq~e—apourjoanyf uou—
‘VOINODVIVd "VY ‘ ; ‘ ' * — gadicanjd—

‘SIULSOULONOT "VY é ; ; : : sodipnu— sazjsovihuoj—

"SUMOdIENV “OL : : ; a ‘ : : * SLISOMLADIQ— 379U2}000){—# LVISTAO

‘VHAOTOSAUIO “OT SUddS9[N.1909-Oosnj —SLUsourAred—
"ANOOOSAUHNO "OL SUDDSOOSNJ-090[N.1900—S1.1} SO. BU —ae 7D pNDIIHU0) —
‘SALOVHUAVLVO “ —-*-« SUIDS9[NAV0d-OOSHJ—SI1}SOALAIBA—vyzepNBdIADIG— $a7U0L/1.0bUu—

‘SALVNAAVIG “HT : ; : : : ‘ : : : : * suosfavyf— IVISIAD

‘WOAUVNIGIOSINGHdS WAUAIOAdS SIAVTIO

oer ' PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

IV. DETERMINATION OF THE SPECIES.
APTENCDYTES PATAGONICA, Forst.

Aptenodytes patachonica, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Sc. Gétting. iii. 1781,
137, pl. 2. Gma., 8S. N. i. 1788, 556 (in part : confounds the two species).
Laru., Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, 878 (in part : same as Gmelin’s).

Spheniscus patagonicus, ScutEG., Mus. P.-B. livr. 9me. 1866, Urin, p. 3.

Aptenodytes forstert, GRAy., Ann. Nat. Hist. 1844, 315; Hand. iii. 99.

Aptenodytes imperator, BONAP.

Pennant, Gen. of B. pl. 14; T. F. Miller, Ill. Nat. Hist. pl. 20.

Habitut.—Maribus antarcticis.

Maximus inter omnes; maxilla ultra medium ptilosa, tarsis antice lateri-
busque mandibule magna ex parte ptilosis; rostro pedibusque crassiusculis
pro genere Aptenodytis, unguibus maximis obtusissimis: noteeo nigro et
ceruleo permixto, gastro albo, gula nigricante, ea pictura infra cordiforme;
lateribus colli flavicantibus, summa parte flavissim&, necnon stria nigra
humeris anteducta notatis, rostro pedibusque nigris, lateribus mandibule
erubescentibus.

Mus. Smiths. No. 15,666, adult, taken January 23, 1840, in lat.
66° 52’ §., long. 150° 25’ HK. from Greenwich; H. Eld, U.S:
Expl. Exped.: basis of Peale, pp. 258, 335, sp. No. 691, and of
Cassin, pp. 349, 450, sp. No. 681. This specimen, as mounted,
stands about 384 feet high, but appears somewhat overstuffed ;
wing 14 inches, tail about 3, bill along culmen 3, along gape
almost 5, from antize to tip of bill2. The bill is feathered beyond
its middle, the antiz reaching more than half-way from angle of
the mouth to tip, and these feathers conceal the maxillar tomia
for a great distance. On the under mandible the feathers com-
pletely fill the interramal space, and also cover much of the side
of the lower mandible, leaving, towards the base, only the ex-
panded and colored edge of the mandible naked. The tarsi are
entirely covered with feathers, which furthermore overlie the toes
for some distance; but only a part of the tarsus is implanted
with feathers, the rest being reticulate with small six-sided plates,
as are also the upper surfaces of the toes, except just at the end,
where there are 2-3 annular scales. The hallux is minute, rela-
tively smaller than in any other species, and almost perfectly
antrorse; the lateral toes are sub-equal to each other, but the 2d
is a little shorter than the 4th; the tips of the claws of both
overreach the base of the 3d claw. Claws enormously stout and
blunt; 2d 1.20, 3d 1.50, 4th 1.25 long. This bird appears to be

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. _ 193

in perfect plumage; the upper parts are intimately mingled black
and blue, but the latter gives the general impression; the black
of the throat is short, and ends abruptly with a broad cordiform
outline below; the forepart and sides of the neck appear to have
been yellower than they are now, but the club-shaped upper ter-
mination of this colored area is still very yellow; in the whitish
of the sides of the neck stands an isolated black stripe, rnnning
upward from the shoulder, stopping abruptly, not reaching the
gular black. The wings are entirely white beneath. The under
mandible is still richly colored posteriorly ; the rest of the bill,
and the whole feet and nails, are black.

APTENODYTES LONGIROSTRIS, Scopoli.

Patagonian Pinguin, PENNANT., Phil. Trans. lviii. 1768, 91, pl. 5. Larn.,
Gen. Syn. vi. 563; Gen. Hist., x. 390; in part: confuses both species.

Aptenodytes patagonica, PENNANT.

Aptenodytes patachonica, Gu., 8S. N. i. 556 (in part; confounds the two
species.) Lath., Ind. Orn. ii., 1790, 878 (same as Gmelin’s).

Pinguinaria patachonica, Suaw., Nat. Misc. 1799, xi. pl. 409 (nec Forst.).

Aptenodytes longirostris, Scopoir; Sonn., Voy. N. Guin. 180, pl. 1138.

Aptenodytes pennantii, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1844, 315; Gouxp, P. Z.
8. 1859, 98; Scx., Ibid. 1860, 392. Hyatt, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1871.

Spheniseus pennantii, SCHLEGEL, Urin. M. P.-B. 1866, 3; Scutecen, De
Dier. p. 268.

Aptenodytes rex, BONAP.

Woolly pinguin, Latu., Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 292, pl. clxxxi.; young in the
down (also, ** hairy pinguin,”’ ibid. ?).

Pl. Enlum. No. 975 (shows unmistakably the side of the under mandible
entirely naked).

Habvitat.—Maribus australibus. Ins. Falklandicis, Kergueleni, Stewartii.

Apt. patachonice similis, sed multo minor, rostro artubusque pro statura
longioribus, tarsis lateribusque mandibul omnino nudis, unguibus gracilio-
ribus ; notwo nigro et ceruleo permixto, gastro albo, gulf nigricante, ea
pictura infra aculeataé, linea flava jugulari media summa parte furcata, pic-
turam nigram gularem inter ramos suos amplectante, deinde per latere
utroque colli porrecté et illic maculam flavissimam formante ; rostro pedi-
busque nigris, mandibula nigra ex parte erubescente,

Mus. Smiths. No 59,243, in perfect plumage ; from the Falkland
Islands. Skin a yard long, but somewhat stretched; probably was
about 30 inches in life; wing about 12; tail 4; tarsus, measured in
front (where all our other measurements of tarsi are taken), 1.50;
middle toe and claw 4; culmen of bill 3.25; gape 4.50; from anti

&

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

to tip of bill 2.50. While a much smaller bird than patachonica
(Forstert), it is thus seen that the wings, tail, and feet are rela-
tively longer, and that the bill, besides being relatively longer,
is actually made of equal length, if not absolutely longer, in con-
sequence of the less extent to which the feathers of the front
encroach upon the upper mandible, the anti falling short of half
the distance between angle of the mouth and tip of the bill.
Another and yet stronger character is, that the sides of the under
mandible are entirely naked, whereas in patachonica (Forst.) the
feathers encroach so much that hindwards only the tomial edge of
the mandible remains bare. This difference heightens the seeming
greater size of the bill of pennantiz ; it likewise makes the brightly
colored area larger, and gives it a different shape. The tarsi of
pennant are entirely naked, and not even hidden by the tibial
plumes ; whereas in patachonica (F.) the tarsi are largely ptilose,
and wholly hidden by feathers, as are also the bases of the toes.
The general pictura of the plumage is the same; but the neck
shows a very noticeable difference, the gular black running far
down in a sharp point embraced betwixt the forks of the narrow
median anterior jugular line of yellow that after bifurcating
mounts on either side of the neck and head, there to form a large
very yellow spot, bounded immediately by the dark color of the
neighboring parts; and moreover, the isolated black line running
up in the whitish of the side of the neck from the shoulder
towards the throat, as observed in the Smithsonian specimen of
patagonica, is not seen here.

I am not satisfied, however, that these precise points of color-
ation are sufficiently distinctive of the species as compared with
its congener. It is probable that the only reliable characters are
to be found in the larger size, proportionally shorter members,
much more extensively feathered bill, and feathered tarsi, of
patagonica; and all these points seem to be accounted for by a
difference in habitat, patagonica being more decidedly antarctic
than longirostris.

No. 11.976. Mus. 8. I. (Osteological Register.) From the
Falkland Islands, received through Mr. Salvin, with No. 59,243.

No..... Mus. Acad. Philada. No locality given. Bill from
forehead 3.75, from nasal feathers 2.75, from gape 5.25. Tarsus,
middle toe, and claw together, 6 inches; wing from the shoulder 1
foot. A fine specimen, in perfect plumage. The intense yellow

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195

club-shaped spots mount to the very summit of the occiput, being
there separated only about one inch from each other. They are
bordered behind by a sharp narrow black edging, distinctly de-
fined against the neighboring blue; this black margin nearly meets
its fellow on the front of the neck, then passes down along the
edge of the blue on each side, widening as it descends beyond the
wing where it is finally dissipated.

No..... Mus. Acad. Philada. No locality recorded; in
perfect plumage, but the bright tints not so vivid as in the pre-
ceding. Bill from forehead 3.75, along side of lower mandible
5 inches.

No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc. Straits of Magellan, Coll. La Fres-
naye. (Hyatt.)

PYGOSCELIS THNIATA (Peale).
Le manchot papou, SoNNERAT, Voy. 181, pl. 115.
Papuan Pinguin, Laru., Gen. Syn. vi. 565, and Gen. Hist. x. 388.
Aptenodytes papua, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Gotting. iii. 1781, p. 140,

pl. 3. BonnaTERRE, Ency. Method. i. 1782, p. 67, pl. 17, f. 3. Gu, 8.

N. i., 1788, 556. Laru., Ind. Orn. ii., 1790, 879. VaEnEOR, Gal. Ois.

pl. 299. Gray, Voy. Ereb, and Terr. pl. 25.

Eudyptes papua, Cassin, Orn. U. 8. Expl. Exp. 1858, 264. Gould, P. Z.

S. 1839, 98.

Spheniscus papua, SCHLEGEL, Urin. M. P.-B. iii. 1866, 5
Eudyptes (Pygoscelis) papua, Gray, Handl. iii. 1871, 98.
Pygoscelis papua, Hyarr, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1871, p.
Aptenodytes teniata, PEALE, Orn. U. 8S. Ex. Ex. 1848, 264.
Pygoscelis wagleri, ScLATER, P. Z. 8. 1860, 392, No. 46.

‘‘ Pygoscelis papuensis, VAN DER HOEVEN.”’ (Gray.)

Habatat maribus australibus. Ins. Falklandicis, Kergulenii, Macquarii.
Nec. Ins. Papua, unde patet, nomen Scopolianum ineptum.

StaturA medius; notaeo cum capite gulfique griseo-nigro, cceruleo-lincto,
gastrieo albo, vertice transversim albo-lunato, alis albo-marginatis, cauda
elongata, cuneati, rectricibus sexdecem, exterioribus albo-marginatis.

May be known at a glance, by the white semilune across the
crown from one eye to the other, long tail (about as in adeliz),
and long slender much feathered bill, approximating to that of
Aptenodytes.

No. 2282, Mus. Acad. Phila., adult, “ Iles Croquets.” Stands
25 inches high, but may be stretched. Tail about 5} inches, the
outer feathers white-edged. Middle toe and claw 3.40. Tarsus
quite naked; a little over an inch long. Wing 9 inches, the poste-

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

rior border broadly white. The bill of this species stands quite
alone among the penguins, saving Aptenodytes, in its length and
slenderness and in the length combined with narrowness of the
frontal antiz. Whilst the culmen measures 2.75, the distance from
the nasal feathers to the tip of the bill is only about 1.60; the
nostrils are completely hidden, and not easy to discover in the
dried state. The bill is really longer than it looks, the rictus
measuring 5 inches; the progression of the feathers on the bill is
a condition essentially similar to that of adeliz; although the bills
of the two look so different, this is merely due to the length of
the terminal part in feniata. If the terminal portion were cut off
an inch, the bill of teniata would be essentially similar to that of
adelix. Sharing other features, especially the very long tail, adeliz
and teniata seem to be most closely related species; and despite
the difference in the bill, I think that the skulls of the two will be
found of a single pattern. Some ornithologist will do good service
by noticing the skulls and seeing whether they agree, and if so,
how they compare with the three types of cranial structure. I am
induced to surmise that the resemblance will be found closest with
Aptenodytes.

No. . .. Mus. Acad. Philada. No locality recorded. In this
specimen, apparently not quite mature, the fore half of the body
above is gray, in decided contrast with the blue-blackish of the
rest. The coronal crescent is evident. The bill appears to have
been clear yellow, with black ridge and tip.

No. ... Mus. Smiths. Inst. U.S. Expl. Exped., H. Eld, from
Macquarie’s Island, where Mr. Peale says (I. c.) it was found
breeding in abundance, in January, with Crested Penguins.

No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc., no locality given, Coll. La Fresnaye
(Hyatt).

Dr. Schlegel quotes the Falklands, voyage of the Astrolabe and
Zélée; Mr. Gray, also, Kerguelen’s Island.

PYGOSCELIS ADELIE (H. & J.).

Catarractes adelie, Home. and Jacq., Ann. Sc. Nat. 1841, 320.
Dasyrhamphus adelie, Homs. and Jacg., Voy. P.8., Ois. 1846, pl. 33, f. 1.
Eudyptes adelie, Cassrn, Orn. U. 8. Ex. Ex. 1859, 352, 450, No. 685.
Spheniseus adeliv, ScaLeG., Mus. Pays.-B. Urin. 9me. livr. 1866, 4.
Budyptes (Dasyrhamphus) adelie, Gray, Handi. iii. 1871, 99.

Pygoscelis adelic, Hyart, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1871, p. —,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

Pygoscelis brevirostris, Gray, Voy. Ereb. and Terr. Birds, pl. 28.

Aptenodytes longicauda, PEALE, U. §. Ex. Ex. Birds, 1848, p. 261, pl. 70,
f. 2; p. 335, No. 696.

Eudyptes herculis, Fixscn, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1870, pl. 25. (Juy.)

Habitat.—In maribus antarcticis: Adelia. Victoria.

Statura medius, cauda longissima, cuneata, rectricibus linearibus, rostro
brevi, crasso, recto, obtuso, ultra medium ptiloso, apice adunco, naribus
plumis obtectis, palpebrarum marginibus nudis, flavis; notzo fusco,
ceruleo-lavato, capite cum gula obscurioribus.

No. 15,698, Mus. Smiths., adult in perfect plumage, mounted ;
from the Antarctic Ocean, lat. 64° 40’ S., long. 103° 4’ E. from
Greenwich, U. S. Expl. Exped., T. R. Peale: type of Aptenodytes
longicauda, Peale, l. c., and basis of Cassin’s article, l.c. The
tail is very long, the central feathers being upwards of 7 inches,
though the lateral are only about 2, in consequence of the extreme
graduation; all the rectrices are merely narrow linear lamine, like
pieces of whalebone with frayed edges. The tibial feathers cover
the tarsus in front, but none grow on the tarsus itself, which
is very short—only about an inch. Middle toe and claw 3.00;
inner do. 2.25, outer do. 2.50; nails very long, but blunt; webs
emarginate. The podotheca is entirely reticulate, except a few
annular scales at the ends of the toes. The bill is very short,
narrow and deep, and densely feathered beyond its middle. The
autiz reach within an inch of the tip, entirely covering the nos-
trils; the broad rounded-depressed and decurved culmen runs in
a point on the forehead; its chord is 1.50 long. The feathers of
the antiz, and those between the mandibular rami, slope so
obliquely and rapidly towards the edges of the bill, that the
naked portion of the tomia is only 1.75 inches long, though the
whole gape measures 2.50; the feathery extension in the inter-
ramal space is within .75 of the tip of the mandible. Depth of
bill at base over .90. The short nasal groove is very narrow and
oblique, running into the tomia behind the hodked portion, and
behind widening into a feathered fossa where the nostrils lie. This
specimen, as mounted, now stands a trifle over 2 feet high, but
measures about 334 inches (its length in the flesh was 31 inches—
Peale). The bill is wholly dark colored—probably it showed
some reddish in life; the feet appear to have been flesh-colored.
The naked edges of the eyelids are yellow. The upper parts are
fuscous, only slightly lightened with penguin-blue, of which each

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

feather shows a trace; the whole head and upper throat are uni-
form smoky blackish- promis

No. 15,667, Mus. Smiths., adult, mounted, same locality as the
last, and perfectly similar: another example of Apt. longicauda,
Peale.

No. 793, Mus. Acad. Phila., adult, 6, “ Iles Adelaides.” En-
tirely similar to the foregoing. Tail 6.25 inches. I count 15
rectrices, and probably there were 16; none are white-edged in
this species as in ¢eniata.

No. 2191, Mus. Acad. Phila., * New Zealand?” Very smilar to
the last; but apparently not quite adult, as the bill is weaker, and
there are white specks in the dusky part of the throat.

No. 793bis, Mus. Acad. Phila., received with No. 693, and from the
same locality. An immature bird, in the plumage of “ Dasyrham-
phus herculis.” The throat is white to the bill, but there are a few
scattered blackish feathers, showing incontestably that this part
would have become dark.

Although we repose great confidence in the judgment of the
accomplished ornithologist who lately proposed to separate from
adeliz a specimen in Count Ercole Turati’s collection, yet we
cannot hesitate to refer HL. herculis to this species, even without
examining the type. For according to Dr. Finsch’s own showing,
the only tangible difference lies in the white throat, which is surely
a mark of immature plumage, however adult the specimen may
otherwise appear. Every one of the black-throated penguins
(all the family except minor and antarcticus) have the throat white
at first; and in several cases we have actually traced the change,
by insensible degrees. The British Museum examples, with white
throat, lately printed by Mr. Gray as “herculis,” were never sus-
pected to be aught else than young adelix, before Dr. Finsch’s
article appeared. Dr. Schlegel reports a precisely similar “ in-
dividu au premier plumage, de taille. moins forte et offrant la gorge
blanche, terre Victoria, acquis in 1863; and we recognize the
same condition in this one of the Academy’s specimens.

The Aptenodytes longicauda of Peale was promptly identified
with adeliz by Cassin; and Mr. Gray soon recognized the same
species in his Pygdscelis brevirostris.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

PYGOSCELIS ANTARCTICA (Forst.).

Antarctic Pinguin, LatH, Gen. Syn. vi. 565, and Gen. Hist. x. 389.

Aptenodytes antarctica, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Sc. Gott, 1781, iii. 141,
pl. 4. Gm., 8. N. L. 1788, 557. Lara., Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, 879.

Eudyptes antarctica, GRAY, Voy. E. and T., Birds, pl. 26.

Pygoscelis antarctica, Bonar. Hyart, Proc. Bost. Soc. 1871.

Spheniscus antarcticus, ScuieG., Urin. M. P.-B. iii. 1866, 5.

Eudyptes (Pygoscelis) antarctica, GRAY, Handl. iii. 1871, 99.

Habitat.—Maribus aust. et antarct. Ins. Falklandicis, Weddelii.

‘* Taille au dessous de la moyenne, Bec petit. Se distingue de toutes
les autres espéces par le blanc occupant non seulement toutes les parties
inferi¢ures jusqu’au menton, mais encore les cétés de la téte jusqu’a l’occi-
put et le bas des freins, et parceque ce blanc n’est interrompu que par une
raie noire entourant le devant de la gorge, traversant les joues, et se dirige-
ant sur le devant de la nuque. Bec noiratre. Pieds rougeiitres.’? (Scuu.)

** Length 21 to 22 inches ; tail 44 to 51 inches; wing 7} inches; tarsus
29 to 30 lines ; middle toe 2 inches; bill (along the side) 27 to 28 lines;
from the forehead 18 lines ; height 7} lines.’’ (SCHLEGEL. )

We have not seen this strongly marked species, and we are not
aware that there is more than one specimen in the United States.
This is in the Boston Society’s Museum, and is an adult, from the
La Fresnaye Collection; no locality assigned. (ide Hyatt.)

The foregoing description is copied from Dr. Schlegel, who
quotes two specimens in the Leyden Museum, from the Falk-
land and Weddell’s Islands (Voyage of the Astrolabe and Zelée).

In the length of tail, feathering of the bill, and some other
characters, it seems related to taniata and adelizx, and to be
referable to the genus Pygoscelis. It forms, with S. minor, an
exception to the general rule of coloration among penguins, in
that the throat persists white.

EUDYPTES ANTIPODES (H. & J.),

Catarrhactes antipodes, Hompr. and Jacq., Ann. Sc. Nat. 1841, 820.
Ip., Voy. au Péle Sud de ]’Ast. et Zélée, pl. 33, f. 2.

EHudyptes antipoda, Gray, Voy. Ereb. et Terr. pl. 27. Cass., Ornith.
U.S. Ex. Ex. 1859, 351, 450, No. 684.

Pygoscelis antipoda, BONAP.

Spheniscus antipoda, Scuiea., Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, 9me, 1866, 9.

Eudyptes (Pygoscelis) antipoda, Gray, Handl. iii, 1871, 99.

Aptenodytes flavilarvata, PEALE, Orn. U. 8. Ex. Ex. 1848, p. 260, pl. 70, f.
1; p. 335, No. 695.

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Habitat.—Ins. Aucklandicis, Campbelliana.

Statura medius; ecristatus, sed plumis capitis elongatis, linearibus ; ros-
tro brevi, crassiusculo, recto, apice maxille adunco, mandibule subtrun-
cato ; caudaé brevi, rotundata ; supra griseo-cceruleus dilutior, infra albus,
sed guld, necnon lateribus colli summi eapitisque infimi brunnescentibus “a
plunis elongatis genarum flavicantibus, verticis flayicantibus nigro-lineatis,
fasciis transocularibus in occiput conniventes flavioribus ; rostro pallide in-
carnato.

No. 15,655, Mus. Smiths., mounted, adult, 5 in nearly perfect plu-
mage, from the Auckland Is., U. 8. Ex. Ex., T. R. Peale: type of
Apt. flavilarvata Peale, 1. c.; basis of Cass. l.c. There are no
true lateral crests as in the typical species of Hudyptes, but all the
feathers of the face, and most of those of the crown, are length-
ened and linear. The yellow of the cheeks and crown has a dull
soiled shade, and that of the crown is sharply streaked with fine
black lines, one on each feather ; the unlengthened feathers of the
hind head, and those over the auriculars and through the eyes,
form a well-marked band of much brighter and purer sulphur yel-
low; the lower parts of the head, and uppermost of the neck,
including the throat, have a peculiar brownish cast; and, alto-
gether, the head markings are unique in the family. The under
parts are white, up to the slight gular brownish just mentioned ;
the upper parts are of a pale watery blue, more dilute than on an
average among the other species. The head markings, and length-
ened feathers of the vertex, together with the points of form here
to follow, show how the species is a link between true Spheniscus
and typical Eudyptes. Bill stoutish, straight, tip fairly hooked,
but under mandible hardly truncate, nasal sulcus as usual. The
anti run out pointedly, about 4 of an inch beyond base of cul-
men, but still do not conceal the nostrils; from their apices, the
feathers rapidly retreat, to angle of the mouth, leaving the maxil-
lar tomia entirely bare, while those on the under mandible simi-
larly expose the whole tomia, although between the rami they
reach within less than an inch of the end of the bill. Chord of
culmen 2.10; depth of bill .85; antize to tip 1.75; gape 3.00: the
anterior canthus is just over the angle of the mouth. Tail very
short (under 2 inches), and much rounded, as in Spheniscus de-
mersus or minor. The whole length of the bird is somewhat over
2 feet.

Schlegel reports one of the types of the species from the

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

* Océan Glacial Austral, Voyage de l’Astrolabe et de la Zélée.”
According to Gray, the British Museum examples are from the
Auckland and Campbell’s islands. Judging from Mr. Peale’s
account, the Aucklands are a headquarters of the species.

The Aptenodytes flavilarvata of Peale was long ago referred
by Cassin to its proper place.

EUDYPTES CATARRHACTES (Forst.).

Phaéton demersus, L., 8. N. i. 219, nec Diomedea demersa, ibid. 214.
Based on Edw. 49, and Briss. vi. 102.

Aptenodytes catarractes, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Sc. Gott. iii., 1781,
145. Gm., 8. N. ii. 1788, 558, No. 7: based on Edw. 48 = Linneus’s
and Forster’s bird.

Spheniscus catarractes, SCHLEGEL, M. P.-B. 9me. livr. 8.

Hudyptes catarractes, GRAY, Hand. iii. 1871, 98.

Pinguinaria cristata, SHaw, Nat. Mise. pl. 437.

** saltator, StEPm.,’’ (Gray.)

Aptenodytes gorfua, BONNATERRE, Ency. Method. 1782, i. 68.

** Aptenodytes chrysocome?’? PEALE, Orn. U. 8. Ex. Ex. 1848, p. 259,
335, No. 693 (testibus specim. ipsis).

? Le manchot huppé de Siberie. Planche Enlum. No. 984.

Obs. This species is at once distinguished among the crested
ones by the shortness of the tail, which in size and shape rather
recalls S.demersus. This member is under three inches long,
rounded, of fourteen narrow stiflish graduated rectrices. From
either chrysocome or chrysolopha it is also known by its inferior
size; and from chrysocome, its nearest ally, by the quite blue
upper parts, asin chrysolopha, the color of the back of chry-
socome being quite dark.

This appears to have been the earliest described of the crested
species, and its synonymy is in such a state of confusion with
that of the following, that probably it is now impossible to com-
pletely unravel it. Such points as we have been able to determine
with some confidence, and which probably are correct, are given
in connection with chrysocome.

No. 15,658, Mus. Smiths. Inst., Antarctic Ocean, U. 8. Ex. Ex.,
T. R. Peale, mounted, not in perfect plumage. The feathers of
the vertex are lengthened and linear, those of the forehead less
so; all are blackish. The crests are only indicated by the yel
lowish superciliary lines of little lengthened feathers. Under-parts
white to the bill, but the gular dark beginning to show; upper-

14

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

parts strongly washed with penguin-blue. Bill brownish-red.
Stands 19 inches high, and seems overstuffed; tail under 3, but
still the coverts so short that the rectrices noticeably project.
Chord of culmen 1.40; gape 1.75; height of bill at base .75 ; from
antiz to tip of bill 1.00; tarsus under 1.00; middle toe and claw
under 2.50.

No. 45,513, Mus. Smiths. Inst., Orange Bay, Antarctic Ocean,
U. 8. Ex. Ex., J. W. Dyes, Feb. 1839; exactly like the last.

No. 45,512, Mus. Smiths. Inst., Cape Horn, U. 8. Ex. Ex., T. RB.
Peale. Similar, but plumage a little more advanced. The dark
gular area is here apparent, while the blackish feathers of the
vertex and the yellowish superciliary bundles are a little longer,
yet the latter do not form crests.

These three specimens represent the “ Aptenodytes chrysocome 2?”
of Peale, /.c. They appear to have been overlooked, unaccount-
ably, by Mr. Cassin, when he did Mr. Peale’s work over again;
for the U. 8. Ex. Ex. Ornithology contains no allusion to them.

No. . . . Mus. Acad. Philada., “Cape Horn. Presented by Dr.
Ruschenberger, 5th Aug. 1857. J. C.” Not adult, the throat
being only partially blackish, and the crests merely indicated by
yellow superciliary lines. It closely resembles three Smithsonian
specimens. Chord of culmen 1.60; bill weak ; tail barely 3 inches.
It may be considered a suspicious circumstance that all these spe-
cimens referable to catarractes on account of the weak bill, short
tail and slight crests, show characters reasonably explicable upon
ground of immaturity.

No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc., adult, Falkland Islands, Coll. La
Fresnaye. (Hyaitt.)

EUDYPTES CHRYSOCOME (Forst.).

Aptenodytes chrysocome, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Se. Gott. iii. 1781, 135,
pl. i. LicHTENsTEIN, Ed. Descr. Forst. 1844, 99. ? Gme.in, 8S. N. ii, 1788,
550, No. 1. (Quotes Forster and P.E. 984.)

Spheniscus chrysocome, Scuu., M. P.-B. ix. 1866, Urin. 6.

Eudyptes chrysocome, GouLtyv, B. Aust., vii. pl. 83 (testibus speciminibus
typicis). Scn., P.Z.5. 1860, 392.

Eudyptes pachyrhyncha, Gray, Voy. E. & T. Birds, , pl. 17%. Gray
and MiTcHELL, G. of B. iii. pl. 176. Gray, Handlist, iii. 1871, 98.

Eudyptes nigrivestis, GouLv, P. Z. §. 1860, 418.

Eudyptes nigriventris ! GRAY, Handlist, iii. 1811, 98, lapsu.

?? Planche Enluminée, No. 984.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

No. 59,242, Mus. Smiths. Inst., Falkland Islands, lately acquired
under the name of “ Lud. nigrivestis, Gould.” Bill 1.70 (chord
of culmen) ; from antiz to tip of bill 1.10; gape 2.00; tail about 4;
wing about 7. The upper parts are very dark, especially the head
and neck, which show no blue at all; the crown is jet-black, its
feathers moderately lengthened, those of the forehead not reach-
ing the occiput. A narrow pale yellow line runs from near the
base of the culmen over the eye, to the occiput, and there forms
a curly tuft an inch longer. This specimen certainly shows
nothing whatever different from ordinary chrysocome, nor does
Gould’s description (1. c.) give any tangible characters. He says,
indeed, that his bird is “smaller than chrysocome,” but the dimen-
sions he assigns (length 21}; bill 2; tail 4; tarsi ¢) do not bear
out this statement; nor do any of the other characters hold. We
judge from the nature of Mr. Gould’s remarks that he compared
his bird with chrysolopha, from which it is different in the respects
he mentions. In any event, we fully concur with Prof. Schlegel,
in relegating “nigrivestis” to chrysocome. Mr. Gray adthits the
species, in the Handlist, but by an unfortunate slip of the pen, or
typographical error, it there stands as “ nigriventris.”’

No. ... Mus. Acad. Philada., New Zealand, adult. Bill of im-
mense size; chord of culmen 2.50, greatest depth 1.20; the cul-
minal and tomial portions highly turgid. Upper parts very dark,
scarcely washed with bluish, and quite black on the head; frontal
and coronal feathers lengthened and linear; crests conspicuous,
light straw yellow, reaching about an inch beyond the occiput.
Stands about 19 high; tail about 4.50; middle toe and claw 3.75.

No. 1684, Mus. Acad. Philada., adult, Van Diemen’s Land, Coll.
Gould. One of the types of chrysocome, Gould, B.A. pl. 83.
Almost exactly like the last specimen, but not quite so heavy ;
tail about 4 inches. This is unquestionably true chrysocome, and
Dr. Schlegel therefore is proved in error in assigning “ chrysocome,
Gould,” among the synonyms of chrysolopha, Brandt.

No. 1343, Mus. Acad. Philada. New Zealand, adult, labelled
“ pachyrhynchus, Gray?” in a handwriting I do not recognize.
Essentially similar to, and certainly conspecific with, the foregoing
specimens; though it looks larger, this is probably due to
overstuffing. Stands 19 inches; tail 4; bill 2. The head is opaque
velvety black, but there is considerable blue in the color of the
back. The yellow crests are precisely as in the other specimens.

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

No. ... Mus. Acad. Philada. Adult; no locality nor donor
given. A specimen closely agreeing with the preceding, but the
bill is not nearly so heavy, though stout for its length ; it measures
1.60 long, by nearly one inch deep. The specimen is labelled
** nachyrhyncha, Gray,” by Mr. Cassin, and is certainly Gray’s bird.

No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc., no locality given, Coll. La Fresnaye.
( Hyatt.)

This species, if it be different from catarrhactes, is to be distin-
guished by the rather larger size, very stout bill, decidedly longer
tail, and prevalent darkness of the back, and especially the head.
From chrysolopha it may be known by the less development of
the crests, darker color, and heavier bill.

It is extremely difficult, if not impossible, to pick out, among
the earlier notices of this species and catarrhactes, the names and
descriptions that respectively apply to these two. Mr. Gray, in-
deed, throws all the eighteenth century synonymy upon catarrhac-
tes, considering that his pachyrhyncha represents the original
description of the present species; and it would be advantageous
to agree with him on this point. But I cannot help thinking that
Forster had two different species in view, that he named respec-
tively catarrhactes (after Briss.) and chrysocome (n. sp.).

It is also Dr. Schlegel’s opinion that Forster indicated the
two species, so that I hardly see how he (Dr. Schlegel) relegates
chrysocome, Gmelin and P. E. 984, to catarrhactes ; for Gmelin
quotes Forster, and whatever species Forster’s is, that Gmelin’s
must also be. The Planche Enlum., also, shows a very darle bird.
I know that in this matter my judgment is quite as likely to be
at fault as Dr. Schlegel’s is, but I think that, all things considered,
it may be best to accept the synonymy as it is here arranged, let-
ting ‘ chrysocome ” mean chrysocome, and ‘ catarrhactes”’ mean
catarrhactes, in every instance, without attempting an identifica-
tion upon the vague and unsatisfactory descriptions that the
older authors gave.

EUDYPTES CHRYSOLOPHA, Branilt.

Eudyptes chrysolopha, BRANDT, Bull. Acad, Petersb. ii., 324. ScHLEGEL,
M. P.-B. Urin. p. 7 (Excl. syn. ‘‘ chrysocome Gould.’’).

‘* Hudyptes chrysocome, PELZELN’’ (nec Forst.). Novara Reise, Vogel,
p. 140, pl. 5. (Awet. Schlegel.)

E. preecedenti simillimus ; sed rostro debiliore, noteeo paululum clariores

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

cristis lateralibus longissimis, procul ultra occiput porrectis, et plumi,
coronalibus omnibus elongatis.

Habitat.—Maribus australibus. Ins. Falklandicis.

No. ... Mus. Acad., Philada. No locality given. The upper
parts are rather lighter colored (bluer) than in chrysocome (much
as in catarrhactes), but the difference is not well marked ; the head,
however, has a decided bluish cast hardly visible in the opaque
black of chrysocome. All the coronal feathers are longer, more
slender, and stiffer than I have ever seen them in chrysocome,
extending nearly two inches beyond the occiput, and forming a
median vertical black crest connecting the yellow lateral plumes.
The longest yellow plumes are full 3 inches in length, and reach
over 4 itiches behind the eye—about 7 inches from the tip of the
bill: they are accompanied to their very ends by a few of the long-
est black plumes. This is a condition I have never seen equalled
in any specimen of chrysocome, though the difference after all is
not so decided. ‘The bill is no shorter than in some specimens of
chrysocome (the chord of culmen measuring 14 inches long); but
it is weaker than I have ever seen it in that species, being hardly
# of aninch deep. The tail is about 4 inches long; middle toe
and claw nearly 3.00.

No. ... Mus. Acad., Phila. No locality assigned. Exactly
like the last, but the crests not quite so highly developed, though
they are still noticeably longer than in chrysocome. The bluish
cast of the upper parts, and even of the head, is well marked.

No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc., Falkland Islands, Coll. La Fresnaye.
( Hyatt.)

According to Dr. Schlegel, it is this species that is indicated
in Gould's Handbook, p. 517, under the name of Hudyptes * calar-
ractes;” and by Pelzeln, Novara Reise, p. 140, pl. 5, under the name
of Eudyptes “ chrysocome.” We do not, however, venture to so
assign these names in our synonymy, especially since Dr. Schlegel
is certainly wrong in his identification of Gould’s * chrysocome.”

Although I am able to distinguish the three currently accredited
species, in the few specimens examined, yet the distinctions are
not of avery satisfactory nature, and I strongly suspect that
when specimens enough shall have been compared, the supposed
specific characters will melt insensibly into each other, so that,
at most, only varietal distinction can be reasonably asserted.

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Indeed, I am not sure that differences of age or season or special

conditions of plumage may not be the sole basis of the supposed
species.

EUDYPTES DIADEMATUS, Gould.
Eudyptes diadematus, GouLp, P. Z. 8. 1860, 419. Scuiecer, Urin. M.

P.-B. 1866, Ime, 8. Gray, Hand-list, iii. 1871, 98.

Habitat.—Ins. Falklandicis. Nova Zealandia.

Eud. chrysolophe et chrysocome similis, sed major, notzeo obscuriore,
fusco vix griseo-cceeruleo layato, plumis superciliaribus necnon frontalibus
flavissimis, his nigro-lineatis, illis breviusculis, rectis.

No. 59,241, Mus. Smiths., adult, in perfect plumage, from the
Falkland Islands, received under the name of “* Hud. chrysolopha.”
The upper parts are very dark, with barely a trace of dull pen-
guin-blue in some places, in others, as on the head, none at all.
(In these respects quite different from its nearest ally, chrysolo-
pha.) The intense yellow plumes, very slender, and perfectly
straight, reach hardly an inch beyond the sides of the occiput
(they are longer, curly, and not so yellow, in the other species) ;
and on the forehead they coalesce to form a large orange spot,
with sharp black lines, the terminal half of each feather being
black. (In all the other three crested species the lateral bundles
of yellow plumes remain strictly separate.) The other feathers
of the crown are perfectly black, and not much lengthened. Bill
larger and more robust than in the other crested species ; nasal
groove very strongly impressed, dividing the maxilla into the
broad, depressed, culminal part, and the bulging tomial portions ;
on the under mandible the feathers ascend backwards from their
point of extension between the rami, as usual, but do not reach
the tomia at all, but retreat to the very angle of the mouth; while
the corneous part of the mandible is defined along the line of
these feathers by a raised border. Chord of culmen 2.25; gape
2.50; from antiz to tip of bill 1.75; height of bill opposite base
of culmen 1.15; width do. .85; wing nearly 8; tail 5.25; tarsus
about 1; middle toe and claw 2.75; whole length of the dried
skin, apparently not stretched, 2} feet.

No. ... Mus. Acad., Philada. No locality given. Adult; as
stuffed, stands 22 inches high ; chord of culmen 2.15; gape 2.75,
but not quite 1 deep at deepest place; tail about 45; wing 8}.
Similar to the Smithsonian specimen.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

No. ... Mus. Acad., Philada., male, adult, ** Isles Croquets ;”
almost exactly like the preceding ; bill not quite so large; stands
about 214 inches high.

No. ... Mus. Acad., Phila., “Isle Macquarie.” Young, or at
least imperfect plumage, the throat and sides of the head below
the eyes being white, slightly clouded with dusky, indicating the
blackish area of the mature state; but the plumes are as largely
developed, the forehead is as yellow, and the bill is as large as in
the adults above mentioned. It seems to be exactly like spec.
No. 3 of Dr. Schlegel’s catalogue, and is from the same locality.
This concurrence of white throat with intensely yellow forehead
is rather in favor of the validity of the species.

These specimens appear to have stood a long time unrecognized
in the Academy, the richness of the ornithological department of
which only gradually appears. They are unquestionably diadema-
tus. We are also pleased to identify with this beautiful species,
which seems strongly marked, and is at any rate recognizable on
sight by the orange forehead and other characters, a specimen
that has lain for some time in the Smithsonian, labelled “ chryso-
lopha.”’ It does not appear to be contained in the British Mu-
seum. Dr. Schlegel reports three examples at Leyden; two
adults, one from the Falklands, the other from New Zealand; and
an “ individu 4 gorge et cdtés de la téte blancs, du reste au plu-
mage parfait ; ile Macquarie, au sud de la Nouv. Zéelande.”

? A shade of doubt attaches, that this may be an extreme case
of chrysolopha; for we have in the Lud. nigrivestis of Gould,
which is not distinct from chrysocoma, a state of plumage as dark
as that of diadematus. But diadematus is distinguishable on
sight, and no intermediate specimens have been forthcoming.

SPHENISCUS MINOR (Forst.).

Aptenodytes minor, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Sc. Gotting. iii. 1781, 147,
No. 9. Ga., 8. N.1788, 558. Laru., Ind. Orn., ii. 1790, 881. PEALE,
U.S. Ex. 1848, Birds, 259, 335, No. 694. Govuxp, B. Aust. vii. pl. 84.

Spheniseus minor, TemM., Man. Orn. i. 118. ScH~eGeL, Urinatores Mus.
Pays-Bas, 9me livr. i0. Hyarr, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1871, p.

Eudyptila minor, Bonar.

Eudyptes (Eudyptila) minor, Gray, Handl. 1871, iii. 99.

Aptenodytes undina, Gouin, P.Z.S. 1844, xii. 57.

Aptenodytes x. Eudyptula undina, Gourn, B. Aust. vii. pl. 85.

Eudyptes (Eudyptila) undina, Gray, Hand. iii. 1871, 99.

Little Pinguin, Laru., Syn. Birds, vi. 572, pl. 103 ; Gen. Hist. x. pl. clxxx.

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Habitat in littoribus Australie australibus, necnon Tasmania, Noyazea-
landia.

Minimus ‘inter omnes, rostro brevi, crassiusculo, recto, maxille apice ad-
unco, naribus nudis, plumis amotis, cauda brevi, rotundata ; supra griseo-
ceruleus, infra albus.

No. 15,661, Mus. Smiths., 9, adult, Boyauf I., N. Zealand, U.S.
Ex. Ex., T. R. Peale. One of the types of Peale, op. cit. pp. 259,
335, No. 694, and of Cassin, op. cit. pp. 355, 450, No. 687. Stands,
as mounted, a foot high; was probably 14 inches long; wing 4.25;
tail 1.25; the rectrices scarcely surpassing the tectrices ; culmen
of bill, 1.25; gape, 1.75; from antiz to tip, only 1.00; depth of
bill at base, .45, its width there .25; tarsus .75; middle toe and
claw, 1.66. The feet are wholly reticulate with hexagonal plates ;
the hullux is completely lateral, the end of its nail barely touch-
ing the ground. The color of the feet is now undistinguishable;
but the webs and the toes towards their end appear to have been
darker than the rest. The bill is much shorter than the head,
slenderish, compressed, the hook of the maxilla barely overarching
the end of the mandible; the nostrils are entirely unfeathered,
and lie in a deep narrow sulcus that runs obliquely into the max-
illary tomium at the beginning of its decurvature ; the antie are
acute, but only run out a little beyond the feathers on culmen,
falling short of the nostrils. Feathers occlude the interramal
space, and retreat in a straight line, obliquely upward and back-
ward, to the angle of the mouth. Thus the bill is most like that
of Spheniscus demersus in general characters, but somewhat ap-
proaches that of Pygoscelis. This is one of the only two penguins
that never gain a dark throat; the pictura is perfectly simple—
blue above, white below; the line of demarcation passes straight
through the eye, shoulder, and thigh; a spot at the end of the
under surface of the wing is blue, and the border of the wing is
white.

No. . Mus. Acad., Philada., adult, ‘‘ New Holland.”

No. 1336, Mus. nea Philada., *,, adult, Van Diemen’s Land,
from the eer collection.

No. 1338, Mus. Acad., Philada., South Australia, from the Gould
ne A specimen still showitie brown doen in several
places, the general plumage’very rich blue. Bill weak, only 1.25
long, and .37 deep at base. (Compare Nos. 1340, 1341.)

No. 1337, Mus. Acad., Philada., from the Gould collection, Van

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

Diemen’s Land. Like No. 1338, but with more extensive patches
of gray down about the head, neck, and wings.

No. 1339, Mus. Acad., Philada., from the Gould collection,
South Australia. Young, in downy plumage, grayish brown
above, white below. Bill one inch long.

Nos. 1340, 1341, Mus. Acad., Philada., adults. Van Diemen’s
Land, from the Gould collection ; types of S. undina. These spe-
cimens are slightly smaller than average minor, bluer than usual
but not bluer than No. 1338, for example, and with rather weak
bills. The chord of the culmen of No. 1341 is 1 inch, that of
1340 is 1.25, just as in No. 1338, and No. 15661. I cannot dis-
tinguish these specimens even as a variety.

Hyatt reports another of the U.S. Ex. Ex. specimens in the
Boston Society’s Museum, and one from the Coll. La Fresnaye ;
these, and several quoted by Gray and Schlegel, are all from the
one or another of the localities above mentioned, and to which
the species seems confined.

We cannot discover, in Gould’s undina, any specific characters.
The bird is one of the bluest of the penguins; and the shade of
the plumage, as well as the hue of the bill and feet, varies with
age or other changeable circumstances.

SPHENISCUS DEMERSUJS (L.).

Manchot du Cap de Bonne Espérance, Burr., P. E. 382.

Black-footed Penguin, Epw., Birds, pl. 94. f. 2.

Anser magellanicus, Cius., Exot. p. 101.

Plautus pinguis, Kier, Av. p. 147.

Anser magellanicus clusii, WILLOUGHBY, 242.

Lesser pinguin, Phil. Trans. lviii. 37. Sparm. Voy. i. p. 24.

Cape pinguin, Latu., Gen. Syn. vi. 566, and Gen. Hist. 1824, x. 381.

Cape pinguin, var. A., Latu., Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 381; based on Sph.
nevius, Briss., and Epw., pl. 94. f.1.; (= Gen. Syn. vi. 567, No. 5, A.).

Cape pinguin, var. B., Laru., Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 881.; based on pinguin
a lunettes, PERNET, Voy. ii. 17, pl. 7, f. 3.; Ip. p. 248, pl. 15.(=Gen.
Syn. vi. 563, B.)

? New Holland pinguin, Latu., Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 388 (no citations).

Ohiloe pinguin, Latu., Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 388, and Gen, Syn. Suppl. ii.
361. (Based on Moura.) :

Three-toed pinguin, Latu., Gen. Syn. Suppl. ii. 361, and Gen, Hist. x.
1824, 393; based on Diomedea chilensis, MOLINA.

Spheniscus and Spheniscus nevius, Briss., Orn. vi. 1760, 97, 99.

Diomedea chilensis et chiloensis, Mou., Nat. Chili, 1786, 210, 211.

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Aptenodytes chilensis et chiloensis. Gm., 8. N. i. 1788, 559.

Aptenodytes chiloensis, LatH., Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, 881.

Aptenodytes moline, LatH., Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, 881 (= three-toed pinguin

of Laru., Gen. Syn.).

Diomedea demersa, L., S. N. i. 1766, 214, nee Phaton dem. ibid. 219.
(Based on Will., Edw., Clus., and Briss., as above cited). Hab. ‘*Cap.
B. Spei.”’

Spheniscus demersus, TEMMINCK. ScuiEe., M. P.-B. 9me livr. 1866, Urin.
p. 10. Gray, Hand-l., iii. 1871, 98. Hyarr, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist. 1871.

Aptenodytes palpebrata, Licut., Ed. Forst. Descr. An. 1844, 356.

Spheniscus humboldtii, Meyen, Noy. Act. Ac. Ces. Leop. Car. 1834, xvi.
Suppl. i. p. 110, pl. xxi. (Remarks upon the likelihood that it is the
same as P. E. 882). Peru. ScuatTer, P. Z. 8. 1867, 337. (Chili.)

No. .. . Mus. Smiths. Inst., locality unknown, received June 4,
1862, from J.C. Macguire. Immature; entirely white below, with
faint traces of a band across the lower throat; upper parts quite
blue. As mounted, stands about 19 inches high; probably mea-
sured about 24 inches; alar expanse, 18; chord of culmen, 2.10;
height of bill at base, .75

No... . Mus. Smiths. Inst., received with the last, locality un-
known: collected March, 1846. Young bird, in the down, standing
13 inches high as mounted. The bill is weak and much shrunken;
a large lozenge-shaped naked space surrounds each eye, and
much of the sides of the under mandible, feathered in the adult,
is also naked. The down is light smoky-brown, paler below,
whitening on the belly.

No. ... Mus. Acad. Phila., locality unknown. Apparently a
youngish bird, the upper parts being brownish with slight bluish
gloss. The space between the eye and bill, and an area at base of
under mandible, are naked more extensively than usual.

No. ... Mus. Acad. Phila., locality unknown. An adult, in-
tensely colored. A narrow loral line, and the eyelids, are naked.
No. ... Mus. Acad. Philada., locality unknown. Adult. Only

the eyelids are perfectly naked. The under parts show a great
number of the isolated black feathers usually seen in this species.
No. ... Mus. Acad. Phila., locality unknown.
No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc., young, Cape of Good Hope, Coll. La
Fresnaye. (Hyatt.)

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 911

SPHENISCUS DEMERSUS, Var. MAGELLANICUS.

2? Le manchot des Hottentots ; munchot a bee tronqué: P. E. 1005 (whether
this var., or true demersus is uncertain).

Collared pinguin, LatH., Gen. Syn. vi. 571; Laru., Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 391.

Magellanic pinguin, Latu., Gen. Syn. vi. 569; Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 383.

Aptenodytes magellanicus, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Sc. Gott. ili. 1871, 143,
pl. 5. Larn., Ind. Orn. ii. 880. Gm., 8. N. i. 1788, 557. (Based on
Forst., l. c., and Mru1., Ill. t. 34.) Pras, U.S. Ex. Ex. 1848, 258
and 335, No. 692. Cass, U. S. Ex. Ex. 1859, 335, 450, No. 692.

Spheniscus magellanicus, SCLATER, P. Z. S. 1860, 382.

Eudyptes (Pygoscelis) magellanicus, GRAY, Handl. iii., 1871, 99.

Aptenodytes torquata, Forst., |. c. p. 146. Gm., 8. N. 1788, 558. Larn.,
Ind. Orn. ii., 1790, 880.

**Aptenodytes platyrhynchus, Scopour.’? (Manchot a collier, Sonnerat,
Voy., 180. pl. 114.)

‘* A ptenodytes fuscirostris, ILLIGER.”’

Aptenodytes brasiliensis, Licnv., ed. Forst. Descr. Anim., 1844, 555.

Spheniseus magnirostris, PEALE, Orn. U. 8. Ex. Ex. 1848, p. 263, pl. 71,
f. 1, et p. 335, No. 698, teste spec. typic. ipso! Deinde S. demersus, Cass,
Orn. U. S. Ex. Ex. 1859, 354, specimen eundem referens.

Spheniscus demersus, ABBOTT, Ibis, 1860, 366.

Sph. demerso similis, sed major, notwo obseuriore, necnon collo antice tor-
quato, fascia fusci per regionem inter gulam et pectus transducta.
Habitat cum precedente.

No. 15,659, mounted, in immature plumage, Tierra del Fuego,
U. S. Expl. Exped., T. R. Peale: type of Apt. magnirostris Peale.
The bill is one of the smallest (of Spheniscus proper) we have seen ;
the rugous parts are shrunken, and much of the bill is yellowish;
the upper parts are lighter and bluer than is usual in this variety,
and much as in ordinary demersus. There is no trace of the dark
breast-band or of the lateral stripe; but the cervical half-collar
distinctive of magellanicus is plainly apparent. This has decided
us as to the proper determination of the specimen ; and of course,
with this identification, comes the reference of Peale’s magniros-
tris, and Cassin’s “* demersus,” here instead of to true demersus.
In fact, we find the specimen labelled “ magellanicus?” in a hand-

‘writing we do not recognize, and we observe that Mr. Cassin has
queried his private No. 683, which refers to his catalogue (op. cit.
p- 450, No. 683), although there and on p. 354 (op. cit.) he lets the
name “ demersus” stand.

No. ... 15,669, adult in perfect plumage, mounted, Tierra del
Fuego, U. S. Ex. Ex., basis of Peale and Cassin, ll. cc. Bill, and

912, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

other details of structure, exactly as in demersus. Larger: about
27 inches long, standing 24 as mounted; chord of culmen, 2.30;
gape 2.90, tomia naked 2.25, antize to tip of bill 2.00, depth of bill
at base 1.00, width do. .75 ; nostrils an inch from end of antiz;
wing about 8; tarsus, 1.50; middle toe and claw, 3.00; outer do., 2.66;
inner do., 2.00. Darker than average demersus; the cervical half-
collar and pectoral lateral horse-shoe-shaped water-line both per-
fect ; the perfect white line of the head starts at side of base of bill,
runs over eye, curves down behind ear, somewhat expands below
it, and then passes forward to the throat where it joins its fellow,
thus cutting off the dark collar from the general gular black.

No. 15,656, Mus. Smiths. Inst., same locality and source as the
last, is also in adult condition, and perfectly similar to No. 15,669
in color, but smaller; now it stands, as mounted, only about 14
feet, but seems to have been about 2 feet long.

No. ... Mus. Acad. Phila. Locality unknown.

No. 1644, Mus. Acad. Phila. Straits of Magellan. Adult.

No. 1514, Mus. Acad. Phila. “* Amérique meridionale.”

No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc., adult, Tierra del Fuego, U.S. Ex. Ex.
( Hyatt.)

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

Avaust 6.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Nine members present.

Note on Cottus Grenlandicus, Fabr.—Dr. Ginu communicated
the results of certain observations made on Coltus grenlandicus,
Fab. (Acanthocottus grenlandicus, Girard), during the past season
at the island of Grand Manan, New Brunswick.

Two forms, agreeing in most respects except color, have been
always noticed together by those who have been in a position to
observe numbers. The most obvious external difference between
these consists in the color, one having the flanks downward and
the abdomen yellowish, while in the other form the abdomen is
spotted with white. Descriptions in several works have been
based on only one of these forms, but in Gunther’s * Catalogue of
the Acanthopterygian Fishes” (II. p. 161), under the general
term * Collus grenlandicus,” the two forms are mentioned, one
being * Var.a. Sides of the belly with large white spots;” the
other * Var. 6. Sides irregularly marbled ;” each was represented
in the British Museum by four specimens. No suspicion of any
sexual relation of those forms was expressed.

The universal occurrence of these two forms together and in
approximately equal numbers led the speaker to suspect that
they really represented sexual conditions of the same _ species.
Dissection confirmed the suspicion, and it was found that all in-
dividuals with white spots on the abdomen were males, and all
without, females. In order to remove doubt, sixteen specimens
were dissected, all caught within a couple of hours, at Grand
Manan, from the wharf of Mr. Walter McLaughlin.

Six of these had (1) the belly ornamented with very distinct
white round spots, and (2) the ventral fins were white, banded
with black; all these were furnished with spermaries; (3) the
spiny tubercles on the sides were also more numerous, and de-
veloped (below as well as above) the lateral line; (4) the spinous
dorsal fin was appreciable higher, and (5) several of the median
rays (sixth to eleventh) of the pectoral fins were muricated or
studded with minute tubercles.

Of the other form, ten specimens were examined and found
with well-developed ovaries (the right larger than the left). These
were (1) yellowish towards the belly, and with (2) the ventrals
yellow, banded with black; (8) the spiny tubercles were, as a
rule, less developed, and in one specimen sparsely (2-4) existent
below the lateral line; (4) the spinous dorsal was comparatively
lower, and (5) all the pectoral rays were perfectly smooth on their
inner surfaces.

The intestinal canal from the ceca to the anus, when extended,
was about twice as long as the entire fish (including the caudal).

914 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The ceca were counted in five individuals, and in three were
nine in number; in one ten; and another eleven.

The rays of the fins were also counted, with the following
result :—

MALES.
LEB Hex, <3 1162 ASABE igh 18 (6th to 11th muricated).
2. UE ce (7th to 11th at ).
ate 5¢ 14, “ (Sth to 8th 3 Ne
1 se ds oO (Gihetond ght oe )s
1 Ge tle dL ob “ (8th to 10th oy »:
FEMALES.
1. Dj 16- A. 13. P. 17 (both sides).
ie iby) EV bE ily
is TX lO 14. 18.
il, Xela 13. 17 (both sides).
1K x AG 13. 18
1. Dre Ly, 14. es
ile, xe lies 133 8s
ills Seaplle ils at
2. veg alfS 14. 18.

There thus appears to be a considerable range of variation in
the number of rays. The most common number is represented by
the formula D. x, 16-17, A. 13, P. 18. The number of pectoral

rays, as might @ priori be expected, is the most constant.

There seems to be no valid reasons for the distinction of
% Acanthocottus variabilis,’ Ayres, and “ Acanthocottus mucosus,”
Ayres, from Cottus grenlandicus, and certainly no distinctive
characters have been assigned.

In answer to questions, it was added that no definite relation
existed between the numbers of rays of the vertical fins and the
number of vertebra, nor was there any corresponding variation.
The most common number of vertebre in fishes‘is ten dorsal and
fourteen caudal (10 + 14), but the difference in the number of rays
in forms thus distinguished is very considerable.

Auveust 13.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Nine members present.

Mr. Tuomas MrgEHAN said he had observed this season that the
spawn of the common mushroom (Agaricus campestris) radiated
from a central point in a manner which he thought had not been
recorded by other observers. As usually seen, the mushroom
seemed to rise from various points along the mycelium, or under-
ground thread, without any regular order or system. Fungi, like
flowering plants, had other modes of propagation besides. seeds.
As in the potato, we had one system elevating its parts into the
atmosphere ending in seeds, and another sending thready stolons
under ground terminating in distended stems or tubers—the

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

threads dying away after the tubers were mature—so in the com-
mon agarics we have the parts known as the ‘* mushroom” which
elevates itself into the atmosphere, and produces reproductive
bodies like seeds called spores; and we also have underground
white threads starting out from the base of the mushroom which
at their terminus bear buds which next year become mushrooms,
as the swollen ends or tubers of the potato produce plants. The
observations, which he supposed new, referred to the distance
which the spawn-threads traversed in one season, and the regular
manner in which the mushrooms appeared from the parent of the
past year.

In the autumn of 1871, passing over a part of his farm where
he had seen no mushrooms in previous years, he found two soli-
tary specimens several yards apart. This season, where these two
were gathered last year, there were two exact circles of several
dozens of mushrooms, the circles about nine feet in diameter.
The mushrooms were wholly confined to a belt of about six inches
on the margin of this circle. The diameters in both instances
being the same, led to the fair inference that about four feet is
the distance travelled in one season by the spawn of the mush-
room. Of course, next year, when the spawn starts from the bases
of the mushrooms now in the circle, some will go back over the
distance traversed this year, and the appearance of circles will be
broken up, and it was owing to the fact of only two appearing in
this way, that the radiating character could be observed.

In England there are fungi which are known to radiate their
threads from a common centre in this way. These destroy the
vegetation which they come in contact with on their route, and
make brown circular spots known to the common people as Fairy
rings. The grass and vegetation inclosed in the mushroom rings
were not destroyed as in those instances, but exhibited a slight
bluish tint which that beyond the circle did not, which tint was
a sign of slight injury. The facts that the mycelium radiated in
so exact a circle, terminating in a bud which produced the mush-
room; and that this radiation covered a circle nine feet in diame-
ter, he thought novel facts worth recording.

Avaust 20.
Mr. Tryon in the chair.
Ten members present,

AvuGustT 27.
The President, Dr. RuscuennberGer, in the chair.
Eleven members present.

On favorable report of the committee, the following paper was
ordered to be published ;—

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW RECENT SPECIES OF GLYCIMERIS, FROM
BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA, AND OF MIOCENE SHELLS OF NORTH

CAROLINA.
BY T. A. CONRAD.

GLYCIMERIS, Klein. H. and A. Adams.

G. BirrRuNcATA. Pl. 7, fig. 1. Short, rhomboidal, ventricose,
contracted, and obliquely truncated anteriorly ; posterior margin
oblique, slightly emarginate, cardinal tooth in right valve small,
compressed, flattened on the posterior side; pallial sinus widely
and obtusely rounded.

Locality. Fort Macon, N.C. A.C. Beals, U.S. A.

This interesting shell was sent to the Academy by Dr. Yarrow,
from Fort Macon. I suppose it to be a recent shell, on account
of its polish, and part of the unaltered ligament remaining. Two
specimens were found. It is the only recent species of GLYCIMERIS
inhabiting the coasts of North America. There are five species
in the Miocene of Virginia and North Carolina. The genus
PANOoPa@A is only represented in North America by P. arctica,
Lam., which inhabits the Banks of Newfoundland.

DONAX, Lam.

D. moNneEvs. PI. 7, fig. 2. Shell triangular, elongated, ventri-
cose on the posterior side; anterior side flattened, cuneiform,
rounded at the extremity ; posterior side acutely rounded at the
end, margin very oblique, concave, disk radiated with impressed
lines. mee
Locality. Coast of North Carolina, probably from a Miocene-
bed under the sea. It was found by Dr. Yarrow, U.S. A.

OSTRENOMIA. Conrad.

Shell inequivalved, irregular, substance laminated as in OsTREA,
hinge with a triangular cartilage pit; right valve with a deep
notch or sinus having an internal raised margin; left valve with
an angular bifurcating dentiform process at the base of the carti-
lage pit; muscular impression one in each valve.

O. CARoLINENSIS. PI. 7, fig. 3. From the Eocene of North
Carolina, where it was found by Prof. Kerr, State Geologist.

Prof. Morse has shown that Anomia ephippium is a rover in
the first stage of existence, then fixed by a byssus which issues

Proc AN:S. 1872. Plate I.

\

‘4
ts * >
—eeaasis sues

Conrad Illustrations of Fossi: Genera ot Sheles

4, 4 us ( : FH i
9

sa

"
—

Proc ANS. J87Z. Plate ll

r
?

A

>_> =

AN © a
SE mA
SRR,

%,

Conrad Hlustrations of Fossil Genera of Shetls

=

Plate Vil

ITO
REL

Proc. AN S.—Té

stl Shells

W North Carolina

whecentl and las

(

Conrad. N

~

CaKGy

oat

ey
a
-
+
a
7
-
:

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

from a sinus in the front margin of the shell; and I have stated
that Punvinires has a similar mode of growth. Deshayes de-
scribes and figures an Eocene Anomia, A. cazenovei, in which the
supposed law of retardation is conspicuously indicated by the
large size of the shell, although still retaining an incompleted
foramen, and now we have this character, probably as a permanent
one, associated with the hinge and structure of Osrrea, linking
the two genera more closely than was heretofore apparent.

OsTRENOMIA has the same aflinity to OstTrEA that PULVINITES
has to IsogNoMEN, Klein. (PERNA, Brug.)

15

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

SEPTEMBER 3.
Dr. Bripaes in the chair.
Seventeen members present.
The following papers were presented for publication :—

“ Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Laseide.” By Gero.
W. Tryon, JR.

“Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Galeommide.” By
Gro. W. TrYON, JR.

“ Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Leptonide.” By
Gro. W. Tryon, JR.

Remarks on the Habits of an Ant.—Prof. Le1py remarked that
in his recent visit to Fort Bridger, Wyoming, in many places he
observed the nests or hills of an ant, which reminded him of a
communication formerly made to the Academy by Mr. Lincecum,
on the Agricultural Ant of Texas (1866, 323). The ant-hills con-
sisted of conical piles of gravel from one to two feet in diameter
and from six inches to a foot in height, occupying the centre of a
bare, circular level several yards in diameter. The mode of for-
mation and object of the circular space were not ascertained.
Probably it was the accidental result of the insect feeding on all
kinds of vegetation growing within a circumscribed limit. Mr.
Lincecum described similar circles, or pavements as he calls them,
and stated that the ants allow nothing to grow upon them except-
ing a certain grass, Aristida stricta, from which they collect the
seeds when ripe.

SEPTEMBER 10.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Twenty-three members present.
The following paper was presented for publication :-—

“On the Agency of Insects in obstructing Evolution.” By
THos. MEEHAN.

Remarks on Mineral Springs, &c., of Wyoming and Utah.—
Prof. Lumpy observed that, in his recent trip to Wyoming and
Utah, he had had the opportunity of seeing a few of the mineral
springs which are so numerous and varied in character, west of
the Rocky Mountains.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

In Pioneer Hollow, about fourteen miles west of Fort Bridger,
and a couple of miles from the Uniow Pacific Railroad, there are
about a dozen springs within the extent of amile. T hese resemble
the famous Saratoga Springs of New York. The waters are cool,
slightly alkaline, of an agreeable taste, and highly impregnated
with carbonic acid. ‘The springs range from a foot to fifteen feet
in diameter. Each forms a circular mound or crater from one to
three or four feet in height composed of a ferruginous silicious
sinter. The waters pour gently over the edge “of the craters,
which have been deposited very slowly during a long period of
time, as the amount of silex in solution in the water is probably
exceedingly small. Abundance of a green filamentous alga grows
in the springs, apparently a species “of oscillatoria. No animal
forms were detected in them. The rocks contiguous to Pioneer
hollow consist of reddish and yellow indurated clays and sand-
stones, in nearly horizontal strata. I detected no fossils in them,
but suspect from their contiguity that they are of tertiary age.

About twenty-two miles from Fort Bridger, in the same direc-
tion as the former, there is an oil spring, the product of which
resembles the so-called lubricating oil. Judge Carter is making
the experiment of boring to render the spring more productive.
The neighboring rocks are highly inclined, and ee are of
cretaceous age.

A mile or two north of Salt Lake City there is a warm spring
with which a sanitary establishment is connected. The water
strongly saline and is impregnated with sulphuretted bceeatte
Its temperature I found, with an ordinary thermometer, to be 98°.
A mile or two further north, on the Utah Central Railroad, there
is a similar spring with a higher temperature, which I found to be
128°. The water gushes forth abundantly from beneath a rock
and forms a clear pond, with the bottom covered with a bright-
green alga. This appears also to be an oscillatoria. Masses of
it floating near the edge of the pond were white on the upper or
exposed surface. This I suspected to be due to free sulphur, and
indeed when the alga was exposed to the flame of a spirit-lamp it
gave out an indistinct odor of sulphur, though the result was not
so marked as [ had anticipated. ‘The water is strongly saline to
the taste and is impregnated with sulphuretted hydrogen. No
animals were detected in the water—not even microscopic forms.
The waters of these springs finally pour into Salt Lake.

Salt Lake, as is well known, is remarkable, like the Dead Sea,
for the concentrated condition of its briny water, due to the accu-
mulation of the saline matters by the evaporation of the water
which has no river outlet. The many salt springs which empty
in the lake must have greatly contributed to the accumulation of
the saline constituents. The water of the lake is intensely salt to
the taste, and is said to contain a fifth of its weight of salt. This,
as well as some other points, I have not been able to test, from my

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

collections not yet having arrived. The much greater extent of
the lake in former times is apparently confirmed by the ancient
shore lines seen high up on the sides of the neighboring moun-
tains. Two of these ancient shore lines, at different heights, pre-
serve their horizontality and parallel character for miles along the
base of the Wasatch Mountains, and form a quite conspicuous
feature of the landscape of Salt Lake Valley. They reminded me
of the view given in Lyell’s Antiquity of Man, of the parallel
roads of Glen Roy in Scotland. On ascending to these ledges,
behind the position of Camp Douglas, I found that they were
hardly recognizable, and the description of the roads just men-
tioned applies to them so closely that it may be suspected they
may have had the same mode of origin. I was informed that
similar ancient shore lines are visible on the sides of the mountain
islands of the lake.

Salt Lake is usually considered to be destitute of animal and
vegetable life. Through the kindness of General H. A. Morrow,
in command of Camp Douglas, I was enabled to visit the south-
west shore of the lake. I observed a number of water-birds on its
surface, among which were gulls and teal, and on the shore I
noticed several curlew. Other birds, especially pellicans, were
said to be abundant. These birds lead me to suspect the exist-
ence of fishes in the lake, though none have yet been noticed. I
observed no peculiar aquatic plants growing at the border of the
lake, and indeed the part of the shore I visited was entirely desti-
tute of vegetation within reach of the water. The shore swarmed
with a small black fly, which from the vast quantities of larva
skins lying near, I supposed to have been derived from the lake.
Never before did I see such a vast accumulation of any one species
of animal. The flies formed thick rows near the water’s edge like
windrows of hay,and the bushes bordering the shore were loaded
with them in such a manner as to remind one of swarms of black
aphides. In walking along shore they rose before you in dense
black clouds. So far as I could discover, the gulls and curlews
appeared to be feeding on them. The remarkable crustacean Ar-
temia salina has been abundantly found in the lake, as before
indicated in this Academy. (Proc. p. 164.)

I also observed floating at the edge of the lake and thrown on
shore an abundance of an alga, apparently a species of Nostoc.
It was in irregularly globular masses, from the size of mustard-
seed to that of a large pea, and was of an olive-green color.

SEPTEMBER 17.
Prof. FRAZER in the chair.

Fifteen members present.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

SEPTEMBER 24.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-two members present.
The death of Prof. Epwarp ParrisH was announced.

The following were elected members of the Academy :—

John P. Brock, Henry Leffman, M.D., Thos Sinnickson, Capt.
Wm. Prince, U.S. A., Jas. C. Rea, M.D., Sarah P. Monks, John
Doyle, and Thos. A. Robinson.

On favorable report of the Committees, the following papers
were ordered to be published :—

ho
bo
bo

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

CATALOGUE AND SYNONYMY OF THE FAMILY GALEOMMIDZ.

BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.

Family GALEOMMID.A, H. & A. Adams.
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 479. 1857.
Genus GALEOMMA, Turton.

Zool. Journ., ii. 361, t. 18 f. 1. 1825.

Hiatella, Costa (not of Daudin or Brown), Ann. Sc. Nat., xv. 108.
1828.
Parthenope, Sacchi, Osserv. Zool. viii. 19. 1833.

ile

bo

10.

G.

. MACHROCHISMA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 171. 1855.

ANGuSTA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 170. 1855.

Sowb. Thes. Conch. ili. 174, f. 10. 1866.
Philippines.

. ARGENTEA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 169. 1855.

Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 174, f. 18,14. 1866.
Philippines.

. AURANTIA, Lam. (Psammobia), Anim. s. Vert. v. 515. 1818.

G. Mauritiana, Sowb.
Philippines.

. CHLOROLEUCA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 170. 1855.

Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 174, f. 12. 1866.
Philippines.

. DENTICULATA, Desh. Conch. I. Reunion, 18. 1864.

Isl. Bourbon.

. FORMOSA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 170. 1855.

Sowb: Wert ll. L866:
Australia.

. INDECORA, Desh. |. c. 169. 1855.

Sowb. l. c.f. 15. 1866.
Ins. Masbate.

INFLATA, Desh: I. ¢. 170.) 1855.

Sowb. lc. f. 5,6. 1866.
Ins. Masbate.

. JAPONICA, A. Adams, Ann. and Mag. N. H. ix. 228. 1862.

Japan.

Sowb. 1. ¢. f. 7, 8. 1866.
Philippines.

bo
bo
i)

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

11. G. PAvcisTRIATA, Desh. 1.c.170. 1855.
Sowb. l.c. f. 9. 1866.
Philippines.
12. G. Turtont, Sowb. Zool. Journ., ii. 361, t. 13, f. 1.
Thes. Conch. iii. 172, f. 1-4. 1866.
Hurope.
Genus LIBRATULA, Pease.
Proc. Zool. Soc. 512. 1865.
1. L. PLANA, Pease. Zool. Proc. 512. 1865.
Pacific Islands.

Genus THYREOPSIS, H. Adams.
Zool. Proc. 14. 1868.

1. Y. CORALLIOPHILA, H. Adams, Zool. Proc. 14, t. 4, f. 8,8 a.

1868.
Mauritius.
Genus SCINTILLA, Desh.
Zool. Proc. 171. 1855.
1. 8. ApAmst, Desh. Zool. Proc. 179. 1855.
Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 177, f. 9. 1866.
Philippines.
2. S. amBiaua, Desh. 1. c. 168. Sowb. 1. c. f. 1-4.
} Philippines.

3. S. ANOMALA, Desh. 1. c. 181. Sowhb. 1. c. f. 25, 26.
Philippines and Australia.
4.8. AURANTIACA, Desh. 1.c. 179. Sowb. 1. c. f. 5.
Australia.
5. 8. Borneensis, Desh. Sowb. 1. c. f. 10.
Borneo.
6. S. cANDIDA, Desh. 1.c. 177. Sowb. 1. c. f. 33.
Philippines.
7. S. crocEA, Desh. 1.c. 175. Sowb. 1. c. f. 63.
Philippines.
8. S. ORYSTALLINA, Desh. 1.c. 177. Sowb. l.c. f. 53.
Philippines.
9. S. Cumrnean, Desh. 1. c. 173. Sowb. 1. c. f. 36-38.
Panama.
10. 8. Cuvrert, Desh. 1. c. 174. Sowb. 1. c¢. f. 59, 60.
Philippines.
11. 8S. pEcLivis, Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 179, f. 39. 1866.

14.

16.

jd
6)

19:

bo
bo

T!

TM

TR

TR

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

. DESHAYESII, Sowb. l. c. 178, f. 50. 1866.

S. Layardi, Desh. (not Galeomma).

. FABA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 175. 1859.
Sowh. 1. ¢. 177, f. 17.
Hab.?
. FLAVIDA, Desh. 1.¢. 179. 1855.
Sowb. 1. c. 180, f. 64. 1866.
Philippines.
. Forsestt, Desh. 1. ¢. 179. 1855.
Sowb. l. c. 176, f. 7, 8. 1866.
Borneo.
. Hanteyi, Desh. 1.c. 180. 1855.
Sowb. 1. c. 179, f. 22, 27, 28. 1866.
Philippines.
. HYALINA, Desh. 1.c. 180. 1855.
Sowb. l. c. 179, f. 23,24. 1866.
Philippines.
. HYDATINA, Desh. 1. ¢. 177. 1859.
Sowb. 1. c. 180, f. 56, 57. 1866.
Philippines.

. HYDROPHANA, Desh. 1. ¢c. 178. 1855.

Sowb. l. c. 180, f. 62. 1862.
Philippines.

. INCERTA, Desh. Conch. Ins. Bourbon 17. 1864.

Mauritius.

. JuKEstt, Desh. Zool. Proc. 174. 1856.

Sowb. l. c. 177, f. 42, 43. 1866.

Port Essington.

. LACTEA, Sowb. Zool. Proc. 517, t. 32, f. 4. 1865.
Borneo.
. Layarpt, Desh. (Galeomma), |. c. 169. 1855.
Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 175, f. 20. 1866.
Ceylon.
. OBLONGA, Sowb. Zool. Proc. 517, t. 32, f. 3. 1865.
Borneo.
. OPALINA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 177. 1855.
Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 179, f. 41. 1866.
Philippines.

. oVATA, Gould. (Hrycina), Bost. Proc. iii. 252. 1866.

Sandwich Isles.

ns

27.

28.

30.

33.

of.

30.

36.

37.

38.

39.

. OVULINA, Desh. 1. ec. 174.

. OweEntI, Desh. 1. c. 179.

. PALLIDULA, Desh. 1. c. 178.

. PELLICULA, Desh. 1. c. 177.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

1855.
Sowb. l. c. 178, f. 47. 1866.
1855.
Sowb. 1l.c. 177, f18. 1866.

1855.
Sowb. |. c. 176, f. 6. 1866.

1855.

Sowb. 1. c. 180, f. 66, 67. 1866.

. PHILIPPINENSIS, Desh. 1. c. 176. 1855.
Sowb. I. c. 179, f. 31, 32. 1866.
. PIsuM, Sowb. 1. c. 178, f. 54,55. 1866.
- POLITA, Desh. l.c. 169. 1855.
Sowb. Lc. 175; f. 19v2 1866:
. PoRULOSA, Desh. 1. ¢. 180. 1855.
Sowb. ].c. 177, f. 21. 1866,
. PupiIcA, Desh. 1]. ¢c. 178. 1855.
Sowb. 1. c. 176, f. 12. 1866.
. RechustANnA, Desh. 1.¢c.178. 1855.
Sowb. 1. c. 176, f. 13. 1866.
. REEVEI, Desh. |. c. 176.. 1855.
Sowb. l. c. 179, f. 29, 30. 1866.
. ROSEA, Desh. 1. c. 178. 1855.
Sowb. |. c. 176, f. 11. 1866.

. ROSEO-TINOTA, Tryon.

Lo
Lo
or

Philippines.
Philippines.
Philippines
Philippines.

Philippines.

Hab.?
Piahnenes
Philippines.
Philippines.

Australia.
Philippines.

Philippines.

S. rosea, Sowb. (not Desh.) Zool. Proc. 517, t. 32, f. 5, 6.

1865.

Lizard Isles.

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

40. S. SCINTILLARIS, Desh. 1. c. 175. 1855.
Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 178, f. 44. 1866.

Philippines.
41. §. semicLausa, Sowb. Zool. Proc. 577, t. 32, f. 1, 2. 1865.
Borneo.

49. S. sonrpuLA, Desh. 1.c. 174. 1855.
Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 178, f. 48, 49. 1866.

Philippines.
43. S. squaMA, Desh.
Sowb. I. c. 180, f. 65. 1866.
Hab.?
44, S. spLENDIDA, Desh. 1. ¢. 169. 1855.
Sowb. l. c. 175, f. 14, 15. 1866.
Philippines.

45. §. SrranGEI, Desh. l.c. 181. 1855.
Sowb. l.c. 177, f. 16. 1866.
Moreton Bay.
46. §. sTRIATINA, Desh. 1. c¢. 176. 1855.
Sowb. 1. c. 179, f. 40. 1866.

Philippines.
47. S. succrngEA, Desh. 1. c. 176. 1855.
Sowb. |. c. 178, f. 58. 1866.
Philippines.
48. S. TENUIS, Desh. ].¢. 176. 1855.
Sowb. l. c. 177, f. 34. 1866.
Philippines.
49. S. rHoRACICA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 35. 1861.
Ousima.

50. S. Trmornensts, Desh. lc. 174. 1855.
Sowb. I. c. 180, f. 61. 1866.
Ins. Timor.
51. S. rurGEscENS, Desh. ].c. 175. 1855.
Sowb. l. c. 178, f. 45, 46. 1866.
Moreton Bay.
52. S. rurarpA, Desh. 1.c. 175. 1855.
Sowb. l. c. 178, f. 51, 52. 1866.
Philippines.
53. S. virrea, Desh. 1. c. 178. 1855.
Sowb. l. c. 180, f. 68. 1866.
=§. Cuvieri, junior? (Desh.)
Philippines.

*

bho
Lo
-t

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

CATALOGUE AND SYNONYMY OF THE FAMILY LEPTONIDE,

BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.
Family LEPTONIDA, H. & A. ADAMs.
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 477. 1857. |
Genus LEPTON, aidetond
Brit. Bivalv. 62. 1822.

Turtonia, Alder, Cat. Moll. Dur. et North. 95, 1848.

is

6.

10.

ll.

13.

L.

ap Oy

Pe ket wns Ree

a

. JAPonicuM, Adams, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 228.

ApAmsI, Angas, Zool. Proc. 910, t. 44, f. 11. 1867.
Port Jackson, Australia.
ANOMALUM, Deshayes.
Hab.?

. CLEMENTINUM, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 110. 1857.

Mazatlan.

. CLARKIA, Clark, Ann. Nat. Hist., 2d ser. 1852.

Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Conch. iv. 255, t. 132, f. 7.
England.

. CONCENTRICUM, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 33. 1861.

Sydney Harbor.

. FABAGELLA, Conrad, Am. Mar. Conch. 53, t. 11, f.3. 1831.
. FIRMATUM, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 33. 1861.

Simon’s Bay.

Japan.

. LEPIDUM, Say, Jour. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci. v. 221. 1866.

United States.

. LONGIPES, Stimpson, Kurtz Catalogue.

North Carolina.

. LUCIDUM, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 338. 1861.

Hong Kong.

- Merq@um, Carpenter.

Monterey, Cal.

. MINUTUM, Fabricius, Faun. Green. 412.

Turtonia minuta, Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Conch. ii. 81,
t. 18, f. 7 (Animal, t. 0, f. 1).
Mya purpurea, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. 21.
England, Greenland.

22

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

14. L. nrripum, Turton, Conch. Dith. 68. 1822.

15.

16.

Li

18

19

Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Conch. ii. 92, t. 36, f. 3,
Var. L. convexum, Alder, Cat. North. et Dur. 93.
Forbes & Hanley, 1. c. ii. 102, t. 36, f. 10

4.

Hurope.

L. PLACUNOIDEUM, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 111. 1857.

Mazatlan.

L. squamosum, Mont. Test. Brit. 1.565. 1803.

Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Conch. ii. 98, t, 36, f. 8, 9, t. 0, f 6.

L. nitidum, 8. Wood, Crag. Moll.

Europe.

. L. sutcatuLum, Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. 34, t. 2,

f, 2) 1859snn a

Europe.

. L. TRANSLUCIDUM, Souverb. Jour. de Conch. xi. 285, t. 12, f. 6,

1863.

New California.

. L. UMBONATUM, Carpenter Panama Check List.

Genus TELLIMYA, Brown.
Brit. Conch. t. 14. 1147.

1. T. BrpenTATA, Mont. Test. Brit. 44, t. 26, f5. 1803.

Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Conch. ii. 75, t. 18, f. 6,
Erycina faba, Nyst.

Erycina nucleola, Recluz, Rey. Zool. 331. 184
Mesodesma exigua, Lovén.

6, a.

4,

Norway— England.

. T. Dawsont, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. ii. 216. 1863. V.1

78. 1869.
Scotland.

. T. ponacina, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. ii. 216. 1863. V.178. 1869.

England—Shetland.
. T. FERRUGINEA, Mont. Test. Brit. 44, t. 26, f.5. 1803.

Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll. ii. 72 t. 18, f. 5.
Amphidesma Goodalliana, Leach, Synopsis.
Amphidesma purpurascens, Lam.

Tellimya elliptica, Bronw. Brit. Conch. 106, t. 42, f. 19.

Tellimya glabra, ibid. 107, t. 42, f. 20, 21.
Tellimya ovata, 8S. Wood, Crag. Moll.
Erycina Franciscana, Recluz, Rev. Zool. 380.
Montacuta tenella, Lovén, 197.

1844.

Europe.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

5. T. Japonica, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 225. 1862.

Japan.
6. T. TumipA, Carpenter, Philad, Proc. 58. 1865.

Sts. of Fuca to San Diego, Cal.
1. T. rumMIDULA, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. v. 177. 1869.

Shetland, Hebrides.

CATALOGUE AND SYNONYMY OF THE FAMILY LASEIDE.,
BY GEO. W. TRYON, JR.
Family LASEID@, H. & A. Adams.
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii., 478. 1857.

Genus LASEA, Leach.
Brown, Brit. Conch., t. xx. 1827.
Poronia, Recluz. Revue Zool., 166. 18438.
Cycladina, Cantraine, Bull. Brux. ii., 399. 1835.

1. L. AvsTRALIS, Souverbie, Jour. de Conch. 287, t. 12, f. 8. 1863.
New Caledonia, Australia.
2. L. incerTA, Recluz.
3. L. Pargreysil, Phil. Zeit. Mal. 72. 1847.
Australia.
4. L. pHysoIDES, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 493. 1818.
Port George.
5. L. PURPURATA, Phil. Zeit. Mal. 72. 1847.
Australia.
6. L. ruBRA, Mont. Test. Brit. 83, t. 27, f. 4.

Amphidesma nucleola, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 493. 1818.

Hrycina violacea, Scacchi, Cat. 6.

Cycladina Adansonii, Cantraine, Bul. Acad. Brux. ii.

1835

Bornia semilunum, Phil. Moll. Sicil. i. 14, t. 1, f. 16. 1836.

Poronia Petitiana, Chenu, Ill. Conch. t. 1, f. 2.

Cyclas Australis, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 560. 1818.

Iceland, Norway, England to Mediterranean,

W. Coast Africa to Cape Good Hope, Ca-
nary Islands, Massachusetts to Magellan's
Straits, West Coast of North and South
America, Singapore, Timor, Java, Aus-
tralia.

g2

6.

10.

te

L. scALARIS, Phil. Zeit. Mal. 72. 1847.
Australia.
L. spurca, Recluz.
L. TRIGONALIS, Carpenter, Maz. Cat. 109. 1857.
Mazatlan.
Genus THECODONTA, A. Adams.
Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xiii. 308. 1864.
T. SrEBALDI, A. Adams, loc, cit.
Japan.
Genus KELLIA, Turton. /
Brit. Biv. 57. 1822.
Bornia, Phil. Moll. Sicil. 1, 13. 1836.
Chironia, Desh. Rev. Zool. 356. 1839.
Erycina, Recluz (not Lam.) Rev. Zool. 291. 1844.
Solecardia, Conrad, Proc. Phil. Acad. 155. 1849.
K. AustRALis, Desh. Zool. Proc. 183. 1855.
Australia.
K. BALAUSTINA, Gould, Bost. Proc. 33. 1861.
Sidney, Australia.
K. BuLLA, Gould, Bost. Proc. 33. 1861.
Loo Choo.
K. BULLATA, Phil. Archiv fur Naturg. 51. 1845.
Sts. of Magellan.
K. BuLLULA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 182. 1855.
Philippines.
K. cOMPLANATA, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil.1,14,t.1,f14. 1836.
Mediterranean.
K. convEXA, Gould, Bost. Proc. 33. 1861.
Cape of Good Hope.
K. CORBULOIDES, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil. 1, 14, t. 1, f. 15.
Mediterranean.
K. CRENULATA, Gould, Bost. Proc. 33. 1861.
Hong Kong.
K. CycLapirormis, Desh. Traité Elém. t. 11, f. 6-9.
Australia.
K. DENTICULATA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 182. 1855.
Borneo.
K. pupia, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 183. 1855.

. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Guayaquil.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 931

13. K. gurtuLa, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 182. 1855.

Philippines.
14. K. rata, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 183. 1855.
Philippines.
15. K. LAprroustt, Desh. Guerin’s Mag. Zool. 1839.
Var. rotundata, Carp. Jour. de Conch. 137. 1865.
Var. Chironii, Carp. Jour. de Conch. 136. 1865.
Coast of California, northwards.
16. K. Mac-AnpDREwI, Fischer, Jour. de Conch. 194, t.9,f.1. 1867.
North of Spain; Gironde, France.
17. K. MAcroponta, Desh. Zool. Proc. 182. 1855.
‘ Philippines.
18. K. mimtaris, Phil. Archiv fur Naturg. 51. 1845.
Magellan’s Sts.
19. K. optonea (? Lasea), Carp. Maz. Cat. 109. 1857.
Mazatlan.
20. K. papyracra, Desh. Zool. Proc. 183. 1855.
Columbia.
21. K. parva, Desh. Zool. Proc. 182. 1855.
Philippines.
22. K. PetTitrAna, Recluz. Rev. Zool. 175. 1843.
Callao.
23. K. PLANULATA, Stimpson, Shells, N. E.17. 1850.
Gould, Invert. Mass., 2d edit. f. 393. 1870.
K. rubra, Gld. (not Montagu.) Invert. 1st edit. 60.
Massachusetts.
24. K. puncura, Phil. Zeit. Moll. 149. 1848.
W. America.
25. K. QUADRULA, Gould, Bost. Proc. iii., 252. 1850.
Lijit Isles.
26. K. RorunDA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 181. 1855.
So. Australia.
27. K. ruaosa, Recluz.
28. K. sEminuLUM, Phil.
29. K. SUBORBICULARIS, Mont. Test. Brit. 39, t. 26, f. 6. 1803.

Lrycina Geoffroyi, Payr. Moll. Corse, 30, t. 1, f. 3-5.
Erycina pisum, Sacchi. Cat. p. 6.

Bornia inflata, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil.

Oronthea Montaguana, Leach.

Tellimya tenuis, Brown, Ill. Brit. Conch. t. 42, f. 12, 13.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Cyclas pustula, Costa.
Cycladina clandestina, Costa.
Var. Kellia lactea, Brown, Ul. Brit. Conch. 106, t. 42, f. 10, 11.

Europe, Canary, Isles, Massachusetts, Aracan
(Hanley), Mazatlan (Carpenter).

30. K. supruGosaA, Souverb. Jour. Conch. xi. 286, t,12,f.7. 1863.

New Caledonia.

31. K. suBTRIGONA, Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 42, t.2,f. 1.
1858. Brit. Conch. ii. 228. 1863.

32.

33.

o4.

to

-T

K.

Ke

K.

England.
TELLINOIDES, Hanley, Zool. Proc. 340. 1856.

Philippines.
UNDULATA, Gould, Bost. Proc. vill. 33. 1861.

Kagosima.
ZEBUENSIS, Desh. Zool. Proc. 182. 1855.

Philippines.
Genus CYCLADELLA, Carpenter.
Zool. Proc. 270. 1865.

. PAPYRACEA, Carp. Zool. Proc. 270. 1865. /

Mazatlan.
Genus PYTHINA, Hinds.
Zool. Voy. Sulphur. 70. 1844.

. ARCUATA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 47. 1856.

Indian Ocean.

. compacta, Gould (Kellia), Bost. Proc. viii. 33. 1861.

Hab.—?

. Cumrinart, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 47. 1856.

Indian Ocean.

. DESHAYESIANA, Hinds. Voy. Sulphur. 70. 1844.

H. & A. Adams, Genera iii. t. 114, f. 9.

. DESHAYESII, Orb. et Recluz. Rev. Zool. 299, 325. 1844.

So. Australia.

. MacrrorpEs, Hanley, Zool. Proc. 340. 1856.

Cape Good Hope.

. NUCULOIDES, Hanley, Zool. Proc. 341. 1856.

Society Islands.

. PAULA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 47. 1856.
. PECULIARIS, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 47. 1856.

Indian Ocean.

10

11

12.

13.

6.

-~T

10.

11.

12.

beg

ED os

i

e.

a

M.

M.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

RUGIFERA, Carpenter, Philad. Proc. 57. 1865.
Sts. of Fuca.
STRIATISSIMA, Sowb. Zool. Proc. 317, t. 32, f. 7. 1865.
Borneo.
SUBLEVIS, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 112. 1857.
Mazatlan.
TRIANGULARIS, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 47. 1856.
Indian Ocean.

Genus MONTACUTA, Turton.
Conch. Dict. 102. 1819.

CHALCEDONICA, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 531. 1857.
Mazatlan.

. CONVEXA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 35. 1861.

Simon’s Bay.

- CoquimBENsIs, Hanley, Zool. Proce. 340. 1856.

Coquimbo.

. Dionma, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. iii. 1857.

Mazatlan.

. DIVARICATA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 88. 1861.

Hakodadi.

. ELLIPTICA, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 113. 1857.

Mazatlan

. Goutp1, Thomson, Am. Journ. Conch. iii. 33. 1867.

New Bedford, Mass.

. OBTUSA, Carpenter, Zool. Proc. 270. 1865.

Mazatlan.

. SUBQUADRATA, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 113. 1857.

Mazatlan.

. SUBSTRIATA, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. 25.

Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll. ii. 77, t. 18, f. 8, 8a, pl. 0, f. 2.
M. spatangi, Brusina, Contrib. 99.
Norway to Mediterranean.
TRANSVERSA, Forbes, Rep. A{gean Invert. 192.
Crete and Morea.
TUMIDULA, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xviii. 396. 1866.

Hebrides
16

2)

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Genus CYAMIUM, Phil.
Archiy fiir Naturgesch. i. 50. 1845.
1. C. antARcTIcUM, Phil. Archiv fiir Naturg. 50. 1845.
Gregory Bay, Patagonia.
2. C. ELEVATUM, Stimpson (Montacula), Sheils of New Eng. 16.
1851.
Gould, Invert. Mass. 2d edit. f. 396. 1870.
Montacuta bidentata (not of Mont.), Gould, Invert., lst
edit. 59. 1844.
Coast of New England.

Lo
co
or

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

ON THE AGENCY OF INSECTS IN OBSTRUCTING EVOLUTION.

BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

Since so much which has been learned in regard to the agency
of insects in the cross fertilization of flowers, I understand the
drift of scientific thought to be in the direction of.the general
principle, that in the hypothesis of evolution insects play an im-
portant part. It does not seem to have occurred to any observer
that they may act as an obstruction to any great departure from
what we may take as the normal form—that but for them varia-
tions would probably often be much greater than they are.

It has fallen to my lot to observe and to place on record in the
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
the American Naturalist, and elsewhere, that art has not so much
to do with garden variations as generally supposed ; that varia-
tions in nature are as great as in horticulture; and that the
florist’s credit is chiefly due in preserving the form which un-
assisted nature provided for him. It was at one time part of the
essential idea of a species that it would reproduce itself. If any
variation occurred in nature, it was taken for granted that seed-
lings from this variation would revert to the parent form. But it
is now known that the most marked peculiarity in variation can
be reproduced in the progeny, if care be taken to provide against
fertilization by another form. Thus, the blood-leaved variety of the
English beech will produce blood-leaved beeches; and, as I have
myself found by experiment, the very pendulous weeping peach
produces from seed plants as fully characteristic as its parent ;
and when the double blossomed peaches bear fruit, as they some-
times do, I have it on the authority of a careful friend that the
progeny is doubled as its parent was. But I need not refer
particularly to this. Any intelligent florist of the present age
can testify to the fact, that varieties will reproduce themselves as
fully as the original forms from whence they sprung.

I do not think botanists, as such, are so fully aware of these
facts as the florists are. They scarcely admit of much inherent
variation in form in nature; but look rather to hybridization, and
insect agency in connection therewith, to account for the changes
when they occur. In order to avoid the possibility of these
agencies acting as the sole factors in evolution, I have generally

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

taken a genus consisting of only one species in a given locality, to
show how great is the variations in form, where no congenital
species could mix with it. I have, for this, chosen Epigeza repens,
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, and the Quercus neo-mexicana (Q.
Gunnissonii?) of the Rocky Mountains—papers which most of
the readers of this will probably remember. Another familiar
plant to illustrate this is the common yellow toad flax, Linaria
vulgaris. In a handful of specimens gathered in an aera s
walk, I find the following marked variations :—

In regard to the spur, which is generally as long as the main
portion of the corolla, some have them only one-third or one-fourth
as long; and in one instance the plant bears flowers entirely
spurless. Dr. James Darrach, a member of the Academy, informs
me that he believes he has, in years, past, gathered a spurless form,
but has neglected to place it on record. Then some plants bear
flowers with spurs thick, and others with narrow ones; and while
some have spurs quite straight, others curve so as to describe
nearly the half of a circle. The lobing of the lower lip is various.
In some cases the two lateral ones spread away from the small
central one, leaving a free space all around it ; at other times they
overlap the central one so that it is scarcely seen. Sometimes the
small central lobe is nearly wanting—often not more han half
the depth of the two large lobes, and at times quite as full,
when it may be linear, ovate, or nearly orbicular. The palate,
as the deep colored process attached to the lower lip may be
called, also varies. In color it is pale lemon, but often a brilliant
orange. Sometimes it is but about the eighth of an inch in
thickness; at others one-fourth, in flowers of the same size. In
the case of the shallow flat palate, the attached lobes are patent,
or even incurved; while in the thick ones they are very much
reflexed. These two forms, when the extremes are selected, are
as strikingly distinct as two species often are. Again, the palate
is rounded and blunt at the apex; at other times almost wedge-
shaped, or at least narrowing to a blunt point. The upper lip
varies in proportionate length, sometimes not extending much
beyond the palate, sometimes half an inch more; then the
margins are sometimes bent down like the wings of a swooping
bird ; or upwards as in those of a rapidly descending one. Some-
times they are united and turned abruptly up at the apex, like
the keel of the garden pea.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237

And now in regard to the bearing of all these facts on the great
scientific questions of the day, we have to note first, that the
plant is an introduced weed, with nothing allied to it anywhere,
in the localities where we usually find it, with which it can
possibly hybridize. The variations must be from some natural
law of evolution inherent in the plant itself. Varieties of course
may cross-fertilize as well as species; and some of these varia-
tions may be owing to one form fertilizing another form; but
there can be no avoiding the fact, that at least the first pair of
varying forms must have originated by simple evolution.

Now going back to our florists’ experience the question occurs,
that as varieties once evolved will reproduce themselves from
seed, why does not some one of these Linarias, which has been
struck off into some distinct mould, reproduce itself from seed,
and establish, in a state of nature, a new race, as it would do under
the florist’s care? Why, for instance, is there not a spurless race?
It is scarcely probable that the solitary plant, found on this after-
noon’s walk, is the only one ever produced. Dr. Darrach’s
recollection shows it is not a solitary case. The humblebee
furnishes the answer. They, so far as I have been able to see,
are the only insects which visit these flowers. They seem very
fond of them, and enter regularly at the mouth, and stretch down
deep into the spur for the sweets gathered there. The pollen
is collected on the thorax, and of course is carried to the next
flower. The florist, to “fix” the form, carefully isolates the plant .
but in the wild state a spurless form has no chance. The bee
from the neighboring flower of course fertilizing it with the
pollen from any of the other forms.

If there were no bees, no agency whatever for cross fertilization,
nothing but the plant’s own pollen to depend on, there would
undoubtedly be races of this linaria, which, again, by natural
evolution at times changing, would produce other races ; and in
time the difference might be as great as to be even though
generic. But we see that by the agency of the humblebee the
progress of the newly evolved form is checked. The pollen of
the original form is again introduced to the offspring, and it is
brought back at least half a degree to its starting point.

The conclusion seems to me inevitable, that insects in their
fertilizing agencies, are not always abettors, but rather at times
conservators of advancing evolution.

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

OcroseER 1.
Dr. Carson, Vice-President, in the chair.
Eighteen members present.
The following papers were presented for publication :—

“ Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Astartide.” By
Gro. W. Tryon, Jr.
* Catalogue of the Family Solemyide.” By Gro. W. Tryon, Jr.

Notice of a Corundum Mine.—Prof. Lerpy remarked that he
had visited a corundum mine recently opened on the farm of Mr.
George Ball, in the vicinity of Unionville, Chester Co., Pa. The
accumulation is perhaps the most extraordinary discovered, and
its extent yet remains unknown. Detached crystals of corundum
have often been found in the ploughed fields and roadsides of the
neighborhood, and also masses or boulders of the same material
have been discovered on the surface of the ground or buried in
the local drift covering the deeper rocks. In several instances
boulders of nearly pure corundum have been found in the locality
up to several tons in weight. A company was led to seek for this
important mineral, and for the purpose sunk a shaft in a neighbor-
ing hill of albite, but without success. Mr. John Smedley, an in-
telligent farmer, employed by the proprietors of the mine, was led
to the discovery of the corundum by noticing the direction of the
boulders in the surface drift. Tracing it to the top of the hill, he
found it about five feet below the surface.

The corundum, as exposed to view at the bottom of a trench,
appears as the crest of a large body or vein lying between a de-
composing gneiss and a white talcose schist. The vein appears to
extend in a western direction and towards the east turns at an
obtuse angle to the northeast. The exposed portion may prob-
ably reach twenty or more feet and averages about six feet in
depth and five feet in thickness at bottom, and is estimated to
contain about fifty tons. How much further the vein extends
-west and northeast, and how far it reaches in depth and thickness,
can only be determined by future mining. It looks as if it pro-
mised to be the most valuable deposit of corundum ever found.

The rock on the south side of the vein is the white talcose
schist above mentioned. In immediate contact with the corundum
it appears to be metamorphosed into the material described a few
years ago by our fellow member, Mr. Lea, under the name of
Lesleyite. The schist on the declivity of the hill is contiguous to
steatite and serpentine.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

The corundum is the pure material, and is not emery. The
masses are made up of a close aggregation of crystals with the
intervals occupied with margarite. Some of the fissures and sur-
faces of the masses display large and beautiful crystalline plates
of margarite, and occasionally unusally fine crystals of diaspore.
Some of the crystals of corundum appear to have undergone par-
tial metamorphosis into margarite. The corundum is bluish-gray,
of very compact texture, and does not cleave so readily as the
North Carolina mineral.

The various specimens of corundum and other minerals found
in association with it, presented to the Academy this evening by
Mr. Ball, were obtained at the locality described.

OcroBER 8.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Seventeen members present.

Mr. Tuomas MEEHAN remarked, that as botanists well knew,
Quercus prinoides seldom grew more than two feet in height. It
was one of the smallest of shrubs. In his collections in Kansas,
he found oaks in the vicinity of Leavenworth, which made small
trees from ten to fifteen feet high, and with stems from one to two
feet in circumference. He was entirely satisfied that it is identical
in every respect but size with the @. prinoides of the eastern
States.

Among trees there are few which produce forms as low shrubs;
but the Pinus Banksiana, in the East but a bush of five or ten feet,
grew often forty feet along the shores of Lake Superior; the Cas-
tanea pumila, Chinquapin chestnut, when it gets out of the sands of
New Jersey into the clayey soils west of the Delaware, often grew
as large as many full grown apple trees; while the Celtis occiden-
talis, which in the East is generally but a straggling bush along
fence corners, is in Ohio a large spreading tree with enormous
trunk, and in Indiana is as lofty and as graceful as an elm.

He also exhibited a section of a stem of Wistaria sinensis, and
‘called the attention of members to a curious arrangement of the
wood and bark. The vertical section showed by the annual rings
of wood that it was about twelve years old. After the eighth
year’s circle there was a layer of bark, and over this layer two
more circles of wood. On a portion of the section another layer
of bark had formed between the tenth and eleventh years’ circles
of wood. The bark seemed to be wholly of liber, the cellular
matter and external cortical-layer of the regular bark appeared to
be wanting. A longitudinal section showed where these internal
layers of bark extended no further upwards, and at this point there

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

was an evident flow of wood from the interior over and down this
layer of inclosed bark.

He remarked that this section of wood was taken from a stem
which had been led to support itself in an upright position. When
the Wistaria is permitted to trail along the ground numerous
rootlets are formed along its length. He thought from the appear-
ance of the wood, in the specimen presented, that rootlets had
partially formed in these erect stems, pushing through the liber,
and then instead of penetrating entirely through the bark, and
forming perfect rootlets, they remained within the cellular matter,
and descending joined with the regular woody layer in forming
an annular course of wood. This explanation was the more
plausible, he thought, from the fact that woody stems formed on
the ground. Where the rootlets went quite through into the earth,
the stems were nearly regularly cylindrical ; but these upright
stems on which rootlets were never seen had an irregular fluted
appearance; of course, this explanation does not accord with the
formation of wood in ligneous structures as generally understood ;
but he could not understand how the appearance presented could
have occurred in any other way, than as he had supposed.

Attention was called to a twin apple, on the table, with two stems
and stem cavities, and two calyx basins a little below which, how-
ever, an union had taken place. Mr. Meehan said these phenomena
were rather common with various fruits and the mode of produe-
tion well understood. It was simply the inarching of two fruits
at avery early stage of their existence, through two embryonic
blossoms haying perhaps been produced in juxtaposition from one
bud.

Dr. JosepH Carson said that he thought the variety exhibited,
the winesap, had a tendency to pair young buds and thus bring
forth these united twin fruit. He had once known a tree of them
which produced a large proportion of the fruit of this character.
He had seen perhaps a peck of them which had been gathered at
one time from the tree.

OctToBER 15.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-one members present.

Remarks on Fossil Mammals from Wyoming.—Prof. Lerpy di-
rected attention to the collection of fossils, from the vicinity of
Fort Bridger, Wyoming, presented this evening by Dr. J. Van
A. Carter, Dr. Joseph K. Corson, U.S. A., and himself. Among
them are the more characteristic remains noticed in a letter sent
by him to the Academy last July, published August Ist, and sub-
sequently in the Proceedings, page 167. Some of the fossils were

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241

referred to a huge pachyderm with the name of UINTATHERIUM
RoBUSTUM. Of this animal Drs. Carter and Corson found together
a number of parts of the same skeleton, consisting of the back
portion of a cranium retaining parts of both temporal fossz, the
occiput and the occipital condyles; parts of the upper and lower
jaws containing the back molars ; a mutilated humerus ; a proximal
and a distal extremity of a femur; and a calcaneum and an astra-
galus. These were found 10 miles from Dry Creek Cain, about
50 miles from Fort Bridger. In Dry Creek Canon Prof. Leidy
found amutilated atlas and the body of an axis, evidently of the
same animal.

Ten miles distant from the locality in which the former remains of
Uintatheritum were found, Dr. Corson discovered the large canines,
originally referred to Uintamastix atror. While it was-suspected
that they might pertain to Uintatherium, no evidence was found
to sustain the opinion, and from their resemblance to the canines
of the great Brazilian sabre-toothed tiger Machairodus, they were
referred to a carnivore with the name just stated.

Prof. Marsh has since published a notice, dated Sept. 27th and
appearing in the October number of the American Journal of
Science, of a skull from Wyoming, under the name of Dinoceras
mirabilis, which appears to be the same as Uintatherium robustum.
The skull he observes is entire and is 284 inches long. It is pro-
vided with three pairs of horn cores and huge decurved canine
tusks. The top of the skull is deeply concave and has around its
lateral and posterior margins an enormous crest. ‘This description
will apply to our cranium, as does also that of the molar teeth to
those in our upper jaw specimens. The description of the canines
equally well applies to those referred to Uintamastix atrox, so
that it would appear that this and Dinoceras mirabilis are the
same as Uintatherium robustum.

Some of the fossils belong to PALHosyops MAJor, a large tapir-
like animal. Of this we have a number of fine specimens, including
a cranium, the face and parts of the jaws of a second individual,
and several rami of lower jaws with well preserved teeth of others.
These were discovered by Drs. Carter and Corson in Dry Creek
Cafion. The genus was originally noticed in the Proceedings of
this Academy for 1870. It was founded on a few teeth and was
supposed to be an even-toed pachyderm. From more complete
material its true position as an odd-toed pachyderm was recog-
nized, and its characters more fully given in Prof. Hayden’s Pre-
liminary Report of the U. 8. Geological Survey of Montana, etc.,
published in the beginning of this year. The last August, Prof.
Marsh published a notice, in the American Journal of Science,
of some fossils from Wyoming which he ascribes to two genera
under the name of Palxosyops and Limnohyus. From the notice
it would appear he has overlooked the description of Palawosyops
in the Report just named, for he intimates the reference of the
genus to the perissodactyls as if previously unknown and sug-

\
949, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

gests the reference to it of specimens in which the “last upper
molar has two inner cones,” though it is distinctly stated in the
above Report that “the last upper molar of Palxosyops has but a
single lobe to the inner part of the crown.”’ Upon the latter char-
acter Prof. Marsh proposed the genus Limnohyus, which, under the
circumstances is untenable, but might with propriety be applied
to the animal with molars like those of Palzosyops, except that
the last upper one has two inner cones to the crown. In this view,
a specimen in the collection, of a last upper molar tooth, which I
had ascribed to Palezosyops humilis on account of its comparatively
small size, would belong to Limnohyus.

Remarks on Chipped Stones from Wyoming.—Prof. Lripy
further called attention to a multitude of chipped stones, which
he had collected about 10 miles northeast of Fort Bridger. He
observed that he had noticed in many places in the vicinity of
Fort Bridger, covering the plains and ravines at the base of the
foot hills of the Uintas, great quantities of sharply fractured stone
fragments. They are frequently mingled with the rounded peb-
bles of the drift from the Uintas, but in other places are thickly
strewn over the ground without being mingled with the drift.
Many of the fragments are broken in such a manner that it is
difficult to be convinced that they are not of artificial origin.
Mingled with the more evident accidental flakes there occur great
numbers of stone implements of the rudest construction, such as
those exhibited on the table. A few are also found of the finest
finish. Between these and the stone spawls of accidental origin
there occurs such a gradation of form as to render it doubtful at
times when nature ceased her labor and where primitive man com-
menced with his.

The materials of the splintered stones consist of jaspers, quart-
zites, some of the softer rocks of the tertiary strata, and less fre-
quently of black flint, identical in appearance with that of the Eng-
lish chalk. The latter material I nowhere found in position, but
have been informed by Prof. Hayden that it occurs in the cliffs of
Henry’s Fork of Green River.

The accidental flakes probably had their origin through the
agency of frosts, and from the concussion of stones descending
from the declivities. In experimenting on some weather-worn
slabs of jasper from the buttes of Dry Creek, I found that mode-
rate blows of a hammer would send off sharp spawls, reminding
one of the ancient flint knives.

The splintered stones appear greatly to differ in age; while some
appear perfectly fresh as if recently broken from the parent block,
others are dull and worn, and many so deeply altered by exposure
as to look very ancient. In some of the old looking specimens,
the jasper originally black or brown has become whitened to the
depth of half an inch or more. f

Prof. Lerpy further remarked as follows:—I may take this op-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243

portunity of referring to one of the simplest of stone implements
yet in use among the Indians of Wyoniing. During my stay at
Fort Bridger the Shoshones made a visit to the post, and en-
camped on Black’s Fork in its vicinity for a week. They comprised
about 800 persons with about 80 lodges and 1000 horses. Being the
first time I had had a chance of seeing a tribe of Indians, I felt
much interest in observing them. While wandering through their
camp I noticed the women engaged in dressing buffalo skins with
a stone implement, the only one of the material I discovered in
use among them. It was a thin segment from a quartzite boulder,
made by a single smart blow with another stone and with no other
preparation. Several specimens I exhibit to the Academy, ob-
‘tained by my friend Dr. Carter, who ascertained that the instru-
ment was called a Te-sho-a. By an accident I learned that it was
not a recent instrument incidental to the place and circumstances.
While on an excursion after fossils, I noticed on the side of a
butte some weathered human bones, which had fallen from a grave
above. With them I found some perforated tusks of the elk and
one of the stone teshoa. As the grave was an old one, which had
become exposed by the wearing away of the edge of the butte, it
made it probable that the teshoa did not belong alone to the
present generation.

The tusks of the elk are used by the Shoshones as ornamental
trophies. They form another evidence of the early relationship of
man, as I observe in a recent number of the American Journal of
Science, that similar ornaments were found together with flint
knives, in association with a human skeleton, in a cavern of
Broussé-roussé, in Italy.

Remarks on the Action of Wind and Sand on Rocks.—Prof.
Leipy then directed attention to some specimens of quartzite and
jasper, which he observed illustrated the eroding and polishing
effect of the conjoint action of windandsand. They were collected
by him from one of the buttes of Wyoming. In some situations the
stones, firmly imbedded in the hard clay of the buttes, and exposed
to an almost incessant action of winds and sand, are all much
worn and highly polished. He remarked that many of the sand-
stone cliffs and other rocks of the West, which were supposed to
owe their eroded, cavernous, and often fantastic appearance to the
action of water, he thought was largely due to the conjoined
action of winds and sands.

The death of Prof. John Frazer was announced.

OcroBER 22.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.
Twenty-two members were present.
The death of Constant Guillou was announced.

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

OcTOBER 29.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Thirty-five members present.
The following gentlemen were elected members :—

J. O. Schimmel and Dr. John F. Bransford, U.S. A. Dr. Geo.
M. Sternberg, U. 8. N., was elected a Correspondent. :

On favorable report of the Committees, the following papers were _
ordered to be published :—

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

CATALOGUE AND SYNONYMY OF THE FAMILY ASTARTIDE.
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.

Family ASTARTIDA, H. & A. Adams.
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 483. 1857.

Genus ASTARTE, J. Sowerby.
Mineral Conch., t. 187. 1816.

Crassina, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. y. 554. 1818.
Tridonta, Schumacher, Essai d’un Nov. Syst. 146. 1817.
Mactrina, Brown, Brit. Conch. 1827.
Nicania, Leach, Jour. Phys. Ixxxviii. 465. 1819.
A. BIPARTITA, Philippi, Enum, Moll. sicil i. 32, t. 3, f. 21. 1836.
Mediterranean.
A. BOREALIS, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. vii. t. 39, f. 412. 1784.
Astarte arctica, Gray, App. Capt. Parry’s Voyage. 1824.
Astarte cyprinoides, Duval, Rey. Zool. 278. 1841.
Astarte plana, Sowerby, Min. Conch. t. 179, f. 2.
Astarte compressa, Macgillivray, Moll. Aberd. 261. 1842.
Crassina corrugata, Brown, Ill. Brit. Conch. 96, t. 40, f. 24.
Astarte lactea, Brod. & Sowerby, Zool. Jour. iv. 365. 1828.
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 781, t. 167, f. 21-23. 1855.
Astarte semisulcata, Leach, Ann. Philos. xiv. f. 204.
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 781, t. 167, f. 16. 1855.
Astarte lactea, Gould (not Brod.), Invert. Mass., lst edit.
80, f.47. 1841.
Northern Seas.
A. CASTANEA, Say, Jour. Philad. Acad. ii. 273. 1822.
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 782, t. 167, f. 14,15. 1855.
Astarte crassidens, Brod. et Sowb. Zool. Jour. iv. 1828.
Venus sulcata, Montagu (not Da Costa), Test. Brit. 131.
1803.
British America to New Jersey.
A. compressa, Montagu, Test. Brit. Suppl. 43, t. 26, f. 1. 1808.
Venus Montagui, Dillwyn, Des. Cat. 1817.
Astarte striata, Gray, App. Beechy’s Voyage, t. 44, f. 9.
Astarte multicostata, Macgillivray, Moll. Aberd. 260. 1843.
Astarte globosa, Moller, Index Moll. Groenl. 20. 1842.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Astarte compacta, P. P. Carpenter, Proc. Philad. Acad. 57.
1865.
Venus Montacuti, Turton, Conch. Dict. 243." 1819.
Crassina convexiuscula, Leach, Brown, Brit. Conch. 96, t.
SgcfsTh 1844.
Crassina obliqua, Brown, Brit. Conch. 97, t. 38, f.6. 1844.
Astarte Banksti, Leach, App. Ross’ Voyage. 1819.
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 781, t. 167, f. 8. 1855.
Astarte multicostata, J. Smith.
Astarte uddevallensis, J. Smith.
Astarte propinqua, Landsborough.
Northern Seas of Europe, Asia, and America.

A. CREBRICOSTATA, Forbes, Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. 98, t. 9, f. 4.

Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 780, t. 167, f 10. 1855.
Astarte Warhami, Hancock.
Crassina depressa, Brown, Brit. Conch. 96, t. 38, f. 2.
1844.

Var. Astarte elliptica, Brown, Ill. Brit. Conch. 96, t. 38, f. 3.

1844.
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 779, f. 167, f. 4. 1855.
Astarte semisulcata, Moller (not Leach), Moll. Greenl. 19.
1842.
Crassina sulcata, Nilson, Nov. Act. Holm. 187, t. 2, f. 1, 2.
1822.
Crassina ovata, Brown (not Smith), Edin. Jour. t. 1, f. 8, 9.
Venus inerassata, Brocchi, Coq. Foss. Subapp. ii. 557, t.
14, fe %.
Astarte Gaviensis, James Smith.
Astarte Portlandica, Mighels, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
129. 1848.
Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. iv. 320, 345, t. 16, f. 2. 1843.
Astarte quadrans, Gould, Invert. Mass. Edit. i. 81, f. 48.
1841.
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 782, t. 167, f. 51. 1855.
Northern Europe and America.

A. FLABAGELLA, Conrad, Proc. Phil. Acad. ili. 24,t. 1, f.3. 1846.

Tampa Bay, Florida.

A. FLUCTUATA, Carpenter, Proc. Calif. Acad. ili. 209. 1866.

California.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

. INTERMEDIA, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 779, t. 167, f. 11. 1855.
Northern Europe.
. LONGIROSTRA, D’Orb. Voy. Amer. Merid. 576, t. 83, f. 21-24.
1846.

Malouin Isles.
. LUNULATA, Conrad, Foss. Tert. Form. 44, t. 21, f. 8.
A. bilunulata, Conrad, Adams, Genera. ii.

Southern Coast United States.

. LUTEA, Perkins, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xiii. 151. 1869.
New. Haven, Conn.
. OBLONGA, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 781, t. 167, f. 19. 1855.
Hab.—?
- Rottanpi, Bernardi, Jour. de Conchy. C. vii. 386, t. 13, f. 1.
1858.

Petrapolowskt.
. PULCHELLA, Jonas, Philippi, Abbild. t. 1, f. 12.
Spitzenbergen.
. SULCATA, Da Costa, Brit. Conch. 192. 1778.

Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 778, t. 167, f. 1-3. 1855.

Crassina Danmoniensis, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. Ed.
Deshayes, vi. 360.

Crassina Scotica, Turton, Conch. Dith. Brit. 130, t. 11.
f.3, 4. 1822.

Venus crassatella, Blainville.

Venus Petagne, Costa, Cat. Syst. 34. 1829.

Astarte undata, Gould, Invert. Mass. 80. 1841.

Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 779, t. 167, f. 12. 188

Astarte latisulea, Hanley.

Astarte Mortoni, Adams.

Astarte fusca, Poli, Test. Utr. Sicil. 49, t. 15, f. 32, 33.
1791.

Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 783,t. 167, f. 24. 1855.
Astarte incrassata, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. 88. 1836.
Astarte subequilatera, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 781, t.

167, f. 13. 1855.
Northern Europe to Mediterranean ;
New England, northwards.

Or
or
.

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Subgenus Gonr1tA, Stoliczka.
Pal. Indica, 278. 1871.
A. BIPARTITA, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. i: 32, t. 3. f. 21. 1836.
Mediterranean.

Subgenus GoopALuiaA, Turton.
Conch. Dith. 77. 1822.
Parastarte, Conrad, Proc. Philad. Acad. 288. 1862.
A. TRIQUETRA, Conrad, Proc. Philad. Acad. iii.24,t.15,16. 1846.
Tampa Bay, Fla.
A. TRIANGULARIS, Montagu, Test. Brit. 99, t. 3, f.5. 1803.
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 782, t.167, f.9. 1855.
Mactra minutissima, Montagu, Test. Brit. Suppl. 37. 1808.
Asiarte minuta, Nyst.
Astarte pusilla, Forbes, Report Augean Invest. 144.
Cyclina undata, Conti.
England to Mediterranean ; Canaries.

Genus GOULDIA, C. B. Adams.
Panama Shells, 275. 1851.
Thetis, C. B. Adams (not Sowerby), Proc. Bost. Soc. N
Hist. ii. 9. 1845.
G. AusTRALIs, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 459. 1870.
Port Jackson, N. S. Wales.
G. cERINA, C. B. Adams, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. Hist. ii. 9. 1845.
Jamaica.
G. DILECTA, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 32. 1861.
Kagosima.
G. FASTIGIATA, Gould, Bost. Proc. vili. 282. 1861.
North Carolina.
G. GUADALOUPENSIS, D’Orb. Moll. Cuba, ii. 289, t. 27, f. 24-26.
1853.
West Indies.
G. Macrracka, Lindsley, Am. Jour. Science, 233. 1848.
Gould, Invert, Mass. Edit. ii. f. 442. 1870.
New England ; South Carolina.
G. Martinrensis, D’Orb. Moll. Cuba, ii. 288, t. 27, f. 21-23. 1853.
West Indies.
G. mopesta, H. Adams, Zool. Proc. t. 19, f.14. 1869.
Gulf of Tunis.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

. Pactrica, C. B. Adams, Panama Shells, 275. 1851.
H. & A. Adams, Genera, iii. t. 115, f. 7, a. b.
Panama; Mazatlan.
. PARVA, C. B. Adams, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. 9. 1845.
Jamaica.
. PFEIFFERI, Philippi, Zeit. fiir Malak. 133. 1848.
Cuba.
. VARIANS, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 83. 1857.
_ Mazatlan.

Genus MIODON, Carpenter.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xiv. 424. 1864.
. M. proLonGatus, Carpenter, loc. cit.
Straits of Fuca to Monterey, Cal.

Genus CRASSATELLA, Lamarck.’
Prodr. Syst. 1799.
Ptychomya, Agassiz (fossil), Etud. Crit. 3d liv. 1842.
Paphia, Roissy (not Lam. or Fabr.), Moll. vi. 8346. 1805.
. ADELINZ, Tryon, Proc. A. N.S. 1872.
. ANTILLARUM, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 44. 1842.
Conch. Icon. sp. 8. 1843.
C. rostrata, Chenu Il. Conch.
Isl. Margarita, (W. J. ?)
. AURORA, Adams and Angas, Cool. Proc. 426, t.37,f.15. 1863.
Tasmania.
. Banksn, Adams and Angas, Zool. Proc. 427,t.37,f16. 1863.
Tasmania.
. BELLULA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 95. 1852.
New Zealand.
. CASTANEA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 42. 1842.
Conch. Icon. spec. 3. 1843.

Australia.
. COMPRESSA, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 82, t. 23, f. 10.
1850.
Corea.

‘I think that a considerable reduction of species is necessary in this
genus; but, unfortunately, I have not enough specimens at hand to make
satisfactory comparisons. The species appear to vary so much in form,
sculpture, and color, that identification, in many cases, is entirely arbi-

trary.

17

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

C. compra, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 95. 1852.

China Sea. :
C. concinnA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 95. 1852.
China Sea.
C. CorsuLorpEs, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 45. 1842.
Conch. Icon. sp. 9. 1848.
Hab.—?
C. conruGATA, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 82, t. 23, f. 7.

1850.
Soloo Islands.
C. Cumrineir, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 90, t.16,f. 1. 1852.
Moreton Bay, E. Australia.
C. DECIPIENS, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 42. 1842.
Conch. Icon. sp. 4. 1848.
C. Kingicola, Reeve (not Lamarck), Conch. Syst. 63, t. 44,
f. 3. 1841.
Australia.
C. CONTRARIA, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 3277. 1790.
Coast of Guinea; Canary Islands.
C. pIVARICATA, Chemnitz, Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 18. 1843.
C. ponacina, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 19. 1843.

«

Australia.
C. EsqurmMatti, Baird, Zool. Proc. 70. 1863.
Vancouver’s Island.
C. crpBosa, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 56. 1832.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 1. 1843.
W. Coast South America.
C. suBAR, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 44. 1848. Conch. Icon. sp. 11.
Australia.
C. Kinetcona, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. v. 481. 1818.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 5. 1843.

Australia.
C. pavis, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 64. 1852.
Laguayra.
C. LAPIDEA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 48. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 7.
Philippines.

C. nana, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 81, t. 23, f. 2. 1850.

Eastern Seas.
C. opesa, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 90, t. 16, f. 2. 1852.

New Zealand.

=

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 951

'. OBSCURA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 94. 1852.

China Sea.
'. ORNATA, Gray, Griffith’s Cuvier, t. 22, f. 6. 1834.
Reeve, Zool. Proc. 46. 1842.
Conch. Icon. sp. 17. 1848.
Hab.—?
. PALLIDA, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 82, t. 23, f. 9-
1850.
China.
. prcrA, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 82, t.23,f. 6. 1850.
Philippines.

. PuLcHRA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 43. 1842.
Icon. sp. 16. 1843.
C. sulcata, Blainv. (not Lam.) Malac. t. 73, f. 4. 1825.
Australia.
. RADIATA, Sowerby, Tankerville Cat. App. 2. 1825.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 12. 1843.
Singapore.
. ROSTRATA, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. v. 482. 1818.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 10. 1843.
Ceylon.
. specIosA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 94. 1852.
Bay of Campeachy.
. SUBRADIATA, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. v. 482. 1818.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 15. 1843.
South Seas.
. SULCATA, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. v. 481. 1818.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 6. 1843.
Australia.
. TRIQUETRA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 46. 1842. 7
Icon. sp. 14. 1843.
Hab.—?
. TRUNCATA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 95. 1852.
China Sea.
. UNDULATA, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 56. 1832.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. spec. 2. 1843.
Puerto Portrero, Central America.
. Z10-ZA0, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 45. 1842.
Icon. sp. 13. 1843.
Philippines.

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Genus ACTINOBOLUS, Klein.
Meth. Ostracol. 147. 1753.
Cardiocardites, Blainv. Dict. Sc. Nat. xxxii. 326. 1824.
Azaria, Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus. 1840.
A. ABYyssIcoLus, Hinds, Voy. Sulphur, 65, t. 19, f. 3. 1844.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardita, sp. 37. 1843.
Sts.of Malacca.
A. ACULEATUS, Poli, Test. Utr. Sicil. ii. 23, f. 23. 1795.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 17. 1848.
Cardita squamosa, Cotiez. & Mich. Gal. des Moll. ii. 159.
Cardita nodulosa, Reeve, Zool. Proce. 1843. Icon. sp. 44.
Cardita squamifera, Deshayes, Mag. Zool. t. 10. 1831.

Reeve, Icon. Cardita, sp. 14. 1843.
Mediterranean.

A. AJAR, Adanson, Hist. Nat. Senegal, t. 16, f.2. 1757.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 23. 1843.
Cardita lacunosa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 31. Zool. Proc.
1823.
Senegal.
A. AMABILIs, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 102, t. 7, f. 8, 9. 1852.
New Zealand.
A. ANTIQUATUS, Linneus, Syst. Nat. xii. 1138. 1767.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 30. 18438.
Cardita turgida, Lamarck, vii. 22. 1819.

Cardita bicolor, Lamarck, vi. 23. 1819.
Ceylon.

A. AUSTRALIS, Quoy (not Lam.), Voy. Astrol. ii. 480, t. 78, f.
11-14. 1834.

Cardita Quoyt, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 103. 1852.

Cardita tridentata, Reeve (not Say.), Conch. Icon. sp. 22.

1843.
Australia, New Zealand.

A. Betcuert, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101. 1852.
Philippines.
A. BIMACULATUS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 102, t. 17, f. 4,5. 1852.
New Zealand.
A. CANALICULATUS, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 40.
Philippines.
A. CarRpDIoIDES, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 49.
Philippines.

Ai:

A.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

. CASTANEUS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 102, t. 17, f. 11. 1852.

Australia.

. COMPRESSUS, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 46.

Valparaiso, Chili.

. Conrant, Shuttleworth, Jour. Conch. v. 173. 1856.

Cardita incrassata, Conrad (not Sowb.), Am. Mar. Conch.
39, t. 8, f.2. 1831.
Tampa Bay, Fla.

. CORBIS, Philippi. Enum. Moll. Sicil. 11, 48. 1844.

Mediterranean, Canary Isles.

. CoRBICULZFORMIS, Deshayes, Cog. Ile Reunion, 21.

Mauritius.

. cRASsUS, Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, 152, t. 42, f. 4.

Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 34. 1843.
Acapulco.

. CRENULATUS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 102. 1852.

Borneo.
Cuminatt, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 132, t. 87, f. 15. 1852.
Borneo.

. CuviErt, Broderip, Zool. Proc. 55. 1832.

Reeve, Icon. sp. 24. 1848.
Central America.
DIFFICILIS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 103, t. 17, f. 16, 17. 1852.
Jew Zealand.

. ELEGANTULUS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101, t. 17, f. 6,7. 1852.

Chinese Seas.

. ELONGATUS, Philippi, Archiv fir Naturg. 54. 1845.

Pacific Ocean.

. FERRUGINOSUS, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 76, t. 21, f.

21. 1850.
Philippines.

. FLABELLUM, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 47.

Valparaiso.

. FLAMMEUS, Michelin, Mag. Zool. t. 6. 1830.

Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 38. 1843.
Hab.—?

. GRACTINIS, Shuttleworth, Jour. de Conch. 173. 1856.

Porto Rico.

. Gunn, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101. 1852.

Van Dieman's Land.

bo
or
—

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

A. INCRASSATUS, Sowerby, App. Tankerville Cat. 1825.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 11. 1843.
Cardita rubicunda, Menke, Moll. N. Holl.

Australia.
A. Juxrst, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101, t. 17, #14. 1852.
Australia.
A. Koreinsts, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101. 1852.
Corea.

A. LATICOSTATUS, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 195. 1832.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 36. 1843.
Cardita angisulcata, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch.
Icon. sp. 41.
Var. Cardita tricolor, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 194. 1832.
Central America.
A. MARMOREUS, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 12.
Australia.
A. Matyvina, Orbigny, Voy. Am. Mer. 580, t. 84, f. 4, 6.
A. MEGASTROPHUS, Gray.
A. nitipus, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 27.
Cardita ovalis, Reeve, Ibid. 1843. Icon. sp. 28.
Philippines.
A. Puruipri, Tryon.
Cardita Australis, Philippi (not Quoy), Abhandl. Naturf.
Ges. Halle, 21. 1858.
Philippines.
A. Pretssi1, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. 38.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 39. 1843.
Australia.
A. procErus, Gould, Bost. Proc. ii. 276.
Rio Negro, Patagonia.
A. PURPURATUS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 100, t. 17, f. 12,13. 1852.
New Zealand.
A. ROSTRATUS, Gmelin.
A. SEMEN, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 43.
Bolivia.
A. Sowrersyl, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 103. 1852.
Swan River, W. Australia.
A. sPuRcUS, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 195. 1882.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 32. 1848.
Peru.

Lo
or
or

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

A. suLCATUS, Brug. Ency. Meth. No. 3. 1789.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 35. 1843.
Chama antiquata, Poli, Test. Utr. Sicil. ii. t. 23, f. 12, 13.
1795.
Mediterranean.
A. TANKERVILLIT, Wood. Index Test. Suppl. 57. 1828.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 29. 1843.
Chama Australis, Wood. Index Test. Suppl. 6. 1828.
Australia.
A. TEGULATUS, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 48.

Valparaiso.
A. Tumipvs, Broderip, Zool. Proc. 56. 1832.

Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 26. 1843.
A. varius, Brod. Zool. Proc. 56. 1832.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 25. 1843.
Puerto Portrero, Isle Plata, Gallapagos.
A. Tuovuarsi, D’Orbigny, Voy. Amer. Merid. 579, t. 84, f. 1-3.

1846.
Malouin Isles.

A. ZeLanpicus, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101. 1852.
New Zealand.
Genus CYCLOCARDIA, Conrad.
C. BOREALIS, Conrad, Am. Mar. Conch. 39, t. 8, f. 1. 1831.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 33. 1843. .
Cardita vestita, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. t. 17, f. 10. 1852.
Northern Coast United States.
C. Nov-ANnGiia, Morse, Rep. Peabody Acad. Science, 76. 1869.
New England.
C. ventricosus, Gould, Boston Proc. iii. 276. 1850. (= borealis. ?)
Puget’s Sound.
Genus PLEUROMERIS, Conrad.
Am. Jour. Conch. iii. 12. 1867.
P. TRIDENTATUS, Say, Jour. Philad. Acad. v. 216. 1826.
(Not of Reeve, Icon. Cardita, sp. 22 = C. Australis,
Quoy.)
Northern Coast United States.
Genus MYTILICARDIA, Blainville.
Dict. Sciences, Nat. xxxii. 826. 1824.
M. cALYcuLATA, Linneus, Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1138. 1767.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardita, sp. 1. 1843.

256

M.

M.

M.

M.

M.

M.

M.

M.

M.

M.

M.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Cardita sinuata, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. vi. 25. 1819.
Mediterranean Sea.
cRAssicosTaTA, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. vi. 24. 1819.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 7. 1843.
Cardita Tridacnoides, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl.
Australia, Philippines.
CuMINGIANA, Dunker, Zeit. Malak. 223. 1860.

Japan.

pistortA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 13.
Red Sea.

EssINGTONENSIS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 100. 1852.
Australia.

EXCAVATA, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101, t. 17, f.1-3. 1852.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.
ExcIsA, Philippi, Zeit. fir Malak. 91. 1847.
Sandwich Isles.
FABULA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 50.
Isle of Alboran.
GIBBOSA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 21.
Hab.—?
LEANA, Dunker, Zeit. Mal. 223. 1860.
Japan.
MURICATA, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 195. 1832.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 18. 1843.
Crescent and Rapa Islands, Pacific Ocean.
pica, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1848. Conch. Icon. sp. 8.
Philippines.

M. RADULA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 2.

M. rvuFESCENS, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. vii. 24. 1819.

R=

Hab.—?

Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardita, sp. 19. 1843.

Cardita Senegalensis, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch.

Icon. sp. 16.
Senegal.

. TERETIUSCULA, Philippi.

M. umpiiicata, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 100. 1852.

Australia.

. VARIEGATA, Bruguiere, Encyce. Meth. 407, t. 233, f. 6. 1789.

Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 3. 1843.
Chama calyculata, Dillwyn, Desc. Cat. 217. 1817.

“

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Q57

Cardita aviculina, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. vi. 26. 1819.
Delessert, Illust. t. 11, f. 10.
Australia, Indian and Chinese Seas.
Subgenus Beeurna, Bolten.
Mus. Bolt. 1798.

M. GUBERNACULUM, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 9.

Zanzibar.

M. SEMIORBICULATA, Linneus, Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1138. 1767.

M.

Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 10.
Cardita phrenetica, Lamarck. Anim. s. Vert. vi. 24. 1819.
Philippines.
vouuoris, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 20.
Hab.—?
Subgenus Guans, Miihlfeldt.
Entwurf, 68. 1811.

M. NAVIFORMIS, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 45.

Valparaiso.

M. Trapezia, Linneus, Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1138. 1767.

M.

Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 15. 1843.
Chama muricata, Scacchi, Cat. 5.
Cardita squamosa, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. vi. 23. 1819.
Mediterranean.
Subgenus THEcALIA, H. and A. Adams.
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 489. 1857.
CONCAMERATA, Chemnitz.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardita, sp. 42. 1843.
Cape of Good Hope.

. MACRoTHEOA, Adams and Angas, Zool. Proc. 39. 1864.

So. Australia.
Genus CARDITAMERA, Conrad.

Foss. Shells, 12. 1837.
Lazaria, Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus. 1853.

. AFFINIS, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 195. 1832.

Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardita, sp. 6. 1843.
Cardita Californica, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 100. 1852.
Central America to Gulf of California.

. Frormpana, Conrad, Fossil Shells, 12. 1837.

Cardita gibbosa, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon.
sp. 21.
, Hab.—?

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

C. GRACILIS, Shuttleworth, Jour. de Conch. v. 173. 1856.
Porto Rico.
C. PECTUNCULUS, Bruguiere, Encye. Meth. 412. 1789.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 4. 1843.

_ Madagascar.
C. RADIATA, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 195. 1832.

Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 5. 1843.
' H. Columbia, Panama.
C. SUBQUADRATA, Carpenter, Ann. Mag. Nat. His. xv. 178. 1865.
- Sts. of Fuca to San Diego, Cal.

CATALOGUE OF THE FAMILY SOLEMYIDZ.
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.

Family SOLEMYID.A, H. & A. Adams.

Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 482. 1897.
Genus SOLEMYA, Lamarck.
Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert. v. 488. 1818.
Solenomya, Menke, Syn. Meth. Edit.i. 1828.
Solenymya, Swainson, Man. Malacol. 366. 1840.
Stephanopus, Scacchi, Osserv. Zool. 5. 1833.
1. S. AusTRALIS, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. v. 489. 1818.
Blainville, Malacol, t. 79, f. 1. 1825.
So. Australia.
2. S. BOREALIS, Totten, Am. Jour. Sci. xxvi. 366, f. 1. 1834.
S. velum, Conrad (not Say), Am. Mar. Conch. t. 66, f. 16.
1831.
Northern United States.
. S. pusILLA, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. viii. 27. 1861.
Hakodadi.
4. §. rogata, Poli, Test. Utr. Sicil. ii. 42, t. 15, f. 20. 1795.
S. Mediterranea, Lamarck, Anam. s. Vert. v. 489. 1818.
Mediterranean.
S. vALvuLvs, Carpenter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii. 311. 1864.
Cape St. Lucas.
6. S. veLuM, Say, Jour. Philad. Acad. ii. 317. 1822.
Gould, Invert. Mass. 2d Edit. 48 f. 371.
Northern United States.

wo

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

NOTES ON THE GENUS POLORTHUS, Gabb.
BY WILLIAM M. GABB.

In 1834, Dr. S. G. Morton, in his “Synopsis of the Organic
Remains of the Cretaceous Group of the United States,” described
a species under the name of Teredo tibialis ; mentioning a former
edition of the same work, when he says he “ referred this species
to T.antenaute, Sby.” (Min. Conch., vol. i. p. 231, pl. 102). Sow-
erby’s shell is from the London clay, and Morton was correct in
separating the American species, which is Cretaceous. But while
correcting one error he fell into two others, not less grave. He
included all of the terediform tubes found in New Jersey under
the one name, and figured as the type of the species a shell which
1 believe is not only not a Teredo, but is Cephalopod. There
are at least two species mentioned by Morton (Syn. Cret., p. 69) ;
and for the one figured and described, the specific name must be
retained. For the other I proposed the name of 7. irregularis
in 1860 (Jour. Philad. Acad., 2d ser. vol. iv. p. 393, pl. 68, fig. 19).

In 1861, while examining Dr. Morton’s specimens, I was struck
by some peculiarities in the tubes, which, on further study, in-
duced me to propose the above generic name, and suggest the
relationship of the genus to Vermetus. Since then the matter
seems to have been forgotten, until recently my friend, Dr.
Stoliczka, in his able work on the Fossils of India (Pal. Indica,
vol. iii. p. 14), quotes the name doubtfully and at second hand for
the Smithsonian Check List, and in the Pholadidx. This last
fact has determined me to call attention to the genus in a more
explicit manner than the original imperfect notice, in the Pro-
ceedings of the Academy, 1861, p. 366.

P. tibialis, Morton, is the species for which the name was first
proposed. At the time I described the genus, I was in receipt of
a fine series of specimens of my Gastrochena Americana, from
the * Ripley Group” of Tennessee, sent me by Prof. Safford, the
State Geologist, and I found that the two forms were congeneric,
although I have never yet seen the apex of the latter species.

The generic characters are as follows: Shell tubular, growing
singly or in clusters, nearly straight. Interior divided into cham-
bers by two entirely different sets of septa. In the young state,

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the septa are cup-shaped, as in Orthoceras, but, unlike that genus,
they are not perforated by a small siphonal opening. Instead,
the middle of each septum is prolonged into a tapering tube with
an elliptical cross section, the apex of which tube enters the base
and nearly, or completely, fills the interior of its predecessor.
Extreme apex unknown. In the space immediately succeeding
the last septum, there is a saddle-shaped, continuous muscular (?)
scar, which rises on the sides corresponding with the broad part
of the funnel-like siphonal tubes, and is deeply depressed on the
sides corresponding with the ends of the ellipses Beyond this
stage, the shell continues as a nearly straight tube, increasing
very slowly in diameter and, at irregular intervals, is hermetically
closed by convex septa, having their convex face reversed; that
is to say, placed towards the broader, or newer portion of the
tube. The structure is microscopically prismatic, the prisms being
placed transversely as in Inoceramus. Both the walls and the
septa are made up of numerous layers of shell substance, no struc-
tural difference existing between the several parts.

P. tibialis grows in masses of tubes bearing a strong superficial
resemblance to Teredo, which resemblance misled Dr. Morton in
his generic reference. But, even apart from its internal structure,
the analogy fails, since it never occurs perforating wood or other
hard substances. The spaces between the shells are filled only
with sand. This free mode of growth, and my not being ac-
quainted at the time with the peculiar characters of the apical
portion, induced me to refer my genus to the Vermetidz on ac-
count of the septa in the larger portions of the tube; a character
not unlike that of Vermetus and Caecum. Latterly, through the
kindness of my friend, Dr. Joseph Leidy, I have been enabled to
study better specimens than any heretofore examined, and thus
discovered the anomalous character of the young shell.

P. Americanus seems to be solitary in its habits; at least, no
masses of this species have ever been obtained. In external form
it is not unlike the tube of Gasirochena, and I thus described it
at first. The Tennessee specimens, preserved in a soft matrix,
show that internally it has the same imperforate septa, convex
towards the broader end of the tube, and placed at irregular dis-
tances.

The structure of the young shell places this genus, as the type
of a new family, PoLonTHIDm®, among the Cephalopods, and it only

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

remains to determine what are its nearest relations. Its simple-
edged septa confine it to the group, of which the modern Nautilus
may be taken asa type. But the complex nature of its septa has
no analogy among the modern genera, even geologically speaking.
We must look for its relations among the palzeozoic forms, such as
Endoceras, Actinoceras, and more especially Beatricea. In fact,
it seems in some respects to be intermediate between the last, as
described by Hyatt' and the two former; and again to connect
both groups with the Orthoceridx proper. In Orthoceras we have
direct communication from one chamber to the next. In Endo-
ceras, Actinoceras, and the allied genera, the position of the siphon
is occupied by a shelly tube which seems to have allowed no such
communication beyond its own walls. In Beatricea the central
column is described as consisting of a chain of small hollow
chambers, not continuous either with each other or with the en-
circling chambers. In Polorthus, unlike Orthoceras, the tubes
are not membranous, but shelly. They can be compared in their
enveloping character to the column of Beatricea, of which Hyatt
says, “the central chambers are imperforate, generally deeply
concave, and set upon one another like a pile of Chinese teacups.”
By elongating these “teacups” into a series of laterally com-
pressed cones, we have the column of Polorthus, with the differ-
ence that in the latter each cone is soldered to, or more properly,
is a continuation of one of the outer septa. The nature of the
matrix is such that I have not been able to demonstrate, beyond
a doubt, the character of the apex of these cones, but I believe it
to have been perforated by a minute slit; a fact which would con-
nect Beatricea with Endoceras. On the other hand, while the
base of each cone, where it leaves the transverse septum, is appa-
rently closed completely by the next cone fitting tightly into it;
there is at least a rudimentary, if not a real connection between
the outer chamber and the interior of the column, thus showing a
nearer connection between Polorthus and Orthoceras than between
the latter and the other two quoted genera.

The muscular scar visible on the casts of the interior just above
the last of the septa is not without its analogy. I have found
such impressions in all the modern species of Nautilus, but more
especially in N. pompilius,? where it consists of two broad scars

' Amer. Jour. Sci., 1865, p. 261.
* See Waagen, Ueber die Ansatzstelle der Haftmuskeln beim Nautilus

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

like those of an oyster, connected by a faint polished line, marking
the mantle margin.

Having pointed out what I believe to be the relations of this
remarkable fossil, it yet remains for me to remark on the anoma-
lous circumstances connected with the manner of growth of the
shell in its later stages.

After growing to a length of nearly an inch, the animals (at
least of P. tibialis) seem to have congregated into colonies.
Thenceforward the septate character, above described, ceases.
The tube increases gradually in diameter as it grows in length,
and at distances varying without any determinate system, from a
quarter of an inch to two inches apart, the tube is hermetically
closed by arched septa, with their convex faces towards the mouth
of the tube; or in a reversed position to that of the primary
series. The tube consequently could have been of no further use
as a float, like that of the other chambered cephalopods, and
would have been really disadvantageous to its occupant, was it
not permanently anchored as we see it actually was. The colonies
must consequently have resembled a highly magnified view of a
bryozoon or a coral.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 8.

. View of a mass of P. tibialis, natural size.

. One tube, slightly magnified: @, muscular scar ; 6, secondary septa.

. An unusually large tube, abnormally bent, natural size: a, one of
the secondary septa.

“¢ 4, Magnified view of end of a tube: a, surface markings of the species
(P. tibialis) ; b, end view of muscular scar on the cast; ¢, in-
ternal cast of the last chamber and part of the mould of the cen-
tral tube.

«© 5. Side view of the end of another specimen : a, a, parts of the shell ;
b, d’, muscular scar, 6 seems to correspond with the broad mus-
cle of Nautilus ; c,c, primary septa; d, side view corresponding
with c, fig. 4.

. Top view of a secondary septum broken through at a.

. End view of one of the primary septa.

. P. Americanus, natural size.

qo ~ ps

cot aor)

io)

und der Ammoniden; Paleontographica. Band 17, 1870, p. 185, pl. 39
and 40.

Plate 8.

Proc. A.N.S.1872.

f —_ ——— s5n5 ae
ti Le TT a cu ili iv

* 7K et
re DOE ese
dns a) ARLE wit ihe cat P
AMET Sage anyon

ae

a

Proc. A.N.S.1872. Plate 9.

Gabb. Mexican Fossils and Genera of Mollusca.

Proc, A.N.S. 1972. Plate 10.

Plate 11.

AN. S.1872

Proc

ollusca

i
i

Mi

Lenera of

and |

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

NOTICE OF A COLLECTION OF CRETACEOUS FOSSILS FROM CHIHUAHUA,
MEXICO,

BY WILLIAM M. GABB.

A sMALL collection of Cretaceous fossils has recently been sub-
mitted to me for examination by my friend, Dr. J. P. Kimball,
who collected them near the centre of the State of Chihuahua, at
a place called Nugal, in the midst of a silver mining region. In
fact, the doctor represents the argentiferous veins as lying in the
cretaceous limestone."

The fossils are of the more interest, since they are another link
in the chain of evidence, to prove an extension of the cretaceous
sea completely across Northern Mexico.? They are of the same
‘group, from which I have already described one series, collected
by my old friend and colleague, Aug. Rémond, at Arivechi in
Sonora; and the two localities are only separated by the crest of
the Sierra Madre, which probably showed its summits as a string
of islands in the ancient ocean.

Collected incidentally during a journey made for an entirely
different purpose, and in a region infested by Apaches, it is not
strange that the series is meagre. Fortunately, it is full enough
to give us an undoubted key to the exact member of the forma-
tion.

The following is a list of the species identified. In addition to
these, there is a favositiform coral, and one or two other forms
too imperfect for recognition.

Hippurites Texanus, Roem.
Ostrea bella, Conrad.

Exogyra costata, Say.

E. arietina, Roem.

Neithea Texana, Roem. sp.

N. occidentalis, Conrad.

Lima Wacoensis, Roem.

L. Kimballi, Gabb, n. s.
Inoceramus, two species, indet.

1 See Silliman’s Journal, Noy. 1869, p. 878.
? Paleontology of California, vol. ii. p. 257 et seq.

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Globiconcha? sp. indet.
Pleurotoma Pedernalis ? Roem. sp.
(Fusus id. Roem.)

A shell agreeing perfectly with Roemer’s figure in Kreid. Texas,
in size, form, and sculpture; but on which the lines of growth
distinctly indicate the sinus of Pleurotoma.

Ammonites Guadalupzx, Roem.
Ammonites Guadalupe, Roem., pl. 9. fig. 1, and pl. 10, figs. 1, 1a.
Kreidebildungen von Texas, p. 82, pl. 2, fig. 1, la, 16.

Roemer’s figure represents a larger specimen than the one we
fore me, and one which exhibits only the more mature form of the
shell. The present fine example is 4.7 inches in its greater dia-
meter, and gives us some additional characters. It wants almost
entirely the dorsal ornamentation figured in Kreid. Texas; the
dorsum being broad, nearly flat, and rounded on the margin. The"
umbilical row of nodes is well developed, but the outer lateral row
is barely discernible; their place being occupied, on the older
parts or the shell by faint undulations, which show a tendency to
form a series of bifurcate ribs extending outward from the above-
mentioned nodes. In the still younger stage, as exhibited by the
inner whorls, the shell is flattened discoidal, very similar to A.
placenta or A. Pedernalis, without tubercles, or with no more
than are often shown by these species. The dorsum is then very
compressed laterally, and is truncated and bi-carinate, so that
young specimens of this shell, except for the wider umbilicus,
could readily be mistaken for either of the above, but more espe-
cially the latter species, which also occurs in the same rocks.*

Roemer’s figure of the septum seems to have been drawn from
a weathered specimen. The differences between the details of his
lobes and mine are not more than I have frequently observed in
individuals of other species.

Lima KIMBALLI, Gabb, n. 8., pl. 11, fig. 1.

This fine large species is represented by but a single mutilated
specimen, of which, while much of the outline is destroyed, the
surface is pretty well preserved, and is so characteristic that I
have ventured to name it.

It is equivalve, compressed, very oblique, elongated, posterior

See Pal. California, vol. ii. p. 258, pl. 35, figs. 1, la.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

side prominent and broadly rounded; ears unknown. Surface
marked by about twelve or thirteen prominent, nearly equal ribs,
rounded, or subangular, with broad, regularly concave interspaces,
wider than the ribs. Whole surface crossed by very fine lines of
growth.

Length, about three inches; greatest width 2.2 in., thickness
through both valves, .5 in.

Besides the mollusca, Dr. Jos. Leidy has decided a single shark
tooth in the collection to belong to the common Galeocerdo fal-
catus of the chalk, found in England as well as America.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Plate 9, fig. 1. Ammonites Guadalupe, side view.
** 10, ** 1. Jd. front view, showing the change of the dorsum. Fig. la.
Septum.
sc ii, ‘© 1. Lima Kimballi,

18

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

NOVEMBER 5.

The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Thirty-three members present.
The following paper was presented for publication :—

“Description of some new genera of Mollusca.” By Wm. M.
Gabb.

Mr. JosepH WILtcox stated that having felt much interest in
the subject of corundum, he had frequently visited the localities
of that mineral in Pennsylvania; and that during last April he
visited many corundum localities in Lowns Co. Ga., and in Clay
and Macon Counties in North Carolina. Mr. Willcox exhibited
a specimen lately obtained from near Unionville, Pa., the central
portion of which was corundum surrounded by chlorite. The ex-
terior part of the corundum was so mixed with chlorite, that there
appeared to be an alteration of one of the substances into the
other. Mr. Willcox said he had frequently found in several locali-
ties in North Carolina, round specimens of chlorite, the central
portions of which were corundum, which corresponded in shape to
the surrounding mass of chlorite. These nodules of corundum
were from one-quarter inch in size to three inches. In some of the
specimens the lines were well defined between the corundum and
chlorite, while in others these two substances were so mixed as to
appear to pass into each other by insensible degrees.

Mr. Willcox said he had never seen a specimen of this character
from any corundum locality in Pennsylvania before. Mr. Willcox
also exhibited specimens of crystals of corundum from Laurens
District in South Carolina; one of which was partly altered into
margarite, and another was wholly converted into the latter sub-
stance.

Mr. THomAs MEEHAN, referring to the cylindrical production
presented by Prof. Leidy, said he thought he could confirm Prof.
Leidy’s suspicion that it was not of vegetable origin, but was
wholly mineral. There was not only the peculiarity in the appa-
rent concentric layers, referred to by Prof. Leidy, but also an
entire absence of any trace of medullary rays which he thought
never wholly obsolete in woody petrifactions. But beyond this
the diameter of what appeared to have been the pith cavity was
far beyond what usually occurred in Dicotyledonous structures of
the age which this, by the number of circles, ought to be. Although
he believed the suggestion had not been made before, he had reason
to believe that the pith cavity decreased in diameter with the age

—_— _—

NATURAL SOIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 267

of the wood. Thus in the case of the strong shoots which in
this country formed the ultimate trunk of the Paulownia impe-
rialis, the pith occupied a space in the centre of from one-quarter
to three-quarters of an inch in diameter according to the strength
of this shoot; but in some trees about twenty-five years old, he
had seen cut down, the pith cavity was nearly obliterated. It was
scarcely credible that any dicotyledonous shoot of one year’s
growth ever had a pith as thick as this.

But besides these incongruities he had been able to trace the
origin of similar formations. In central New York, he had seen
on a farm a large number of hollow cylindrical substances from
one-quarter to one inch or more in diameter which appeared like
pieces of large clay pipe stems. There were many successive Cir-
cular layers as in this specimen. Informed by the farmer that
they came in the muck obtained from a swamp near by, he examined
the spot, and found in many instances the central portion was
oceupied by decaying wood and roots. In time these rotted com-
pletely away, and left the structure a hollow tube. The mineral
substance around this woody matter appeared to be carbonate of
lime, and as the swamp was very wet in winter, and partly dry in
summer, he supposed the varying temperature of the water at dif-
ferent seasons of the year, or perhaps actual periodical dryness,
would give the appearance of annual rings to the deposit, which
formed around the woody core.

He would suggest that probably this piece had been formed ina
similar manner, and that after the woody centre which had formed
the nucleus of the cylindrical mass had decayed and disappeared
through the ends, the crystallized silicious matter had formed in
its place.

Notice of Donation of Fossils, etc., from Wyoming.—Prof. Lery
directed attention to the specimens of fossils and other specimens
from Wyoming Territory, presented this evening.

The fine specimen consisting of a nearly complete dorsal shell
of a Trionyx, was found on the buttes of Dry Creek, about ten
miles from Fort Bridger. It was discovered by Maj. R. 8S. La
Motte, commander of the fort, and was kindly presented by him
to the Academy. The shell is about 164 inches long and nearly
as broad. Before comparing it with the specimen of Dri ‘ionyx gqut-
tatus it was supposed to be the same, but certain characters ap-
pear to indicate it as a distinct species, which may be named 7'rio-
nyx uintaensis. The fore and back parts of the carapace are trun-
cated as in the existing 7. muticus. The back truncation is slightly
sinuous, and extends the width of the last two pairs of costal
plates. In 7. guttatus the corresponding border is convex and
exhibits a deep median and two deep lateral sinuses. The speci-
men possesses only six pairs of vertebral plates.

Of the other fossils a number pertain to a large land tortoise,

963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

previously described under the name of Testudo Corsont. There
are two specimens consisting of nearly complete ventral shields,
broken into many species. One of these was found at Grizzly
Buttes and presented by Dr. Corson; the other was found at Dry
Creek, by Mrs. Anna Carter, the wife of Dr. Carter, and was pre-
sented by her to the Academy. The specimens exhibit some va-
riation in conformation though they are supposed to pertain to the
same species. The anterior lobe of the shield has the episternals
much prolonged and truncated. The posterior lobe at the ex-
tremity presents a wide and deep angular notch. The surface of
the shield posteriorly is deeply concave. The length of the plas-
tron is about two feet.

A third specimen of a ventral shield less perfect than the others,
has associated with it the median portion of a dorsal shield or
carapace. The specimens were found by Dr. Corson on Grizzly
Butte. These would appear to indicate that the specimens for-
merly described and supposed to pertain to a large Emys, for
which the name of H#. Carteri was proposed, really belong to the
same animal. The error was committed on account of the large
costal capitula, which accord in their proportions with those of
living terapenes.

Among other specimens presented are some large cylindrical
masses of agate, obtained from the buttes in the vicinity of Carter
Station on the Union Pacific R. R. They simulate, in their form
and concentric structure, fossil wood, which they however appear
not to be, but are rather of the character of siliceous concretions.
Some of them contain an axis of clear white chalcedony, and others
are occupied along a central cavity by large yellow crystals of
calcite.

NOVEMBER 12.
'
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.
Twenty-three members present.

The death of Maj. Gen. Geo. G. Meade, U.S.A., was announced.

NOVEMBER 19.

The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.

NOVEMBER 26.
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-one members present.

The following gentlemen were elected members :—

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269

C. P. Sinnickson, C. P. Krauth, Joseph Hazard, Francis Garden
Smyth, M.D., John J. Thompson, J. Euen Loughlin, M.D., Thos.
M. Chatard, Geo. A. Koenig, Gideon E. Moore, Ph.D.

The following were elected correspondents :—

J. W. Powell, of Washington, D.C., Capt. C. M. Scammon, of
San Francisco, Cal.

On favorable report of the committees, the following paper was
ordered to be published :—

ZO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

DESCRIPTION OF SOME NEW GENERA OF MOLLUSCA.
BY WILLIAM M. GABB.

Tue following diagnoses of new genera are published in advance
of a more extended paper on West Indian mollusca, now in process
of preparation. The amount of material embodied in that paper is
so great, that circumstances will not permit me to illustrate the nu-
merous new species, and I avail myself of the present means of
explaining, by figures, the generic descriptions, which are not al-
ways clearly intelligible from verbal descriptions.

PTEROPODA.

Fam, LIMACINIDE.

PLANORBELLA, Gabb, pl. 11, fig. 2.

Shell minute, vitreous, sinistral, apex sunken as in Planorbis.

This genus, from its sinistral character, is evidently allied to
Limacina, from which its planorbiform mode of growth distinctly
separates it. The type P.zmitans, were it dextral, might be mis-
taken for a very young specimen of Planorbis trivolvus, so nearly
does it copy the form of that shell.

GASTEROPODA.
MURICIDE.

METULELLA, Gabb, pl. 11, fig. 3.

Shell fusiform, canal more or less produced; inner lip covered
with a thickened plate, continuous posteriorly with the outer lip.
Interior of both inner and outer lips strongly denticulated or
transversely striated. Surface cancellated or costate.

This genus is more distinctly fusiform than MJetula, and has the
additional character that the inner lip is covered throughout its
length by a series of prominent denticles, no¢ necessarily corre-
sponding with the covered-up surface ribs.

Type I. fusiformis.

TURRIDE.
GLyYPHOSTOMA, Gabb, pl. 11. fig. 4.

Shell like Defrancia, but with the inner lip strongly cranulated

or transversely rugose.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 971

This genus has the same relation to Defrancia that Metulella
bears to Metula. The inner lip of G. dentifera, the only known
species, is thickened, and is crossed by a number of prominences,
intermediate in character between teeth and transverse folds. At
the same time, they are wholly unlike the one fold of Borsonia, or
the two or three of Cordiera. A better comparison would be with
the teeth of Cyprea.

BUCCINIDE.
EcTRACHELIZA, Gabb, pl. 9. fig. 2.

Shell acuminately oblong, spire elevated (always truncated in the
only species known). Surface compressed near the suture. Inner
lip encrusted ; columella sinuous, short ; outer lip produced in
advance. This genus seems to be allied in many of its characters
to Cominella and Truncaria. Like them, it is compressed ad-
joining the suture. It shows no trace of umbilicus, as seen in
most of the Buccinidz, but its most distinctive character is in
its obliquely sub-truncated columalla, which does not reach to
the anterior end of the shell. It differs from Truncaria in having
no fold on the columella and in the outer lip not being emarginate
posteriorly. In Z. truncata, the apex is truncated at all ages,
shells of less than half an inch long having lost several of their
apical whorls, and it is rare to find more than two entire volutions
in any specimen.

OLIVIDE.
PLOcHELZA, Gabb, pl. 11, fig. 5.

Shell olive shaped, suture nearly obsolete, as in Ancillaria ;
aperture linear, deeply and obliquely notched at the base, as in
Dibaphus. Outer lip thickened internally, in the middle; inner
lip incrusted and having several transverse folds, of which the
upper are the smallest ; columnella strongly recurved at the base.

From its form and general appearance, I am inclined to consider
this genus as belonging to the Olivide, although its details of
character are strikingly like that of Dibaphus. It seems to form,
in @ manner, a connecting link between the true Olives and the
genus Monoptygma Lea (not of Adams, Sowerly, etc.) The
folds are placed in a reverse order to those of Mira.

I have before me specimens of Dibaphus edentulus and Mauritia
Barclayi, the typical species of their respective genera. There is
no possible room for doubt that D.edeniulus is at least sometimes

972 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

supplied with mitra-like folds. My specimen has seven or eight,
well developed. Consequently Mauritia is synonymous with Diba-
phus; and it seems to me that the genus should be placed rather
with the Mitres than with the Cones. The differences between the
present genus and Dibaphus are small, and it is possible that the
two should be placed side by side, although I strongly suspect
that the resemblances are those of imitation rather than of true
relationship.

Type P. crassilabra.

EULIMIDE.
Topsis, Gabb, pl. 11. fig. 6.

Shell eulimoid, polished, spire elevated, suture nearly obsolete,
apex dextral; no umbilicus; columella slightly twisted and pro-
duced into a short lip-like canal, not emarginated.

The ivory-like structure, obsolete suture, and whole general ap-
pearance of this little shell prove its close relationship to Hulima,
while its faintly twisted columella, extended to such a degree as
to produce a short though not notched canal, distinguishes it from
the other genera of the family. It resembles in form a miniature
To, from which circumstance the name is derived. I have noticed
in some species of true Hulima a slight tendency to expansion of
the lip in advance, on the columellar margin.

I. fusiformis.

STROMAIDE.
ORTHAULAX, Gabb, pl. 9, figs. 3, 4.

Shell rounded fusiform, canal moderate, straight and regularly
tapering; adult shell enveloped over the whole spire by an exten-
sion of the inner lip; posterior canal fissure like, formed by the
continued edge of the outer lip and running directly to the apex.
Outer lip apparently sharp and simple; anterior notch oblique
and broad.

The discovery of this genus fills an important break in the Ros-
tellarias, uniting the true genus Rostellaria, with Conrad’s fossil
from Calyptraphorus. Unlike both of these genera the canal is not
styliform, but robust and comparatively short, and its terminal
notch is formed by an almost rectangular truncation of the anterior
part of the outer lip. Like Rosfellaria it has a straight posterior
canal, prolonged, however, further than is common in that genus.
The canal is similar in structure to that of Calyptraphorus, being
formed by a squamose plate, but in the latter genus it curves over

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

backwards, behind the spire, which it ascends to about half its
height, and then bends down to near the suture of the body whorl.
Unlike the first, and like the second, of its congeners, it has the
whole spire enveloped in a plate, which might more probably he
described as a posterior extension of the body whorl, carrying
the suture to the extreme apex. The lines of growth ran from the
top of the spire to the anterior end of the shell. It carries none of
the tubercles seen in Calyptraphorus and Tessarolax, and seems,
unlike most of the other genera of the family, to have hada simple
outer lip, neither thickened, digitate, nor notched.

O. inornatus.

DoLoPHANEs, Gabb, pl. 11, fig. 7.

Shell elongate oval, spire elevated; with a minute, imperforate
umbilicus ; aperture semi-oval, inner lip acute, sinuous; anterior
end of the aperture terminating in a short, not emarginate canal.

The first impression produced on looking at this little shell, is
that it is probably a Melania. It is however undoubtedly marine,
and it has a grouping of characters which ally it so closely to
Struthiolaria, that I am convinced that it is a nearly related
genus. Its spire is very like that of many of the species of the
Strombide, and, in the details of its mouth, it differs only from
Struthiolaria in having a thinly encrusted inner lip, an acute outer
lip and an obsolete umbilicus, instead of the thickened margins
and no umbilicus of that genus.

D. melanoides.

ACTHONIDE.
AcTHONIDEA, Gabb, pl. 11, fig. 8, 8 a.

Shell oval, elongate; aperture narrow, outer lip simple; colu-
mella slightly encrusted, bearing one large transverse fold in the
middle and truncated in advance. Ornamented by revolving ribs.

This genus is an Actxon except that it has a single large fold on
the middle of the inner lip, and the columella is truncated as in
Achatina.

A, oryza, Gabb.

BULLIDE.
CYLICHNELLA, Gabb, pl. 10, fig. 2.
Shell sub-eylindrical, spire sunken; mouth narrow behind,
widened or advance; columella with two folds.

This genus has the external form of Cylichna, but it has two
distinct folds. The upper one is sharp and prominent like that of

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Actxon, while the lower is more oblique and winds around the
columella more like that of Cylichna.

C. bidentata. @ Orb.

Bulla bidentata, @ Orb. La Sagra’s Cuba, pl. fig. 13, 16.

Utriculus bidentatus, Chemn. Mar. Conch., vol. 1, p. 388.

ACEPHALA.

CORBULIDE.
BotTHROCORBULA, Gabb, pl. 10, fig. 3, 3a.

Shell like Corbula in every respect, except that it has a deep
lunular pit under the beaks penetrating and almost passing through
the hinge plate.

I have carefully examined almost all of the living and many
fossil species of Corbula, and can find in none the slightest trace
or rudiment of a lunuli; while this shell has it deeper than I have
even seen in any other form, except in Here of the Lucinus.

B. vwiminea, Guppy, sp.

Corbula viminea, Guppy, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., v. 22, p. 293,

pl. 18, fig. 11.
ANATINIDE.

Ne#romya, Gabb, pl. 10, fig. 4, 4 a, 4 b.

Shell thin, translucent, in shape approaching Pholadomya, ends
closed ; hinge with a prominent tooth in the right valve, articu-
lating behind a smaller similar one in the left valve; an anterior
and posterior lateral tooth in each valve. Mantle margin without
sinus.

This genus, in its thin character and minute hinges, is closely
allied to Pholadomya, Thetis, and Neera, but differs from all in
details of the hinge. Nezra has nocardinal tooth, but, in its place,
a cartilage pit in each valve. It has a single posterior tooth,
while this genus has the anterior equally well developed. In
having corresponding teeth in both valves, it differs from Thetis,
while its well specialized hinge and its closed ends distinguish it
from Pholadomya.

NV. quadrata, Gabb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275

DECEMBER 3.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Twenty-five members present.

JoserpH WiLLcox made the following remarks about some glacial
scorings lately observed by him in St. Lawrence County, N. Y.
Between the village of Rossie and Morristown, on the St. Lawrence
River, a distance ‘ot eighteen miles, the countr. y is generally a level
plateau. The hard potsdam sandstone, alternating with calci-
ferous sandstone, underlies a soil so thin that in many fields the
use of the plowis impracticable; and fence posts are rarely placed
in the ground.

Over this territory rounded boulders of granite are scattered
in great profusion; though no outcrop of this rock is visible for
many miles. The sandstone is frequently exposed to view to the
extent of many yards, and on its surface the glacial marks made
by the boulders of granite during their passage are exhibited
in great perfection. An examination made with a pocket compass
applied in three places at intervals of several miles determined
the course as N. N. East with little variation. No glacial marks
were observed on the calciferous sandstone, as this rock is
disintegrated with too much facility to retain impressions of this
character for a long period of time.

For a distance of thirty miles north of the St. Lawrence, between
that river and Rideau Lake, the country is level and characterized
by the absence of streams of water. The only rocks observed in
position were the calciferous sandstone and limestone. Though
rounded boulders of granite were abundant, none of the rocks
were sufficiently durable to retain the glacial marks. On the north
shore of Rideau Lake, in Burgess, is “the remarkable locality for
apatite (phosphate of lime).

This mineral is found in the Laurentian rocks; generally in
gneis, but occasionally in limestone. It is nearly always associated

- with black mica (biotite). About 100 tons per week of apatite
*,are mined, which is all shipped to Europe.

v

DECEMBER 5.
MEETING OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION.
Dr. W. 8. W. RuscnenBerGer, Director, in the chair.

A communication was read from Hon. J. A. Lapham, of
Milwaukee, Wis., dated November 26, and accompanied by a

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

drawing of a very large specimen of Busycon perversum, measur-
ing 12.5 inches inlength. This shell was found in connection with
ancient (Mound-Builder’s) relics in excavating the street grades in
the city of Milwaukee. A similar shell was obtained some years
ago at Fond du Lac. The species is living on the Florida coast.
A letter was read from the Chicago Academy of Sciences, dated
November 30, acknowledging receipt of several hundred named
species of shells presented to that Institution by the Conchological
Section.
The Conservator’s Annual Report was read. (See Reports of
Officers and Committees of the Academy.)
The officers for the ensuing year were then elected.
Director . : i . W.S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D.
Vice-Director . 3 . .Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Recorder é «. S.. R.Roberts.
Treasurer ; : = MW sda) Mactier:
Secretary ? ; . Rev. E. R. Beadle.
Conservator : . HK. J. Nolan, M.D.

DECEMBER 10.

The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Twenty-six members present.
Jos. Willcox made the following remarks :—

Having lately visited many mineral localities in Canada, I
desire to place them on record, as many of them are not mentioned
either in the Geological Report of Canada,or in Dana’s Mineralogy.
I was accompanied by Mr. Charles D. Nims, of Philadelphia,
Jefferson County, New York, who has frequently visited Canada
for the purpose of procuring mineral specimens.

At the Falls of Ottawa River at Grand Calumet Island.—Black
mica (phlogopite), pyroxene, hornblende, serpentine, tremolite.

The following localities are all in the Province of Ontario:—

At Arnprior.—Calcite (dog tooth spar).

Near Packenham.—Hornblende.

In Bathurst.—Pyroxene, scapolite, sphene, apatite, peristerite.

Two miles southwest of Perth.—Bronze mica (phlogopite),
having beautiful hexagonal marks on the cleaveage planes.

Near Otty Lake, in North Elmsley.—Apatite, pyroxene, black
mica (biotite), zircon, red spinel—chondrodite.

In Burgess.—A patite, black mica (biotite).

Near Bob Lake, twenty miles northwest of Perth, the best
crystals of apatite are found.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

Near the St. Lawrence River, six miles southwest of Brockville,
large octahedral crystals of iron pyrites, some of them 4 inches in
diameter.

All of these minerals are well crystallized, except the peristerite
and chondrodite, and most of them are found in splendid speci-
mens.

Iam indebted to Prof. B. Silliman for the examination of the
above-mentioned micas.

Remarks on Fossils from Wyoming.—Prof. Lrtpy directed
attention to some fossils recently received from Dr. J. Van A.
Carter, of Fort Bridger, Wyoming. He characterized them as
follows :—

1. PALZosyors JuNIOR.—Intermediate in size to P. paludosus
and P. humilis. Founded on portions of a lower jaw agreeing in
character with the corresponding parts of P. paludosus but smaller.
Space occupied by the last premolar and the true molars, 4 inches.
Antero-posterior diameter of last premolar, 8 lines; of last molar,
174 lines.

2. UINTACYON EDAX.—A remarkable animal, probably marsupial.
Indicated by the greater part of a ramus of the lower jaw resem-
bling in its form the corresponding part in the Fox. Number of
incisors unknown. Fang of canine indicates a tooth proportion-
ately as large as in the latter animal. Molar series following close
upon the canine, and consisting of eight teeth! First premolar
with a single fang, but lost. Second premolar nearly like that in
the Fox. Third, anomalous in form as a lower tooth and probably
so altogether. The crown is conical, and is inserted by three
fangs, of which the odd one is external to the others. The
remaining teeth holding the relative proportions of those in the
Fox. Fourth premolar with a conical crown and with a thicker
heel than in the latter. The fifth premolar and the fore part of
the crown of the first molar are lost. The back of the crown of
the first molar and the succeeding tooth nearly resembling those
in the Fox. The last molar is a small tooth as in the latter, and
is inserted by a single fang. Space occupied by the molar series,
one and a quarter inches; that of the true molars is half an inch,
Breadth of first molar, one-fourth inch; of second molar, two lines ;
of last molar, one line.

3. UrnTacyon vorax.—Apparently a larger species, indicated
by a lower jaw fragment containing the second molar, part of the
first one, and the socket of the last. Space occupied by the true
molars about eight lines; breadth of second molar, three lines.

4, CHAMELEO PRISTINUS.—Indicated by a lower jaw fragment
containing eight teeth in a space of five lines. In every respect it
agrees in character with the corresponding part in living species
of the genus.

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Remarks on Silver Ore from Colorado, by Gro. A. Konre.—
I had an opportunity, lately, to test a silver ore from Coinload,
Colorado, and was astonished at the beautiful crimson and flesh-
colored incrustation, which was obtained by treating the ore with
the point of the inner flame on charcoal. The crimson was most
intense in a zone immediately following the yellow inerustation of
lead, it went gradually through different shades of flesh-color into
the white inerustation produced by the teroxyd of antimony.
The ore was composed of Galena and antimoniferous ruby silver.
After a number of experiments with pure ruby silver from
Andreasberg, pure Galena, and pure sulphide of antimony, I found
that a crimson color could onty be produced by the presence of all
three compounds, or an alloy of silver, lead, and antimony; and that
it appeared only just before the silver button had become nearly
pure. Now, if we consider that silver alone, when kept in fusion
by a strong oxydizing flame, deposits a brown coating in the
immediate neighborhood of the button, that lead produces an
inerustation of plumbic oxyd, which is of a dark yellow color
while hot and a lighter yellow in the cold, and lastly, that antimony
gives rise to a copious white coating, at some distance from the
flame, of antimoni teroxyd, it seems striking that the three
metals together should produce a crimson incrustation. A
mechanical mixture of the three oxyds—brown, yellow, and white,
cannot be supposed to bring about a crimson color. Also the
fact, that only then this color appears, when the silver is nearly
pure is suggestive of a peculiar chemical combination, formed of
the oxy dized metals as soon as these are brought into a certain
quantitative relation.

At the same time it must be inferred that the volatility of silver
is increased to a considerable amount when this quantitative rela-
tion is reached. This latter reflection might throw, perhaps, some
light upon the inaccuracy of the cupelling assay in certain Gases,
where the loss of silver is larger than usually.

It seems to me of some interest to investigate into the nature
of this crimson-colored compound, and I hope to be able to lay
before the Academy some positive results regarding it, at an early
date. The observation of erimson-colored incrustations from
silver ores containing lead and antimony is not new. Prof. Richter
mentions them in the last edition of “ Plattner’s Probirkunst
vor dem Loethrohr,”’ Leipzig, 1865, page 84. But as to the real
cause, there has no publication been made, so faras my knowledge
goes.

The death of: Samuel Emlen Randolph was announced.

DECEMBER 17.
Dr. J. L. LeConrs in the chair.
Nineteen members present.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

Prof. Cope made some remarks on the Geology of Wyoming,
especially with reference to the age of the coal series of Bitter
Creek. He said that the discovery of the Dinosaur Agathaumas
sylvestris had settled the question of age, concerning which there
had been much difference of opinion, in favor of the view that they
constitute an upper member of the Cretaceous series. In the
sections made, he had succeeded in tracing the line of demarcation
between these and the lower beds of the Green River epoch, and
had found the leaf beds of the former to be immediately covered
by deposits of mammalian remains, with an interval of a few feet
only.. In the same way, the close approximation of the Evanston
cretaceous coal to tertiary strata was determined by the finding
of numerous mammalian and reptilian remains in the lower part
of the Wahsatch beds of Hayden, or even in the sandstones over-
lying the coal. Here two species of Bathmodon were found, cor-
responding with the nearly allied genus DMelalophodon from the
Bitter Creek locality. So far as is yet known, the Bathmodontidz
are diagnostic of the Green River formation, and, on this and
other grounds, the Wahsatch beds of Evanston were regarded
as belonging to it. A further extension of the Green River
formation was found at a point 400 miles westward (see Proc. Am.
Philos. Soc., July, 1872), near Elko, Nevada, where fishes and
insects occur in thin shales. Some of the former are nearly allied
to species from the fish beds of Green River.

He added that exception had been taken to his claiming the final
determination of the cretaceous age of the Bitter Creek coal strata
(see Silliman’s Journal, 1872, Dec., p. 489); his critics presuming
that he was unacquainted with previous publications on the subject:
It was, however, his knowledge that previous authors had ex-
pressed either adverse or doubtful opinions respecting it, that
induced him to print the short preliminary notes that had appeared.
He was well aware that Messrs. King and Emmons had considered
the lower part of these beds as cretaceous, and the upper as
tertiary (see Exploration 40th Parallel, III. p. 458), on strati-
graphic grounds. Since the cretaceous was represented in different
parts of the country by clays, sands, glauconite, chalk, limestone,
and sandstone, he thought that palsontological evidence was
needed to complete the demonstration. This had not been pro-
duced for the locality in question, but the nearest point (Hallville)
had been called Tertiary by Mr. Meek, and Prof. Lesquereaux
(Hayden’s Survey of Terrs., 1870, p. 306) had considered the
fossil flora of Point of Rocks, forty miles westward, as of “unknown
age,’ and those of Evanston as miocene. Hayden himself is well
known to regard the strata as of uncertain or transitional age.
Paleontological determinations of cretaceous age of the Bitter
Creek series were very indefinite up to the publication in question.
But first he would remark, that his critic was doubtless uninformed
as to the geography of Wyoming, when he cited Prof. Marsh’s
determination of the cretaceous age of the coal of Brush Creek, a

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

locality from 150 to 200 miles distant. So with the determinations
from Weber River (Coalville) 200 miles, and Evanston and Sulphur
Creek 150 miles distant, on the opposite side of the Bridger Basin.
He did not regard these as determinations affecting the age of the
Bitter Creek Beds any more than they did of the Eocene coal of
Osino, 200 miles west of them.

The only approximations to the point were made by Mr. Meek.
In King’s Survey of the 40th Parallel (1. c. 462), Mr. Meek’s
nearest points of investigation were the shell beds of Sulphur
Creek (Bear River); of these he says, “ While I am, therefore,
willing to admit that facts may yet be discovered that will warrant
the conclusion that some of these estuary beds should be included
rather in the Cretaceous than in the Tertiary, it seems to me that
such evidence must either come from included vertebrate remains,
etc.” This is not very conclusive, and acknowledges in advance
the importance of the determination of vertebrates from the same
neighborhood (Evanston), and from Bitter Creek, above described.
Secondly, in Hayden’s Survey, 1870, p. 298, the only determina-
tion of the age of coal of the Bitter Creek area is fertiary (Hall-
ville). Thirdly, in Hayden’s Survey Montana, ete. (1871, p. 375),
Mr. Meek enumerates three species from this region (Point of
Rocks) as eretaceous, every one with question as to the determi-
nation, which, therefore, decides little as to the age of the beds.
In the same way all his Coalville species are marked with question.
In his earliest investigation in connection with Mr. Engleman, in
Capt. Simpson’s Report (1860), he expressly states that the age
of the Bitter Creek coal series is unknown.

Thus it seems that a knowledge of the literature of the geology
of the Bitter Creek coal, shows: I. The Messrs. King and Emmons
on stratigraphic evidence referred the lower part to the cretaceous
and the upper to the tertiary. That on Paleontological grounds,
II. Mr. Lesquereaux regards them as tertiary; III. Mr. Meek’s
evidence is doubtful;! and, IV. Dr. Hayden has believed in a
transition series.

Hence it appeared to the speaker, that the explorations directed
by Dr. Hayden during the past season had contributed largely to
our knowledge, proving the existence of an interruption between
the cretaceous and tertiary formations; less it is true than that
which exists elsewhere, and similar to that insisted on by Clarence
King’s survey in the region of Bear River and the Wahsatch
country.

Prof. Copr defined a genus of Saurodont Fishes from the
Niobrara Cretaceous of Kansas, under the name of ERISICHTHE.
He stated that it agreed with Poriheus and Ichthyodectes in the
absence of nutritious dental foramina on the inner face of the

' This gentleman has stated in a letter to the writer that the Bitter Creek
Beds constitute a ‘*new zone.”’

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

dentary bone, and especially with Portheus in the irregular sizes
of the teeth. The crowns are, however, compressed and knife-
like, and closely similar to those of Saurocephalus. The typical
species was called Lrisichthe nitida, and was stated to have been
discovered in the cretaceous formation of Kansas, near to the
Solomon River, by Prof. B. F. Mudge. The enamel of the teeth
is smooth and glistening, and their outline acuminate and
rather elongate. In the anterior part of the jaw are two teeth
much larger than the others, separated by a small tooth. The
posterior of these is much compressed, while the anterior is oval
in section, with one angular edge. Length of the restored skull
between one and two feet.

It was added that the Portheus angulatus, Cope, probably
belongs to the genus Hrisichihe, and that it differs from L&. nitida
in its. greater size and other features. The genus was further
stated to be abundant in certain formations of the Southern States,
and in the English chalk. Isolated specimens of large teeth from
the latter had been referred to the genus Saurocephalus in the
Poissons Fossiles, which could not be distinguished from those of
the genus newly described.

DECEMBER 24.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Ten members present.

DECEMBER 31.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty members present.

The following reports were read, and referred to the Publication
Committee :—

THE LIBRARIAN’S REPORT.

The Librarian respectfully reports that the number of addi-
tions to the library from January to December, 1872, inclusive,
amounts to 1488.

Of these 250 were volumes, 1230 pamphlets and parts of periodi-
cals, and 8 maps and charts; 1135 were octavos, 310 quartos, 20
duodecimos, 15 folios, and 8 maps.

They were derived from the foliowing sources :—

Societies 706, Editors 139, Authors 188, Wilson Fund 67, Isaac
Lea 12, Imperial Botanical Garden of St. Petersburg 11, Thomas

19

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Meehan 10, Chilian Government 9, Geological Survey of India 9,
Treasury Department 7, Publishers 7, Dr. Charles Schaffer 6,
Capt. R. H. Wyman 6, 8. 8S. Haldeman 5, Publication Committee
5, Dr. Finsch 5, Geological Survey of Italy 4, New York State
Library 4, F. V. Hayden 4, Minister of Public Works, France, 3,
Department of the Interior 3, Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., 2, Dr. Jos. Leidy
2, Prof. Geo. H. Cook 2, Jos. Jeanes 2, Gen. C. B. Comstock 1, D.
W. Dawson 1, Commissioner of Fisheries, New Jersey, 1, J. M.
Maisch 1, F. A. Walker 1, Dr. H. C. Wood 1, Chief of Engineers
U.S.A. 1, War Department 1. Two hundred and sixty-two were
purchased.

Two volumes and forty-seven pamphlets were received through
the Conchological Section, and eight volumes through the Micro-
scopical and Biological Section.

These additions were distributed to the several departments of
the library as follows: Journals 1035, Geology 112, General Natu-
ral History 58, Conchology 60, Botany 46, Medicine 30, Entomo-
logy 28, Physical Science 27, Ornithology 15, Mineralogy 14,
Bibliography 12, Politics 12, Anatomy and Physiology 10, Ichthy-
ology 7, Helminthology 6, Voyages and Travels 6, Herpetology 4,
Chemistry 4, Mammalogy 2.

During the year 157 volumes have been bound, and 30 volumes
are now in the hands of the binder.

Twenty-eight applications have been received from members for
books required by them in the pursuit of their studies, and not to
be found in the library. Twenty of these have been received, and
the others have been ordered.

In common with nearly all the other departments of the Aca-
demy the library is suffering from want of room. The difficulty
of properly arranging the journals and periodicals, especially, is
becoming daily greater in consequence of the regularity with which
large exchanges are received from corresponding societies at home
and abroad. In many instances it has become necessary to place
the older volumes of a series out of view at the back of the cases
to make room for the current numbers. It is not possible to do
this, however, where the volumes are large and the book-cases
shallow, so that the necessity for additional room is becoming
daily more pressing.

All of which is respectfully submitted,
Epwarp J. NoLANn, Librarian.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

REPORT OF THE CURATORS.

The Museum of the Academy continues in its usual condition,
and the more perishable departments are in a fair state of preser-
vation. While several remain in a state of comparative confusion,
others are in an advanced condition of arrangement. The con-
chological cabinet, which now numbers upwards of 21,000 species,
is reported to have nearly one-half of the collection systematically
arranged and properly labelled.

Mr. James A. Ogden, one of the members of the ornithological
committee, informs us that during the past year, the entire collec-
tion of birds has been carefully examined, and those which were
found infested were submitted to the heating process. He also
assures us that the collection is now in good order. Further,
several families have been arranged, and about 1400 specimens
labelled.

Several hundred duplicate bird skins were presented to the
Chicago Academy of Sciences, according to a special vote of our
Academy.

The donations and additions to the collections and Museum of
the Academy during the year are as follows:—

Mammals.—The skeleton of a Whale, Megaptera bellicosa, Cope,
from St. Barts, W. I., was presented by Wm. 8. Vaux, and I. Lea.
Dr. Ruschenberger presented.a skull, a skeleton, and a mounted
skin of a Japan Dog. Dr. H. Rand presented four skulls of
Monkeys, and Dr. H. C. Chapman, the skull of a very old Horse.
Several mammal skins from the West Coast were presented by
George Davidson.

Birds.—Mr. James A. Ogden, of the ornithological committee,
submits to us the following list of donations :—

Skins of Haliaetus leucocephalus, two Mormon cirrhata, two
Hematopus niger, H. palliatus, and Mergulus Cassini, from the
West Coast of North America, presented by George Davidson.

Ardea ludoviciana, Larus argentalus, and Mergulus alle, from
North Carolina, presented by Dr. H. C. Yarrow, U.S.A.

Pelecanus fuscus and two Querquedula discors, from St. Martins,
W.1I., presented by Dr. R. E. Van Riggersma.

Eight species of birds, from San Domingo, presented by Wm.
M. Gabb.

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

An albino Pipilo erythrophthalmus, from Georgia, presented by
Bayard King.

Three skins of Sturnus vulgaris, two Lanius rufus, Cinclus
aquaticus, two Sitta europea, Chrysomitris pinus, Mecistura
caudata, Parus atee, Muscicapa griseola, Passer montana Frin-
gilla montifringilla, F. celebs, Coccothraustes vulgaris, three
Erythraca familiaris, Regulus cristatus, from Switzerland, and
Troglodytes «don from this State. Presented by the ornithological
committee.

Ten nests with eggs, from Illinois, presented by Mrs. Wm.
Turner.

Reptiles and Fishes.—Small collections of reptiles were pre-
sented as follows: From Central America, by George Davidson;
ten species, from Florida, by T. J. Kochersperger; and from
Wyoming Territory, by Dr. Leidy. <A collection of reptiles and
fishes, from St. Domingo, was presented by Wm. M. Gabb.

A flying fish, Hxocetus obtusirostris, from off the Cape de Verd
Island, was presented by Dr. A. L. Gihon, U.S.A. One species of
fish from the Raritan River, was presented by A. H. Smith, and
one from Michigan, by J. V. Lemoyne.

Osteological and Ethnological Specimens.—A male and female
skeleton of Indians, from a mound on San Miguel Island, the
most western of the St. Barbara Islands, were presented by
George Davidson. An Indian skull, together with fragments of
pottery and stone implements, from the vicinity of a shell mound
at Cedar Keys, Florida, were presented by H. J. Smith. An
Indian skull, from a mound near Melton, Indiana, was presented
by Clarence 8. Bement. A collection of flint chips, from Crow
Creek, Wyoming, was presented by E. L. Berthoud, and an
antique pestle, from Gloucester, N. J., by Joseph 8. Lodge.

Invertebrates.—The special donations and additions to the
conchological cabinet, will be given in the Report of the Con-
servator of the Conchological Section. A collection, from Santa
Barbara, California, was presented by George Davidson. A col-
lection of crustaceans, corals, gorgonias, and sponges, from St.
Domingo, by William M. Gabb. A collection of shells, star-
fishes, and corals, from North Carolina, by Dr. H. C. Yarrow,
U.S.A. Several Cirrhipeds, and Holothurians, from the Isle of
Shoals, by Mrs. C. Pennock. A huge Lobster, from our coast, by
G. W. Bugbee. A Scorpion and a Mygale, from Florida, by T.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 285

J. Kochersperger; and specimens of the seventeen year Locust,
by 8. L. McAllister.

Fossils.—A large collection of remains of mammals and reptiles,
from the Bridger Tertiary formation of Wyoming Territory, has
been presented by Dr. J. Van A. Carter and Dr. Joseph K. Corson,
U.S.A. Among these are the types of the species described or
noticed by the writer in the present volume of the Proceedings.
The fine specimen of a Turtle, from the same locality, described
under the name of Baptemys wyomingensis, has likewise been
obtained for the Academy through exchange. A nearly complete
plastron of the Testudo Corsoni from the same locality was pre-
sented by Mrs. Dr. J. Van A. Carter. A fine dorsal shield of
Trionyx uintaensis, was likewise presented by Major Robert §.
La Motte, commander at Fort Bridger. Another rich collection
of fossils, presented to the Academy during this year, consists of
350 species of mollusks, from Santa Domingo, received from our
generous fellow-member and able geologist, William M. Gabb, on
condition that he shall have the privilege of withdrawing the
specimens for study if necessary. Mr. Gabb has also presented
seven species of fossil shark teeth from St. Domingo; a mass of
stalagmite with shells, from the cave of San Lorenzo, St. Domingo;
and several fossil foot-prints in redshale, from the valley of the
Little Schuylkill River.

The following collections were also presented: Twenty-two
species of fossil mollusks, corals, and crinoids, from the carboni-
ferous limestone of England, a vertebra of Ichthyosaurus, and six
do. of Plesioasaurus, from the Lias of England, by Clarence 8S.
Bement. Dicotyledinous leaves in red sandstone from the creta-
ceous formation near Fort Harker, Kansas, from Dr. B. E. Fryer,
U.S.A.

Fresh-water shells, from Crow Creek, Wyoming, from E. L.
Berthoud. Jaw fragment of Lschrichtius Davidsonii, Cope, from
San Diego, Cal., from George Davidson.

Two vertebrae of Macrosaurus, a tooth and three codssified ver-
tebre of Mosasaurus, and a fragment of a large limb bone, from
the marl of Woodstown, N.J., from 8. Shortledge, of Kennett
Square, Chester County, Penn. Two species of fossil fishes, from
Verona, Italy, from Mr. Harrison.

In addition, Dr. Thomas N. Penrose, U.S.N., presented a large
slab of stone with a section of an Orthoceratite mounted as a

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

screen, and well-illustrating the chambered arrangement of the
shell.

Plants.——Mr. Thomas Meehan presented two hundred species
of plants, from Colorado, and the fruit of Larix leptolepis, of
Japan. Dr. George Englemann, of St. Louis, presented seven
species of Lemna, from the vicinity of Mexico. Mr. John B. King
presented a small collection of Cuban mosses. Dr. Leidy pre-
sented a collection of plants from Wyoming. Several specimens
were presented by C. W. Zuremba and T. H. Streets.

Minerals.—The following specimens were presented :—

Realgar and euchroite, from Hungary; fluor, Hartz; erythrite,
Saxony; calcite, Cornwall, E.; willemite, jeffersonite, and two
calamines, Franklin, N. J.; Allanite, Orange Co.; and three brown
tourmalines, St. Lawrence County, N. Y.; cuprite, Cornwall, H.,
from Clarence 8. Bement.

A fine large apophyllite with stilbite, from Poonah, Hindostan,
from Wm. 8. Vaux.

A fine large amethyst with fluor, from Thunder Bay, L. 8., from
BK. W. Clark.

Phlogopite, scapolite, hornblende, New York; cummingtonite
and zoisite, Ducktown, Polk County, Tenn.; massive chrysolite,
and corundum, Franklin, Macon County, N. C., from Joseph
Willcox.

A fine large crystallized jeffersonite, from Franklin, N. J., from
Joseph Willcox and 8. B. Howell.

Zincite, Franklin, and hornblende, Andover, N. J., from 8. B.
Howell.

Group of muscovite crystals, from Chester County, from I. Lea.
Corundum with talcose schist, from Unionville, Chester County,
from George Ball. Stilbite, from Frankford, from John Bartlet.
Floatstone, from Oregon, from E. Goldsmith. Two cannel coals,
from West Virginia, from B. 8. Lyman.

By purchase and exchange there were also obtained ruby and
sapphire corundum, from Macon County, N. C.; corundum with
chlorite, crystallized red copper, and bournonite.

The Curators regret to state, that during the past year several
valuable minerals have been stolen from the Museum. It may be
added that in consequence of the present great extent of the latter,
and the want of proper labelling and numbering, with a catalogue
of the collections, we are unable in many instances, to discover

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

depredations and their extent. It is to be hoped that in a short
time the Academy will feel the importance of appointing a paid
curator and assistants, whose duty it shall be as early as possible,
to put the Museum in complete order of arrangement, to number
all its specimens, and prepare a cat alogue of the same.
Respectfully submitted by
JosepH LEIDyY,
Chairman of Curators.

REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL COMMITTEE.

To the President and Members of the Academy :—

The Committee on Botany respectfully report, that during the
year good collections of plants have been contributed by Dr.
Gibbons from California, T. Meehan from Colorado and Western
Kansas, Prof. Davidson from California, Dr. Leidy from the Uinta
_ Mountains, and Professor Asa Gray, a large package chiefly of
tropical rubiacese. The American plants have added largely to
the value of the herbarium, in regard to botanical geography, and
by furnishing specimens in varying conditions of growth, besides
in a few cases adding to the number of species in the already
pretty full collection.

The Committee are desirous of bringing the general herbarium
nearer completeness. In order the better to ascertain its defici-
encies, the work of preparing a catalogue of species has been com-
menced. Rough lists have been prepared of the first twenty-three
volumes, serving as indices to each volume temporarily; and it is
hoped that the whole one hundred and twenty-seven volumes will
be thus far finished by the next year.

THomMAs MeEnAn, for the Committee.

—-—_—_

RECORDING SECRETARY’S REPORT.

The Recording Secretary respectfully reports that, during the
year ending November 30th, 1872, there have been elected thirty-
nine members and four correspondents.

The announcement has been made of the death of the following
members and correspondents :—

Fourteen members, namely: Wm. W. Gerhard, M.D., Dr. Wim.
Stimpson, John Farnum, Maj. Sydney 8. Lyon, John G. Moore, 'T.

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Clarkson Taylor, Prof. Edward Parrish, Mr. Chas. Wilson Peale,
Mr. James H. Orne, Prof. John F. Frazer, Dr. Mifflin Wister,
Constant Guillou, Maj. Gen. G. G. Meade, U.S.A., and 8. Emlen
Randolph.

One correspondent, namely: Sir Roderick J. Murchison.

Two resignations of membership have been accepted.

The number of papers contributed and ordered to be printed in
the Proceedings of the Academy during the year, has been twenty-
seven, as follows :—

F. B. Meek 1 NGeorswWesiryon ieee Of
E. D. Cope id ee eee ON Ea Streets, M.D. : call
O. Finseh... . a, «) <, ee eee 2 homassBland amd. WirGe Binney. 1
Thomas Meehan Ve je, > 2)|\Vohn Gy Cooper : met
E. L. Berthoud . . ea ReR Gite : | Isaac Lea, LL.D. 2h
Ae ve ComeEGl S53 54 Se SZ inca, Coll, WED +4 Sn, asl
TN OWYO i, (CLOTS ye econo 6! eh le 9 | Wm. M. Gabb 220 04 16, SERS

Five papers ordered to be published in medical journals, as
follows :—

Joseph Leidy, M.D... .)))s4 so «el:|, Albert Wrieké, Me Dig cei tee
James Tyson, M.D: . 2.) = . .. | Jos.-G. Richardson, Mop) eee

All of which is respectfully submitted,
SaMUEL B. HowE Lt,
Recording Secretary.

REPORT OF RECORDER OF BIOLOGICAL AND
MICROSCOPICAL SECTION.

Read before the Section December 2d, 1872, and directed to be forwarded to
the Academy as the Report of the Section for the current year.

The closing business year of 1872 leaves our Biological and
Microscopical Section in a much more healthy and vigorous con-
dition than did its immediate predecessor. In spite of the gloomy
forebodings, which twelve months ago threatened our department
with complete and speedy extinction, we can this evening look
back to a better record, of real scientific work accomplished
during the past year, than even warm friends of a Microscopical
society dared at one time to hope was within the bounds of possi-
bility. When we remember that our eminently honorable and
useful parent Academy of the Natural Sciences, with her far larger
membership, and wider claims upon the scientific world for sup-
port, has on a few untoward occasions even found it difficult to

/

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289

convene the quorum requisite to transact her ordinary business,
we may well feel encouraged to persevere in thus meeting together,
although the paucity of our number sometimes might otherwise be
enough to dishearten the most earnest seeker after truth among us.

Prominent in the list of triumphs during the past year, stands
of course our Exhibition of microscopes and microscopical appa-
ratus, given in Horticultural Hall, to the American Medieal Asso-
ciation, on the evening of May 7th, and witnessed with warmly
expressed satisfaction, not only by the members of the National
Convention and their ladies, but also by hundreds of the inhabi-
tants of Philadelphia, whose awakening interest in the wonders
and beauties of microscopy, as well as their enjoyment of the
results attained by microscopic investigation, formed a gratifying
feature of the occasion. At this exhibition one hundred and six
instruments, adjusted to a classified collection of objects, illus-
trating most of the different applications of the higher magnifying
powers, to researches in Medicine, Natural History, Botany,
Chemistry, ete., were arranged upon our tables. The display of
microscopes is said to have been the largest ever gathered
together for a similar reception in America, and it excited much
admiration among both visitors and citizens. There is no doubt
that such demonstrations of downright facts, in regard to the
advancement of our knowledge of nature, either with or without
the aid of the microscope, will lead to a more and more just
appreciation of the inestimable value an Academy for the study
of the natural sciences has to the community at large, and thus
contribute in some measure towards creating that much needed
disposition, among merchants and business men, to foster such
an institution, by subscribing the comparatively trivial amount
of pecuniary endowment necessary for its successful operation
and support.

Among the more or less elaborated papers and oral communica-
tions, presented before the section during the past year, may be
enumerated Dr. Henry C. Chapman’s remarks upon Embryology,
profusely illustrated by charts and drawings, and lis comments
this evening upon the Polycystina, ete ; Dr. Albert Frické's
valuable contribution to the medical history of our recent Equine
epidemic; Dr. J. H. McQuillen’s description of Salivary calculus
and Oral Microzoa; Dr. Isaac Norris’ paper on the History and
value of Polarized light as applied to the microscope; Dr. J. G,

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Hunt’s dissertation on the Preparation and preservation of
Tissues; Mr. Joseph Zentmayer’s discourse upon Erectors and
a new Erecting prism; Dr. Jas. Tyson’s article on Urinary
microscopy, and his interesting oral communication upon Practical
Histology in Germany; and Dr. Jos. G. Richardson’s papers on
Certain Human Parasitic Fungi, and their relations to disease,
and upon a new method of preserving Tumors and some urinary
deposits during transportation.

Discussions upon the various subjects thus brought under the
consideration of the members, have been remarkable for their un-
usually practical and useful character; indeed, so eminent have
they appééred in this respect, that reports of our proceedings have
always been warmly welcomed by the Editors of The Philadelphia
Medical Times, in whose interesting columns they, as well as
several of the papers read before the Section, have from time to
time been published.

All of which is respectfully submitted,
Jos. G. Ricuarpson, Recorder.

REPORT OF CONSERVATOR OF CONCHOLOGICAL
SECTION.

The Conservator of the Conchological Section respectfully re-
ports that the donations to the Cabinet, during the past year, have
been as follows:—

Bravie, Rev. E. R. Helix Schrammi, from St. Martins, W. I.

Buanpd, THos. Bulimus aureolus, from West Indies.

Conran, T. A. Ancylus, from Trenton, N. J., and twenty-seven
species of Unionidex, from the vicinity of Raleigh, N. C.,
determined for the Section by Mr. Lea.

Datt, W. H. Nine species of Acmea, types of new species.

GABB, Wm. M. Small collection of terrestrial and marine
mollusca, from St. Domingo.

JEWETT, Col. E. Two species, from Charlotte Harbor, Fla.

Newcomp, W. Carelia extincta, n. s. from Sandwich Islands.

PENNocK, Mrs. CAROLINE. Ege-cases of Pusus Islandicus, Pur-
pura lapillus, from Isle of Shoals, off Portsmouth, N. H.

PEASE, W. Harper. Six species of marine mollusca, from
Central Pacific Ocean, types.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

Summicurast, Dr. Species of Cylindrella, from near Tehuan-
tepec.

Yarrow, Dr. H. C. A smail collection of marine shells, from
Fort Macon, N. C.

Forty-four species of West Indian Helices, new to the collec-
tion, were purchased from Mr. Thos. Bland.

Thirty-eight species not heretofore in the collection of the
Academy, from the Island of Mauritius, were presented by the
following gentlemen: Wm. 8. Vaux, 13 species; Isaac Lea, 5;
Wm. M. Gabb, 5; Benj. Smith Lyman, 4; 8. R. Roberts, 2; Chas.
F. Parker, 5; and Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., 4. ,

The Committee on the arrangement of the Collection have been
working industriously, and report that during the year the
arrangement of the Land and Fresh-water shells has been com-
pleted, as well‘as that of the Nerites, Neretinas, Harps, Astartes,
Carditas, and a portion of the Veneride. The amount of work
‘done exceeds that of any previous year, as the following state-
ment will show: Number of species determined during 1872,
2862; number of labels written, 4898; number of specimens
cleaned and mounted, 19,932. The total number of species
determined by the Committee to date is 6893; total number of
labels written, 12,067; total number of specimens mounted,
40,873.

Our system of exchange has been during the past year discon-
tinued, in consequence of the great and increasing difficulty of
obtaining desiderata except by purchase. This is owing to the
nearly complete condition of many portions of the collection. It
may be mentioned, as an illustration of this fact, that out of 913
species recently received for examination from the Island of
Mauritius, but thirty-eight species, reported above, could be found
new to the collection.

All of which is respectfully submitted,

Epwarp J. Notan, Conservator.

At an adjourned meeting held January 7, 1873, the following
were elected members: Chas. Macalester, Wm. B. Bement,
Richard H. Townsend, M.D., Wm. Logan Fox, Dr. Chas. A.
Siegfried, U.S.N., and Mrs. Caroline Pennock.

Jabez Hogg, F.L.S., was elected a Correspondent.

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The election of Officers, for the year 1873, was held in accord-
ance with the By-Laws, with the following result:—

¢
President - - . W.S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D.

Vice-Presidents , > Winn... Vat,
Jos. Carson, M.D.
Recording Secretary . Samuel B. Howell, M.D.
Corresponding Secretary Edward D. Cope.
Librarian : : . Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
Treasurer E - . Wm. C. Henszey.
' Curators . ; 5 . Jos. Leidy, M.D.,
Wm. 8S. Vaux,
Geo. W. Tryon, Jr:
Edward D. Cope.
Council . ; : . Isaac Lea,
Robt. Bridges, M.D.,
Edward 8. Whelen,
Isaac Hays, M.D.
Publication Committee . Jos. Leidy, M.D.,
Wm. 58. Vaux,
Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.,
Edward J. Nolan, M.D.,
W.S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D.

ELECTIONS FOR 1872.

The following are the names of Members and Correspondents of the
Academy of Natural Sciences elected during the year 1872.

* MEMBERS.

April 30.—Dr. G. Stiles, Passmore Williamson, Mr. and Mrs.
Bloomfield H. Moore, Alfred D. Jessup, Wm. F. Miskey, Wm. G.
Freedly, F. B. Gowan, E. Burd Grubb, Thos. R. Dunglison, M.D.,
John Thompson.

May 28.—Jos. W. Miller, D. Shepherd Holman, P. P. Morris,
Joseph H. Ogden, Joseph E. Gillingham, Dr. T. M. Drown.

September 24.—Jas. C. Rea, M.D., Sarah P. Monks, John Doyle,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293

Thos. A. Robinson, Capt. Wm. Prince, U.S.A., Thos. Sinnickson,
Henry Leffman, M.D., John P. Brock.
October 29.—Dr. John F. Bransford, U.S.N.

November 26.—C. P. Krauth, Joseph Hazard, Dr. George A.
Koenig, Thos. M. Chatard, Gideon E. Moore, J. Euen Loughlin,
M.D., Francis Garden Smyth, M.D., C. Perry Sinnickson, John J.
Thompson.

CORRESPONDENTS.

May 28.—E. Riviere, of Menton, France.

October 29.—George M. Sternberg, U.S.A., of Fort Barancas,
Florida.

November 26.—J. W. Powell, of Washington, D.C.; Capt. C. M.
Scammon, of San Francisco, Cal.

294 CORRESPONDENCE.

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ACADEMY.
For 1872.

January.—George S. Brady, acknowledging receipt of notice of election
as correspondent.

Astor Library, New York;

American Antiquarian Society, Worcester ;

Académie Royale des Lettres et des Beaux-arts, Bruxelles ;

Bibliotheca Universitatis, Lugduno-Batavi ;

Batavian Society of Experimental Philosophy, Rotterdam ;

Naturforschende Gesellschaft of Basel, Switzerland ;

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Zitirich ;

Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Naturkunde ;

Bataafsch Genootschap der Proefondervindelijke ;

Wijsbegeerte te Rotterdam ; severally acknowledging receipt of publica-
tions.

Institut Royal Météorologique, Utrecht ;

L’ Observatoire Central Physique, St. Petersbourg ;

Aerztliche Verein in Frankfurt-am-Main ;

Jardin Imperial de Botanique, St. Petersbourg ;

Physikalisch oekonomische Gesellschaft zu Konigsburg; with publica-
tions.

Linnean Society, London ;

Société Hollandaise des Sciences, Harlem ;

Académie Royale des Sciences, Amsterdam ;

Koniglich Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Miinchen; ac-
knowledging receipt of publications and forwarding others in return.

February.—Dr. W. Boeck, acknowledging receipt of notice of election as
correspondent.

B. F. Sands, regarding preparations to be made for the observation of the
transit of Venus across th'e disk of the Sun in 1874.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington ;

Société D’ Histoire Naturelle, Bern ;

Academie Royale des Sciences, Lisbon ;

La Société des Sciences physiques et naturelles, Bordeaux ;

Schweizerische Gesellschaft, Bern ;

Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Gorlitz ; acknowledging receipt of publi-
cations.

Société Entomologique de France, Paris;

Société Entomologique de Russie, St. Petersbourg ;

CORRESPONDENCE. 295

Physikalisches Central-Observatorium, St. Petersbourg ;

Société de Physique et de Histoire Naturelle, Geneva;

Kiralyi magyar termeszettudomanyi tarsulat, Pest;

Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Bern ; with publications.

Société Royale des Sciences, Upsal ;

Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-arts, Bruxelles ;

Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien; acknowledging
receipt of publications and forwarding others in return.

March.—Prof. 8. F. Baird, with photographic pictures of fishes and other
marine animals.

Royal Society of London ;

Société des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel; acknowledging receipt of
publications.

Naturhistorische Verein in Passau; with publications.

April.—Notice of the death of M. Frangois-Jules Pictet de la Rive.

Naturforschende Verein in Briinn ; acknowledging receipt of publications.

L’ Académie Royale Suedoise des Sciences, Stockholm ;

Dorpater Naturforscher Gesellschaft; with publications.

Société Royale des Sciences, Upsal ; acknowledging receipt of publications
and forwarding others in return.

May.—Naturhistorischer Verein in Augsburg; with publications.

June.—Campbell Carrington, with specimens.
Société Hollandaise des Sciences, Haarlem; with publications and ac-
knowledging receipt of others.

July.—Zoological Society of London ;
Société Nationale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg ; acknowledging
receipt of publications.

August.—Chas. W. Zaremba, with specimens of Prunus fragrans and an
application for a new diploma as correspondent.

September.—Naturwissenschaftliche Verein zu Bremen ; acknowledging
receipt of publications.

Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin;

Magyar Tudomanyos Akademia, Pest; with publications.

October.—J. E. Harris, with inquiries as to the whereabouts of Rafinesque’s
collection of shells.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington ;

American Geographical Society, New York ;

Essex Institute, Salem ; .

U. 8. Surgical Library, Washington ;

Yale College, New Haven ;

Geological Society of London ;

Society of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce, London ;

Royal Society of Edinburgh ;

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society ;

Philosophical Society of Glasgow ;

296 CORRESPONDENCE.

Society of Belfast ;

University of Aberdeen ;

Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft, Wien ; severally acknowledging re-
ceipt of publications.

Universidad de Chile, Santiago ;

Kirdlyi Magyar termeszettudomanyi tarsulat, Pest ;

Physikalisch-medicinische Societat in Erlangen ; with publications.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Frankfurt-am-Main ;

Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien; acknowledging re-
ceipt of publications and forwarding others in return.

November.—Edward Sang, with Table of Logarithms for examination.
Lyceum of Natural History of New York; acknowledging receipt of
publications.
December.—®. A. Papineau, regarding the Society’s publications on En-
tomology and Ornithology.
Lyceum of Natural History of New York ; acknowledging receipt of
publications.
Académie Royale des Sciences, Amsterdam ;
Société Hollandaise des Sciences, Haarlem ; with publications.
Linnean Society, London; sending publications: and acknowledging re-
ceipt of ours.
Number of letters received, 1872 . . . . . . 101
ue of correspondents elected . .... 4
Which is respectfully submitted,
EDWARD D. COPE,

Corresponding Secretary.
Dec. 31, 1872.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 297

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY, 1872.

JOURNALS AND PERIODICALS.

SWEDEN.

Stockholm. K. Svenska Vetenskaps Akademiens Handlingar, Ny Foljd
Sjunde Bandet, Andra Hiftet. Attonde und Nionde Bandet, 1868-70.
From the Society.
Ofversigt af K. Vetenskaps Akademiens Forhandlingar. Tjugondes-
jette und Tjugondesjunde Argangen, 1870-71. From the Society.
Upsal. Nova Acta Regie Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis, Seriei Tertia,
Vol. VII. Fasc. 1 and 2, and Vol. VIII. Fasc. 1, 1869, 1870, and
1871. From the Society.
Bulletin Meteorologique mensuel de l’Observatoire de 1’ Universite
d’Upsal. Vol. I., Nos. 1-12; Vol. III., Nos. 1-12, 1871. From the
Observatory.

NORWAY.

Throndjem. Det K. N. Videnskabernes Selskabs Skrifter i det 19de Aar-
hundrede. From the Society.

DENMARK.

Kjobenhayn. Tillaeg til Aarboger for Nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historie.

Aargang, 1870-71. Udgivet af det K. N. Oldskrift Selskab, 1870-71.
From the Society.

Videnskabelige Medelelser fra Naturhistorisk Forening i Kjobenhavn
for Aarett 1868 and 1871. From the Society.

Oversigt over det K. Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlingar
og dets Medlemmers Arbeider in Aaret 1871. From the Society.

Memoires de la Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord. Nouvelle
Serie, 1870-71. From the Society.

RUSSIA.

Dorpat. Archiv fiir die Naturkunde Liy-Ehst und Kurlands herausgegeben
von der Dorpater Naturforscher Gesellschaft. ste Serie ; 5er Band,
Iste Lief., Ges Band, 2te und dritte Schluss-Lief, 1870. From the
Society.

Sitzungsbericht der Dorpater Naturforscher Gesellschaft. 8er Band,
2es Heft., 1870. From the Society.

Moscow. Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou.
Année 1870, No. 3 to 1872, No. 1. From the Society.

Nouveaux Memoires de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou.
Tome XIII., Livr. III., 1871. From the Society.

St. Petersburg. Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St.
Petersburg. TeSérie. Tome XVI., No. 9 to Tome XVIII., No. 7.
1870-71. From the Society.

Bulletin de Acad. Impériale des Sciences de St. Petersburg. Tome
XVI., Nos. 2-6, Tome XVII., Nos. 1-3. From the Society.

Repertorium fiir Meteorologie herausgegeben yon der K. Akad. der
Wissenschaften. Band II., No. 2, 1872. From the Society.

20

298 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Jahresbericht des physikalischen Central Observatoriums fiir 1870.
From the Observatory.

Annales de l’Observatoire Physique Central de Russie. Années 1867-68.
From the Observatory.

Hore Socket tatis Entomologice Rossice. T. VII., No. 4. Tome VIII.
No. 2, 1871. From the Society.

HOLLAND.

Amsterdam. Jaarboek van der K. Academie van Wetenschappen. 1869-
70. From the Academy.

Processen-verbaal yan de gewone vergaderingen der K. Akademie van
Wetenschappen, Afd. Natuurkunde van Mei, 1869 to April, 1871.
From the Academy.

Verslagen en Mededeelingen der K. Akademie van Wetenschappen.
Afd. Natuurkunde. 1869-71. From the Academy.

Haarlem, Natuurkundige Verhandelingen van de Hollandsche Maatschap-
pij der Wetenschappen te Haarlem. Derde Verg. Deel I., 1872.
From the Society.

Niederlandische Archiv fiir Zoologie herausgegeben yon Emil Selenka.
Band I, les Heft. 1871. Purchased.

Archives’ Néerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles, publiées
par la Société Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem, 1871. Tome VI.,
Livr. 1-5. From the Society.

Hague. Annalen der Sternwarte in Leiden. 2er Band, 1870. From the
Observatory.

Rotterdam. Nieuwe Verhandlingen van het Bataafsch Gencereet der
Proefondervindelijke Wijsbegeerte te Rotterdam. Tweedie Reeks:
Tweedie Deel, Eerste Stuk., 1870. From the Society.

Utrecht. Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Jaarboek voor 1869, 1870, 1871.
Uitgegeven door het K. Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Institut., 1870.
From the Society.

Verhandlingen der K. Akademie yan Wetenschappen. 12de Deel,
1871. From the Society.

GERMANY.

Augsburg. Einundzwanzigster Bericht des naturhistorischen Vereins in
Augsburg. Veroffentlicht in Jahre 1871. From the Society.

Bamberg. Neunter perien der naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Bam-

berg, Jahrg. 1869-70. From the Society.
Berlin. Sitzungs- beacue der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu
Berlin, im Jahre 1871. From the Society.
Berliner entomologische Zeitschrift. 16er Jahrg. 1872, les Vierteljahrs-
cheft. From the Publishing Society.
Wochenschrift des Vereines zur Beforderung des Garhen baa es in den
K. P. Staaten fiir Gartnerei und Pflanzenkunde. Nos. 1-52, 1871
From the Society.
Monatsbericht der K. Academie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Sept.
1871-July, 1872. From the Society.
Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. 87er Jahrg. 1871, 2es Heft. to 1872, les
Heft. From the Editor.
Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft, XXIII Band, 3
Heft. to XXIV Band, les Heft. From the Society.
Zeitschrift fir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften, Bands 3 and 4, 187
From the Editor.
Bonn. Verhandlungen des naturhistorischen Vereines der ile ede ee
Rheinlande und Westphalens. 28er Jahr., lund 2 Hafte ; 29er Jahrg.,
1ste Hafte, 1872. From the Society.

a

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 299

Braunschweig. Archiy fiir Anthropologie. Ser Band, 1stes-3es Viertel-
jahresheft, 1871. Purchased.

Bremen. XY. Jahresbericht des schwedeschen heilgymnastischen Insti-
tutes in Bremen, 1872. From the Institute.

Verein fiir die deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, 1870. From Dr. Finsch.

Abhandlungen herausgegeben vom naturwissenschaftlichen Vereine
zu Bremen, III. Bd. 1 and 2 Heft., 1872. From the Society.

Same. I. and II. Bd. and III. Bd., TL: Heft. From Dr. Finsch.

Briinn. Verhandlungen des naturforschenden Vereines. IX Band, 1870.
From the Society.

Cassel. Malakozoologische Blatter. Bd. 18 Bg. 11 to Bd. 20 Bg. 3. Pur-
chased.

Darmstadt. Notizblatt es. Vereins fir Erdkunde. III. Folge, X. Heft.
1871. From the Editor.

Dresden. Sitzungsberichte der naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft Isis
in Dresden. Jahrgang 1871 und 1872. From the Society.

Novorum Actorum Academize Cesaresee Leopoldino-Caroline Ger-
manice Natur Curiosorum. Tomi 35, 1870. From the Society.

Durkheim. XXVIII. und XXIX. Jahresbericht der Collichia, eines natur-
wissenschaftlichen Vereins der Rheinpfalz, 1871. From the Society.

Frankfurt, A. M. Jahresbericht tiber die Verwaltung des Medicinalwesens
die Krankenanstalten und die ceffentlichen Gesundheitsverhaeltnisse
der Stadt Frankfurt, A.M. XXII. and XIII. Jahrg. 1868-9. From
the Society.

Nachrichtsblatt der deutschen malakozoologischen Gesellschaft, 1869,
1870, 1871. Purchased.

Festschrift herausgegeben zur Feier des 50 Jihrigen Jubiliiums des
naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Freiburg i. B. 1871. From the
Society.

Abhandlungen herausgegeben von der Senckenbergischen natiirfor-
schenden Gesellschaft. Sen Bandes, les und 2es Heft. From the
Society.

Bericht tiber die Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft, 1870-
71. From the Society.

Der zoologischen Garten. XII. Jahrg. 1871, Nos. 7-12; 1872, Nos. 1-6.

- From the Editor.

Gorlitz. Abhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Gorlitz.
14er Band, 1871. From the Society.

Gottingen. Nachrichten von der K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften und
der Georg-Augusts Universitiits aus dem Jahre, 1871. From the
Society.

Hannover. Einundzwanzigster Jahresberichte der naturhistorichen Gesell-
schaft zu Hannover, 1870-71. From the Society.

Heidelberg. Verhandlungen des naturhistorisch-medizinischen Vereins zu
Heidelberg. Band VI., I. From the Society.

Innsbruck. Zeitschrift des Ferdinandeum. es Folge; 6es Heft., 1871.
From the Society.

Konigsberg. Schriften der k. physikalisch-okonomischen Gesellschaft zu
Konigsberg. 10er Jahrg., 1869; les und 2e Abth. ; ller Jahrg.,
1870; les und 2e Abth., 1871. From the Society.

Leipzig. Abhandlungen der mathematisch-physischen Classe der K. siich-
sischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. IX. Band; No. VI.; X.
Band, Nos. I. and II., 1871. From the Society.

Berichte tiber die Verhandlungen der k. s. Gesellschaft der Wissen-
schaften zu Leipzig, 1871. 1-4. From the Society.

Jahrbiicher fiir wissenschaftliche Botanik herausgegeben yon Dr. N.
Pringsheim. Ser Band ; 8es Heft., 1872. Purchased.

Zeitschrift fiir wissenschafiliche Zoologie. Von Siebold und Kolliker.
2ler Band, 4es Heft., 1871 to 22 Bd. ; 4es Heft., 1872. Purchased.

300 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Journal fiir Ornithologie, XIX. Jahrg. Heft. 4, 1871, to XX. Jahrg. Heft.
4, 1872. Purchased.

Archiv fiir Anatomie, Physiologie, und wissenschaftliche Medicin.
Jarhg., 1871, Heft. III. to Jahrg. 1872, Heft. 1. Purchased.
Luxembourg. Publications de l'Institut Royal Grand-Ducal de Luxem-

bourg. Tomes XI. and XII. From the Society. .

Miinchen. Annalen der k. Sternwarte bei Miinchen. XVIII. Band. XI.
Supplement Band zu den Annalen der Miinchener Sternwarte. From
the Observatory.

Almanach der k. b. Akademie der Wissenschaften fiir das Jahr. 1871.
From the Academy.

Sitzungsberichte der mathematisch-physikalischen Classe der k. b. Aka-
demie der Wissenschaften. Heft. I. and II., 1871. From the So-
ciety.

Neubrandenburg. Archiv des Vereins der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in
Meklenburg. 25 Jahrg., 1872. From the Society.

Offenbach, A. M. Elfter und zw6lfter Bericht iiber die Thatigkeit des Offen-
bacher Vereins fiir Naturkunde im Vereinsjahre 1869-71. From the
Society.

Passau, 1871. Neuenter Jahresbericht des naturhistorischen Vereines in
Passau tiber die Jahre 1869 bis 1870. From the Society.

Pest. Ertekezesek a természettudomany ok Korebol Kiadja a Magyar
Tudomanyos Akadémia. 38-7; Szam., 1870, VII.-XIL., 1871. From
the Society.

A Magyar Tudomanyos Akadémia Ertesitéje Negyedik Evfolyam. 13-
18. Szam. Otddik Eyfolyam. 1-9. Szam. 1870-71. From the So-
ciety.

Magyar Tudomanyos Akademiai Almanach, 1871. From the Society.

Természettudomanyi Kézlény Havyifoly/oirat Kézérdekii ismeretek ter-
jesztésére Kiadja A. K. M. Termes. Tarsulat. II. and III. Kotet
10 dik-28 dik. Fiizet., 1870-71. From the Society.

Regensburg. Flora oder allgemeine botanische Zeitung herausgegeben
von k. b. botan. Gesellschaft in Regensburg, 1871. From the So-
ciety.

Repertorium der periodischen botanischen Literatur vom Beginn des
Jahres 1864. An VII. Jahrg. 1870. From the same Society.

Correspondenz-Blatt des zoologisch-mineralogischen Vereines in Re-
gensburg, 1871. 25er Jahrg. From the Society.

Stettin. Entomologische Zeitung. Herausgegeben von dem entomologis-
chen Vereine zu Stettin. 32er Jahrg. 1871. From the Society.
Stuttgart. Wiirtembergische naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. 27er

Jahrg. 1871. From the Society.

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie und Paleeontologie. Jahrg.
1871, 6es Heft. to 1872, 2es Heft. From the Editor,

Vienna. Mittheilungen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien. 1
Band, Nos. 12, 18, and 14. Sept., Oct., and Noy., 1871. From the
Society.

Denkschriften der k. Akademie, der Wissenschaften, mathem-naturw.
Classe, Einunddreissigster Band. From the Society.

Sitzungberichte der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Mathematisch-
naturwissenschaftliche Classe. 62 Band; le Abth. III.—V. Heft.
%e Abth, IV. and V.-Heft. ; 63 Band ;1e and 2e Abth ; I.—V. Heft;
1870-71; 64 Band, 1ste Abth, I.—V ; Heft. 2e Abth, L—V. 1871.
From the Society.

Verhandlungen der k. k. zoologisch.-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien.
Jahrg. 1871. XXI. Band. From the Society.

Verhandlungen der k. k. geologischen Reichsanstalt. No. 1, 1871, to
No. 7, 1872. From the Society.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 301

Jahrbuch of the same. XXI. Band No. 2 to XXII. Band No2. From
the Society.

Jahrbiicher der k. k. Central-Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmag-
netismus. Neue Folge. VI. Band. Jahrg. 1869. From the Di-
rectors.

Wirzburg. Verhandlungen der physikal-medicinische Gesellschaft in
Wiirzburg. Neue Folge. 11 Band. 3 Heft. to III. Bd.; 2 Heft.
From the Society.

SWITZERLAND.

Basel. Verhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. der
Theil, 3es Heft., 1871. From the Society.

Mittheilungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern aus dem
Jahre 1870. No. 711-744. 1871. From the Society.

Erlangen. Sitzungberichte der physicalisch-medicinischen Societét zu
Erlangen. 3 Heft., 1871. From the Society.

Geneva. Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de
Genéve. Tome XXL, Ire Partie. From the Society.

Lausanne. Bulletin mensuel des Observations Météorologiques de Lau-
sanne. Faites au Predu-Marche, Maison Forney par J. Marguet.
From the Author.

Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, 2e Série. Vol.
XI. Nos. 66 and 67, 1871-72. From the Society.

Neuchatel. Bulletin de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel.
Tome IX., Premier Cahier, 1871. From the Society.

St. Gallen. Bericht iiber die Thiatigkeit der St. Gallischen naturwissen-
schaftlichen Gesellschaft wihrend des Vereins Jahres 1870-71. From
the Society.

Zurich. Vierteljahrschrift der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Zurich.
lder Jahrg. les-4es Heft., 1870. From the Society.

BELGIUM.

Bruxelles. Annuaire de 1’Academie Royale des Sciences, Belles-lettres,

et Beaux-Arts de Belgique, 1871. 387me Année.

Mémoires of the same. Tome 38.

Mémoires Couronnes of the same. Tomes 35 and 36. From the So-
ciety.

Bulletins of the same. 389me Année 2me Série. Tomes 29, 30,.and
31, 1870-71. From the Society.

Bulletins de la Société Malacologique de Belgique. Tome VII. Année
1872, Pp. 1-22. From the Society.

Annales de la Société Malacologique de Belgique. Tome V. Année
1870. From the Society.

Société Malacologique de Belgique Bulletin des Séances. Pp. XXYV.
to XL. From the Society.

Société Malacologique de Belgique, Procés-Verbal, 1872. Pp. XLI.—
LXXXII. From the Society.

FRANCE,

Angers. Mémoires de la Société Nationale d’Agriculture, Sciences, et
Arts d’Angers. Tomes 12, 13, and Tome 14, No. 1, 1871. From the

Society.
Same. Tome 4me. Nos. 2and 3. Tome 5me. No. 1, 1872. From the
Society.

Mémoires de la Société Académique de Main-et-Loire. ‘Tomes 25 and
26, 1871. From the Society.

302 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Auxerre. Bulletin de la Société des Sciences Historique Naturelles de
YYonne. Anneés 1871 and 1873. 25e and 26e Volumes. From the
Society.

Cherbourg. Mémoires de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg.
Tomes XY. and XVI. From the Society.

Bordeaux. Actes de Académie Impériale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres, et
Arts de Bordeaux. 8e Série. 31e Année, 1869; 1870, 4e trim.
From the Society.

Actes de la Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux. Tomes 18 to 27, 1852-72.
From the Society.

Mémoires de la Société des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles de Bor-
deaux. Tome VII., 2me Cahier, 1872. From the Society.

Orleans. Mémoires dela Société d’ Agriculture, Sciences, Belles-Lettres, et
Arts d’Orleans. 2me Série. Tome XIII., No. 4to Tome. XIV., Nos.
1 and 2, 1870-71. From the Society.

Paris. Bulletin mensuel de la Société d’Acclimatation. 2me Série. Tome
VIII., No 11, 1871, to Tome IX., No. 10, 1872. From the Society.

Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France. Tome 18me, 1871. Revue
Bibliographique A. E., Comptes Rendus des Séances, 2, 3, and 4.
From the Society.

Journal de Conchyliologie. 8e Série. Tome XI., No. 4,to Tome XII,
No. 4. From the Editor.

Journal de Zoologie. Par M. Paul Gervais. Tome ler, Nos. 1-4, 1872.
Purchased.

Annales de Ja Société Entomologique de France. 4me Série. Tome
10me, 1870. Partie Supplementaire. Famille des Euenémides. sme
Série. Tome Premier, 1871. From the Society.

Annales des Mines. 6me Série. Tome XIX., 8e Livr. Tome XX.,
4e Livr., 1871. ‘me Série. Tome I., tre Livr. de1872. From the
Minister of Public Works, France.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles. 5me Série. Zoologie, Tome XV.,
No. 2 to Tome XVI., No. 6. Botanique, Tome XIYV., No. 1, to
Tome XV., No. 1. Purchased.

Nouvelles Archives du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris. Tome
VI. G6me Année, 1870. Purchased.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie recueil mensuel par M. F. E. Guérin,
Meneville, 1870. Nos. 7-12. From the Editor.

Toulouse. Mémoires de l’Académie des Sciences, Inscriptions, et Belles-
Lettres de Toulouse. me Série. Tomes II. and III. From the
Society.

PORTUGAL.

Lisbon. Journal de Sciencias Mathematicas Physicas e Naturaes publicado
sob os auspicios da Academia Real das Scienciasde Lisboa. No. 1X.,
1870. From the Society.

PPA.

Bologna. Rendiconto delle Sessioni dell’ Accademia delle Scienze dell’
Istituto di Bologna. Anno Accademico, 1869-70, 1870-71. From
the Society.

Memorie dell’ Accademia delle Scienze dell’ Istitute di Bologna.
Serie II. Tome’ IX., Fasc. 2 and 4. Tome X., Serie II]. Tome
I., Fase. I. From the Society.

Catania. Atti dell?’ Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali. Serie Terza.
Tomo V., 1871. From the Society.

Firenze. R. Comitato Geologico d’Italia. Bollettino. Nos. 5 et 6, 1872.
From the Survey.

eer eee

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 303

Torino. Memorie della R. Accademia delle Scienze di Torina. Serie Se-
conda. Tomos 25 and 26, 1871. From the Society.
Atti della R. Accademia delle Scienze di Torino. Vols. VI. and VII.
From the Society
Bolletino Meteorologico ed Astronomica del Regio Osservatorio dell
Universita di Torino. Anno Y. and VI., 1871 and 1872. From the
Observatory.
Venezia, 1869-70. Atti dell R. Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Lettere, ed Arti
dal Noy., 1869 all’ Ottobre, 1870. Tomo 15. Serie Terza, Disp.
Seconda. From the Society.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

Belfast. Third and Fourth Annual Report of the Flax Extension Associa-
tion. 1870-71. From the Society.

Flax Extension Association. Instructions for the Culture and Prepa-
ration of Flax in Ireland. From the Society.

Dublin. The Journal of the Royal Dublin Society. No. 40. Parts 3 and
4, 1871. From the Society.

Edinburgh. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Session
1870-71. From the Society.

Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Vol. XXVI. Parts
Il. and III. For the Sessions 1870-71. From the Society.

Transactions and Proceedings of the Botanical Society. Vol. XI.
Part 1, 1872. From the Society.

Liverpool. Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liver-
pool during the Sixtieth Session, 1870-71. No. 25. 1871. From
the Society.

Leeds. Philosophical and Literary Society. The Annual Reports for 1870,
1871, 1872. From the Society.

Report of the Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society
of the West Riding of Yorkshire. 1870, 1871, 1872. From the So-
ciety.

London. The Journal of Anatomy and Physiology. Second Series. Nos.
8-10. Purchased.

The Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union.
Vol. XIX. 1871. From the Society.

Journal of the Royal Geological Society of Ireland. Vol. III., Part
1. New Series. 1870-71. From the Society.

Journal of the Chemical Society. Aug., 1871, to July, 1872. From
the Society.

Triibner’s American and Oriental Literary Record. Nos. 76-84, From
the Publishers.

The Food Journal. Nos. 24-35. From the Editor.

The Ibis. 8d Series. Vol. I1., Nos. 5-7. 1872. From the Wilson
Fund.

The Transactions of the Linnean Society. Vol. XXVII., Part 3 to
Vol. XXVIII., No. 2. From the Society.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London. Session 1871-72. Pp.
1-112. Additions to the Library and List of the same. From the
Society.

The Journal of the Linnean Society. Zoology. Vol. XI., Nos. 49-
54. Botany. Vol. XL., Nos. 54-56. Vol. XIII., Nos. 65-67. From
the Society.

The Intellectual Observer. Vols. I.—XII. 1862-68. Purchased.

Report of the Forty-first Meeting of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science. 1871. Purchased.

The Zoological Record for 1870, Purchased.

304 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. XXVIII. Nos.
1-4. From the Society.

Publications of the Paleontological Society. 1870 and 1871. From
the Wilson Fund.

The Journal of Botany, British and Foreign. Edited by Barthold
Seeman. Vols. 1-7, and No. 108, Dec., 1871. Purchased.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society. Vol. XV., No. 1 to
Vol. XVI., No. 2.

Journal of the same. Vol. XL. From the Society.

Proceedings of the Royal Society. Nos. 124-129. Vol. XIX. From
the Society.

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society. Vol. CLX., Part IT.
Vol. CLXI., Part I. London, 1870-71. From the Society.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Vol. VII., No. 38, to
Vol. X., No. 59. Purchased.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and
Journal of Science. 4th Series, No. 271 to No. 294. Feb. to Dec.,
1871. Purchased.

Notes and Queries. Parts 38-58. 4th Series. From the Editor.

Nature. No. 114. Vol. V. From the Editor.

The Monthly Microscopical Journal. Vols. I.-VII., 1871-72. From
the Microscopical and Biological Section.

Transactions of the Zoological Society of London. Yol. VIII., Part 2.
1872. From the Society.

Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society of
London for the year 1871, Parts 2 and 3. 1872, Part 1, January to
March. From the Society.

Catalogue of the Library of the same. 1872. From the Society.

The Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society. New Series. Yol. V.,
Part 2, 1871. From the Society.

Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britam. Vol. VI., Parts
3and 4. 1871. From the Society.

UNITED STATES AND CANADA.

Albany. Fifty-fourth Annual Report of the Trustees of the New York

State Library. 1872. From the New York State Library.
Proceedings of the Albany Institute. Vol. I., Part 2. 1872. From
the Society.

Baltimore. Fifth Annual Report of the Provost to the Trustees of the
Peabody Institute of the City of Baltimore. June 6, 1872. From
the Institute.

Boston. Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. II.,
Part 1, No. 3 and Vol. II., Part 2, Nos. 1, 2, 3. From the Society.

Fifth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Peabody Museum of Ameri-
can Archeology and Ethnology. From the Trustees.

Annual Report of the Boston Society of Natural History. 1871-72.
From the Society.

Proceedings of Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. XIY., pp. 1138
et seg. Krom the Society. :

Cambridge. Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology for 1871. From the Directors.

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Yol.
VIIL., pp. 187-408. From the Society.

Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. New Series.
Vol. X., Part 1, 1858. From the Society.

Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of
Science from 1866 to 1870. Purchased.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 305

Harrisburg. Second- Annual Report of the Board of Commissioners of
Public Charities of the State of Pennsylvania. 1872. From the
Commissioners.

Leavenworth, 1872. Leavenworth Medical Herald. Vol. V., Nos. 8-
12. From the Editor.

London. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. III. to Vol. IV., No. 11.
From the Society.

Montreal. Fifth Annual Report of the Montreal Sanitary Association.
1871. From the Society.

The Canadian Naturalist. New Series. Vol. VI., Nos. 2 and 4, 1872.
From the Society.

Morgantown. Proceedings of the West Virginia Historical Society. Vol.
I.. Part 1, 1871. From Dr. Joseph Leidy.

New Haven. Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and
Sciences., Vol. II. Part 1, 1870. From the Society.

The American Journal of Science and Arts. 3d Series. Vol. III.,
No. 13, to Vol. IV., No. 24. From the Editor.

New York. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York.
Vol. X., Nos. 4-5, 1871. From the Society.

Proceedings of the Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New
York. 1870. Vol. I, pp. 1-236. From the Society.

The American Chemist. Vol. II., No. 1, to Vol. III., No. 5. From
the Editor.

New York Medical Journal. Vol. XV., No. 1, to Vol. XVI., No. 6.
From the Editor.

Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club. Vol. II., No. 7, to Vol. III.,
No. 11. From Thomas Meehan.

The Popular Science Monthly. Nos. 7-9. From the Editor.

Journal of the Anthropological Institute of New York. Vol. I., No. 1,
1871-72. From the Society.

Philadelphia. Fifty-fifth Annual Report on the state of the Asylum for the
Relief of Persons deprived of the Use of their Reason. From the
Trustees. r

The American Journal of Medical Sciences. Nos. 125-128. New
Series. Jan., 1872. From the Editor.

The Medical News and Library. Vol. XXX. Nos. 352-358. From
the Editor.

The Gardener’s Monthly. Vol. XIV. Nos. 1-12. Jan., 1872. From
the Editor.

The Penn Monthly. Nos. 25-36. From the Editor.

The Dental Cosmos. Vol. XIV., Nos. 1-12, 1872. From the Editor.

American Journal of Pharmacy. 4th Series, Vol. II., Nos. 1-12.
From the Editor.

Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association at the Nine-
teenth Annual Meeting held in St. Louis, Missouri, Sept., 1871.
From John M. Maisch.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. XII., Nos.
87-88. From the Society.

Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. XIV.
Part 3, 1871. From the Society.

American Journal of Conchology. Vol. VII., Nos. 3 and 4, From
the Publication Committee.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
Part 1,1871. Parts 1 and 2,1872. From the Publication Committee.

The Journal of the Franklin Institute. Vol. XCIII., No. 558, to 3d
Series, No. 6. From the Institute.

Transactions of the American Entomological Society. Vol. IIL, Nos,
3and4. Vol. 1IV., Nos. 1 and 2, 1872, From the Society,

3806 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

American Association for the Cure of Inebriates. Proceedings of the
Second Meeting. 1872. From the Association.

. Quebec. Le Naturaliste Canadien. Tome I.—III. Tome IV., Nos. 1-10.
From the Editor.

Transactions of the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec. New
Series. Part 9. From the Society.

Salem. Fourth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Peabody Academy
of Science for the year 1871. From the Society.

Bulletin of the Essex Institute. Vol. III., No. 8, to Vol. IV., No. 7.
From the Society.

The American Naturalist. Vol. V., No. 12, to Vol. VI., No. 12. From
the Editor.

San Francisco. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences. Vol.
IV., Part 1V., 1871. From the Society.

Toronto. Report of the Entomological Society of the Province of Ontario
for the year 1871. From the Society.

The Canadian Journal. Vol. XIII., Nos. 3and 4. July,1872. From
the Editor.

Trenton. Seventh Annual Report of the Rutgers Scientific School for the
year 1871. From Geo. H. Cook. .

Washington. Monthly Report of the Chief of the Bureau of Statistics,
Treasury Department. December, 1871, to May, 1872. From the
Treasury Department.

Ninth Census of the United States. Agriculture, 1872. From the
Department of the Interior.

Annual Report of the Secretary of the Treasury on the State of the
Finances for the year 1871. From the Secretary.

Worcester. Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. October
21, 1871, and April 28, 1872. From the Society.

SOUTH AMERICA.

Santiago. Anales de la Universidad de Chile. La Seccion Memorios Cien-
tificas Literarias. Jan. to Dec., 1870. From the University.

ASTA.

Calcutta. Records of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. IV. Parts3
and 4, 1871. From the Survey.
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Nos. 3-12, 1871. From
Isaac Lea.
Journal of the same. Part 1, Nos. 1 and2; Part 2, Nos. 1 and 2, 1871.

From Isaac Lea.

OTHER SCIENTIFIC WORKS.

Agassiz, Louis. A Letter concerning Deep-sea Dredging. Addressed to
Prof. Benj. Peirce. From the Author.

Agassiz, Alexander. Application of Photography to Illustrations of Natu-
ral History. With two figures printed by the Albert and Woodbury
Process. From the Author.

Allman, Jas. A Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian Hydroids.
Conclusion of Part 1 and Part 2. Containing descriptions of Genera
and Species of the Gymnoblastea. London, 1872. Purchased.

Animadversiones Botanice. Two Pamphlets. From Imp. Bot. Garden of
St. Petersburg.

Annals of the Dudley Observatory. Vol. II. Albany, 1871. From the
New York State Library.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 307

Annual Report of the State Geologist of New Jersey for the year 1871.
From G. H. Cook.

Annual Report of the Secretary of the Treasury on the stateof the Finances
for the year 1871. Washington, 1871. From the Secretary.
Baillon, H. The Natural History of Plants. Translated by Marcus M.

Hartog. Vol. I. London, 1871. Purchased.

Bent, rere Thermal Paths to the Pole. St. Louis, 1872. From the

uthor.

Barrande, Joachim. Distribution des Cephalopodes dans les Contreés Si-
luriennes. Prague,1870. From the Author.

Trilobites. Prague, 1871. From the Author.
Défence des Colonies. No. 4. Prague, #870. From the Author.

Blanford, W. T. Observations on the Geology and Zoology of Abyssinia.
London, 1870. From the Indian Government through the Geological
Survey of India.

Bleeker, P. Atlas Ichthyologique des Indes Orientales Néerlandaises.
Livr. XXV. Amsterdam, 1872. From the Wilson Fund.

Brady, Stewardson, Geo. Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca.

‘ VII. A List of the Non-Parasitie Marine Copepoda of the North-
East Coast of England. From the Author.

Burnett, Chas. H. An Investigation concerning the Mechanism of the
Ossicles of Hearing, and the Membrane of the Round Window.
From the Author.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London. 1872. From
the Society.

Catalogue raisonne de Coquilles et autres Curiosites Naturelles. Paris,

736. From S$. 8. Haldeman.

Catalogue of the New York State Library, 1872. Subject Index of the
General Library. Albany, 1872. From the Library.

Catalogus Systematicus Bibliothecs Horti Imperialis Botanici Petropolitani.
1852. From Imp. Bot. Garden of St. Petersburg.

Catalogue de la Bibliothéque de la Société Impériale des Sciences Naturelles
de Cherbourg. From the Society.

Catalogue of Scientific Papers compiled and published by the Royal Society
of London. Vol. VY. London, 1871. From the Society.

Catalogue of Books added to the Library of Congress from Dec. Ist, 1869,
to Dec. 1st, 1870. Washington, 1871. From the Librarian.

Chandler, C. F. Lecture on Water. Albany, 1871. From the Author.

Chapman, H. C. Evolution of Life. Philadelphia, 1878. From the
Author.

Cobden Club Essays. Second Series. 1871-72. Sec. Ed. London, 1872.

Cope, E. D. On a new Vertebrate Genus from the northern part of the
Tertiary Basin of Green River. Description of new extinct reptiles
from the Upper Green River Eocene Basin, Wyoming. From the
Author.

Notices of new Vertebrata from the Upper Waters of Bitter Creek,
Wyoming Territory. From the Author.

On the Families of Fishes of the Cretaceous formation of Kansas. From
the Author.

On a new Testudinate from the Chalk of Kansas. From the Author.

On two new Ornithosaurians from Kansas. From the Author.

Sketch of the Zoology of Pennsylvania. Folio. From the Author.

Catalogue of the Pythonomorpha found in the Cretaceous Strata of
Kansas. From the Author.

On the Method of Creation of Organic Types. From the Author.

Descriptions of new Vertebrata from the Bridger Group of the Eocene,

Second and Third account of the same.

On the Tertiary Coral and Fossils of Osino, Nevada.

308 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

On the existence of Dinosauria in the Transitidn Beds of Wyoming.
Telegraphic Description of new Species of Vertebrates, dated Aug. 17,
1872.

Coste, M. Instructions pratiques sur la Pisciculture. Paris, 1853. From
Dr. H. C. Wood.

Cox, E. T. Second Report of the Geological Survey of Indiana, made
during the year 1870. Indianapolis, 1871. From G. W. Tryon, Jr.

Dall, W. H. Description of three new Species of Crustacea, Parasitic on
the Cetacea of Northwest Coast of America. From the Author.

Preliminary Description of new Species of Mollusks from the Northern
Coast of America. From the Author.
Dana, Jas. D. Corals and Goral Islands. New York, 1872. Purchased.
Notice of the address of T. Sterry Hunt before the American Associa-
tion at Indianapolis. From the Author.
On the Address before the American Association of Prof. T. Sterry
Hunt. No 2. From the Author.

Dana, Edw. 5S. On the Datolite from Bergen Hill, New Jersey. From the
Author.

Darwin, Chas. The Variations of Animalsand Plants under domestication.
Vols. I. and II. London, 1868. Purchased.

Dawsen, J. W. Notes onthe Post-Pliocene Geology of Canada. Montreal,
1872. From the Author.

Report of the Geological Structure and Mineral Resources of Prince
Edward’s Island. Montreal, 1871. From J. W. Dawson.

Day, Francis. The Fishes of Malabar. 4to, London, 1865. Purchased.

Die Zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt. Bremen, 1870. From Dr. Finsch.

Dippel, Leopold. Das Mikroskop und seine Anwendung. Zweiter Theile
2e Abth. Braunschweig, 1872. Purchased.

Dubois, Ch. F. Les Oiseaux del’Europe. 245-252me livr. From Wilson
Fund.

Dubrueil, E. Etude Anatomique et Histologique sur l'appareil Généra-
teur du genre Helix. Montpelier, 1871. Purchased.

Duff, Grant. On the Teachings of Richard Cobden. Dee. 20, 1871. From
the Cobden Club.

Dunker and Zittel. Paleontographica. 19er Band, 7e Lief; 20er Band, 2
Abth. le and 4e Lief; 21 Band, 1ste, 3-5e Lief. Cassel, 1871-72.
From Wilson Fund.

Edwards, H. M. lLecons sur Ja Physiologie. Tome 10me,1re Partie.
Paris, 1872. From the Wilson Fund.

Edwards, M. A. M. Recherches anatomique et paléontologique pour servir
a Vhistoire des Oiseaux Fossiles de la France. Livr. 23-42. Paris,
1870.

Eichwald, Edward. Geognostisch-Paleontologische Bemerkungen iiber
die Halbinsel Mangischlak und die Aleutischen Inseln. St. Peters-
burg, 1871. From the Author.

Ennis, Jacob. The Meteors and their long-enduring Trails.

The discovery of the Force which in the beginning putall the Heavens
and Earth in motion. From the Author.
The four Great Eras in Modern Astronomy. From the Author.

Enumeratio Plantarum Novarum 2 Cl. Schrenk Lectarum. 1841-42. From
Imp. Bot. Garden of St. Petersburg.

Erlenmayer, Emil. Die Aufgabe des chemischen Unterrichts gegeniiber
den Anforderungen der Wissenschaft und Technik. Miinchen, 1871.
From the Author.

Fayrer, J. The Thanatophidia of India, being a Description of the
Venomous Snakes of the Indian Peninsula. Folio. London, 1872.
From the Author.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 309

Fischer, M. M. P., and H. Crosse. Mission Scientifique au Mexique et
dans l’Amerique Centrale. Septiéme Partie. Etudes sur les Mol-
lusques terrestres et fluviatiles. Paris, 1872. From G. W. Tryon,

i

Flint, Austin. The Physiology of Man ; designed to represent the existing
state of Physiological Science as applied to the functions of the Human
Body. Vol. IIf. Nutrition, Secretions, Movements. Vol. IV.
Nervous System. N. Y., 1871-72. Purchased.

Forney, J. W. What I saw in Texas. From Thos. Meehan.

Frauenfeld, G. R. von. Die Pflege der Jungen bei Thieren. Wien, 1871.
From the Author.

Die Wirbelthierfauna Neiderésterreichs. From the Author.

Die Grundlagen des Vogelschutzgesetzes. From the Author.

Der Vogelschutz. From the Author.

Fries, E. Icones Selecte Hymenomycetum nondum delineatorum. I.-
VI. Holmie, 1867. From Royal Swedish Academy of Science.

Gegenbauer, Carl. Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Anatomy der
Wirbelthiere. Erstes Heft. Carpus und Tarsus. Leipzig, 1864.
Purchased.

Genth, F. A. Mineral Resources of North Carolina. Philadelphia, 1871.
From the Author.

Giebel, C. J. Thesaurus Ornithologie. 2er Halbband. Leipzig, 1872.
Purchased.

Gissler, Chas. F. Contributions to the Fauna of the New York Croton
water. New York, 1872.

apa ie Birds of Great Britain. Parts 19 and 20. From the Wilson

und.

The Birds of Asia. Part 28. From the Wilson Fund.

Gozzadini, Jean. Renseignements sur une Ancienne Nécropole a Marza-
botto prés de Bologne. Bologne, 1871. From the Author.

La Nécropole de Villanova. Bologne, 1870. From the Author.

Hall, Jas. Reply to a *‘ Note on Priority.’ From the Author.

Descriptions of new Species of Fossils from the Devonian Rocks of
Iowa with a Preliminary Note on the Formations. Albany, 1872.
From the Author.

Notes on some new or imperfectly known forms among the Brachio-
poda. From the Author.

Descriptions of new Species of Fossils from the vicinity of Louisville,
Ky., and the Falls of the Ohio. From the Author.

Hanley, Sylvanus, and Wm. Theobald. Conchologia Indica, Parts 3 and

London.

Hayden, F. V. Department of the Interior, U. 8. Geological Survey of
the Territories, Profiles, Sections, and other Illustrations designed to
accompany the final Report of the Chief Geologist of the Survey.
New York, 1872. From F. V. Hayden.

Final Report of the U. 8. Geological Survey of Nebraska and portions
of the adjacent Territories. Washington, 1872. From the Author.

Preliminary Report of the U. 8. Geological Survey of Montana.
Washington, 1872. From the Author.

The Hot Springs and Geysers of the Yellowstone and Fire Hole
Rivers. From the Author.

Department of the Interior. Map of lower Geyser Basin, Fire Hole
River, Wyoming Territory, 1871. From the Department of the In-
terior.

Hewitson, W. C. Exotic Butterflies. Part 81. London. From Wilson
Fund.

Hildago, J. G. Moluscos Marinos de Espana, Portugal y las Baleares
Entrega 1-4. Purchased.

310 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Hitchcock, C. H. Report of the Geological Survey of the State of New
Hampshire, showing its progress during the years 1870 and 1871.
Nashua, 1871. From the Author.

Houghton, Samuel. The principle of least Action in Nature illustrated
by Animal Mechanics. London, 1871. From the Author.

On some Elementary Principles in Animal Mechanics. No. 4.
On the Constituent Minerals of the Granite of Scotland as compared
with those of Donegal. From the Author.

Houston, Edw. J. On the Nature of White Light. From the Author.

Huxley, Thos. H. A Manual of the Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals.
London, 1871. Purchased.

Hyatt, A. The non-reversionary series of the Liparoceratide, and Remarks
upon the series of the allied family Dactyloide. From the Author.

On reversions among the Ammonites. From the Author.

Illustrated Catalogue of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard
College. Nos. 4, 5, and 6. Cambridge, 1871. From the Museum.

Jan, M. le, Prof. Iconographie générale des Ophidiens. 37me, 89me—41me
Livr., 1872. From the Wilson Fund.

Jardin de St. Peterbourg. 1846. Folio. From Imp. Bot. Garden of St.
Petersburg.

Kerhallet, Ch. Philippe de. General Examination of the Indian Ocean.
Washington, 1870.

General Examination of the Pacific Ocean. New York, 1867.
General Examination of the Atlantic Ocean. Washington, 1870. From
Capt. R. H. Wyman, U. 58. N.

Kinahan, J. H., and M. H. Close. The General Glaciation of Jar-Con-
naught and its neighborhood in the counties of Galway and Mayo.
Dublin, 1872. From the Authors.

Knorr, E. R. Papers on the Eastern and Northern Extensions of the Gulf
Stream. Translated from the German. Washington, 1871. From
R. H. Wyman.

Kobelt, Wilh. Catalog der im Europiaschen Faunengebiet lebenden Rin-
nenconchylien. Cassel, 1871. Purchased.

Koninck, L. de. Mémoires de la Paleontologie. Bruxelles, 1857-58. From
the Author.

Recherches sur les Animaux Fossiles. Premiére Partie. Liege, 1847.
From the Author.

Nouyelles Recherches sur les Animaux Fossiles du Terrain Carboniferé
de la Belgique. 1re Partie. Bruxelles, 1872. From the Author.

Kiinstler, Gustave. Die Unseren Kulturpflanzen schadlichen Insekten.
From the Author.

Kiister, H. C. Systematisches Conchylien Cabinet von Martini und
Chemnitz. 8er Band, Heft. 30; Ter Band, Heft. 10; 10er Band, Heft.
14-16; 17er Band, Heft. 11. Nirnberg, 1872. From the Wilson
Fund.

Lacordaire, Th. Suites a Buffon. Histoire des Insectes. Genera des Colé-
optera. Tome 9me, 2me Partie. Planches, Livr. 9 and10. From
the Wilson Fund.

La Politique Commerciale de la France ou le Traité de 1860, avec l’Angle-
terre. Paris. From the Cobden Club.

Laube, Gustay C. Die Echenoiden der Oestereich-Ungarischen Oberin
Tertierablagerungen. Wien, 1871. From the Geological Bureau.

Lea, Isaac. Rectification of F. A. Conrad’s ‘‘Synopsis of the Family of
Naiades of North America.’? New Edition. Philadelphia, 1872.
From the Author.

Le Condizioni Sociali dei Nostri Tempi. Palermo, 1872. From the Palermo
Academy.

Le Gras, Capt. A. General Examination of the Mediterranean Sea.
Washington, 1870. From R. H. Wyman, U.S. N.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 3ll

Leidy, Jos. On some new Species of Fossil Mammalia from Wyoming.
From the Author.
Remarks on Fossils from Wyoming. From the Author.
Linneus, C. Uitvocrige en Naturkundige Beschrijving der vogelen, vol-
gens het zamenstel. Two vols. Amsterdam. Purchased.
Natursystem. Nine vols. Niirnberg, 1773-76. Purchased.
Systeme de la Nature. Four vols. Bruxelles, 1793-96. Purchased.
Systema Nature, Cura Js. Frid. Gmelin. Four vols, §vyo. Lugduni,
1789. Purchased.
Same. Three vols. in two. Vindobone, 1767-1770. Purchased.
Same. One vol. Holmis, 1758. Purchased.
Same. Beckman’s Edition. Twovyols. Gottinge,1772. Purchased.
Parti Practica de Botanica Por Don Antonio Palaiv y Verdera. Eight
vols. Madrid, 1784-88. Purchased.
Genera Plantarum. One vol. Holmiw, 1764. Two copies. Pur-
chased.
Same. Onevol. Vienna, 1767. Purchased.
Pflanzensystem. Wien, 1786. Purchased.
Philosophia Botanica. One yol. Stockholmiz, 1751. Purchased.
Materia Medica. Lipsise, 1772. Purchased.
Mantissa Plantarum. Holmis, 1767. Purchased.
Systema Vegetabilium. Imperfect. Purchased.
Same. Vindobone. 1764. Purchased.
Lyman, Benj. Smith. Topography of the Punjab Oil Region. From the
Author.
Mann, B. P. The White Coffee-Leaf Miner. Salem, 1872. From the
Author.
Marsh, O. C. Notice of a new species of Ichthyornis. From the Author.
Notice of some remarkable Fossil Mammals. From the Author.
Preliminary description of new Tertiary Reptiles. Part1. From the
Author.

Preliminary description of new Tertiary Reptiles. Part 2. From the
Author.

Discovery of Fossil Quadrumana in the Eocene of Wyoming. From
the Author.

Preliminary description of new Tertiary Mammals. Parts 1-4. From
the Author.

Notice of new Tertiary and Post-Tertiary Birds. Note on Tinoceras
Anceps. From the Author.

On the structure of the skull and limbs in Mosasauroid Reptiles, with
descriptions of new genera and species. From the Author.

Preliminary description of Hesperonis regalis, with notices of four
other new species of Cretaceous Birds, From the Author.

Notice of a new species of Hadrosaurus. From the Author.

Discovery of additional remains of Pterosauria, with description of two
new species. Discovery of the Dermal Scutes of Mosasauroid Rep-
tiles. From the Author.

Notice of a new species of Tinoceras. From the Author.

Martins, Chas. Les Populations Végétales ; leur origine, etc. Paris, 1872.

From the Author.

La Création du Monde Organisé d’apres les Naturalistes Anglais et
Allemands. Paris, 1871. From the Author.

Mason, Jas. Wood. On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. Part 1. From

the Author.

Mawe, J. The Voyager’s Companion, or Shell Collector’s Pilot. 4th Ed.

London, 1825. From 8. 8. Haldeman.
Mayer, A. M. Acoustical Experiments. From the Author,

312 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Paleontologia Indica. Cre-
taceous Fauna of Southern India. Vol. III., Nos. 9-18. Ser. VI.
Ser. VII. Kutch Fossils. Calcutta, 1871. From the Survey.

Mercklin, C. von. Anatomisch-physiklogische Notizen ther einige seltner
blithende Pflanzen der K. Gewachshiuser zu St. Petersburg. Riga,
1851. From Imp. Bot. Garden of St. Petersburg.

Beobachtungen an dem Prothallium der Farrnkrauter. 1850. From
Imp. Bot. Garden of St. Petersburg.

Moore, Francis. Travels into the Inland parts of Africa. London, 17388.
From 8. §. Haldeman.

Morch, O. A. L. Synopsis Molluscorum Marinorum Danie. Kjoben-
hayn, 1871. From the Author.

Faunula Molluscorum Islandiz. From the Author.

Nagle, I. E. The Sources of the Gulf Stream. New Orleans. From the
Author.

Newberry, J. S. Geological Survey of Ohio. Report of progress in 1870.
Columbus, 1871. With maps. From the Author.

Nicholson, Alleyne H. A Manual of Zoology for the use of Students.
New York, 1872. Purchased.

Nine Official Reports from the Ministers of War, Finance, Marine, Interior,
ete., of Chili. From the Chilian Government.

Nowicki, Max. Ueber die Weizenverwiisterin. Chloropsteeniopus Meig.
Wein, 1871. From the Author.

Nyst, M., and Le Hon. Descriptions Succinctes de quelques nouvelles
especes Animales et Végétales fossiles des environs de Bruxelles.
From the Author.

Nyst, M. Note sur une Coquille fossile, appartenant au genre Modiola.
From the Author.

Notice sur quelques recherches Paleontologiques faites aux environs
d’Anyers. Fromthe Author.

Descriptions succincte @’un nouveau Mollusque Marin des Rives de
VEscant. From the Author.

Five Reports to the Royal Academy of Belgium. From the Author.

Notice sur un nouveau gite de fossiles. From the Author.

Notice sur quelques Bulimes nouveaux ou peu Connus. From the
Author.

Notice sur une Coquille du Genre Cyrene. From the Author

Notice sur deux Coquilles nouvelles du Genre Crassatelle. From the
Author.

Sur les animaux Inferieurs fossiles de la province d’Anvers. From
the Author.

Notice sur une nouyelle espéce de Pecten. From the Author.

Observations des Phénomeénes Periodiques pendant les Années 1867 et 1868.
From the Belgian Academy.

Owen, Prof. On Longevity. London, 1872. From the Author.

Paleontologie Francaise. Terrain Jurassique. Livrs. 1-7, 20 and 21.
Paris. From the Wilson Fund.

Palladis Chymice Arcana detecta sive Mineralogia Naturalis et Artificialis.
Seconda Editio. Geneve, 16738. From 8. 8. Haldeman.

Peters, W. C. H., J. V. Carus, C. E. A. Gersteecker. Handbuch der Zo-
ologie. 2er Band. Leipzig, 1868. Purchased.

Phillips, John. Geology of Oxford and the Valley of the Thames. Ox-
ford, 1871. Purchased.

Pfeiffer, L. Novitates Conchologia, 36 and 387 Leif, and Supplements 3 and
4. Cassel. From the Wilson Fund.

Pfeiffer, L. Synonymia Botanica locupletessima generum, sectionum vel
subgenerum ad finem Anni 1858, promulgatorum. Kassel, 1871.
From Wilson Fund.

Nomenclator botanicus. Vol. I. Fasc. I. Cassellis, 1871. Purchased.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 3315)

Poey, Felipe. Monographie des Poissons de Cuba, compris dans la sous—
famille des Sparini. Salem, 1872. From the Author. ;

Poor, Ben. Perley. Congressional Directory, compiled for the use of
Congress. Washington, 1872. From the Author.

Porcher, F. P. President’s Address before the South Carolina Medical
Association. Charleston, 1872. From the Author.

Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests. New Edition. Charles-
ton, 1869.

Pratt, Anne. The Flowering Plants, Grasses, Sedges, and Ferns of Great
Britain, and their Allies, the Club Mosses, Pepperworts, and Horse-
tails. Vols I. to VI. 8mo, London. Purchased.

Pratt, J. H. <A Treatise on Attractions. Laplace’s Functions and the
Figure of the Earth. 4th Edition. London, 1871. From the Author.

Preliminary Report on the Dredging in Lake Superior. From General
C. B. Comstock.

Preliminary Notice of the Lamellibranchiate Shells of the Upper Helderberg,
Hamilton and Chemung Groups, with others from the Waverly
Sandstone Islands. No. 2. From Prof. Jas. Hall.

Preudhomme de Borre, Alf. Description d’une nouvelle espece Africaine
du genre Varan. From the Author.

Consideration sur la classification et la distribution Geographique de la
Famille des Cicindéléetes. From the Author.

Note sur le Byrsax (Boletophagus) gibbifer, Wesmael. From the
Author.

Price, Eli K. Some Phases of Modern Philosophy. From the Author.

Provancher, L. Flore Canadienne, ou description de toutes les Plantes des
Forets, Champs, Jardins, et Eaux du Canada. Vols. I. and II.
Quebec, i862. Purchased.

Quetelet, M. Ad. Orages en Belgique en 1870 et Aurore Boréale des 24 et
25 Oct., 1870.. From the Author.

Reeve, Lovell. Conchologia Iconica. Parts 290-295. London, 1871.
From the Wilson Fund.

Conchologia Systematica. Twovols. 4to, London, 1841. Purchased.

Regel, E. Sertum Petropolitanum que in Horto Botanico Imperiali Petro-
politano floruerent. Fasc. III. and IV., folio. From Imp. Bot.
Garden of St. Petersburg.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society. 1872. From the Society.

Riviere, M. E. Sur les Cavernes 4 ossements des Baoussé-Roussé. From
the Author through Mr. Dimpfel.

Romer, E. Monographie der Molluskengattung Venus. 84 and 85 Lief. .
Cassel. Supplement IV., Lfg. 17-19. From the Wilson Fund.

R. Comitato Geologico d'Italia. Bolletino, No. 7, 1871, to No. 4, 1872.
Firenze, 1872. From the Geological Survey.

Samuels, Edw. A. Ornithology and Oology of New England. Boston,
1868. Purchased.

Saussure, Henri de. Mémoirespour servir al’histoire Naturelle du Mexique
des Antilleset des Etats-Unis. 4me, Mémoire Mantides Americains.
Tome II., 1lre Partie. Geneve, 1871. From the Author.

Mélanges Orthoptérologiques. 8me Fasc. et Supplement. Geneva,
1870-71. From the Author.
Notice sur Edward Claparede. Genéve, 1871. From the Author.

Schrenk, Alex. Gustave. Reise nach dem Nordosten des Europaischen
Russlande. Erster und Zweiter Thiel. Dorpat, 1848-54. From
Imp. Bot. Garden of St. Petersburg.

Schriften aus dem ganzen Gebjete der Botanik herausgegeben von K. Botan-
ischen Garten. Band II., Heft. I, 1863. From Imp, Bot. Garden
_of St. Petersburg.

21

314 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Scrope, G. P. The Geology of the Extinct Volcanoes of Central France.
2nd Ed. London, 1858.

Second Annual Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries of the State of
New Jersey. Trenton, 1872. From the Commissioners.

Second Report of the Commissioners appointed to revise the laws for As-
sessment and Collection of Taxes in New York. 1872. From the
Cobden Club.

Second Supplement to the Catalogue of Books in the Mercantile Library of
the City of New York. Accessions Oct. 1869, to April, 1872. From
the Library.

Semper, Dr. C. Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. Wissenschaftliche
Resultate. ler Band, Holothurien, 2er Band. Malacologische Unter-
suchungen I., II., and III. Heft. From the Wilson Fund.

Sheafer, P. W. An Address before the Pardee Scientific Department in
Lafayette College. Easton, 1872. From the Author.

Shepard, Chas. Upham. On the Corundum Region of North Carolina and
Georgia, with descriptions of two gigantic Crystals of that species.
From the Author.

Catalogue of the Meteoric Collection of. From the Author.

Snellen van Vollenhoven, S. C. Laatste Lijst van Nederlandsche Schild-
vleugelige Insecten. Haarlem, 1870. From the Dutch Society of
Sciences.

Soubeiran, J. L. Rapport sur les Expositions Internationales de Peche de
Boulogne-sur-mer, Arcachon et du Havre, 1866, 1868. From the
Author.

Pisciculture dans l’Amerique du Nord. From the Author.

Souverbie, M. Descriptions d’especes nouvelles de 1’ Archipelago Cale-
donien. From the Author.

Springmiihl, Ferd. Die Chemische Priifung der Kunstlichen organischen
Farbstoffe. Berlin, 1873. From the Author.

Statistics of Population. Tables I. to VII. incl. Washington, 1872. From
the Department of the Interior.

Statistics of Wealth, Taxation, and Public Indebtedness. From Francis A.
Walker.

Stearns, Robt. E. C. On the Economic Value of certain Australian Forest
Trees, and their Cultivation in California. From the Author.
Steenstrup, J. Meddelelse om nogle vigtige Resultater der menes vundne
ved de Udgrayninger, som i de sidste Aar ere foretagne i de franske

Knokkelhuler. Kjobenhavn, 1866. From the Author.

Stoliczka, F. Correspondence relative to Deep-Sea Dredging. From Dr.
Leidy.

Stoppani, l’Abbé Antoine. Paléontologie Lombarde. Livrs. 39-48. From
the Wilson Fund.

Stral, C. Monographie des Chrysomélides de lAmerique. I. Upsal, 1862.
From the Author.

Stricker. S. Ilandbuch der lehre von den Geweben des Menschen und der
Thiere. Leipzig, 1871. From Jos. Jeanes.

Studien des Gottingischen Vereins bergmannischer Freunde. Vols. I.-VI.
Gottingen, 1824. Purchased.

Thirty Surgical Pamphlets. From Dr. A. Amussat.

Thomson, C. G. Opuscula Entomologica. Lund. 1870. Fast I-IV.
Purchased.

Hymenoptera Scandinavie. Lunde, 1871. Purchased.

Thomsen, Julius. Thermochemiske Undersogelser. Kjobenhayn, 1871.
From the Author.

Tri-daily Weather Map. Tri-daily Weather Bulletin. Three Copies. From
the Chief Signal Officer, W. D.

Tschermak. Gustay. Mineralogische Mittheilungen. Jahrg. 1871. Heft.
I. Wien, 1872. From the Editor.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 315

Von der Deckens, Baron Carl Claus. Reisen in Ost Afrika in den Jahren
1859-61. Vols. I., II., IJ., 1V. Leipzig, 1865. Purchased.
Verril, A. E. Brief Contributions to Zoology from the Museum of Yale
College. No. 23. Results of recent Dredging Expeditions on the

Coast of New England. From the Author.

Voorheve, Mr. J. Catalogue des Coquilles et de Livres. Rotterdam, 1872.
From Westermann & Co.

Walker, Francis. Notes on the Chalcide. Parts 6 and 7. London, 1872.
From the Author.

Wallace, John Wm. A Discourse pronounced on the inauguration of the
new Hall of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. From the
Author.

Watson, Sereno. U.S. Geological Exploration of the 40th Parallel, Botany.
Washington, 1871. From the Chief of Engineers, U. 8. A.

Webb, W. E. Buffalo Land. 8vo, Cincinnati, 1872. From Messrs. Han-
naford & Co.

Westerlund, C. A. Fauna Molluscorum terrestrium et fluviatilium Suecia,
Norvegie et Danie. I. Landmolluskerna. Stockholm. Purchased.

Wight, Robt. Incones Plantarum Indie Orientals, or figures of Indian
Plants. Vols. I.-VI., 4to. Madras, 1840. From Dr. Chas. Schaffer.

Wild, Dr. H. Repertorium fiir Meteorologie herausgegeben von der K
Akademie der Wissenschaften. From the Society.

Wyman, H. R. Winds, Currents, and Navigation of the Gulf of Cadiz.
Washington, 1870. From the Author,

- py
i! i
,
“
'
aT 4 .
A ‘
) i
Lu PAPE A
4 .
v, be ly
) ] ‘ ‘
4 pei
| e.
'
i
o '
Md
*
ah! dete

_ ?

4-2 38

ares

eg &*

t oh (he bp ore = Oe

aed Eee

deel

:

ee os eae on AG nee sien ee:

.
sn te0 & es

»*

WAL at iar tee
oot dy cuneate 2 SOEISO Sab eaioe eke ae
+42 pe seeetoe nama, BYE- IRE Sc
en ee J_BGD }.
enviresos! Any Rest oo iin el hte 7
Rieke hey) a Rat ae

ecw ew os BOTED POTD VG occ cquacsn eran

oe eoibualOeyeor ‘8a ccees st tote

ee eiiabo abt acpecas ae ses san 5 wee

o

CET ccanated | O68. 82, <pe-.c saa emaaae
* zifstnean hed be peevin nesta hae em
© soHoigy | S25 ie 0G os ey + ese Sate
5, RSMO +Bae Pesto
vp. Ee BE Ser ae

ae uciaped BSG UE PS Lo ae sa ne oe

fi ee:
hte oe if
oe i

if Malye ee see ane stag
4%

i -e

is

_nqataieid |
enaistcpe ei Ty Aire

a ¢ LARS

TuUReBon a 1

+ 69 0.00.6
%
»,
4
@
%
?
a
¢
2
:
s
2
e
>
>
*

sdudgegec ea bo oe

wee 22 SMOBLD | SEL Jat ob na pare ee ae
,. .modeshild ebr paeneagbeen means oem

“

«+ «BIS iso | BIS -. 5. :ssseepaweteue

‘sibiedio yo
aidqols yo oe got wecccnegeee eects es &

eo

= 5 e3 YO 05 it 1 bcikd Cea ee

.. eifebsioyo ers, BE hss ea awe see
. , BLOTBONTO FOS) < cews ot nied okiorenn
‘elloaoiled) | CAB tees eee ena

43 ‘enn eee Fal da o0'e9 © ne am

rae ont AG sesmapy seg tees aan
of Ga
eeseacesy ee

®!
ey
ee
“*o
Aa
S
2S
:

a

:

Se sem &e Oe errr rt
ys o<e BLUME .

Sb. npaeeoce ates ene nm &
| RTO RSSTION | OR . nec y cone ue ene me dea

etryegoiaob® | S8L ..,...:crs eee
euroseormenia | BE ....c-caeeeevee see
ease td baocos4eabheeeei
.. .eaTeoepra | ToS yeaasiniite 627
Tl. asia SEL Ge oe pedeus
2 Pato | BO oo oss nee eater
. epitdloreloed. | Ob 2... acne mee ine

* ig

INDEX TO GENERA.

INDEX TO GENERA.

317

CaMUNOCOMUBS 2 = '2 cic: <is's o.00 =< - SPIRO: 3: Sucgcvadesea ete ae ren 239
PRCEOMUSE eee sacs acces sacs sae POE GEEBSUS. 5 cratic 4: 5.cc cee amen 46
PiCnIGEA: «2 22, sos daaees ss 273 | Chametrachewa...........-...+- 120
FP MHODOMIS =. > o2 42 sw 2 s5555.5 3s DOM Pe RAM A. oe nas faces «sec cee ae 116
PROUMOCEIAR.@s soms.o% 2% i icclctnses.< 261 | Chalicotherium................ 38
ELC ates 2 wa allie sar viele cl= s< a PEEP GMMNeleG: 65 J2aes sbi ssaccame 27
PP ALNAUMIAS.- 21-1556 = 5 2s c0 ss 279 | Chameecyparis.........s00.cs006 33
fo DO Seo eee isereraes Yat GHOLVAT AEs acc mine acess 22, 23, 129
PONE Relates oa yae's mre is ta 2s oo Beh OCTOPUS: oor! o v's; clas als 3e anette 22
WRMESESIOCSIELOCO Moye o's 0.5.5 /0 as w ainin © 0 AGA PO NCLGISI Eis ac sin saye.c cee viele elm cree 32
PRMRERESOCAS Eee meee rele a aati cixtcie<'s e'e/s' ST Ehistemong-. os icevsde doadacta 162
Anchippodus........ ead wisteas 37 | Chrysanthemum............... 126
PTIOUUMMETIMING ¢ sss 2.5.5 cnc - > - 37 | Cimoliasaurus............. 128, 236
PENIORRIRN eee eae ol hc ata ate aes TM ev BLUM HG Tide's Us a a a AS pas Se ee lhe 130
PRSRACEA OM os aio o's atelier se G+ 102 | ClanOiR sons. valet se a 22, 23
EPMENIOUYGCE.< = 5s e's 2 ~ = en - Lote POs COG). 20.0 rma teres cone eae mien 46
SEE ee eee ae TAS GHOASLEH ie core ee tea 127, 141
PERTOUNEIEE 92s SiS esc Sa Se scien e.< a P46) (OGRE. 3 c0i/sh a> bo ee ee hee ect 86
1 OEE TOE SRS A eee ad | COTDICHI As s)- was oil werent 49
JETT Re Oe ee GE SO AO) ROLES « o1x ¢:c vin Sls a.6'<cn'te seen sinter 213
ERS ee se ee a ae 6 ate i] SOCABBALEIB SS es oo wees ete 50, 130, 249
PR NRRRE ee ener a ois staat Beh. 240. CryplogOn ccs <s. de. creda esc as 91
NEON oorcivccwneedesscay> StS CCUMGOR civ eg okt iukwtenadate ns 53
PERUUMNCHA avin avcce. a auciea ws © Pia COMMUNSINIL: (rae cite coos Liane rate 234
OY CIOCRIOIA ane depen es we een 255
RUIN DGRN 2 bedi c bps d ale eles 0 0.0 eh CYC. ay chag dele aaa ne 40
ESLER BOTH a's 9 3's ~10)-'m a0 = 0 we Hie DU OMCIBEs csi cube ate ile cukemawane 85
RUMRRTIILOYE ofa! ao ac de cis Boo iear CYCINGCUM so coon cdaducebenda a 232
eEeMEMER Gots fe forcioe ere cs 2 ore Beh | OUNOCEEBUS iy tease he te ickin anne 129
1 NA ALS OR may SDT | CUOMO £ adecincdnvaseasces 273

RREMOPES dG ct sciccaivccccccwn se's 33
POOUOLUUIE sc cicciccticencese Sie DMINCHIES anes +cascacnt dacadem 241
RR MEECIMED le te wcka wclade diese a» Diet IMBCOPRULUN: x cevcntnctack nemne 39
UIC SESE nee ee eee MiMi OIDNANOS: Sos cgececesnaasae eas 273
PEP AMRUEIAD esis ned sca acdseres DS BIGMUES nicdsucdeascacsccmeaace 216
PANNA aoc sus acandearatcavaen 133

LN OL A TRS ae Sees 46
RPE hee ta loarea ta eae ens pmea AG MOWRCHBUEA Le dedvasnacacteanen 271
MRSS A oer ee 188 | Edestogaurus. .........0..se0e8 141
REM tvcsdersddecdandaenade 84 | Elasmosaurus ..........seeeee0 128
TOO See Poe Sere een rere DE LUUs: Sarina neeaee wena eek cua ae 22
RAMETIMCRINICTOS «<x sche ranap We «ade PE ROOTS. J atclesevcsiteeiswes 261
LACTIS Utd a's x suet eh els ¢ sae aoe De) SOR, deeds nea deh cue ecokaans 236
DSrvonlUm, 6 .ides cote csencses OG PErisichthe. . 66. scccdeesccsonas 281
Cebus..... REY COE ee Ee MU CAECUM, vo pn siSieaad cp ehasia’s 30

318

Bey plese cn tac ercme se siscie 182, 199
BORA aca rnaierereercei ete tee tsinne 52
DOD GiA ME Soni5 Gb ob some ob mobos 263
MG AN Dt 2k a Satis ork Patel statetotoretel eres 95
Melis. 35 see 3ste55 sae é n0d Bees 39
Galeocerdo: ¢ is 6222 8 oe BEHIN: 265
UAT ASUS ata. leteto tele teteteleteters 9, 188
Gafrariums: +s 22)s os.heece cc cee ce 92
Galeomma .3...2%42.5teeeee eee ee 222
Gastrochena: 26s docs eo 60e.56 os 259
Geélasimus: s.554524%5%05% ces Bal
Glans. ss 2.26% seeeuss tn eas eee 257
Globiconchaz: 2s :5s2522dsece aes 264
GiiyictMenish emereeiereerceersere 216
GlypiOstOmiaes tft leprae eee 270
Gobtus...2 5323234522 SO ee 42
Goniobasiseiec.ce ese ees ecese 98,.113
GOTT Beret hacer iaretotetote te lote Saree ee ees 248
Goodallia....... Bid s5 Bek reared 248
Gouldiag 4 teeiss 25s seep eee 248
Hadrosatirus?.;.cs ccs esate 166
Veli eum cts srs os sie reveveis sa oeeie sxetepeterens 111
elie nae Saat sto st chctesh one 99, 110, 136
OTe terstoratitelsteletotele late tete tenet eeataen int
EDI DOU = 7arotstatatete! oTePoretetelem tetera 2
He aaies sate Tole Totetafelate elolaretteaete 263
FL ORCODUGS a crislotetetefotefatetre se shie erate 141
HT OLOpSparetstet sictcletetotetatetorenetet tote tae 11
Hy opsodus.«. 2. -.% 225%. ee 20, 37
lehvRKelianlnos oodonsonodeoc 19, 168
Hchthyodectestaaec sj cis joer: 280
ANTM GERI Goagosenagucocece 43
Tdonearea ss 22 ségs ce scscwe eae 54
TMOG CETAIMUS!.1ater-'cleteletet aot teksten 46, 263
UG WSIS: cevetseln ste sire setae 272
TSOP MOMIEN oleic cfr a ons m0, o atalnt= 217
Kelis: aici sconce web cenas 230
WAIN Sasiece = Aiswolofoutensiersserseiee 166
ASOD arc coo sictic ove win lersvate robetck seeks 229
VG GLAT CAs co coteewrs wie eve cavecolsyoierexegerers 53
TG MPOCEUNUS cynic ctstctoensisvorelaysteroreress oo
BEMPOMAX ysis cloieeiersrlorastse ils
lDSOMO MA ee Se eda Ase sadesa Sab: 2217
NUT TAETULAGE cs orc os esckere na oie tetevors oyele 223
AINA cis Sak tiecicnictonie sosisieiotes 263
ID hiich cae elo oeeun OO OeO re So aac 145
IMINO ATER SS oe dscns sdeo sees e 241
lbyietioeses caabaoaoooooes 236, 239
WuimMNetes ss <r ecss yeeros ete eneieclale 32
TIOMON iso cane ate it ncnet 141
AGISINGE) avast see ae 150
Woophiod oneeerrreol-rmrerireliemitars 19
liyomyWWeboodcoclonséucoadeosc0e 89

INDEX TO GENERA.

TEU GTIA: § 2 osc ereene oat a cdeeade 82, 1380
UVTI GC Bs ot ors <tarat ey shar Mayer oer ores 91, 109
MaCacus «0% 00 cee. 00 =. pee 122
Match ainodusss ase cee 169, 241
Maroaritam a, «< 0s.cissn-- 5 102, 108
Mastodon, 22). 2s. cwsie deweoe Chee 142
Mecrochely Sic. 52: sel > » Coton 23
VMerapteta:.... 0. ..'. +» «sean 11
Melantho.asosuace tees ee 102, 115
Metalophodon.............~-=. a 279
Me tilelbaic ..5.:.:oj0cvre ove oe eo eee 270
MiCrOSY OPS: 2oc- aano.1an ase 20, 37
MiOWOR .>...0 ./5 aes vhs eo ee 249
Montacuta . ..c....-<0-0e5 see 233
Mylarcbus':%c\.2.<). scene 57
IM ECCR. . ove acns tose ses Eee 87
MESS1a. 6 sciciei's:0,'0 ors a81 8c, eee 93
Muy lili Cardia.......rorererhescteherato ee 255
INO 281 Bs 5:06.01 s+ oxa+ 6:0: ox sverersrons SATA 274
INC22T OMY Bia. :0s0/0' ai aiore serene OEE 274
ING TNC Os :-)0:s/orayor eee 46
Neithea. ccccieeue 01 Sets rosodoae 263
INO SAR CEUS)seyececleseser-crcie ee ee 37
OVP OSUMUS!-..)-1-101-1erevenstotele pane 39
OMOMY Sis oc aerrerclelreerene eae 21
Oyqi nile Seon asocese Gea. - 272
OSCR dc cone n occwmemoee eee 46, 263
OStEMOMIA « «:.:25-c0rororeucse vere fet laine 216
OG OCS x an st or oy 0155 <p axctanstoiavotsy neve Oe 162
OXyTHIMN Ai ns «04-5 see/slepesr ee 162
Pachytheenus «11 3 1-rrestelojaeteaes 51
Paleo PhS jor 5:05:02. caterer io reo SUSE 14
Pal ROSY. OPS «6. ions cone cosors SIREN 168
PAVEMION 6. 5105<:0rs-0reracouerovoueset ROREROEI 184
Palliferd)sc ccs. actos ey etoneeceteoeieee 137
Parastartey.ccat cin fone eee 53
Patullavs «5 sis ie ceed aie oie erates 1385
Palseacodon ... 45.5.0 0 ee eee 21
PalPOsyVODSicict-ciiortel eta 241, 277
Paulowmniaercciccecee rece 11, 267
P@TIGOTS, Ssiwias,.0/ececte, cro peer 131
iPetrolisthes << <<<.) « eae tee 183
PATS! eiorets : sie:00.5) oleae 89
Pholadomiya.. --/ eee 274
EMiySaertecertsct el ceeieeitre 103, 109
1b ieee SAA HO AGDO cc 5 6c 11, 239
Pisidium :.,.2% «37. eee 108, 109
Planorbellla.... ... o.ccsiteeeeeee 270
Plan orbiss.\2\.r:oehee eee 108, 109
Platem ys. ./..5.-:+ joists cee 162
Platysternum.. .\..< acre ceiver 22
Pleuromeris.. . .<\- se. cies 52, 255
eur oconch ar.) ieiee tele 5
Pleurotomar caves. steve tole 264
Blesiosaunusmnsecescec 39, 43, 128

INDEX TO GENERA. 319
BNGMeINGs << 55 scm cisaccs aya ee ACG U CRIMEAN s\ <1, cris cies Coss. app 105, 111
LEIGTE EE RE ree 271
RAL HUPMI AS els cys alec’ lots bs %aie's 259, 261|,Teredo......... Re Tee 259
BERENS IIS iy oct win x oye o'ae a BEE BREE POUR GEL noir ens gr 8tY pewter cet 228
RO GRMN Sopa a csc ss ne ws x0: HELM VIL: AG RR OSUIOO ae can Wes teed econ 22, 268
ARUN OPIS 2 sicy aint oh ioe css EWES aSY SAO ew Heealig. a oo: 3 Wes cus cbiien oe 257
PEPOUCUR Set Fix oie ieo pe = 10 ow STONE IS 43) Theeachampad .: sss seme <% 17
MRtGEOMON Ses cia. /ete's are a elaiiek ete BL bp Rhecodonta:. . 2s... dcaheaine 230
AEVGHOULY om oc eine = <> 010 selene eas BO PR GUIB Sy is hanhe y the «ira egos 27
ATMOS seas swe esis s oro SRCIEDE ATW alve( Wate (oy oii: Pete Armee ae Le? 36
Ep Abi eerie we oe sa wens SOME GOL 104 |'Titanotherium. . 2... <0.» sews 38
BAUD PIGGHUN smilies ee «al slid ALD RATION XG Los <)sicis/ «ieee ae rae 22, 267
BEEN OUTS 4 4 yc mgs nisrny ER EGS HGS Er OLOSUS)\.\. <<.) cease SN eeenvees 37
2 ee oe RODSISD PANTIE Fore soci dwmin s ck a e 33
‘2 Sau Sy ee PAD Er 282 Ph yTeopsis:c. «i= sss sedanene 223
MAT ONOALCAZ. csscn vere se eee eee 54
RUM ONGUSI rsh miei cisia:o'e tes » «0 1G 725 0: May LOSTOUS.. coc 018 sere» c Saapeeybonteben 40
Drypanostoma ............ 106, 111
LRINGIE Se a8 BOO a Cee At nen Hae 49
FVDAMPHOSAUTUG s:<.c ccssc ese VA MATS CY ONS. oo ote cain) ne wine eee 277
BREE YTT QS UUITUIS soe oy secs va ct sica sh cc. ce eS 141 | Uintamastix .....: Rete city an 169, 241
MILT] OCETUS acy <soyctefeiefonacvccols e Sky SE Bs hintatherimm:. 1. /4..-.e55e 169, 277
2 Fie BO SERS EB peceeeeretc tet Re Tp) | PEDERI ETA ete gS casa, tie sete sehen 92
Bhynchotherium......:..0....:....0iss TPAD ac aie Gan dea oe o5 3 106, 108, 155
RVR Se cppb-eanteinetgeisss PUPIL EN: 126 |
IVI AED DHE» soi cnn cen ces do ont 106
BURA crags sn ncpoycicweacensicrtaninc SERCO LS 46} Vanellus............+.teecsene 32
BSR op Sets isnes chests sees ss «es og Lal 163 RIC EIMELUS iets ops ciethie cielo Oh bepealerd 259
EURO CCDU GUS, wi un coreresoys chilled’ PSM NAE LUD Olesya crciccupele echo meRoes tos 107
DRO nc oie ene snes AG's DE PIOLENICATGIA. «5.0... < cers. x vs poetirend 52
SERA AL. is pa ronsisisiciersctw HAMBNt'S BILEE IV AUPUT EL, gastuiecain’ 6. alts « setelachca <iaie owed 107
SAUTE Lage ye ssehed cas cuaneiel sist ausscn ost OC BOO TEV VED AT Sinise iv 3 ochin po: sis ee erenerees 107
NOIR ce ann agin cs CASS 10
PMCS hiytiainc aids SRE D Sividtys'e xs OS) WVASLATIUG cw rcrelesnrs nintai nei clatete ee ietals 239
BOM OP TU so 9g RUIN MIO SUEY QOUIaiy.)< «5 uu oss tome tuanitete 84
ESA SATAN oo ase. cosines pisvestthe 104, 109 |
PPMBIGCHS occ cinivcnsn P05 SES AONECONIGES! < «aaa a'c\v c s\elecsie dt emnenare 135
MEST ope, c.niive.sisvoyerass/n/s lila PMO TIGAIULAI As cs, sisi 8) abs, ajacavejain see ainsi aeeetease 107

es ee

; -f a
_seaakr Ramayan.”

2 iis : Emad
arrateali«:f& es apa tniete’
inedae edt: ta’ diet tanec

: -HYE chap dos eo aye! ao
160 Gas sata A
aga 4 ;
‘ Lyatath 3 -7* qee oom
lo .$mor of ) sy to nokta lettguid no.
\ geome: dmoVi Wo eal
oii, 20 (95 : < i BEL SOE ellatte
pletite d= ar: a
OENTITASS SS8L 26 €8
afl Si 1 4 Witeo lt aabinne
ann) a aniisol sols
wits - 7 '
Yo teaprsorvonn/ [° 41 bere annigtaasG abe
| NS .alisd@ do mrsasle €
ihee Ta af fino WIE 2 to oe
asinge 1985) . ward
ane) sii no 63in j aster
a2 lor stat - O72 a °
elinco'd 2yossstst? To moitodin?~ [id silitqe” emivte Wie ee
‘E68 ,coleoM eidendig: ws ig fot sires” sits
eyed 1390 a To paheresies Salt nO 743i 8
' aH Si AVé Dodont-s
Died 14% aqolutt aucole an? tea SIF
a 7 ifs0 ated siad Woe jouiige
Sr ,enws oft Io eagouy es ‘BE 18g
santo s.A aw GO <8e" 2 soph yled or
oho ute 3. aerslat pe
- pert Btijo) igo elo BS Ob sane es ;
gre ,.«.da xO 1
te drsemsannonmé uaie ui nit ai
. uf BSD + 3aT sale Wermat, io" aloort
: : i F 2 sahitt) to Boi
702 om sitanest »,4£ .038): Sis
: ATL: .ahetoloO mot ei ~ tb £fd y % ;
| zalmoyW to ygolosp amy
Ds A L nol rst qed -(11n8 To etsy toms Be
; aiovyesd saiftayst mail’ ¥ 08S ,s5de
; , re RO STALE toi gonteh TORR
4 : > : = : .
qiaew l 3o encodes naeel fal | phincary? sal jo asibusd - hs
: ©
“e

GENERAL INDEX. 321

GENERAL INDEX.

Allen, H., On the Appendicular Skel-
eton of Vertebrates, 42.

Berthoud, E. L., On Prehistoric Hu-
man Art from Wyoming and Colo-
rado, 31, 46.

Bland, Thos. and W. G. Binney,
Notes on Lingual Dentition of cer-
tain species of North American
Land Shells, 124, 135.

Committees for 1872, 12.

Conchological Section, Meeting of,
275.

Conrad, T. A., Descriptions and II-
lustrations of Genera of Shells, 37,
50; Descriptions of a new recent
species of Glycimeris from Beau-
fort, N. C., and of Miocene Shells
of North Carolina, 167, 216.

Cooper, J. G., On New Californian
Pulmonata, 143.

Cope, E. D., List of the Reptilia of
the Eocene Formation of New
Jersey, 9, 14; On the Cranium of
a Hump-backed Whale, 11; On a
Crocodile of the genus Holops, 11;
On an extinct Whale from Cali-
fornia, 21, 29; Synopsis of the
species Chelydrinr, 19, 22; On
Bathmedon radians, 88; Curious
Habit of a Snake, 40 ; Intelligence
in Monkeys, 40; On the Horns of
Cariacus virginianus, 123 ; On dif-
ferent Schools of Naturalists, 124;
On a Species of Clidastes, and on
Plesiosaurus gulo, Cope, 127; On
the Structure of Pythonomorpha,
140 ; On the Geology of Wyoming,
279 ; On an extinct genus of Sauro-
dont Fishes, 280.

Correspondence for 1872, 294.

Coues, E., Studies of the Tyrannide,

Part I; Revision of the Species of
Myiarchus, 41, 56; Material for a
Monograph of the Spheniscidie,
170.

Elections for 1872, 292.

Farnum, John, Announcement of
death of, 142.

Finsch, Dr. O., Remarks on the
‘Synopsis of the Genus Chettusia
(Lobivanellus) ; with a description
of a new species by J. A. Ogden,”’
31, 32.

Frazer, John F., Announcement of
death of, 2438.

Frazer, Prof. P., Jr., Notice of sedi-
ment in water from Geyser Spring,
Saratoga, 41.

Gabb, Wm. M., Notes on the Genus
Polorthus, Gabb, 259; Notice of a
Collection of Cretaceous Fossils
from Chihuahua, Mexico, 263;
Descriptions of some new Genera
of Mollusca, 270.

Gentry, T. G., On hybridism be-
tween Macacus nemestrinus and
M. cynomolgus, 122.

Gerhard, Dr. W. W., Announce-
ment of death of, 42.

Gill, Theo., Note on Cottus Green-
landicus, Fabr., 213.

Guillou, Constant, Announcement of
death of, 243.

Kenig, Geo. A., Remarks on Silver
Ore from Colorado, 278.

Lapham, Hon. J. A., Communica-
tion regarding Busycon perversum,
276.

Lea, Isaac, Descriptions of Twenty-

322

nine species of Unionide from the
United States, 155.

Leidy, Jos., On a Mite in the Ear of
the Ox, 9 ; Notice of Corundum, 19 ;
Remarks on Fossils from Wyom-
ing, 19; Remarks on some Extinct
Mammals, 37; Remarks on some
Extinct Vertebrates, 38; Note on
Gamasus of the Ox, 188 ; Remarks
on Mastodon from New Mexico,
142; On a new Genus of Extinct
Turtles, 162; On some Remains of
Cretaceous Fishes, 162; On Arte-
mia from Salt Lake, Utah, 164;
Remarks on Fossil Shark Teeth,
166 ; On some new species of Fossil
Mammalia from Wyoming, 167;
Remarks on the Habits of an Ant,
218 ; Remarks on Mineral Springs,
etc., of Wyoming and Utah, 218 ;
Notice of a Corundum Mine, 238 ;
Remarks on Fossil Mammalia from
Wyoming, 240 ; Remarks on Chip-
ped Stones from Wyoming, 242;
Remarks on the Action of Wind
and Sand on Rocks, 2438; Notice
of Donation of Fossils, ete., from
Wyoming, 267; Remarks on Fos-
sils from Wyoming, 277.

Lewis, Dr. Jas., Shells of Herkimer
and adjacent Counties in the State
of New York, 97; Shells of Ten-
nessee, No. 2, 108.

Lyon, Major Sydney 8., Announce-
ment of death of, 142.

Meade, Maj. Gen. Geo. G., An-
nouncement of death of, 268.

Meehan, Thos., On the effects of
girdling, 10; On Numerical Order
in the Branching of some Conifere,
31, 33; On the Axial Origin of so-
called Pine Needles, 123 ; On Inhe-
rent Growth Force, and on Varia-
tions in Quercus Douglassii, 125 ;
On the Flowers of Asparagus, 138 ;
On the Spawn of Agaricus campes-
tris, 214; On the Agency of In-
sects in obstructing Evolution, 218,
235; On difference in the growth
of trees, etc., 239 ; On a cylindrical
mass of Agate, 266.

Moore, John G., Announcement of
death of, 142.

GENERAL INDEX.

Norris, T., On the Stocking of the
Delaware with Salmo salar, 163.

Officers for 1873, 292.
Officers of Conchological Section for
1873, 276.

Parrish, Edward, Announcement of
death of, 221.

Randolph, Sam’] Emlen, Announce-
ment of death of, 278.

Report of the Botanical Committee,
287.

Report of Conservator of Concholo
gical Section, 290.

Report of Curators, 283.

Report of Librarian, 281.

Report of Recorder of Biological and
Microscopical Section, 288.

Report of Recording Secretary, 287.

Stimpson, Dr. Wm., Announcement
of death of, 142.

Streets, T. Hale, Notice of some
Crustacea from the Island of St.
Martin, W. I. Collected by Dr.
Van Rijgersma, 122, 181.

Taylor, T. Clarkson, Announcement
of death of, 142.

Tryon, Geo. W., Jr., Catalogue and
Synomymy of the Family Lu-
cinide, 41, 82; Catalogue of the
Family Chamide, 116 ; Catalogue
of the Family Chametracheide,
120; Descriptions of new species
of Marine Bivalve Mollusca, 1380 ;
Catalogue and Synonymy of the
Family Laseidee, 218, 229; Cata-
logue and Synonymy of the Family
Galeommide, 218, 222; Catalogue
and Synonymy of the Family
Leptonide, 218, 227; Catalogue
and Synonymy of the Family As-
tartide, 288, 245 ; Catalogue of the
Family Solemyidee, 238, 258.

Willcox, Jos., Remarks on Corun-
dum, 266; Remarks on Glacial
Scorings, 275; On some mineral
localities in Canada, 276.

r —

ae >

-_
~~

- wairyt dastnso = 99g

od od} ou i} ,ahroM | ext mont abidoinU Yo asin: 9 spia
Sales ooile& + t siawels | eal, estai3 betia

) to tal sat ni sill p aU , aot .ybinl

Bee £T8t ro) rosea | 7 Ol pbmows0Io s

E sie aviv lesigalodonc

: STa.8 toaitx® seo m0 edsaarosl + Ok oni
i 7OTGS 4 : ; "alarms M
au | eas caaaamem pbiswhT deirisd | |, weck ogo testes —-

ov -@ Pe a8 er!

; all Sent!

£

| ssoawonath folio fesad qi
i. STE go diash ©
-, @stiaia0d Jeoiantod | sat 7

S.Tee .netindid to 100s

bk taninotare Ao-iab 02951 to t200%
ROBE soitesd lapiqgoozo iit

2 etigaa uitibrosahi to dxotyoil

tr to. +47 caA mT ad HOB iF

oe SEI id niaesh ic
a soitovi lsh ‘T gadsanie

eo neetal oi? moi zoseien"”)

| beiostiod 1 ids

is ee SRE acieetl nsV
aa OF solzeT | 217 OU ai 8 og RP
a eee Sie S, (0 AES | ot. work M
a yt os) iy : { 4 Ps
vat ent Yo Taymor | paby A 10k as

a ¥ AST mt finob 7 atid
htbarre Aa hrs on 07

onlay ulmet add “Ts led st state | wbault

bowem Yo suongmomd 5 Ook SOF, tO ANON nce ae
Spaseniiolé oviavyill ouiielt io | Ais ST A ee ee

Pee araonve fre sanolay Pe ra Uhlan Soper pitt is Se ats
¢ rit mbisagl qimel a a eee ee a

Sr veymyacete hap say

kit mbincno®

ed! Yo yurysoaye “et

accee Ble ebicotgsl jh bey ei aqaA To ciowol’ nes
wm ee aera bina oe o.eiaer old aati. gy

BE 652 ehilt pega anotiagh 30 USMS Gate
: BE abit ilain® a rs bet an Mapa tral
2 80% eeolliy | laviabrnily:

mish == BOS tri L a62 nition A To baad

gates lo toSmpaavodsA ,.) odo» 100M
asilileoo! | ; * 2) Qo diash

ADDRESSES

DELIVERED ON

LAYING THE CORNER-STONE

AN EDIFICE

FOR THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES
OF PHILADELPHIA,

October 30, 1872.

PHILADELPHIA:
COLLINS, PRINTER, 705 JAYNE STREET.
1873.

neta 7B:

NEW HALL

FOR THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF
PHILADELPHIA.

Tue corner-stone of a new building for the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia was laid, Wednesday, October 30, 1872,
at the southeast corner of Race and Nineteenth streets. The dig-
ging of the cellar of the north wing was commenced July 9, 1872.
_ At half-past eleven o’clock A.M. many of the officers and mem-
bers of the society assembled at the hall, northwest corner of
Broad and Sansom streets, and walked together to the site of the
new building.

At twelve o’clock, noon, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, President of the
Society and Chairman of the Building Committee, addressed the
assembled crowd in substance as follows :—

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN :—

We have assembled to-day to manifest our satisfaction that,
through the intelligent liberality of a comparatively few of our
fellow citizens, we are enabled to commence the erection, on this
spot, of a new building adapted to the purposes of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The want of a sufficiently
capacious edifice has embarrassed, and in some degree retarded,
the progress of the institution during many years. The citizens of
Philadelphia and of the State of Pennsylvania have a wide-spread
interest in the success of this enterprise, although that interest is
not universally recognized or admitted.

The completion of the entire edifice, one wing of which we have

+

commenced to build, and the arrangement in it of the collections
now belonging to the institution, will be as palpable evidence of
educational progress, in one department of the exact sciences, as
can be presented; and it will be so estimated by those who may
come here from abroad, in the summer of 1876, to determine our
intellectual advancement during the hundred years of our national
existence.

The object of the society is to acquire exact knowledge of all
created things, within the narrow limits of man’s capability to in-
vestigate, and to give freely to the whole world the knowledge
which may result from its labors. Its constant effort is to remove
the veil which conceals from us the facts of the Creation in order
that all may perceive and recognize their wonderful wisdom and
beauty. Attainment of precise truth is the extremely difficult
task assumed by this, and every society formed for the cultivation
of the natural sciences. Yet, under an erroneous and wide-spread
notion that the pursuit of truth on this line is in some indefinite
manner detrimental to society, it has been and is still opposed by
very many intelligent people.

Truth is a unity, vastly multiple in constitution, but no one of
its parts is inconsistent with another. Every absolutely estab-
lished truth, be it great or small, must be in perfect accord with
all that has been or ever will be ascertained by man. The crite-
rion of truth in natural science is its harmony with all that is
absolutely known. Every scientific assumption which is not true,
however plausible it may appear on presentation, will prove to be
discordant. In God’s creation there is no conflict or contradic-
tion of parts. When accurately interpreted the perfect harmony
of their relations will be manifest. The book of nature is entirely
free from error; it contains no misstatement of any kind. Surely
such a book may be studied without perverting the mind from
truth or establishing a preference for what is not reality.

Seeking the truths of nature demands an extensive workshop,
in which to collect and arrange conveniently for use the numerous
implements employed in the work. The implements consist in
collections of all those natural objects which have been described
properly classified and labelled, ready for study and comparison
with those supposed to be new—that is, not previously described—
and also an extensive collection of books in which are recorded the
results of investigations made by naturalists in all parts of the

5

world; for he who would add to the stock of knowledge in any
department of science needs to be acquainted with what is known
already in it, or he may find himself laboring to discover what
has been ascertained. A museum and library, chemical apparatus
and microscopes, constitute the machinery necessary to facilitate
and guide his labors. Such a museum and library and laboratory,
in such condition as to be utilized by the naturalists, require
large space, and this demand for space increases with the progress
of our knowledge.

The Academy now possesses more than 6000 minerals; 700 rocks ;
65,000 fossils; 70,000 species of plants; 1000 species of zoo-
phytes ; 2000 species of crustaceans; 500 species of myriapods
and arachnidans; 25,000 species of insects; 20,000 species of
shell-bearing mollusks ; 2000 species of fishes; 800 species of rep-
tiles; 31,000 birds, with the nests of 200, and the eggs of 1500
species; 1000 mammals and nearly 900 skeletons and pieces of os-
teology. Most of the species are represented by four or five speci-
mens, so that, including the archeological and ethnological cabi-
nets, space is required now for the arrangement of not less than
400,000 objects, besides the library of more than 22,500 volumes.
_ Besides space enough in our workshop to appropriately arrange
this vast number of implements, room is desired for a separate
and distinct arrangement of all objects necessary to illustrate the
natural history of the State of Pennsylvania, as well as a suitable
room in which lectures on the natural sciences may be delivered.

To set up this great museum and library, laboratory and lecture
room, we have a plot of ground, measuring little more than an
acre, for which we are indebted to the liberality of members of
the society and individual citizens. No substantial encourage-
ment has been yet received from the government of this city, nor
from that of the State of Pennsylvania.

In this respect, the policy of some of the State Legislatures is
more encouraging. Massachusetts has given liberal aid to the
Boston Society of Natural History; to the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, at Cambridge; and to the Institute of Technology.
New York maintains a museum of natural history, at Albany, by
annual appropriations, and has given eighteen acres of land, valued
at four millions of dollars, and five hundred thousand dollars be-
sides, to establish a natural history museum at Central Park, in
the city of New York.

6

The institutions thus aided are of great value but no one of
them as a whole equals ours in scientific importance or intrinsic
worth, or is better entitled to public favor.

I mention these facts in no spirit of envy or detraction. We
are all gratified to know that the number of laborers in the vast
field in which we work is everywhere increasing. The encourage-
ment extended to them by State governments implies that the
cultivation of the natural sciences is becoming more and more
wisely appreciated, and more widely diffused.

I will detain you no longer.

Rev. E. R. BEADLE, D.D., was introduced to the audience and
said, substantially, that Philadelphia had been facetiously desig-
nated as “a dining station on the road to New York;” but he
doubted whether that was all that can be truthfully said about
Philadelphia. He referred to the hospitals for the sick, asylums
for children, retreats for the aged and indigent, and the neat and
comfortable domiciles provided for working people, as well as to
the schools, colleges, university, and expressed his belief that,
although not yet finished, Philadelphia is doing very well. The
building of the Academy of Natural Sciences is one of the works
yet to be done. He alluded to the popular ignorance of even the
simplest matters which influence the life, happiness, and comfort
of humanity, and said that a workshop is wanted in which young
people may be taught to recognize the properties and uses of nat-
ural objects—to distinguish what is fact from what is not—and be
trained to apply such knowledge intelligently for the benefit of
themselves and of mankind.

Prof. J. Airken Metas, M.D., of the Jefferson Medical College,
was next introduced and delivered the following address :—

Three-score years, heavy-laden with the endless series of changes,
the thrilling narrative of private joys and sorrows, hopes and fears,
the extraordinary record of national triumphs and social defeats,
and the wondrous history of the great achievements and miserable
failures that go to make up the life-history of two generations of
men, have been forever engulfed in the illimitable ocean of the
past, since the occurrence of that event the happy development of
which you this day celebrate.

T

In this brief period—comprised within the life-time of some
who now hear my voice—the most remarkable historical events
have occurred, and many surprising scientific discoveries and im-
portant industrial applications of them have been made. Indeed,
by means of intellectual inquiry and its handmaid, applied science,
the social and industrial condition of the world, during this short
interval, has been completely revolutionized.

Look at Philadelphia as it appeared at the commencement of
1812, as it has been pictured, in truth, by a medical worthy of that
time. A city whose inhabitants numbered 111,120, or less than
one-sixth of its present population, occupying an area not one-half
of that over which it now stretches its huge proportions; a city
which contained 25,814 dwelling-houses, 6955 public buildings,
ttores, manufacturing establishments, etc.; 42 churches, 11 insur-
ance offices, 4 banks, 2 hospitals, a university, an Academy of Fine
Arts, a museum of natural history, and 2 theatres in which per-
fomances were occasionally given; a city in which 51 printing-
ofices, employing 153 hand-presses, were in operation; a city
boasting of 8 daily, 9 weekly, and several semi-weekly newspapers
havng a combined circulation of about 61,000 copies per week—
sucl, in brief, was the city of Penn sixty years ago.

Neither in this country nor in Great Britain, at that time, had
railroads and steamboats been put into operation. Electricity,
the nodern Puck, had not yet learned the art of “ putting a girdle
roun¢é about the earth in forty minutes.” The telegraph had not
been nvented. Communication between distant points was slow
and wmeertain. Instead of a few minutes, as is now the case,
weeks were required for the transmission of intelligence from
Philadelphia to the Gulf of Mexico. Our city was then two
months distant by sail from Europe, and six from California, in-
stead of being, as at present, within eight or nine days of the
former, and but seven days’ ride by rail from the latter. The
steam-plow, the reaping-machine, and the screw-ship were not in
existence. The printing-press and the spinning-jenny were worked
by hand instead of by steam. The photographic art was not
known. The old-fashioned tinder-box and brimstone-match had
not yet been replaced by the lucifer match, and oil, instead of gas,
was an universal means of illumination. In short, a thousand
mechanical and chemical influences which are incessantly changing
the aspect of our present civilization were then utterly unknown.

8

Come back with me, in imagination, to the period of time just
mentioned. It is the evening of the last day of the week, near the
close of January, and the nipping air sweeps eagerly up this broad
thoroughfare from the icy river below. Let us cross over and take
refuge from the wintry blast in yonder quaint-looking house at the
northwest corner of Second and High streets. From the imposing
array of many-colored bottles, seen through the dimly-lighted
window, and the inevitable sign of the pestle and mortar sur-
mounting the doorway, you gather, at a glance, that it is the shop
of a druggist. Let us enter, for this is one of the centres of the
literary and scientific gossip of the town. Passing through an
atmosphere odorous with the emanations of camphor, rhubarb,
and musk, we find ourselves ina little room at the rear, and in the
presence of a group of men gathered around a table and engaged
in earnest conversation. At the further end of the room stands 5
young man, who, with animated countenance and impressive ges-
ticulations, appears to be addressing the others upon a subject of
some importance. The lineaments of his face bear the stampof
an earnest, ingenuous, and benevolent mind; and now, as he ceases
speaking, and his face falls again into its accustomed repose it
assumes an unmistakably reflective character. This is the pro-
prietor of the store—one John Speakman, a native of Bucks comty,
and a member of the religious society of Friends. That ycung
gentleman sitting at the right of the table is Jacob Gillians, a
dentist by profession, and an ardent lover of the natural sciaces.
The individual by his side, bending over the table, with his eyes
intently fixed upon the speaker, is John Shinn, Jr., a manufetur-
ing chemist from New Jersey. In front of the latter, and upon
the opposite side of the table, sits a native of France, Nicholas J.
Parmantier, by name, who follows the occupation of a distiler and
manufacturer of cordials. That man yonder, apparently older
than his comrades, and whose broad and massive brow clearly
betokens a mind given to profound thought, is Dr. Gerard Troost,
a Hollander of Bois-le-Duc, a man of large attainments in mine-
ralogy and chemistry especially, and at one time a protégé of the
King of Holland. In the gentleman at the near end of the table,
who appears to be recording the remarks of the chairman, you
perceive another physician, Dr. Camillus M. Mann, an Irish refu-
gee, who having boldly but unsuccessfully struck, in 1798, for the

9

liberty of his native land, has fled from its shores to cast his lot
with the dwellers in the New World.

In this outline picture, thus hastily sketched, behold the men
who, with slender pecuniary means, but with admirable prevision
and indomitable will, laid broadly and deeply the foundations of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, on the evening
of Saturday, the 25th day of January, 1812. I say broadly and
deeply, and I say it advisedly, for, from the scanty memoranda of
the early meetings of the Academy which have been preserved,
we gather that the founders considered ignorance of the laws of
nature to be the prolific parent of many of the evils to which man
is subjected, and they, consequently, recognized fully the necessity
of improving the condition of mankind by seeking to enlarge the
bounds of knowledge, and imparting what they thus acquired to
others.

Furthermore, they clearly perceived, as we learn from the early
minutes of the society, that the operations of nature demand un-
prejudiced, attentive, and severe scrutiny: and, in order that they
might aid each other by a comparison of observations, they also
declared that their discussions must be free.

Freedom of scientific thought and discussion, the cultivation of
the natural sciences exclusively, and the diffusion of this kind of
knowledge among the people, were the principles which guided
Speakman and his associates in their great undertaking. Indeed,
the founders of the Academy (under which honorable title must
also be included that eminent naturalist, Mr. Thomas Say, who
became one of their number a few months after their first meeting)
were evidently penetrated with the restless spirit of scientific
inquiry which was then so rife in Europe. The fact, moreover, of
living, as they did, in that memorable quarter of a century which
witnessed the great American and French revolutions, and the
famous though short-lived Irish rebellion, could not fail, in the
case of such young, enthusiastic, and reflective minds, to impress
them strongly with ideas of political freedom and the necessity of
establishing this freedom upon the enduring rock of the enlighten-
ment of the people.

Mr. Gilliams was born in the closing year of our revolutionary
war, and Mr. Say four years later; while Dr. Troost, the first
President of the Academy, was ushered into the world in the very
year made memorable by the declaration of American Independ-

10

ence. He was eighteen years of age, therefore, when the French
Revolution terminated with the death of Robespierre. Having
received his medical diploma from the University of Leyden, he
practised pharmacy for a short time in Amsterdam and at the
Hague. Afterwards he travelled extensively in France, Italy,
Germany, and Switzerland, and became the pupil and companion
of the celebrated Abbé Rene Just Hauy, with whom he studied
crystallography. In Paris he became the associate of many of the
most eminent scientific men of the day, and was elected in 1810 a
correspondent of the Museum of Natural History of France. Two
years later we find him in Philadelphia assisting in founding the
Academy. Of Dr. Mann we simply know that in 1798 he was old
enough to take an active part in the Irish rebellion, and that
before coming to this country he also had spent some time in
France seeking aid for his compatriots. Mr. William Maclure,
who joined the Academy in June, 1812, and who acted as its
second president for more than twenty-two years, was born in
Scotland in 1763. Endowed with an eminently philanthropic and
benevolent mind, and believing that knowledge and intelligence
are the true sources of human happiness and prosperity, he used
the large wealth of which he was happily possessed, to foster
institutions of learning and to disseminate knowledge as much as
possible. He travelled much in his own country,in France, Spain,
the United States, and Mexico. We are told by his biographers
that he “ visited these countries while in a state of political revo-
lution, that he might be near to extend assistance to the poor and
suffering.” Now a moment’s reflection will show, I think, that
these men, in the course of their studies and travels, could not
avoid being impressed by the spirit of free inquiry in science and
politics by which they were everywhere surrounded. In view of
the facts just presented, and from what we know of the lives and
opinions of the originators of the Academy, and of the motives
which actuated them in banding together for the cultivation of
natural knowledge, it appears to me not inappropriate to regard
the Academy as, in reality, an outgrowth of that great intellectual
and democratic movement which, during the latter half of the
eighteenth century, swept over Europe and a part of America,
and was characterized by an extraordinary activity in the study
of nature, coupled with a growing demand on the part of the
governed classes for larger social and political privileges. So

ll

correct does this idea appear to me that I am led, in this con-
nection, to refer briefly to the condition of science in Europe in
the latter part of the eighteenth and the beginning of the present
century, when the first feeble and apparently insignificant attempts
were made to rear, in Philadelphia, a temple of the natural
sciences.

To the student of history it is well known that in France, under
the administrations of those famous cardinals—the far-seeing
Richelieu and the astute Mazarin—a powerful impulse was given
to the highest branches of learning. From the hour that Louis
XIV. ascended the throne, however, this impulse began slowly to
be arrested by the gradual inauguration of a policy fatal alike to
the intellectual and mechanical interests of the country. Mathe-
matics, astronomy, the mechanical and inventive arts, anatomy,
physiology, theoretical and practical medicine—all fell more or
less rapidly into decay. With the death of Louis in 1715, the
intellectual decadence of France was complete. Her great men,
one after another, had passed away, until at last she was without
literature, science, and arts. With the appearance of a new order
of literary and scientific men, in the middle of the eighteenth cen-
tury, she began at length to emerge from this stagnant condition.
In 1735 Newton’s “Treatise on Fluxions” was translated into
French by Buffon. Three years later Voltaire made the people
of France acquainted with the philosophy of Newton in a manner
so clear and forcible as to cause it to supersede that of Descartes.
He also gave popularity among his countrymen to the writings
of Locke, from which, according to Buckle, Condillac drew the
materials of his system of metaphysics, and Rousseau his theory
of education. In 1749 attention was strongly directed to the
study of natural history by the celebrated Buffon, who, in that
year, commenced the publication of his famous work on that sub-
ject, and in glowing language advocated the unity of the human
race, and endeavored to show how climate and other physical
conditions influence the geographical distribution of animals. In
1751 a popular account of Bacon and his philosophy was con-
tributed by D’Alembert to the Encyclopedia. In 1754 Condillac,
who Cousin declares was the only metaphysician produced by
France in the eighteenth century, published his famous treatise
on Sensations. Four years afterward appeared the remarkable
essay of Helvetius on the Mind. These works undoubtedly gave

12

a powerful impetus to the study of the natural sciences at the
close of the last century. For their authors, with great ability and
with much logical acumen and fulness of illustration, maintained
most peremptorily, as Locke had done more than a century before,
that all our knowledge is really due to the study of the external
world. Under the influence of the leading principle thus forcibly
inculeated, some of the ablest intellects of France began to devote
themselves, with extraordinary activity, to the study of the phe-
nomena of nature. The laws of the radiation and conduction of
heat were worked out by Prevost and Fourier; electrical phe-
nomena were investigated by D’Alibard and Coulomb, while
Malus and Fresnel, by their researches upon double refraction
and the polarization of light, extended the bounds of our knowl-
edge of optics. At the same time Lavoisier, by investigating with
great ability the laws of oxidation, placed chemistry upon a
strictly scientific basis, and, in conjunction with Berthollet, De
Morveau, and Fourcroy, laid down, for the first time, a systematic
chemical nomenclature. Meanwhile, geology was also cultivated
with eminent success by Buffon, Rouelle, Desmarest, Dolomieu
and Montlosier; while astronomy, both physical and mathemati-
cal, was materially advanced by La Grange’s discovery of the
periodical inequalities of the planets, and by the publication of
the ‘* Mechanique Celeste” of Laplace, in which was clearly pre-
sented to the world for the first time the famous “ nebular hypo-
thesis’’—an hypothesis which is steadily approaching the character
of a demonstration with every new discovery in astronomical
science, and which has not only anticipated, but has also paved
the way for, the co-ordinate doctrine of evolution in biology. In
1762 Daubenton gave a new interest to paleontology by apply-
ing, for the first time, the principles of comparative anatomy to
the study of fossil bones. In this epoch, also, the illustrious Cu-
vier gave to both geology and palzontology an eminently philoso-
phical character by practically associating the study of the earth’s
strata with the fossil remains found therein. This greatest of all
descriptive anatomists did much for philosophical natural history
by showing that the classification of animals must be based upon
the comprehensive study of their organs rather than their ex-
ternal characters. Histology, botany, and mineralogy likewise
found zealous investigators during this remarkable intellectual
period. While Bichat with scientific skill and industry was

15

demonstrating that the study of the organs of an animal must be
subservient to the study of the tissues composing them, and while
Adanson, Duhamel de Monceau, Desfontaines, and especially
Jussieu were bringing to light many of the important facts con-
cerning the structure and physiology of the vegetable kingdom,
Romé de Lisle and Haiiy were as actively engaged in studying
the structure of minerals and applying the principles of geometry
to the elucidation of their forms.

Turning, now, to Great Britain, we find that science, though not
so actively cultivated, during this period, as in France, was by no
means neglected. In 1753 was founded, at the cost of the govern-
ment, the British Museum, which for many years has been so largely
instrumental in promoting natural science in the United Kingdom.
Between the years 1759 and 1804, the science of thermotics was
greatly advanced by Black and Leslie, who, with much breadth of
mind and industry, not only demonstrated the laws of specific and
latent heat, but made possible the recognition of those remarkable
doctrines, the development of which has stamped the science of the
present century with its distinctive character. I allude to the inde-
structibility of force and the correlation of the forces as modes of
motion. At this time, many of the fundamental facts of chemistry
were discovered. Carbonic acid gas was isolated and studied in
1757 by Black. The discovery of oxygen was announced in 1774
by Priestley, together with a description of some of its important
properties. A year later he made known the fact that the air is
composed of oxygen and nitrogen; and in 1776 he made physi-
ology his debtor by proving that the change in color which the
blood andergoes in passing through the lungs is due to the ab-
sorption of oxygen—an important and fundamental fact in the
chemistry of respiration. From 1799 to 1812, chemical science
was also promoted by Sir Humphry Davy, whose great achieve-
ment—the decomposition of the fixed alkalies by galvanism—
constituted a new era in this science. In 1808, just four years
before the founding of the Academy, Dalton gave another impetus
to chemical philosophy by announcing, as deductions from the
atomic theory, the well-known laws of definite combining propor-
tions—laws which have done so much to perfect the analytical
and synthetical processes of the chemist. Another remarkable
discovery of this period—the composition of water—was made in
1783, by Watt and Cavendish, independently of each other.

14

In the early years of the present century, optical science re-
ceived a powerful impulse from the labors of Dr.. Thomas Young,
who made the important discovery of the interference of light, and
gave to double refraction a rational theory by advancing a plau-
sible hypothesis of the propagation of light through an elastic
medium in a manner not contradictory to any of the well-known
facts and laws of dynamics.

Geology, too, was not withont its zealous cultivators. In 1788
Hutton published his celebrated ‘* Theory of the Earth,” in which,
according to Lyell, may be found the germ of the metamorphic
theory. Scientific geology in England owes its existence to Wil-
liam Smith, who, between the years 1790 and 1815, made a labori-
ous examination of different strata in Great Britain, and finally
published the first complete geological map that ever appeared.
In 1807 was formed the London Geological Society, the mem-
bers of which early began with untiring industry to collect the
facts relative to the structure of the earth’s crust. Owing to the
assiduous and intelligent labors of John Hunter, comparative
anatomy, in the last quarter of the eighteenth century, became,
for the first time, in Great Britain, a science of importance. In
astronomical science many important facts were discovered and
recorded. Maskelyne, in 1790, published an admirable catalogue
of the stars, while Sir William Herschel, between 1799 and 1820,
may be said to have recreated astronomy and enlarged our views
of the immensity of space by his astounding discoveries.

In the mean time, science was steadily though less rapidly un-
folding its fair proportions in various parts of Europe. ‘The inte-
gral calculus and analytical mechanics were greatly improved
between 1727 and 17838 by Euler, the celebrated Swedish geometer.
In Germany, astronomy was cultivated from 1779 to 1815 with
signal industry and success by the physician Olbers, who, besides
discovering several of the asteroids, published an improved method
of calculating the orbits of comets. During this period, Werner,
in Germany, and Pallas, in Russia, made many important contri-
butions to geological science. By the publication, in 1774, of his
short but very remarkable “ Treatise on the Characters of Minerals,”
Werner accomplished for the terminology of mineralogy what the
‘** Philosophia Botanica” of Linneeus had done for that of botany
nearly a quarter of a century before. Moreover, his celebrated
‘Classification and Description of Mountains,” which appeared in

15

1787, did much to give to geology the rank of a positive science.
In the mountain ranges of Siberia, Pallas discovered the general
law of the succession of the granitic, schistose, and calcareous
rocks—a discovery which has given birth, as Cuvier affirms, to
all modern geology. In 1808 Berzelius, by the publication of his
admirable ‘“ System of Chemistry,” greatly enlarged the bounda-
ries of chemical science. His vast analytical labors did much to
place the atomic theory upon a sure foundation. In Italy, near
the close of the last century, electrical science was measurably pro-
moted by the labors of Galvani and Volta. The former, in 1791,
made known his curious researches upon the influence of electri-
city upon muscular motion ; while the latter, about the same time,
invented his well-known electric pile, by which he showed that a
disturbance of electrical equilibrium was produced by the mere
contact of different bodies, and that the electrical current circu-
lated in one constant direction through a circuit composed of dif-
ferent conductors. Between 1753 and 1812, anatomy, physiology,
and general natural history were cultivated with much success in
Europe by Linneus, Pallas, Spallanzani, Camper, Blumenbach,
Felix d’Azara, and others. In addition to his “ System of Na-
ture,” “ Botanical Philosophy,” and other valuable contributions
to the literature of botanical science, Linnzeus, in 1753, published
the ‘Species Plantarum,” in which, for the first time, was adopted
the happy idea of distinguishing species by adding a simple de-
scriptive word to the generic term. Camper and Blumenbach, in
addition to their other labors, cultivated ethnology with much
zeal. Blumenbach, especially, by the publication of his “ Decades
Craniorum,” laid the foundation of the science of human cranio-
graphy. It was during the great scientific epoch now under review
that the illustrious Humboldt entered upon his wonderful career
of extensive travel and varied scientific research. In the ten
years immediately preceding the founding of the Academy, he had
already published valuable works on the physical geography, geo-
logy, zoology, comparative anatomy, and ethnology of the northern
part of South America and Mexico, together with important memoirs
on the astronomical observations and baromet#ic measurements
made by him in conjunction with his fellow-traveller, Bonpland,
during their five years’ exploration of little-known regions of the
New World. These works, together with the ‘“ Aspects of Nature,”
which first appeared in 1808, did more, perhaps, than the writings

16

of any other scientist of that period to call attention to the study
of natural phenomena.

Such, briefly, was the scientific outlook in Europe at the close
of the first decade of the nineteenth century. What was the con-
dition of science at that time in the New World? Meagre indeed.
Franklin, that “ mighty genius,” as Mirabeau styled him, had
been resting in his grave full twenty-two years when our Academy
was born, and science in Philadelphia—I may say in America—
lay sleeping with him. From the time that he had experimentally
identified lightning with the electric fluid no great scientific dis-
covery had been made in the United States. The American
Philosophical Society, which he was instrumental in creating,
had been in existence forty-three years, and had published in all
that time but six volumes of its Transactions. The College of
Physicians, founded in 1787, had issued, in 1793, the first and, up
to 1812, the only volume of its publications. In addition to these
institutions, two medical societies of but little importance, one
botanical association known as the Linnzean Society, the Philadel-
phia, Loganian, and Friends’ Libraries, with two small circulating
libraries, were the only available aids to the literary and scientific

‘student. Strictly scientific works were scarce, and scientific men
but few in number. Between 1739 and 1803, James Logan, Dr.
John Clayton, John and William Bartram, and Dr. Benjamin S.
Barton had published various more or less valuable works on
botany. The celebrated David Rittenhouse, whom Renwick, his
biographer, pronounced as “second to Franklin alone in point of
scientific merit, and the equal, in point of learning and skill, as an
observer, to any practical astronomer then living,” had, some years
prior to his death, in 1796, contributed many valuable papers on
astronomical, philosophical, and mathematical subjects to the
early volumes of the Transactions of the American Philosophical
Society. Ina later volume of these Transactions, Mr. Maclure,
who has been called the pioneer of American geology, published
an account of a geological survey of the United States made by
himself in 1809. In ornithology a new era may justly be said to
have been established in 1808 by the publication of the first
volume of Alexander Wilson’s magnificent work on American
birds, the fifth and sixth volumes of which appeared in 1812.

The mass of the people of Philadelphia were then, as they are
now, but little interested in purely scientific studies. The few

17

persons who directed their attention to such inquiries, having
neither cabinets nor books in the special departments of natural
science at their command, were forced to contend with many diffi-
culties.

Amidst such inauspicious surroundings, and upon the eve of a
war with Great Britain, the founders of the Academy began their
great work, which, long ago, would have perished in the bud, had
it not been for the important principles involved in the attempt.
For it often happens in the affairs of men that the importance of
the objects to be accomplished gives to the efforts made in their
behalf a degree of perseverance which becomes the guarantee of
ultimate success.

Did the time permit, I would fain dwell upon the trials and diffi-
culties experienced by the resolute men whose labors we this day
commemorate. I might interest you with details of their early
meetings held at Mr. Speakman’s residence, and of the subsequent
sittings which took place at the house known to the citizens of
that day as * Mercer’s cake shop,” where the title, ‘* Academy of
Natural Sciences,” was first adopted ; I might describe to you the
little room over the milliner’s shop in Second, near Race Street,
in which the present magnificent museum and library of the Aca-
demy were begun by the donation of books and dried plants, a
few stuffed birds, some shells and insects, and a handful of arti-
ficial crystals, all presented by the members themselves ; I might
tell you how, as the museum increased, it was found necessary to
move it to the larger accommodations afforded by a house in the
neighborhood ; how a collection of minerals was purchased for
the Academy by Mr. Speakman, who advanced the money from
his own private means; how public lectures were delivered on
mineralogy by Dr. Troost, on entémology by Mr. Say, and on
botany by Drs. Waterhouse and Barnes, to large audiences of
ladies and gentlemen; how, in July, 1815, the cabinet and library,
now considerably increased, were moved to a building expressly
erected for them on a vacant lot in the rear of Mr. Gilliams’s resi-
dence on Arch Street; how the war with Great Britain which
broke out in 1812, and continued during the first three years of
the society’s existence, interfered very seriously with its progress
by interrupting, to a considerable extent, intercourse with Europe,
and thus almost entirely preventing the importation of much-
needed scientific books; how several of the members were drawn

2

18

away from their quiet pursuits to act as volunteers in defence of
the city; and how, finally, notwithstanding the zealous efforts
that had been made to advance the interests of the Academy and
obtain for it the public support it deserved, the list of its members
at the end of three years contained but twenty-five names. In
1820 the society numbered one hundred members and one hundred
and ninety correspondents, and began, for the first time in its
career, to be favorably recognized by the cultivators of natural
knowledge in Europe as well as America. The lot and building
at the southeast corner of Twelfth and Sansom streets having
been purchased with funds supplied by Mr. Maclure and other
members, the Academy moved to this locality in May, 1826.
Thirteen years afterwards the collections had increased so much as
to require still larger space for their accommodation. Accordingly,
the present site at the southwest corner of Broad and Sansom
Streets was secured, and a large and commodious edifice erected
through the munificence mainly of its large-hearted president, the
late Mr. William Maclure. The building was enlarged in 1847, at
the expense of another benefactor of the Academy, the late Dr.
Thomas B. Wilson; and again in 1855, by means of a fund raised
by subscription among the members and their friends. In this
building the sessions of the Academy have been held for the last
thirty-two years, during which time its utility as an educational
institution, and as a centre of scientific research, has been steadily
increasing.

_ Thus slowly and laboriously advancing, encountering many ob-
stacles, now succumbing to them and anon overcoming them,
constantly embarrassed by the want of funds, deriving no assist-
ance from either the State or municipal government, except ex-
emption from taxation, and obtaining but little aid outside of the
immediate circle of its members, the Academy, after the lapse of
little more than half a century, has become famous in the great
republic of science, has achieved an enviable reputation not only
in this country, but in the Old World, as a chief focus of scientific
activity in the United States. As such, as the champion of edu-
cation of a special kind,as the earnest promoter of natural knowl-
edge, it deserves the respect and hearty support of the citizens of
Philadelphia.

Listen, I pray you, to what the society has been able by its own

19

unassisted efforts, to accomplish in the brief period comprised
within the limits of a single human life.

It has gathered into its museum more than 400,000 specimens
of natural history, many of them unique, and not to be replaced by
any expenditure of money, time, or labor. It has created a grand
library, containing nearly 23,000 volumes, many of which are not
to be found in any other library in the United States. Of some
of them duplicates cannot be procured at any price. This library,
which is one of reference exclusively, is of incalculable value to
men of science in this country. It is constantly consulted not
only by persons residing in this city, but also by students from
all parts of the United States; not only by its own members, but
by many others engaged in scientific research; for the society,
true to the principles of its founders, true to their desire to diffuse
knowledge as much as possible, has never refused permission to
any respectable persons to consult its treasures freely.

The Academy, early recognizing the importance of contributing
to the common stock of knowledge any discoveries in natural
science made by its members, issued, in May, 1817, the first num-
ber of a journal of its transactions. The first series of this jour-
nal terminated in 1842, and consisted of 8 octavo volumes, of
2912 pages, containing 237 papers contributed by 56 authors, and
illustrated by 161 plates. In 1841 another publication known as
the “ Proceedings,’ was commenced. Up to the present time, 22
volumes, each averaging 400 pages, and containing the verbal,
and many of the written, communications made at the meetings
of the society, have been published. In 1847 a second series of
the “Journal” was begun in quarto form. Seven volumes of 2820
pages in the aggregate, and containing 116 articles, contributed
by 50 authors, and illustrated by 318 well-executed lithographic
plates, have appeared. In 1865 the Academy, through its con-
chological section, commenced the publication of another serial,
the “ American Journal of Conchology.” Of this,seven volumes
have been issued, containing in the aggregate 2500 pages of
printed matter, illustrated by 150 plates, many of them colored,
‘besides about 1000 wood engravings. These publications are ex-
changed with about 200 scientific and philosophical institutions
located in the United States and South America, in Europe, Asia,
and Liberia. While serving as a medium for the dissemination
of a large amount of technical knowledge hitherto unknown or

20

unrecorded, they have acquired for the Academy and its students,
a world-wide reputation, and, by giving to Philadelphia a definite
scientific character and position, have enhanced our national re-
spectability abroad. They have shown that our city has its repre-
sentatives of mind as well as of wealth, that it is alive to the
intellectual as well as the material needs of mankind.

The beneficial efforts of the Academy have not been confined
to the collection of books and specimens and the publication of
learned papers. It has, also, as its archives show, aided, both by
judicious counsel and pecuniary means, many scientific expedi-
tions, whether projected under the patronage of government or
conducted by private individuals. In this way it has assisted in
developing the topography, meteorology, natural history, and
ethnology of many parts of this country, of the islands of the
South Sea, of the frozen Polar zone, and the burning African land.
By means of a sum of money annually donated by the children
of the late Augustus E. Jessup, for many years a member of the
Academy, it has supported a number of young men while devoting
their time and energies to the acquisition of a practical knowledge
of the natural sciences.

To bring together the appliances necessary for scientific study,
to give to the world the important results of its toilsome, pro-
tracted, and self-denying labors, to aid in their researches those
who have given evidence that they possess the rare ability and
the willingness to become the interpreters of nature, to inculcate
a taste among the people generally for the natural sciences by
exhibiting its rich collections for many years, without charge—
such has been the work of the Academy, such its noble mission.

When we reflect that the institution is supported entirely by
donations and the annual contributions of its members, very few
of whom possess large means; when we consider that since its
formation not more than five hundred citizens of Philadelphia
have enrolled themselves in the list of its members ; when we re-
call the fact that it possesses no estate yielding revenue, that for
many years it struggled under the burden of a heavy mortgage
upon its building, and that, until this debt was extinguished in
1859, by the generous act of Dr. Wilson, its legitimate income was
not more than sufficient to defray its current expenses ; and when
we remember that the classing, labelling, and arranging of the
specimens have voluntarily been done by a few of the members,

21

the most of whom have been able to give to this work and to their
studies only the leisure moments snatched from their daily voca-
tions, we may well be astonished at the results it has accomplished
—results which compare favorably in many respects with those
achieved by similar institutions, which for many years have been
sustained by the kingly governments of Europe. By fostering
science it has proven itself a benefactor of mankind. For the
labors of scientific men, though often but little heeded when first
promulgated, or looked upon as curious, and, it may be, as use-
less speculations, are really not lifeless germs. Like seed fallen
by the wayside, though neglected for a while, they nevertheless
spring up in due time and blossom and bear fruit; like the tiny
brooks which feed the mighty river upon whose bosom the com-
merce of a great nation is ultimately to be borne, they find, at
length, a marvellous expression in the practical affairs of every-day
life.

To appreciate properly the efforts of the Academy we should
contemplate for a moment what science has done for mankind,
especially during the last sixty years.

Look for a moment at savage man, who finds in his material
wants, the first incentive to the employment of his powers of ob-
servation in the acquisition of natural knowledge. Inferior to
many of the lower animals in the keenness of his senses, he has,
vastly more than they, felt the pressure of the external world upon
him. The necessity of obtaining subsistence, providing shelter
against the weather, and means of defence against his enemies,
arouses his dormant intellectual energies. He begins to observe
how sunshine, rain, and wind affect the growth of the plants
around him, especially those supplying him with a portion of his
daily food; how the germinating seed is developed into a plant;
how the plant blossoms and bears fruit. He learns to distinguish
nutritive from poisonous plants, observes the effects of fire and of
natural forces, scans the starry heavens with eyes brimful of
superstitious wonder, and learns at length to couple the motions
of the heavenly bodies with the ever-recurring changes of the sea-
sons. Thus, face to face with the unalterable facts, the inexorable
laws of nature, his reason enters feebly upon that career of inquiry
which, though its immediate and pressing object is simply the
amelioration of his physical condition, is destined, after long ages,
to place him in possession of those classified groups of facts and

22

principles which we denominate mathematics, physics, chemistry,
geology, botany, biology, social, political, and moral science.
Science, thus created, has rescued savage man from the bond-
age of ignorance and gross superstition, and, by giving him com-
mand over the primal forces of nature, has elevated him in the
economic, social, and moral scale. It has benefited him by im-
proving agriculture, developing and utilizing the staples of com-
merce, and increasing and cheapening the means of transportation.
It has bridged the ocean and made its waves a means of convey-
ance from one hemisphere to the other, thus bringing distant
nations face to face, as it were, and enabling them to exchange
their handicrafts quickly and profitably. It has thrown huge
bridges—wonders of engineering skill—over impassable rivers,
and covered the earth with an endless net-work of railways. The
classic fable of Mercury, cast from Olympus, becoming the mes-
senger of the gods, it has practically realized by drawing from
heaven the electric fluid and compelling it to act as the letter-
carrier of man along thousands of miles of telegraphic wire. Nay,
mirabile dictu, it has bound together the two hemispheres with
mighty submarine cables, along which our scientific Hermes speeds
with his letter-bags at the rate of 19,000 miles in a second of time.
It has introduced, as motive power, thousands of steam-engines
into mills, mines, and factories, with the most extraordinary in-
dustrial and financial results. By inventing a multiplicity of
apparatus for accomplishing, in a simple and effective manner, a
great—I had almost said an endless—variety of purposes, it has
increased the facilities of production, simplified and cheapened
many manufactures, remodelled the arts, and made labor so easy
and rapid that it is now possible to perform an amount of work
which no combined manual effort could hope to accomplish. Con-
stantly discovering new raw materials, it is constantly adapting
them to the material wants of life. It has taught us to bleach and
to dye, to spin and to weave, to decompose and recombine, and in
various ways to modify and to call into existence the hidden, use-
ful properties of the numberless substances that nature gives to
man for his convenience and comfort. It teaches us how to irri-
gate and manure barren soils into fruitful fields, how to transform
the wild currant into the sweet grape, how to convert its juice
into wine, and this into ether; howto transform a caterpillar into
a silk-worm, and to weave into velvet the silk which it spins.

23

Diving into the bowels of the earth, it brings forth coal and iron.
From the former it distils, on the one hand, a brilliant light, and,
on the other, a magnificent series of dyes rivalling in gorgeousness
the colors of Tyre. The latter it converts into steel, and forges
this into bars, and even, as if to show its amazing dexterity, ham-
mers it into laminz rivalling the leaves of a book in thinness and
flexibility. It bleaches rags to whiteness, and gives to the calico-
printer indigo and ultramarine dyes. From refuse soap-suds it
-reclaims important fatty matters ; from the leaflet of the pine tree
it obtains cloth capable of being woven into various articles of
dress. It has transformed pulverized bones and the sewage of
cities into manure, the refuse of the gas-works into ammonia, ether,
and flavoring extracts ; and old rags into clothing, paper, and
many ornamental articles.

But the acquisition of natural knowledge, while adding directly
to the resources of our material civilization, has conferred upon
man practical benefits of another character. The proper applica-
tion of our advanced knowledge of the laws and conditions of life,
both in health and disease, has done much not only to mitigate
individual suffering and to prolong individual life, but it has also
enabled whole communities to protect themselves, more effectually
than in former years, from the ravages of epidemic disease.

Though often foot-sore and weary in this long and solemn
march called the progress of science, though often bruised and
broken in his struggles with a stern and unrelenting nature, man
at length rises to the realization of the fact that he cannot live by
bread alone. His mental efforts, directed to the improvement of
his material condition, have given rise to intellectual wants, to the
irrepressible desire to understand the mystery of nature, to know,
in the language of Goethe’s * Faust :”—

‘°To know what the world contains
In its innermost heart and finer veins,
To see all its energies and seeds,
And deal no more in words but in deeds.”’

Perplexed and amazed in the midst of the knowledge which he
has so laboriously wrested from rock and tree, from river and cloud,
he obstinately questions the universe about him, interrogates the
consciousness within him as to the meaning of creation, the sig-
nificance and purpose of man in the order of that creation, whence

24

he comes and whither he goes. To nature he says, in the words
of Shelley’s ** Alastor,”
**T have loved
Thee ever and thee only ; I have watched
Thy shadow, and the darkness of thy steps,
And my heart ever gazes on the depths
Of thy deep mysteries. I haye made my bed
In charnels and on coffins, where black Death
Keeps record of the trophies won from thee ;
Hoping to still these obstinate questionings
Of thee and thine.”’

But these questionings, these yearnings of the soul, meet with
a vague and evasive response. Loving the light and seeking it,
the student of nature comes out of the search baffled and sad, but
not discouraged. In his attempts to penetrate the outward sem-
blance of the numberless objects that engross his attention, and
attain the inner and hidden meaning, he finds himself suddenly
confronted with the unknown and the unknowable, discovers im-
perfections in his knowledge that cannot be remedied, and feels
that the aspirations of his soul cannot be realized. Beyond the
sensual phenomena of nature, behind this veil of Isis, he beholds
forces which dreamily waver before him, and which continually
elude his eager grasp. Thus he awakens to a painful conscious-
ness of the limitation of his faculties, and to the recognition of a
Power vastly superior to himself—a Power “ past finding cut.”
In this consciousness, and in the feelings of helplessness and de-
pendence engendered by it, lies the germ of the religious idea—
the essence of natural religion. Thus out of the philosophy of
nature is evolved the philosophy of spirit, as the flower is developed
from the stem. Though unable to grasp the secret idea of nature,
though unable to understand the reason and the object of the
eternal and infinite play of matter and force around him, he,
nevertheless, constantly rises in his pursuit of natural knowledge
to grander and still grander conceptions of the universe, to more
and more philosophical views of himself as part of that universe.
He rises to the recognition of fixed order and immutable law in
the moral as well as in the intellectual and physical worlds. He
fashions for himself a new morality, based upon a more exact
acquaintance with the laws of his organization and his relations
to the animate and inanimate nature about him.

25

Through the earnest and untiring efforts of its members, aided
by the wise munificence of many generous patrons of science in
this city, the Academy is to-day enabled to lay the corner-stone
of a larger edifice, and thus to inaugurate a new and still brighter
era in its existence. Assisted by the liberal and continued sup-
port of the citizens of Philadelphia, it is destined, in its efforts to
promote and popularize knowledge, to become more than ever the
pioneer of advanced science, more than ever a great school for the
higher culture of the mind, more than ever the exponent of that
intellectual revolution which is, at the present time, slowly but
surely changing the aspect of society.

Professor H. C. Woon, Jr., M.D., of the University of Pennsyl-
vania, was introduced, and delivered the following address :—

Ladies and Gentlemen: Standing here to-day on this platform
in presence of some of my masters in science, there comes upon
me a flood of reminiscences from the past, and in the uncertain
twilight of the future I seem to see a vision fair and fruitful,
though misty and uncertain in its outline.

The tiny doors which close the cells where memories sleep are
flung wide open, and scenes of the long-ago come upon me as
sharp and clear as though in the light of the present. It seems
but yesterday, when, a lad of some ten summers, leading my little
brother by the hand, with eager, anxious heart, I rang the front-
door bell of a house in Arch Street, near Fourth, and asked for
one of those who now sit upon this platform. Well do I remember
the disappointment of the final answer to my entreaties that I was
too young to be given tickets to the Academy of Natural Sciences.
Childish griefs and childish joys, though they seem to us trifles
light as air, are yet real as life, and the impression of the choking
disappointment of that hour time will not efface.

Again I see myself, now in advancing youth, armed with a letter
of introduction, ascending the steps of a modest dwelling in
Sansom Street, wondering, as I ring, how strange it is that so
great a man should live in so small a house. Little then did I
know the truth of the saying of the prose poet, Ruskin, * That the
world pays least for its best work.”

The word of the master of the little house had, however, power
enough to unlock that chamber of mysteries of my childish fancy,

26

the Library of the Academy, and, astonished, in my joy, I roamed
at will and fastened as I wished on the books that crowned the
walls. But another step was wanted. I could not handle the
rare treasures locked in the museum cases. I could but flatten
my nose against the panes in my efforts to see the specimens.
One auspicious morn, howeyer, the keys were given me, and now
at last I could touch and handle and taste to my heart’s content.
It seemed as though the veritable keys of knowledge had been
put in my possession, and I had but to walk in and pluck the
golden fruits of the orchard.

There comes to me to-day also a vision of the future. I see no
longer the homely face of the old Academy, beautified by the
thoughts of its usefulness and by the glamour of old association.
A new building rises before me, higher and wider in its scope,
grander and nobler in its architecture, than the old building that
we love, but yet cold and barren in its very newness.

It is to realize this vision that we are here to-day. It is to
witness the first beginning of the new life of our loved institution
that we are assembled. The trustees, in their faith rather than
in their knowledge, in their weakness rather than in their strength,
have gone forward, and it rests with the citizens of Philadelphia
to decide what measure of success shall crown their efforts.

I know that there are some who see but little value in the study
of natural science; who in their folly cry out Cuz bono? With
such to-day I will not pause to reason; if the noonday blaze of
this the nineteenth century cannot penetrate the thickness of their
intellectual darkness and prejudice, what could the rushlight of
my best efforts do? I can only say with reverent feeling, God
pity the man and God help the nation that, blinded by its avarice
for present material gain, can see no place for the quiet student
of God’s work.

See yon orchard, with its golden fruit of plenty. Could it be
foreseen, or did the little rootlet know, that, working so silently
and yet so faithfully in the darkness under ground, it was prepar-
ing for such a bounteous harvest? So it is with the scholar in
his quiet room; in his most abstruse and apparently most profit-
less study, he is gathering the knowledge, the power, that per-
haps other men shall ripen into the richest material fruit.

There has been made recently, in this city, and indeed there is
still being made, an effort to put the University of Pennsylvania

27

on a wider footing. Far be it from us to-day to dampen the ardor
or throw aught in the way of those who are carrying out this
work ; but none the less is it true that there is a culture deeper,
higher, and more profound than any university can give.

This is the self-culture of the true scholar, for which a university
at best can but lay the foundation. The highest culture must be
forever self-culture. A man may be aided by others up to a cer-
tain point ; into the unknown he must travel alone. Aye, more
than this, before he reaches that unknown he must for himself
trace out the obscure, unfrequented paths which mark the out-
lying regions of uncertainty in knowledge.

It is to afford opportunity for this self-culture that the cade
exists. There are but few men whom destiny has marked for such
acourse. The study halls of the Academy must always be for
the few—but the work of the few is the life of the nation. I
must assert, then, the pre-eminent claims for such institutions as
our Academy. Talk of your universities—of the large crowds
that haunt their doors—of the annual overflgw of vigorous trained
young talent wherewith they bless surrounding regions. Why,
our old Academy is the gymnasium in which men train themselves
for professorships in the universities.

There is a class of medical men who, in their early professional
life, study deeply the natural sciences, and who often through
life add to the practical duties of their profession investigations of
natural history. I do not remember a single great name of such
a character in Continental Europe. Yet in the British Islands,
the brightest lights of the profession—the Hunters, Coopers,
Brodies, Reids, Bells,-Beales, Pagets, etc.—the foremost medical
thinkers, leaders, and practitioners of their days, have been of
this character—students of natural history who have applied the
methods and facts of their sister science to their profession, and
thereby climbed to their proud pre-eminence. In our own city the
names of Rush, Morton, Harlan, Wood, and some about us,
mark our origin. And, indeed, it is chiefly through such men
that the great renown of our city, as a medical centre, was ac-
quired. Speaking for this class of men, I would say to the citi-
zens of Philadelphia, as they value the fair name of their city ; as
they respect and honor that profession into whose keeping they
place all that is dearest to them; as they hope for skilful rescue

28

when life is in peril, to see to it that men of this character are not
deprived of their opportunities for culture and growth.

For myself, I wish to say to-day, that whatever of value I may
have achieved in the past, or whatever of value, little or great, I
may achieve in the future, as a medical investigator, is largely due
to the lessons of close observation, of patient comparison, of cau-
tious deductions, learnt in the close aisles and dusty by-rooms of
the old Academy—the only institution which I ever have or ever
will claim as my Alma Mater—the veritable mother of my intel-
lectual life.

A few weeks before the lamented Professor Frazer’s death, a
prominent business man of this city told me that he called on him
in reference to a grandson who rebelled against learning Greek or
Latin. Mr. asked the Professor, “Is there any use in his
learning these things?” “* Where is he to live?” was the reply. “In
Philadelphia.” ‘ Ah, in Philadelphia! Why, then it makes little
difference whether he is an ignoramus or not.”

There was deep truth in the Professor’s sarcasm. It has seemed
in the past as though our city was willing to settle down to be the
far-famed paradise of mediocrity—a dead level, unbroken alike by
abysses of gross ignorance or masses of high culture.

There has, however, come into this old city of ours, I am most
happy to believe, a new life. Arousing herself from her lethargy
of years, like a giant refreshed by sleep, she is marching forward
in all her interests; stretching out the arms of her commerce to
grasp at once the Occident and the Orient, pouring forth from
muititudinous workshops products of a continent, sending her
sons to drag out the untold treasures of the neighboring moun-
tains, she is multiplying her wealth with almost magical rapidity.
Her educational interests, awakened by the hum of universal labor,
are forgetting their feeble steps in this the day of their rejuvena-
tion, and it’s well that our cherished institution now steps forward
to the changing music of the times.

Not long since there came to a neighboring city a man of years
and said to its citizens: Ihave nothing to give but my time and
my reputation, bat if you will find me the means I will founda
museum that shall far eclipse the famous Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia; and the citizens of that city, scarcely a
third the size of ours, gave him $362,000, and the legislature of a
State scarcely as large as a corner of Pennsylvania gave him

29

$190,000, and the museum is arising in grand proportions, and
the fame of it is filling the whole earth. To-day we come before
the citizens of Philadelphia not with empty hands. With alibrary,
with a collection that it would take half a million of dollars to
gather up; with funds sufficient for future support, this institu-
tion only asks a habitation—a house in which it may display its
riches.

Trustees of the Building Fund of the Academy of Natural
Sciences, we labor, it is true, under that strange curse which seems
rooted in the very groundwork of human nature. We are no
citizens of a foreign land. We are but prophets without honor in
our own country. And yet I say, go forward.

Only with faith and vigor let us work, and it must be that suc-
cess will crown our enterprise ; that ere long we shall raise our
jubilant voices under roofed arch tree, in spacious halls and
lighted galleries—voices jubilant for labor past, for good works
done, for hopes extinguished in fruition.

Dr. Ruschenberger then laid the corner-stone, depositing in it
copies of the daily papers of the city, papers relating to the his-
tory of the Academy, the by-laws of the Academy, and the num-
ber of the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia last published.

Rey. Dr. Boardman delivered a prayer, after which the assem-
blage dispersed.

ee te
a aL »
—-

* at Cary if bes Arias aye ba 6
ee _ he Ae 277 ¥ = tie A
ee ; ie

_ 7

46, @ myn ad
of oe fe
.
i ‘ vy yi \
1 ,
i ° "* Ww i
i vie
i ® | iY
. ‘
7 Ae
i
‘ «
of
Th
.
if
'
bs
,
“
» '

|
|
|

T

aa a O
\

SS ewes - —_ aa. =

_
=

wh MS ie ik ‘3
DY eet Cae
PPh va 7
c ‘b) "
; \ iW

QH Academy of natural Sciences
1 of Philadelphia
Aa’ Proceedings

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

ae

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

.
ri begat

Oe
Weetate sil td aces
tees

Ae
Bethy
= sate

fiyhs

ite
oie
nei?
pag S0fe ADs ra ot
Sane grag?

$Y

upaeaTest ty
‘ L
‘

ee

is Seas
oes
23"

:
oa

stains
ee ne Brae
*